Title: Following the Equator
Subject:
Author: Mark Twain
Keywords:
Creator:
PDF Version: 1.2
Page No 1
Following the Equator
Mark Twain
Page No 2
Table of Contents
Following the Equator........................................................................................................................................1
Mark Twain ..............................................................................................................................................1
CHAPTER I. ............................................................................................................................................3
CHAPTER II. ...........................................................................................................................................6
CHAPTER III........................................................................................................................................13
CHAPTER IV........................................................................................................................................19
CHAPTER V.........................................................................................................................................23
CHAPTER VI........................................................................................................................................26
CHAPTER VII. ......................................................................................................................................29
CHAPTER VIII.....................................................................................................................................32
CHAPTER IX........................................................................................................................................36
CHAPTER X.........................................................................................................................................40
CHAPTER XI........................................................................................................................................41
CHAPTER XII. ......................................................................................................................................44
CHAPTER XIII.....................................................................................................................................46
CHAPTER XIV.....................................................................................................................................52
CHAPTER XV......................................................................................................................................54
CHAPTER XVI.....................................................................................................................................56
CHAPTER XVII. ...................................................................................................................................59
CHAPTER XVIII. ..................................................................................................................................61
CHAPTER XIX.....................................................................................................................................64
CHAPTER XX......................................................................................................................................67
CHAPTER XXI.....................................................................................................................................70
CHAPTER XXII. ...................................................................................................................................74
CHAPTER XXIII. ..................................................................................................................................77
CHAPTER XXIV..................................................................................................................................80
CHAPTER XXV. ...................................................................................................................................83
CHAPTER XXVI..................................................................................................................................88
CHAPTER XXVII .................................................................................................................................90
CHAPTER XXVIII. ...............................................................................................................................95
CHAPTER XXIX..................................................................................................................................99
CHAPTER XXX. .................................................................................................................................102
CHAPTER XXXI................................................................................................................................104
CHAPTER XXXII. ..............................................................................................................................108
CHAPTER XXXIII. .............................................................................................................................111
CHAPTER XXXIV.............................................................................................................................113
CHAPTER XXXV. ..............................................................................................................................115
CHAPTER XXXVI.............................................................................................................................117
CHAPTER XXXVII............................................................................................................................120
CHAPTER XXXVIII. ..........................................................................................................................124
CHAPTER XXXIX.............................................................................................................................127
CHAPTER XL. ....................................................................................................................................133
CHAPTER XLI. ...................................................................................................................................136
CHAPTER XLII..................................................................................................................................139
CHAPTER XLIII. ................................................................................................................................142
CHAPTER XLIV. ................................................................................................................................146
CHAPTER XLV..................................................................................................................................149
Following the Equator
i
Page No 3
Table of Contents
CHAPTER XLVI. ................................................................................................................................155
CHAPTER XLVII...............................................................................................................................160
CHAPTER XLVIII..............................................................................................................................165
CHAPTER XLIX. ................................................................................................................................169
CHAPTER L. .......................................................................................................................................175
CHAPTER LI......................................................................................................................................178
CHAPTER LII.....................................................................................................................................182
CHAPTER LIII. ...................................................................................................................................185
CHAPTER LIV. ...................................................................................................................................189
CHAPTER LV. ....................................................................................................................................193
CHAPTER LVI. ...................................................................................................................................197
CHAPTER LVII..................................................................................................................................199
CHAPTER LVIII. ................................................................................................................................201
CHAPTER LIX. ...................................................................................................................................208
CHAPTER LX. ....................................................................................................................................214
CHAPTER LXI. ...................................................................................................................................218
CHAPTER LXII..................................................................................................................................224
CHAPTER LXIII. ................................................................................................................................229
CHAPTER LXIV. ................................................................................................................................232
CHAPTER LXV..................................................................................................................................236
CHAPTER LXVI. ................................................................................................................................239
CHAPTER LXVII...............................................................................................................................243
CHAPTER LXVIII..............................................................................................................................249
CHAPTER LXIX. ................................................................................................................................253
CONCLUSION. ...................................................................................................................................258
Following the Equator
ii
Page No 4
Following the Equator
Mark Twain
Chapter I
Chapter II
Chapter III
Chapter IV
Chapter V
Chapter VI
Chapter VII
Chapter VIII
Chapter IX
Chapter X
Chapter XI
Chapter XII
Chapter XIII
Chapter XIV
Chapter XV
Chapter XVI
Chapter XVII
Chapter XVIII
Chapter XIX
Chapter XX
Chapter XXI
Chapter XXII
Chapter XXIII
Chapter XXIV
Chapter XXV
Chapter XXVI
Chapter XXVII
Chapter XXVIII
Chapter XXIX
Chapter XXX
Chapter XXXI
Chapter XXXII
Chapter XXXIII
Chapter XXXIV
Chapter XXXV
Chapter XXXVI
Chapter XXXVII
Chapter XXXVIII
Chapter XXXIX
Chapter XL
Chapter XLI
Chapter XLII
Chapter XLIII
Chapter XLIV
Chapter XLV
Chapter XLVI
Following the Equator 1
Page No 5
Chapter XLVII
Chapter XLVIII
Chapter XLIX
Chapter L
Chapter LI
Chapter LII
Chapter LIII
Chapter LIV
Chapter LV
Chapter LVI
Chapter LVII
Chapter LVIII
Chapter LIX
Chapter LX
Chapter LXI
Chapter LXII
Chapter LXIII
Chapter LXIV
Chapter LXV
Chapter LXVI
Chapter LXVII
Chapter LXVIII
Chapter LXIX
Conclusion
THIS BOOK
Is affectionately inscribed to
MY YOUNG FRIEND
HARRY ROGERS
WITH RECOGNITION
OF WHAT HE IS, AND APPREHENSION OF WHAT HE MAY BECOME
UNLESS HE FORM HIMSELF A LITTLE MORE CLOSELY
UPON THE MODEL OF
THE AUTHOR.
THE PUDD'NHEAD MAXIMS.
THESE WISDOMS ARE FOR THE LURING OF YOUTH TOWARD
HIGH MORAL ALTITUDES. THE AUTHOR DID NOT
GATHER THEM FROM PRACTICE, BUT FROM
OBSERVATION. TO BE GOOD IS NOBLE;
BUT TO SHOW OTHERS HOW
TO BE GOOD IS NOBLER
AND NO TROUBLE.
Following the Equator
Following the Equator 2
Page No 6
CHAPTER I.
A man may have no bad habits and have worse.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
The starting point of this lecturingtrip around the world was Paris, where we had been living a year or two.
We sailed for America, and there made certain preparations. This took but little time. Two members of my
family elected to go with me. Also a carbuncle. The dictionary says a carbuncle is a kind of jewel. Humor is
out of place in a dictionary.
We started westward from New York in midsummer, with Major Pond to manage the platformbusiness as
far as the Pacific. It was warm work, all the way, and the last fortnight of it was suffocatingly smoky, for in
Oregon and Columbia the forest fires were raging. We had an added week of smoke at the seaboard, where
we were obliged awhile for our ship. She had been getting herself ashore in the smoke, and she had to be
docked and repaired.
We sailed at last; and so ended a snailpaced march across the continent, which had lasted forty days.
We moved westward about midafternoon over a rippled and summer sea; an enticing sea, a clean and cool
sea, and apparently a welcome sea to all on board; it certainly was to the distressful dustings and smokings
and swelterings of the past weeks. The voyage would furnish a threeweeks holiday, with hardly a break in
it. We had the whole Pacific Ocean in front of us, with nothing to do but do nothing and be comfortable. The
city of Victoria was twinkling dim in the deep heart of her smokecloud, and getting ready to vanish and now
we closed the fieldglasses and sat down on our steamer chairs contented and at peace. But they went to
wreck and ruin under us and brought us to shame before all the passengers. They had been furnished by the
largest furnituredealing house in Victoria, and were worth a couple of farthings a dozen, though they had
cost us the price of honest chairs. In the Pacific and Indian Oceans one must still bring his own deckchair on
board or go without, just as in the old forgotten Atlantic timesthose Dark Ages of sea travel.
Ours was a reasonably comfortable ship, with the customary seagoing fare plenty of good food furnished
by the Deity and cooked by the devil. The discipline observable on board was perhaps as good as it is
anywhere in the Pacific and Indian Oceans. The ship was not very well arranged for tropical service; but that
is nothing, for this is the rule for ships which ply in the tropics. She had an oversupply of cockroaches, but
this is also the rule with ships doing business in the summer seasat least such as have been long in service.
Our young captain was a very handsome man, tall and perfectly formed, the very figure to show up a smart
uniform's best effects. He was a man of the best intentions and was polite and courteous even to courtliness.
There was a soft and finish about his manners which made whatever place he happened to be in seem for the
moment a drawing room. He avoided the smoking room. He had no vices. He did not smoke or chew tobacco
or take snuff ; he did not swear, or use slang or rude, or coarse, or indelicate language, or make puns, or tell
anecdotes, or laugh intemperately, or raise his voice above the moderate pitch enjoined by the canons of good
form. When he gave an order, his manner modified it into a request. After dinner he and his officers joined
the ladies and gentlemen in the ladies' saloon, and shared in the singing and piano playing, and helped turn
the music. He had a sweet and sympathetic tenor voice, and used it with taste and effect the music he played
whist there, always with the same partner and opponents, until the ladies' bedtime. The electric lights burned
there as late as the ladies and their friends might desire; but they were not allowed to burn in the
smokingroom after eleven. There were many laws on the ship's statute book of course; but so far as I could
see, this and one other were the only ones that were rigidly enforced. The captain explained that he enforced
this one because his own cabin adjoined the smokingroom, and the smell of tobacco smoke made him sick. I
did not see how our smoke could reach him, for the smokingroom and his cabin were on the upper deck,
Following the Equator
CHAPTER I. 3
Page No 7
targets for all the winds that blew; and besides there was no crack of communication between them, no
opening of any sort in the solid intervening bulkhead. Still, to a delicate stomach even imaginary smoke can
convey damage.
The captain, with his gentle nature, his polish, his sweetness, his moral and verbal purity, seemed pathetically
out of place in his rude and autocratic vocation. It seemed another instance of the irony of fate.
He was going home under a cloud. The passengers knew about his trouble, and were sorry for him.
Approaching Vancouver through a narrow and difficult passage densely befogged with smoke from the forest
fires, he had had the illluck to lose his bearings and get his ship on the rocks. A matter like this would rank
merely as an error with you and me; it ranks as a crime with the directors of steamship companies. The
captain had been tried by the Admiralty Court at Vancouver, and its verdict had acquitted him of blame. But
that was insufficient comfort. A sterner court would examine the case in Sydneythe Court of Directors, the
lords of a company in whose ships the captain had served as mate a number of years. This was his first
voyage as captain.
The officers of our ship were hearty and companionable young men, and they entered into the general
amusements and helped the passengers pass the time. Voyages in the Pacific and Indian Oceans are but
pleasure excursions for all hands. Our purser was a young Scotchman who was equipped with a grit that was
remarkable. He was an invalid, and looked it, as far as his body was concerned, but illness could not subdue
his spirit. He was full of life, and had a gay and capable tongue. To all appearances he was a sick man
without being aware of it, for he did not talk about his ailments, and his bearing and conduct were those of a
person in robust health; yet he was the prey, at intervals, of ghastly sieges of pain in his heart. These lasted
many hours, and while the attack continued he could neither sit nor lie. In one instance he stood on his feet
twentyfour hours fighting for his life with these sharp agonies, and yet was as full of life and cheer and
activity the next day as if nothing had happened.
The brightest passenger in the ship, and the most interesting and felicitous talker, was a young Canadian who
was not able to let the whisky bottle alone. He was of a rich and powerful family, and could have had a
distinguished career and abundance of effective help toward it if he could have conquered his appetite for
drink; but he could not do it, so his great equipment of talent was of no use to him. He had often taken the
pledge to drink no more, and was a good sample of what that sort of unwisdom can do for a manfor a man
with anything short of an iron will. The system is wrong in two ways: it does not strike at the root of the
trouble, for one thing, and to make a pledge of any kind is to declare war against nature; for a pledge is a
chain that is always clanking and reminding the wearer of it that he is not a free man.
I have said that the system does not strike at the root of the trouble, and I venture to repeat that. The root is
not the drinking, but the desire to drink. These are very different things. The one merely requires willand a
great deal of it, both as to bulk and staying capacitythe other merely requires watchfulnessand for no
long time. The desire of course precedes the act, and should have one's first attention; it can do but little good
to refuse the act over and over again, always leaving the desire unmolested, unconquered; the desire will
continue to assert itself, and will be almost sure to win in the long run. When the desire intrudes, it should be
at once banished out of the mind. One should be on the watch for it all the timeotherwise it will get in. It
must be taken in time and not allowed to get a lodgment. A desire constantly repulsed for a fortnight should
die, then. That should cure the drinking habit. The system of refusing the mere act of drinking, and leaving
the desire in full force, is unintelligent war tactics, it seems to me. I used to take pledgesand soon violate
them. My will was not strong, and I could not help it. And then, to be tied in any way naturally irks an
otherwise free person and makes him chafe in his bonds and want to get his liberty. But when I finally ceased
from taking definite pledges, and merely resolved that I would kill an injurious desire, but leave myself free
to resume the desire and the habit whenever I should choose to do so, I had no more trouble. In five days I
drove out the desire to smoke and was not obliged to keep watch after that; and I never experienced any
Following the Equator
CHAPTER I. 4
Page No 8
strong desire to smoke again. At the end of a year and a quarter of idleness I began to write a book, and
presently found that the pen was strangely reluctant to go. I tried a smoke to see if that would help me out of
the difficulty. It did. I smoked eight or ten cigars and as many pipes a day for five months; finished the book,
and did not smoke again until a year had gone by and another book had to be begun.
I can quit any of my nineteen injurious habits at any time, and without discomfort or inconvenience. I think
that the Dr. Tanners and those others who go forty days without eating do it by resolutely keeping out the
desire to eat, in the beginning, and that after a few hours the desire is discouraged and comes no more.
Once I tried my scheme in a large medical way. I had been confined to my bed several days with lumbago.
My case refused to improve. Finally the doctor said,
"My remedies have no fair chance. Consider what they have to fight, besides the lumbago. You smoke
extravagantly, don't you?"
"Yes."
"You take coffee immoderately?"
"Yes."
"And some tea?"
"Yes."
"You eat all kinds of things that are dissatisfied with each other's company?"
"Yes."
"You drink two hot Scotches every night?"
"Yes."
"Very well, there you see what I have to contend against. We can't make progress the way the matter stands.
You must make a reduction in these things; you must cut down your consumption of them considerably for
some days."
"I can't, doctor."
"Why can't you."
"I lack the willpower. I can cut them off entirely, but I can't merely moderate them."
He said that that would answer, and said he would come around in twentyfour hours and begin work again.
He was taken ill himself and could not come; but I did not need him. I cut off all those things for two days
and nights; in fact, I cut off all kinds of food, too, and all drinks except water, and at the end of the
fortyeight hours the lumbago was discouraged and left me. I was a well man; so I gave thanks and took to
those delicacies again.
It seemed a valuable medical course, and I recommended it to a lady. She had run down and down and down,
and had at last reached a point where medicines no longer had any helpful effect upon her. I said I knew I
Following the Equator
CHAPTER I. 5
Page No 9
could put her upon her feet in a week. It brightened her up, it filled her with hope, and she said she would do
everything I told her to do. So I said she must stop swearing and drinking, and smoking and eating for four
days, and then she would be all right again. And it would have happened just so, I know it; but she said she
could not stop swearing, and smoking, and drinking, because she had never done those things. So there it
was. She had neglected her habits, and hadn't any. Now that they would have come good, there were none in
stock. She had nothing to fall back on. She was a sinking vessel, with no freight in her to throw over lighten
ship withal. Why, even one or two little bad habits cou1d have saved her, but she was just a moral pauper.
When she could have acquired them she was dissuaded by her parents, who were ignorant people though
reared in the best society, and it was too late to begin now. It seemed such a pity; but there was no help for it.
These things ought to be attended to while a person is young; otherwise, when age and disease come, there is
nothing effectual to fight them with.
When I was a youth I used to take all kinds of pledges, and do my best to keep them, but I never could,
because I didn't strike at the root of the habitthe desire; I generally broke down within the month. Once I
tried limiting a habit. That worked tolerably well for a while. I pledged myself to smoke but one cigar a day. I
kept the cigar waiting until bedtime, then I had a luxurious time with it. But desire persecuted me every day
and all day long; so, within the week I found myself hunting for larger cigars than I had been used to smoke;
then larger ones still, and still larger ones. Within the fortnight I was getting cigars made for meon a yet
larger pattern. They still grew and grew in size. Within the month my cigar had grown to such proportions
that I could have used it as a crutch. It now seemed to me that a onecigar limit was no real protection to a
person, so I knocked my pledge on the head and resumed my liberty.
To go back to that young Canadian. He was a "remittance man," the first one I had ever seen or heard of.
Passengers explained the term to me. They said that dissipated ne'erdowells belonging to important
families in England and Canada were not cast off by their people while there was any hope of reforming
them, but when that last hope perished at last, the ne'erdowell was sent abroad to get him out of the way.
He was shipped off with just enough money in his pocketno, in the purser's pocketfor the needs of the
voyageand when he reached his destined port he would find a remittance awaiting him there. Not a large
one, but just enough to keep him a month. A similar remittance would come monthly thereafter. It was the
remittanceman's custom to pay his month's board and lodging straightwaya duty which his landlord did
not allow him to forgetthen spree away the rest of his money in a single night, then brood and mope and
grieve in idleness till the next remittance came. It is a pathetic life.
We had other remittancemen on board, it was said. At least they said they were R. M.'s. There were two.
But they did not resemble the Canadian; they lacked his tidiness, and his brains, and his gentlemanly ways,
and his resolute spirit, and his humanities and generosities. One of them was a lad of nineteen or twenty, and
he was a good deal of a ruin, as to clothes, and morals, and general aspect. He said he was a scion of a ducal
house in England, and had been shipped to Canada for the house's relief, that he had fallen into trouble there,
and was now being shipped to Australia. He said he had no title. Beyond this remark he was economical of
the truth. The first thing he did in Australia was to get into the lockup, and the next thing he did was to
proclaim himself an earl in the police court in the morning and fail to prove it.
CHAPTER II.
When in doubt, tell the truth.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
About four days out from Victoria we plunged into hot weather, and all the male passengers put on white
linen clothes. One or two days later we crossed the 25th parallel of north latitude, and then, by order, the
officers of the ship laid away their blue uniforms and came out in white linen ones. All the ladies were in
white by this time. This prevalence of snowy costumes gave the promenade deck an invitingly cool, and
Following the Equator
CHAPTER II. 6
Page No 10
cheerful and picnicky aspect.
From my diary:
There are several sorts of ills in the world from which a person can never escape altogether, let him journey
as far as he will. One escapes from one breed of an ill only to encounter another breed of it. We have come
far from the snake liar and the fish liar, and there was rest and peace in the thought; but now we have reached
the realm of the boomerang liar, and sorrow is with us once more. The first officer has seen a man try to
escape from his enemy by getting behind a tree; but the enemy sent his boomerang sailing into the sky far
above and beyond the tree; then it turned, descended, and killed the man. The Australian passenger has seen
this thing done to two men, behind two treesand by the one arrow. This being received with a large silence
that suggested doubt, he buttressed it with the statement that his brother once saw the boomerang kill a bird
away off a hundred yards and bring it to the thrower. But these are ills which must be borne. There is no other
way.
The talk passed from the boomerang to dreamsusually a fruitful subject, afloat or ashorebut this time the
output was poor. Then it passed to instances of extraordinary memorywith better results. Blind Tom, the
negro pianist, was spoken of, and it was said that he could accurately play any piece of music, howsoever
long and difficult, after hearing it once; and that six months later he could accurately play it again, without
having touched it in the interval. One of the most striking of the stories told was furnished by a gentleman
who had served on the staff of the Viceroy of India. He read the details from his notebook, and explained
that he had written them down, right after the consummation of the incident which they described, because he
thought that if he did not put them down in black and white he might presently come to think he had dreamed
them or invented them.
The Viceroy was making a progress, and among the shows offered by the Maharajah of Mysore for his
entertainment was a memoryexhibition. The Viceroy and thirty gentlemen of his suite sat in a row, and the
memory expert, a highcaste Brahmin, was brought in and seated on the floor in front of them. He said he
knew but two languages, the English and his own, but would not exclude any foreign tongue from the tests to
be applied to his memory. Then he laid before the assemblage his program a sufficiently extraordinary
one. He proposed that one gentleman should give him one word of a foreign sentence, and tell him its place
in the sentence. He was furnished with the French word 'est', and was told it was second in a sentence of three
words. The next, gentleman gave him the German word 'verloren' and said it was the third in a sentence of
four words. He asked the next gentleman for one detail in a sum in addition; another for one detail in a sum of
subtraction; others for single details in mathematical problems of various kinds; he got them. Intermediates
gave him single words from sentences in Greek, Latin, Spanish, Portuguese, Italian, and other languages, and
told him their places in the sentences. When at last everybody had furnished him a single rag from a foreign
sentence or a figure from a problem, he went over the ground again, and got a second word and a second
figure and was told their places in the sentences and the sums; and so on and so on. He went over the ground
again and again until he had collected all the parts of the sums and all the parts of the sentencesand all in
disorder, of course, not in their proper rotation. This had occupied two hours.
The Brahmin now sat silent and thinking, a while, then began and repeated all the sentences, placing the
words in their proper order, and untangled the disordered arithmetical problems and gave accurate answers to
them all.
In the beginning he had asked the company to throw almonds at him during the two hours, he to remember
how many each gentleman had thrown; but none were thrown, for the Viceroy said that the test would be a
sufficiently severe strain without adding that burden to it.
General Grant had a fine memory for all kinds of things, including even names and faces, and I could have
Following the Equator
CHAPTER II. 7
Page No 11
furnished an instance of it if I had thought of it. The first time I ever saw him was early in his first term as
President. I had just arrived in Washington from the Pacific coast, a stranger and wholly unknown to the
public, and was passing the White House one morning when I met a friend, a Senator from Nevada. He asked
me if I would like to see the President. I said I should be very glad; so we entered. I supposed that the
President would be in the midst of a crowd, and that I could look at him in peace and security from a
distance, as another stray cat might look at another king. But it was in the morning, and the Senator was using
a privilege of his office which I had not heard ofthe privilege of intruding upon the Chief Magistrate's
working hours. Before I knew it, the Senator and I were in the presence, and there was none there but we
three. General Grant got slowly up from his table, put his pen down, and stood before me with the iron
expression of a man who had not smiled for seven years, and was not intending to smile for another seven.
He looked me steadily in the eyesmine lost confidence and fell. I had never confronted a great man before,
and was in a miserable state of funk and inefficiency. The Senator said:
"Mr. President, may I have the privilege of introducing Mr. Clemens?"
The President gave my hand an unsympathetic wag and dropped it. He did not say a word but just stood. In
my trouble I could not think of anything to say, I merely wanted to resign. There was an awkward pause, a
dreary pause, a horrible pause. Then I thought of something, and looked up into that unyielding face, and said
timidly:
"Mr. President, II am embarrassed. Are you?"
His face brokejust a littlea wee glimmer, the momentary flicker of a summerlightning smile, seven
years ahead of timeand I was out and gone as soon as it was.
Ten years passed away before I saw him the second time. Meantime I was become better known; and was one
of the people appointed to respond to toasts at the banquet given to General Grant in Chicagoby the Army
of the Tennessee when he came back from his tour around the world. I arrived late at night and got up late in
the morning. All the corridors of the hotel were crowded with people waiting to get a glimpse of General
Grant when he should pass to the place whence he was to review the great procession. I worked my way by
the suite of packed drawingrooms, and at the corner of the house I found a window open where there was a
roomy platform decorated with flags, and carpeted. I stepped out on it, and saw below me millions of people
blocking all the streets, and other millions caked together in all the windows and on all the housetops
around. These masses took me for General Grant, and broke into volcanic explosions and cheers; but it was a
good place to see the procession, and I stayed. Presently I heard the distant blare of military music, and far up
the street I saw the procession come in sight, cleaving its way through the huzzaing multitudes, with
Sheridan, the most martial figure of the War, riding at its head in the dress uniform of a Lieutenant General.
And now General Grant, arminarm with Major Carter Harrison, stepped out on the platform, followed two
and two by the badged and uniformed reception committee. General Grant was looking exactly as he had
looked upon that trying occasion of ten years beforeall iron and bronze self possession. Mr. Harrison
came over and led me to the General and formally introduced me. Before I could put together the proper
remark, General Grant said
"Mr. Clemens, I am not embarrassed. Are you?"and that little seven year smile twinkled across his face
again.
Seventeen years have gone by since then, and today, in New York, the streets are a crush of people who are
there to honor the remains of the great soldier as they pass to their final restingplace under the monument;
and the air is heavy with dirges and the boom of artillery, and all the millions of America are thinking of the
man who restored the Union and the flag, and gave to democratic government a new lease of life, and, as we
Following the Equator
CHAPTER II. 8
Page No 12
may hope and do believe, a permanent place among the beneficent institutions of men.
We had one game in the ship which was a good timepasserat least it was at night in the smokingroom
when the men were getting freshened up from the day's monotonies and dullnesses. It was the completing of
non complete stories. That is to say, a man would tell all of a story except the finish, then the others would
try to supply the ending out of their own invention. When every one who wanted a chance had had it, the man
who had introduced the story would give it its original endingthen you could take your choice. Sometimes
the new endings turned out to be better than the old one. But the story which called out the most persistent
and determined and ambitious effort was one which had no ending, and so there was nothing to compare the
newmade endings with. The man who told it said he could furnish the particulars up to a certain point only,
because that was as much of the tale as he knew. He had read it in a volume of `sketches twentyfive years
ago, and was interrupted before the end was reached. He would give any one fifty dollars who would finish
the story to the satisfaction of a jury to be appointed by ourselves. We appointed a jury and wrestled with the
tale. We invented plenty of endings, but the jury voted them all down. The jury was right. It was a tale which
the author of it may possibly have completed satisfactorily, and if he really had that good fortune I would like
to know what the ending was. Any ordinary man will find that the story's strength is in its middle, and that
there is apparently no way to transfer it to the close, where of course it ought to be. In substance the storiette
was as follows:
John Brown, aged thirtyone, good, gentle, bashful, timid, lived in a quiet village in Missouri. He was
superintendent of the Presbyterian Sundayschool. It was but a humble distinction; still, it was his only
official one, and he was modestly proud of it and was devoted to its work and its interests. The extreme
kindliness of his nature was recognized by all; in fact, people said that he was made entirely out of good
impulses and bashfulness; that he could always be counted upon for help when it was needed, and for
bashfulness both when it was needed and when it wasn't.
Mary Taylor, twentythree, modest, sweet, winning, and in character and person beautiful, was all in all to
him. And he was very nearly all in all to her. She was wavering, his hopes were high. Her mother had been in
opposition from the first. But she was wavering, too; he could see it. She was being touched by his warm
interest in her two charity proteges and by his contributions toward their support. These were two forlorn
and aged sisters who lived in a log hut in a lonely place up a cross road four miles from Mrs. Taylor's farm.
One of the sisters was crazy, and sometimes a little violent, but not often.
At last the time seemed ripe for a final advance, and Brown gathered his courage together and resolved to
make it. He would take along a contribution of double the usual size, and win the mother over; with her
opposition annulled, the rest of the conquest would be sure and prompt.
He took to the road in the middle of a placid Sunday afternoon in the soft Missourian summer, and he was
equipped properly for his mission. He was clothed all in white linen, with a blue ribbon for a necktie, and he
had on dressy tight boots. His horse and buggy were the finest that the livery stable could furnish. The lap
robe was of white linen, it was new, and it had a handworked border that could not be rivaled in that region
for beauty and elaboration.
When he was four miles out on the lonely road and was walking his horse over a wooden bridge, his straw
hat blew off and fell in the creek, and floated down and lodged against a bar. He did not quite know what to
do. He must have the hat, that was manifest; but how was he to get it?
Then he had an idea. The roads were empty, nobody was stirring. Yes, he would risk it. He led the horse to
the roadside and set it to cropping the grass; then he undressed and put his clothes in the buggy, petted the
horse a moment to secure its compassion and its loyalty, then hurried to the stream. He swam out and soon
had the hat. When he got to the top of the bank the horse was gone!
Following the Equator
CHAPTER II. 9
Page No 13
His legs almost gave way under him. The horse was walking leisurely along the road. Brown trotted after it,
saying, "Whoa, whoa, there's a good fellow;" but whenever he got near enough to chance a jump for the
buggy, the horse quickened its pace a little and defeated him. And so this went on, the naked man perishing
with anxiety, and expecting every moment to see people come in sight. He tagged on and on, imploring the
horse, beseeching the horse, till he had left a mile behind him, and was closing up on the Taylor premises;
then at last he was successful, and got into the buggy. He flung on his shirt, his necktie, and his coat; then
reached forbut he was too late; he sat suddenly down and pulled up the laprobe, for he saw some one
coming out of the gatea woman; he thought. He wheeled the horse to the left, and struck briskly up the
crossroad. It was perfectly straight, and exposed on both sides; but there were woods and a sharp turn three
miles ahead, and he was very grateful when he got there. As he passed around the turn he slowed down to a
walk, and reached for his trtoo late again.
He had come upon Mrs. Enderby, Mrs. Glossop, Mrs. Taylor, and Mary. They were on foot, and seemed tired
and excited. They came at once to the buggy and shook hands, and all spoke at once, and said eagerly and
earnestly, how glad they were that he was come, and how fortunate it was. And Mrs. Enderby said,
impressively:
"It looks like an accident, his coming at such a time; but let no one profane it with such a name; he was
sentsent from on high."
They were all moved, and Mrs. Glossop said in an awed voice:
"Sarah Enderby, you never said a truer word in your life. This is no accident, it is a special Providence. He
was sent. He is an angelan angel as truly as ever angel wasan angel of deliverance. I say angel, Sarah
Enderby, and will have no other word. Don't let any one ever say to me again, that there's no such thing as
special Providences; for if this isn't one, let them account for it that can."
"I know it's so," said Mrs. Taylor, fervently. "John Brown, I could worship you; I could go down on my
knees to you. Didn't something tell you? didn't you feel that you were sent? I could kiss the hem of your
laprobe."
He was not able to speak; he was helpless with shame and fright. Mrs. Taylor went on:
"Why, just look at it all around, Julia Glossop. Any person can see the hand of Providence in it. Here at noon
what do we see? We see the smoke rising. I speak up and say, 'That's the Old People's cabin afire.' Didn't I,
Julia Glossop?"
"The very words you said, Nancy Taylor. I was as close to you as I am now, and I heard them. You may have
said hut instead of cabin, but in substance it's the same. And you were looking pale, too."
"Pale? I was that pale that ifwhy, you just compare it with this laprobe. Then the next thing I said was,
'Mary Taylor, tell the hired man to rig up the teamwe'll go to the rescue.' And she said, 'Mother, don't you
know you told him he could drive to see his people, and stay over Sunday?' And it was just so. I declare for it,
I had forgotten it. 'Then,' said I, 'we'll go afoot.' And go we did. And found Sarah Enderby on the road."
"And we all went together," said Mrs. Enderby. "And found the cabin set fire to and burnt down by the crazy
one, and the poor old things so old and feeble that they couldn't go afoot. And we got them to a shady place
and made them as comfortable as we could, and began to wonder which way to turn to find some way to get
them conveyed to Nancy Taylor's house. And I spoke up and saidnow what did I say? Didn't I say,
'Providence will provide'?"
Following the Equator
CHAPTER II. 10
Page No 14
"Why sure as you live, so you did! I had forgotten it."
"So had I," said Mrs. Glossop and Mrs. Taylor; "but you certainly said it. Now wasn't that remarkable? "
"Yes, I said it. And then we went to Mr. Moseley's, two miles, and all of them were gone to the camp meeting
over on Stony Fork; and then we came all the way back, two miles, and then here, another mileand
Providence has provided. You see it yourselves"
They gazed at each other awestruck, and lifted their hands and said in unison:
"It's perfectly wonderful."
"And then," said Mrs. Glossop, "what do you think we had better do let Mr. Brown drive the Old People to
Nancy Taylor's one at a time, or put both of them in the buggy, and him lead the horse?"
Brown gasped.
"Now, then, that's a question," said Mrs. Enderby. "You see, we are all tired out, and any way we fix it it's
going to be difficult. For if Mr. Brown takes both of them, at least one of us must, go back to help him, for he
can't load them into the buggy by himself, and they so helpless."
"That is so," said Mrs. Taylor. "It doesn't lookoh, how would this do? one of us drive there with Mr.
Brown, and the rest of you go along to my house and get things ready. I'll go with him. He and I together can
lift one of the Old People into the buggy; then drive her to my house and
"But who will take care of the other one?" said Mrs. Enderby. "We musn't leave her there in the woods alone,
you knowespecially the crazy one. There and back is eight miles, you see."
They had all been sitting on the grass beside the buggy for a while, now, trying to rest their weary bodies.
They fell silent a moment or two, and struggled in thought over the baffling situation; then Mrs. Enderby
brightened and said:
"I think I've got the idea, now. You see, we can't walk any more. Think what we've done: four miles there,
two to Moseley's, is six, then back to herenine miles since noon, and not a bite to eat; I declare I don't see
how we've done it; and as for me, I am just famishing. Now, somebody's got to go back, to help Mr.
Brownthere's no getting mound that; but whoever goes has got to ride, not walk. So my idea is this: one of
us to ride back with Mr. Brown, then ride to Nancy Taylor's house with one of the Old People, leaving Mr.
Brown to keep the other old one company, you all to go now to Nancy's and rest and wait; then one of you
drive back and get the other one and drive her to Nancy's, and Mr. Brown walk."
"Splendid!" they all cried. "Oh, that will dothat will answer perfectly." And they all said that Mrs. Enderby
had the best head for planning, in the company; and they said that they wondered that they hadn't thought of
this simple plan themselves. They hadn't meant to take back the compliment, good simple souls, and didn't
know they had done it. After a consultation it was decided that Mrs. Enderby should drive back with Brown,
she being entitled to the distinction because she had invented the plan. Everything now being satisfactorily
arranged and settled, the ladies rose, relieved and happy, and brushed down their gowns, and three of them
started homeward; Mrs. Enderby set her foot on the buggystep and was about to climb in, when Brown
found a remnant of his voice and gasped out
"Please Mrs. Enderby, call them back I am very weak; I can't walk, I can't, indeed."
Following the Equator
CHAPTER II. 11
Page No 15
"Why, dear Mr. Brown! You do look pale; I am ashamed of myself that I didn't notice it sooner. Come
backall of you! Mr. Brown is not well. Is there anything I can do for you, Mr. Brown?I'm real sorry. Are
you in pain?"
"No, madam, only weak; I am not sick, but only just weaklately; not long, but just lately."
The others came back, and poured out their sympathies and commiserations, and were full of selfreproaches
for not having noticed how pale he was.
And they at once struck out a new plan, and soon agreed that it was by far the best of all. They would all go
to Nancy Taylor's house and see to Brown's needs first. He could lie on the sofa in the parlor, and while Mrs.
Taylor and Mary took care of him the other two ladies would take the buggy and go and get one of the Old
People, and leave one of themselves with the other one, and
By this time, without any solicitation, they were at the horse's head and were beginning to turn him around.
The danger was imminent, but Brown found his voice again and saved himself. He said
"But ladies, you are overlooking something which makes the plan impracticable. You see, if you bring one of
them home, and one remains behind with the other, there will be three persons there when one of you comes
back for that other, for some one must drive the buggy back, and three can't come home in it."
They all exclaimed, "Why, surely, that is so!" and they were, all perplexed again.
"Dear, dear, what can we do?" said Mrs. Glossop;" it is the most mixed up thing that ever was. The fox and
the goose and the corn and things oh, dear, they are nothing to it."
They sat wearily down once more, to further torture their tormented heads for a plan that would work.
Presently Mary offered a plan; it was her first effort. She said:
"I am young and strong, and am refreshed, now. Take Mr. Brown to our house, and give him helpyou see
how plainly he needs it. I will go back and take care of the Old People; I can be there in twenty minutes. You
can go on and do what you first started to dowait on the main road at our house until somebody comes
along with a wagon; then send and bring away the three of us. You won't have to wait long; the farmers will
soon be coming back from town, now. I will keep old Polly patient and cheered upthe crazy one doesn't
need it."
This plan was discussed and accepted; it seemed the best that could be done, in the circumstances, and the
Old People must be getting discouraged by this time.
Brown felt relieved, and was deeply thankful. Let him once get to the main road and he would find a way to
escape.
Then Mrs. Taylor said:
"The evening chill will be coming on, pretty soon, and those poor old burntout things will need some kind
of covering. Take the laprobe with you, dear."
"Very well, Mother, I will."
She stepped to the buggy and put out her hand to take it
Following the Equator
CHAPTER II. 12
Page No 16
That was the end of the tale. The passenger who told it said that when he read the story twentyfive years ago
in a train he was interrupted at that pointthe train jumped off a bridge.
At first we thought we could finish the story quite easily, and we set to work with confidence; but it soon
began to appear that it was not a simple thing, but difficult and baffling. This was on account of Brown's
charactergreat generosity and kindliness, but complicated with unusual shyness and diffidence, particularly
in the presence of ladies. There was his love for Mary, in a hopeful state but not yet securejust in a
condition, indeed, where its affair must be handled with great tact, and no mistakes made, no offense given.
And there was the mother wavering, half willingby adroit and flawless diplomacy to be won over, now, or
perhaps never at all. Also, there were the helpless Old People yonder in the woods waitingtheir fate and
Brown's happiness to be determined by what Brown should do within the next two seconds. Mary was
reaching for the laprobe; Brown must decidethere was no time to be lost.
Of course none but a happy ending of the story would be accepted by the jury; the finish must find Brown in
high credit with the ladies, his behavior without blemish, his modesty unwounded, his character for self
sacrifice maintained, the Old People rescued through him, their benefactor, all the party proud of him, happy
in him, his praises on all their tongues.
We tried to arrange this, but it was beset with persistent and irreconcilable difficulties. We saw that Brown's
shyness would not allow him to give up the laprobe. This would offend Mary and her mother; and it would
surprise the other ladies, partly because this stinginess toward the suffering Old People would be out of
character with Brown, and partly because he was a special Providence and could not properly act so. If asked
to explain his conduct, his shyness would not allow him to tell the truth, and lack of invention and practice
would find him incapable of contriving a lie that would wash. We worked at the troublesome problem until
three in the morning.
Meantime Mary was still reaching for the laprobe. We gave it up, and decided to let her continue to reach. It
is the reader's privilege to determine for himself how the thing came out.
CHAPTER III.
It is more trouble to make a maxim than it is to do right.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
On the seventh day out we saw a dim vast bulk standing up out of the wastes of the Pacific and knew that that
spectral promontory was Diamond Head, a piece of this world which I had not seen before for twentynine
years. So we were nearing Honolulu, the capital city of the Sandwich Islandsthose islands which to me
were Paradise; a Paradise which I had been longing all those years to see again. Not any other thing in the
world could have stirred me as the sight of that great rock did.
In the night we anchored a mile from shore. Through my port I could see the twinkling lights of Honolulu
and the dark bulk of the mountainrange that stretched away right and left. I could not make out the beautiful
Nuuana valley, but I knew where it lay, and remembered how it used to look in the old times. We used to ride
up it on horseback in those days we young peopleand branch off and gather bones in a sandy region
where one of the first Kamehameha's battles was fought. He was a remarkable man, for a king; and he was
also a remarkable man for a savage. He was a mere kinglet and of little or no consequence at the time of
Captain Cook's arrival in 1788; but about four years afterward he conceived the idea of enlarging his sphere
of influence. That is a courteous modern phrase which means robbing your neighborfor your neighbor's
benefit; and the great theater of its benevolences is Africa. Kamehameha went to war, and in the course of ten
years he whipped out all the other kings and made himself master of every one of the nine or ten islands that
form the group. But he did more than that. He bought ships, freighted them with sandal wood and other
Following the Equator
CHAPTER III. 13
Page No 17
native products, and sent them as far as South America and China; he sold to his savages the foreign stuffs
and tools and utensils which came back in these ships, and started the march of civilization. It is doubtful if
the match to this extraordinary thing is to be found in the history of any other savage. Savages are eager to
learn from the white man any new way to kill each other, but it is not their habit to seize with avidity and
apply with energy the larger and nobler ideas which he offers them. The details of Kamehameha's history
show that he was always hospitably ready to examine the white man's ideas, and that he exercised a tidy
discrimination in making his selections from the samples placed on view.
A shrewder discrimination than was exhibited by his son and successor, Liholiho, I think. Liholiho could
have qualified as a reformer, perhaps, but as a king he was a mistake. A mistake because he tried to be both
king and reformer. This is mixing fire and gunpowder together. A king has no proper business with
reforming. His best policy is to keep things as they are; and if he can't do that, he ought to try to make them
worse than they are. This is not guesswork; I have thought over this matter a good deal, so that if I should
ever have a chance to become a king I would know how to conduct the business in the best way.
When Liholiho succeeded his father he found himself possessed of an equipment of royal tools and
safeguards which a wiser king would have known how to husband, and judiciously employ, and make
profitable. The entire country was under the one scepter, and his was that scepter. There was an Established
Church, and he was the head of it. There was a Standing Army, and he was the head of that; an Army of 114
privates under command of 27 Generals and a Field Marshal. There was a proud and ancient Hereditary
Nobility. There was still one other asset. This was the tabuan agent endowed with a mysterious and
stupendous power, an agent not found among the properties of any European monarch, a tool of inestimable
value in the business. Liholiho was headmaster of the tabu. The tabu was the most ingenious and effective of
all the inventions that has ever been devised for keeping a people's privileges satisfactorily restricted.
It required the sexes to live in separate houses. It did not allow people to eat in either house; they must eat in
another place. It did not allow a man's womanfolk to enter his house. It did not allow the sexes to eat
together; the men must eat first, and the women must wait on them. Then the women could eat what was
leftif anything was leftand wait on themselves. I mean, if anything of a coarse or unpalatable sort was
left, the women could have it. But not the good things, the fine things, the choice things, such as pork,
poultry, bananas, cocoanuts, the choicer varieties of fish, and so on. By the tabu, all these were sacred to the
men; the women spent their lives longing for them and wondering what they might taste like; and they died
without finding out.
These rules, as you see, were quite simple and clear. It was easy to remember them; and useful. For the
penalty for infringing any rule in the whole list was death. Those women easily learned to put up with shark
and taro and dog for a diet when the other things were so expensive.
It was death for any one to walk upon tabu'd ground; or defile a tabu'd thing with his touch; or fail in due
servility to a chief; or step upon the king's shadow. The nobles and the King and the priests were always
suspending little rags here and there and yonder, to give notice to the people that the decorated spot or thing
was tabu, and death lurking near. The struggle for life was difficult and chancy in the islands in those days.
Thus advantageously was the new king situated. Will it be believed that the first thing he did was to destroy
his Established Church, root and branch? He did indeed do that. To state the case figuratively, he was a
prosperous sailor who burnt his ship and took to a raft. This Church was a horrid thing. It heavily oppressed
the people; it kept them always trembling in the gloom of mysterious threatenings; it slaughtered them in
sacrifice before its grotesque idols of wood and stone; it cowed them, it terrorized them, it made them slaves
to its priests, and through the priests to the king. It was the best friend a king could have, and the most
dependable. To a professional reformer who should annihilate so frightful and so devastating a power as this
Church, reverence and praise would be due; but to a king who should do it, could properly be due nothing but
Following the Equator
CHAPTER III. 14
Page No 18
reproach; reproach softened by sorrow; sorrow for his unfitness for his position.
He destroyed his Established Church, and his kingdom is a republic today, in consequence of that act.
When he destroyed the Church and burned the idols he did a mighty thing for civilization and for his people's
wealbut it was not "business." It was unkingly, it was inartistic. It made trouble for his line. The American
missionaries arrived while the burned idols were still smoking. They found the nation without a religion, and
they repaired the defect. They offered their own religion and it was gladly received. But it was no support to
arbitrary kingship, and so the kingly power began to weaken from that day. Fortyseven years later, when I
was in the islands, Kainehameha V. was trying to repair Liholiho's blunder, and not succeeding. He had set
up an Established Church and made himself the head of it. But it was only a pinchbeck thing, an imitation, a
bauble, an empty show. It had no power, no value for a king. It could not harry or burn or slay, it in no way
resembled the admirable machine which Liholiho destroyed. It was an Established Church without an
Establishment; all the people were Dissenters.
Long before that, the kingship had itself become but a name, a show. At an early day the missionaries had
turned it into something very much like a republic; and here lately the business whites have turned it into
something exactly like it.
In Captain Cook's time (1778), the native population of the islands was estimated at 400,000; in 1836 at
something short of 200,000, in 1866 at 50,000; it is today, per census, 25,000. All intelligent people praise
Kamehameha I. and Liholiho for conferring upon their people the great boon of civilization. I would do it
myself, but my intelligence is out of repair, now, from overwork.
When I was in the islands nearly a generation ago, I was acquainted with a young American couple who had
among their belongings an attractive little son of the age of sevenattractive but not practicably
companionable with me, because he knew no English. He had played from his birth with the little Kanakas on
his father's plantation, and had preferred their language and would learn no other. The family removed to
America a month after I arrived in the islands, and straightway the boy began to lose his Kanaka and pick up
English. By the time he was twelve be hadn't a word of Kanaka left; the language had wholly departed from
his tongue and from his comprehension. Nine years later, when he was twentyone, I came upon the family
in one of the lake towns of New York, and the mother told me about an adventure which her son had been
having. By trade he was now a professional diver. A passenger boat had been caught in a storm on the lake,
and had gone down, carrying her people with her. A few days later the young diver descended, with his armor
on, and entered the berthsaloon of the boat, and stood at the foot of the companionway, with his hand on the
rail, peering through the dim water. Presently something touched him on the shoulder, and he turned and
found a dead man swaying and bobbing about him and seemingly inspecting him inquiringly. He was
paralyzed with fright. His entry had disturbed the water, and now he discerned a number of dim corpses
making for him and wagging their heads and swaying their bodies like sleepy people trying to dance. His
senses forsook him, and in that condition he was drawn to the surface. He was put to bed at home, and was
soon very ill. During some days he had seasons of delirium which lasted several hours at a time; and while
they lasted he talked Kanaka incessantly and glibly; and Kanaka only. He was still very ill, and he talked to
me in that tongue; but I did not understand it, of course. The doctorbooks tell us that cases like this are not
uncommon. Then the doctors ought to study the cases and find out how to multiply them. Many languages
and things get mislaid in a person's head, and stay mislaid for lack of this remedy.
Many memories of my former visit to the islands came up in my mind while we lay at anchor in front of
Honolulu that night. And picturespictures picturesan enchanting procession of them! I was impatient for
the morning to come.
When it came it brought disappointment, of course. Cholera had broken out in the town, and we were not
Following the Equator
CHAPTER III. 15
Page No 19
allowed to have any communication with the shore. Thus suddenly did my dream of twentynine years go to
ruin. Messages came from friends, but the friends themselves I was not to have any sight of. My lecturehall
was ready, but I was not to see that, either.
Several of our passengers belonged in Honolulu, and these were sent ashore; but nobody could go ashore and
return. There were people on shore who were booked to go with us to Australia, but we could not receive
them; to do it would cost us a quarantineterm in Sydney. They could have escaped the day before, by ship to
San Francisco; but the bars had been put up, now, and they might have to wait weeks before any ship could
venture to give them a passage any whither. And there were hardships for others. An elderly lady and her son,
recreationseekers from Massachusetts, had wandered westward, further and further from home, always
intending to take the return track, but always concluding to go still a little further; and now here they were at
anchor before Honolulu positively their last westwardbound indulgencethey had made up their minds to
thatbut where is the use in making up your mind in this world? It is usually a waste of time to do it. These
two would have to stay with us as far as Australia. Then they could go on around the world, or go back the
way they had come; the distance and the accommodations and outlay of time would be just the same,
whichever of the two routes they might elect to take. Think of it: a projected excursion of five hundred miles
gradually enlarged, without any elaborate degree of intention, to a possible twentyfour thousand. However,
they were used to extensions by this time, and did not mind this new one much.
And we had with us a lawyer from Victoria, who had been sent out by the Government on an international
matter, and he had brought his wife with him and left the children at home with the servants and now what
was to be done? Go ashore amongst the cholera and take the risks? Most certainly not. They decided to go on,
to the Fiji islands, wait there a fortnight for the next ship, and then sail for home. They couldn't foresee that
they wouldn't see a homewardbound ship again for six weeks, and that no word could come to them from
the children, and no word go from them to the children in all that time. It is easy to make plans in this world;
even a cat can do it; and when one is out in those remote oceans it is noticeable that a cat's plans and a man's
are worth about the same. There is much the same shrinkage in both, in the matter of values.
There was nothing for us to do but sit about the decks in the shade of the awnings and look at the distant
shore. We lay in luminous blue water; shoreward the water was greengreen and brilliant; at the shore itself it
broke in a long white ruffle, and with no crash, no sound that we could hear. The town was buried under a
mat of foliage that looked like a cushion of moss. The silky mountains were clothed in soft, rich splendors of
melting color, and some of the cliffs were veiled in slanting mists. I recognized it all. It was just as I had seen
it long before, with nothing of its beauty lost, nothing of its charm wanting.
A change had come, but that was political, and not visible from the ship. The monarchy of my day was gone,
and a republic was sitting in its seat. It was not a material change. The old imitation pomps, the fuss and
feathers, have departed, and the royal trademarkthat is about all that one could miss, I suppose. That
imitation monarchy, was grotesque enough, in my time; if it had held on another thirty years it would have
been a monarchy without subjects of the king's race.
We had a sunset of a very fine sort. The vast plain of the sea was marked off in bands of sharplycontrasted
colors: great stretches of dark blue, others of purple, others of polished bronze; the billowy mountains
showed all sorts of dainty browns and greens, blues and purples and blacks, and the rounded velvety backs of
certain of them made one want to stroke them, as one would the sleek back of a cat. The long, sloping
promontory projecting into the sea at the west turned dim and leaden and spectral, then became suffused with
pinkdissolved itself in a pink dream, so to speak, it seemed so airy and unreal. Presently the cloud rack
was flooded with fiery splendors, and these were copied on the surface of the sea, and it made one drunk with
delight to look upon it.
From talks with certain of our passengers whose home was Honolulu, and from a sketch by Mrs. Mary H.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER III. 16
Page No 20
Krout, I was able to perceive what the Honolulu of today is, as compared with the Honolulu of my time. In
my time it was a beautiful little town, made up of snowwhite wooden cottages deliciously smothered in
tropical vines and flowers and trees and shrubs; and its coral roads and streets were hard and smooth, and as
white as the houses. The outside aspects of the place suggested the presence of a modest and comfortable
prosperitya general prosperity perhaps one might strengthen the term and say universal. There were no
fine houses, no fine furniture. There were no decorations. Tallow candles furnished the light for the
bedrooms, a whaleoil lamp furnished it for the parlor. Native matting served as carpeting. In the parlor one
would find two or three lithographs on the wallsportraits as a rule: Kamehameha IV., Louis Kossuth,
Jenny Lind; and may be an engraving or two: Rebecca at the Well, Moses smiting the rock, Joseph's servants
finding the cup in Benjamin's sack. There would be a center table, with books of a tranquil sort on it: The
Whole Duty of Man, Baxter's Saints' Rest, Fox's Martyrs, Tupper's Proverbial Philosophy, bound copies of
The Missionary Herald and of Father Damon's Seaman's Friend. A melodeon; a music stand, with 'Willie, We
have Missed You', 'Star of the Evening', 'Roll on Silver Moon', 'Are We Most There', 'I Would not Live
Alway', and other songs of love and sentiment, together with an assortment of hymns. A whatnot with
semiglobular glass paperweights, enclosing miniature pictures of ships, New England rural snowstorms, and
the like; seashells with Bible texts carved on them in cameo style; native curios; whale's tooth with
fullrigged ship carved on it. There was nothing reminiscent of foreign parts, for nobody had been abroad.
Trips were made to San Francisco, but that could not be called going abroad. Comprehensively speaking,
nobody traveled.
But Honolulu has grown wealthy since then, and of course wealth has introduced changes; some of the old
simplicities have disappeared. Here is a modern house, as pictured by Mrs. Krout:
"Almost every house is surrounded by extensive lawns and gardens enclosed by walls of volcanic stone or by
thick hedges of the brilliant hibiscus.
"The houses are most tastefully and comfortably furnished; the floors are either of hard wood covered with
rugs or with fine Indian matting, while there is a preference, as in most warm countries, for rattan or bamboo
furniture; there are the usual accessories of bric abrac, pictures, books, and curios from all parts of the
world, for these island dwellers are indefatigable travelers.
"Nearly every house has what is called a lanai. It is a large apartment, roofed, floored, open on three sides,
with a door or a draped archway opening into the drawingroom. Frequently the roof is formed by the thick
interlacing boughs of the hou tree, impervious to the sun and even to the rain, except in violent storms. Vines
are trained about the sidesthe stephanotis or some one of the countless fragrant and blossoming trailers
which abound in the islands. There are also curtains of matting that may be drawn to exclude the sun or rain.
The floor is bare for coolness, or partially covered with rugs, and the lanai is prettily furnished with
comfortable chairs, sofas, and tables loaded with flowers, or wonderful ferns in pots.
"The lanai is the favorite reception room, and here at any social function the musical program is given and
cakes and ices are served; here morning callers are received, or gay riding parties, the ladies in pretty divided
skirts, worn for convenience in riding astride, the universal mode adopted by Europeans and Americans, as
well as by the natives.
"The comfort and luxury of such an apartment, especially at a seashore villa, can hardly be imagined. The
soft breezes sweep across it, heavy with the fragrance of jasmine and gardenia, and through the swaying
boughs of palm and mimosa there are glimpses of rugged mountains, their summits veiled in clouds, of
purple sea with the white surf beating eternally against the reefs, whiter still in the yellow sunlight or the
magical moonlight of the tropics."
There: rugs, ices, pictures, lanais, worldly books, sinful bricabrac fetched from everywhere. And the ladies
Following the Equator
CHAPTER III. 17
Page No 21
riding astride. These are changes, indeed. In my time the native women rode astride, but the white ones
lacked the courage to adopt their wise custom. In my time ice was seldom seen in Honolulu. It sometimes
came in sailing vessels from New England as ballast; and then, if there happened to be a manofwar in port
and balls and suppers raging by consequence, the ballast was worth six hundred dollars a ton, as is evidenced
by reputable tradition. But the icemachine has traveled all over the world, now, and brought ice within
everybody's reach. In Lapland and Spitzbergen no one uses native ice in our day, except the bears and the
walruses.
The bicycle is not mentioned. It was not necessary. We know that it is there, without inquiring. It is
everywhere. But for it, people could never have had summer homes on the summit of Mont Blanc; before its
day, property up there had but a nominal value. The ladies of the Hawaiian capital learned too late the right
way to occupy a horsetoo late to get much benefit from it. The ridinghorse is retiring from business
everywhere in the world. In Honolulu a few years from now he will be only a tradition.
We all know about Father Damien, the French priest who voluntarily forsook the world and went to the leper
island of Molokai to labor among its population of sorrowful exiles who wait there, in slowconsuming
misery, for death to cone and release them from their troubles; and we know that the thing which he knew
beforehand would happen, did happen: that he became a leper himself, and died of that horrible disease.
There was still another case of selfsacrifice, it appears. I asked after "Billy" Ragsdale, interpreter to the
Parliament in my timea halfwhite. He was a brilliant young fellow, and very popular. As an interpreter he
would have been hard to match anywhere. He used to stand up in the Parliament and turn the English
speeches into Hawaiian and the Hawaiian speeches into English with a readiness and a volubility that were
astonishing. I asked after him, and was told that his prosperous career was cut short in a sudden and
unexpected way, just as he was about to marry a beautiful halfcaste girl. He discovered, by some nearly
invisible sign about his skin, that the poison of leprosy was in him. The secret was his own, and might be kept
concealed for years; but he would not be treacherous to the girl that loved him; he would not marry her to a
doom like his. And so he put his affairs in order, and went around to all his friends and bade them goodbye,
and sailed in the leper ship to Molokai. There he died the loathsome and lingering death that all lepers die.
In this place let me insert a paragraph or two from 11 The Paradise of the Pacific" (Rev. H. H. Gowen)
"Poor lepers! It is easy for those who have no relatives or friends among them to enforce the decree of
segregation to the letter, but who can write of the terrible, the heartbreaking scenes which that enforcement
has brought about?
"A man upon Hawaii was suddenly taken away after a summary arrest, leaving behind him a helpless wife
about to give birth to a babe. The devoted wife with great pain and risk came the whole journey to Honolulu,
and pleaded until the authorities were unable to resist her entreaty that she might go and live like a leper with
her leper husband.
"A woman in the prime of life and activity is condemned as an incipient leper, suddenly removed from her
home, and her husband returns to find his two helpless babes moaning for their lost mother.
"Imagine it! The case of the babies is hard, but its bitterness is a trifleless than a trifleless than
nothingcompared to what the mother must suffer; and suffer minute by minute, hour by hour, day by day,
month by month, year by year, without respite, relief, or any abatement of her pain till she dies.
"One woman, Luka Kaaukau, has been living with her leper husband in the settlement for twelve years. The
man has scarcely a joint left, his limbs are only distorted ulcerated stumps, for four years his wife has put
every particle of food into his mouth. He wanted his wife to abandon his wretched carcass long ago, as she
herself was sound and well, but Luka said that she was content to remain and wait on the man she loved till
Following the Equator
CHAPTER III. 18
Page No 22
the spirit should be freed from its burden.
"I myself have known hard cases enough:of a girl, apparently in full health, decorating the church with me
at Easter, who before Christmas is taken away as a confirmed leper; of a mother hiding her child in the
mountains for years so that not even her dearest friends knew that she had a child alive, that he might not be
taken away; of a respectable white man taken away from his wife and family, and compelled to become a
dweller in the Leper Settlement, where he is counted dead, even by the insurance companies."
And one great pity of it all is, that these poor sufferers are innocent. The leprosy does not come of sins which
they committed, but of sins committed by their ancestors, who escaped the curse of leprosy!
Mr. Gowan has made record of a certain very striking circumstance. Would you expect to find in that awful
Leper Settlement a custom worthy to be transplanted to your own country? They have one such, and it is
inexpressibly touching and beautiful. When death sets open the prison door of life there, the band salutes the
freed soul with a burst of glad music!
CHAPTER IV.
A dozen direct censures are easier to bear than one morganatic
compliment.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
Sailed from Honolulu. From diary:
Sept. 2. Flocks of flying fishslim, shapely, graceful, and intensely white. With the sun on them they look
like a flight of silver fruit knives. They are able to fly a hundred yards.
Sept. 3. In 9 deg. 50' north latitude, at breakfast. Approaching the equator on a long slant. Those of us who
have never seen the equator are a good deal excited. I think I would rather see it than any other thing in the
world. We entered the "doldrums" last nightvariable winds, bursts of rain, intervals of calm, with chopping
seas and a wobbly and drunken motion to the shipa condition of things findable in other regions
sometimes, but present in the doldrums always. The globe girdling belt called the doldrums is 20 degrees
wide, and the thread called the equator lies along the middle of it.
Sept. 4. Total eclipse of the moon last night. At 1.30 it began to go off. At totalor about thatit was like a
rich rosy cloud with a tumbled surface framed in the circle and projecting from ita bulge of
strawberryice, so to speak. At halfeclipse the moon was like a gilded acorn in its cup.
Sept. 5. Closing in on the equator this noon. A sailor explained to a young girl that the ship's speed is poor
because we are climbing up the bulge toward the center of the globe; but that when we should once get over,
at the equator, and start downhill, we should fly. When she asked him the other day what the foreyard was,
he said it was the front yard, the open area in the front end of the ship. That man has a good deal of learning
stored up, and the girl is likely to get it all.
Afternoon. Crossed the equator. In the distance it looked like a blue ribbon stretched across the ocean.
Several passengers kodak'd it. We had no fool ceremonies, no fantastics, no horse play. All that sort of thing
has gone out. In old times a sailor, dressed as Neptune, used to come in over the bows, with his suite, and
lather up and shave everybody who was crossing the equator for the first time, and then cleanse these
unfortunates by swinging them from the yardarm and ducking them three times in the sea. This was
considered funny. Nobody knows why. No, that is not true. We do know why. Such a thing could never be
funny on land; no part of the oldtime grotesque performances gotten up on shipboard to celebrate the
Following the Equator
CHAPTER IV. 19
Page No 23
passage of the line would ever be funny on shorethey would seem dreary and less to shore people. But the
shore people would change their minds about it at sea, on a long voyage. On such a voyage, with its eternal
monotonies, people's intellects deteriorate; the owners of the intellects soon reach a point where they almost
seem to prefer childish things to things of a maturer degree. One is often surprised at the juvenilities which
grown people indulge in at sea, and the interest they take in them, and the consuming enjoyment they get out
of them. This is on long voyages only. The mind gradually becomes inert, dull, blunted; it loses its
accustomed interest in intellectual things; nothing but horseplay can rouse it, nothing but wild and foolish
grotesqueries can entertain it. On short voyages it makes no such exposure of itself; it hasn't time to slump
down to this sorrowful level.
The shortvoyage passenger gets his chief physical exercise out of "horsebilliards"shovelboard. It is a
good game. We play it in this ship. A quartermaster chalks off a diagram like thison the deck.
The player uses a cue that is like a broomhandle with a quartermoon of wood fastened to the end of it.
With this he shoves wooden disks the size of a saucerhe gives the disk a vigorous shove and sends it
fifteen or twenty feet along the deck and lands it in one of the squares if he can. If it stays there till the inning
is played out, it will count as many points in the game as the figure in the square it has stopped in represents.
The adversary plays to knock that disk out and leave his own in its placeparticularly if it rests upon the 9
or 10 or some other of the high numbers; but if it rests in the "10off" he backs it uplands his disk behind it
a foot or two, to make it difficult for its owner to knock it out of that damaging place and improve his record.
When the inning is played out it may be found that each adversary has placed his four disks where they
count; it may be found that some of them are touching chalk lines and not counting; and very often it will be
found that there has been a general wreckage, and that not a disk has been left within the diagram. Anyway,
the result is recorded, whatever it is, and the game goes on. The game is 100 points, and it takes from twenty
minutes to forty to play it, according to luck and the condition of the sea. It is an exciting game, and the
crowd of spectators furnish abundance of applause for fortunate shots and plenty of laughter for the other
kind. It is a game of skill, but at the same time the uneasy motion of the ship is constantly interfering with
skill; this makes it a chancy game, and the element of luck comes largely in.
We had a couple of grand tournaments, to determine who should be "Champion of the Pacific"; they included
among the participants nearly all the passengers, of both sexes, and the officers of the ship, and they afforded
many days of stupendous interest and excitement, and murderous exercisefor horsebilliards is a
physically violent game.
The figures in the following record of some of the closing games in the first tournament will show, better
than any description, how very chancy the game is. The losers here represented had all been winners in the
previous games of the series, some of them by fine majorities:
Chase,102 Mrs. D.,57 Mortimer, 105 The Surgeon, 92
Miss C.,105 Mrs. T.,9 Clemens, 101 Taylor,92
Taylor,109 Davies,95 Miss C., 108 Mortimer,55
Thomas,102 Roper,76 Clemens, 111 Miss C.,89
Coomber, 106 Chase,98
And so on; until but three couples of winners were left. Then I beat my man, young Smith beat his man, and
Thomas beat his. This reduced the combatants to three. Smith and I took the deck, and I led off. At the close
of the first inning I was 10 worse than nothing and Smith had scored 7. The luck continued against me. When
I was 57, Smith was 97 within 3 of out. The luck changed then. He picked up a 10off or so, and couldn't
recover. I beat him.
The next game would end tournament No. 1.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER IV. 20
Page No 24
Mr. Thomas and I were the contestants. He won the lead and went to the batso to speak. And there he
stood, with the crotch of his cue resting against his disk while the ship rose slowly up, sank slowly down,
rose again, sank again. She never seemed to rise to suit him exactly. She started up once more; and when she
was nearly ready for the turn, he let drive and landed his disk just within the lefthand end of the 10.
(Applause). The umpire proclaimed " a good 10," and the gamekeeper set it down. I played: my disk grazed
the edge of Mr. Thomas's disk, and went out of the diagram. (No applause.)
Mr. Thomas played againand landed his second disk alongside of the first, and almost touching its
righthand side. " Good 10." (Great applause.)
I played, and missed both of them. (No applause.)
Mr. Thomas delivered his third shot and landed his disk just at the right of the other two. " Good 10."
(Immense applause.)
There they lay, side by side, the three in a row. It did not seem possible that anybody could miss them. Still I
did it. (Immense silence.)
Mr. Thomas played his last disk. It seems incredible, but he actually landed that disk alongside of the others,
and just to the right of thema straight solid row of 4 disks. (Tumultuous and longcontinued applause.)
Then I played my last disk. Again it did not seem possible that anybody could miss that rowa row which
would have been 14 inches long if the disks had been clamped together; whereas, with the spaces separating
them they made a longer row than that. But I did it. It may be that I was getting nervous.
I think it unlikely that that innings has ever had its parallel in the history of horsebilliards. To place the four
disks side by side in the 10 was an extraordinary feat; indeed, it was a kind of miracle. To miss them was
another miracle. It will take a century to produce another man who can place the four disks in the 10; and
longer than that to find a man who can't knock them out. I was ashamed of my performance at the time, but
now that I reflect upon it I see that it was rather fine and difficult.
Mr. Thomas kept his luck, and won the game, and later the championship.
In a minor tournament I won the prize, which was a Waterbury watch. I put it in my trunk. In Pretoria, South
Africa, nine months afterward, my proper watch broke down and I took the Waterbury out, wound it, set it by
the great clock on the Parliament House (8.05), then went back to my room and went to bed, tired from a long
railway journey. The parliamentary clock had a peculiarity which I was not aware of at the time a
peculiarity which exists in no other clock, and would not exist in that one if it had been made by a sane
person; on the halfhour it strikes the succeeding hour, then strikes the hour again, at the proper time. I lay
reading and smoking awhile; then, when I could hold my eyes open no longer and was about to put out the
light, the great clock began to boom, and I counted ten. I reached for the Waterbury to see how it was getting
along. It was marking 9.30. It seemed rather poor speed for a three dollar watch, but I supposed that the
climate was affecting it. I shoved it half an hour ahead; and took to my book and waited to see what would
happen. At 10 the great clock struck ten again. I lookedthe Waterbury was marking halfpast 10. This was
too much speed for the money, and it troubled me. I pushed the hands back a half hour, and waited once
more; I had to, for I was vexed and restless now, and my sleepiness was gone. By and by the great clock
struck 11. The Waterbury was marking 10.30. I pushed it ahead half an hour, with some show of temper. By
and by the great clock struck 11 again. The Waterbury showed up 11.30, now, and I beat her brains out
against the bedstead. I was sorry next day, when I found out.
To return to the ship.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER IV. 21
Page No 25
The average human being is a perverse creature; and when he isn't that, he is a practical joker. The result to
the other person concerned is about the same: that is, he is made to suffer. The washing down of the decks
begins at a very early hour in all ships; in but few ships are any measures taken to protect the passengers,
either by waking or warning them, or by sending a steward to close their ports. And so the deckwashers have
their opportunity, and they use it. They send a bucket of water slashing along the side of the ship and into the
ports, drenching the passenger's clothes, and often the passenger himself. This good old custom prevailed in
this ship, and under unusually favorable circumstances, for in the blazing tropical regions a removable zinc
thing like a sugarshovel projects from the port to catch the wind and bring it in; this thing catches the
washwater and brings it in, tooand in flooding abundance. Mrs. L, an invalid, had to sleep on the
lockersofa under her port, and every time she overslept and thus failed to take care of herself, the
deckwashers drowned her out.
And the painters, what a good time they had! This ship would be going into dock for a month in Sydney for
repairs; but no matter, painting was going on all the time somewhere or other. The ladies' dresses were
constantly getting ruined, nevertheless protests and supplications went for nothing. Sometimes a lady, taking
an afternoon nap on deck near a ventilator or some other thing that didn't need painting, would wake up by
and by and find that the humorous painter had been noiselessly daubing that thing and had splattered her
white gown all over with little greasy yellow spots.
The blame for this untimely painting did not lie with the ship's officers, but with custom. As far back as
Noah's time it became law that ships must be constantly painted and fussed at when at sea; custom grew out
of the law, and at sea custom knows no death; this custom will continue until the sea goes dry.
Sept. 8.Sunday. We are moving so nearly south that we cross only about two meridians of longitude a day.
This morning we were in longitude 178 west from Greenwich, and 57 degrees west from San Francisco.
Tomorrow we shall be close to the center of the globethe 180th degree of west longitude and 180th
degree of east longitude.
And then we must drop out a daylose a day out of our lives, a day never to be found again. We shall all die
one day earlier than from the beginning of time we were foreordained to die. We shall be a day behindhand
all through eternity. We shall always be saying to the other angels, "Fine day today," and they will be always
retorting, "But it isn't today, it's tomorrow." We shall be in a state of confusion all the time and shall never
know what true happiness is.
Next Day. Sure enough, it has happened. Yesterday it was September 8, Sunday; today, per the
bulletinboard at the head of the companionway, it is September 10, Tuesday. There is something uncanny
about it. And uncomfortable. In fact, nearly unthinkable, and wholly unrealizable, when one comes to
consider it. While we were crossing the 180th meridian it was Sunday in the stern of the ship where my
family were, and Tuesday in the bow where I was. They were there eating the half of a fresh apple on the 8th,
and I was at the same time eating the other half of it on the 10thand I could notice how stale it was,
already. The family were the same age that they were when I had left them five minutes before, but I was a
day older now than I was then. The day they were living in stretched behind them half way round the globe,
across the Pacific Ocean and America and Europe; the day I was living in stretched in front of me around the
other half to meet it. They were stupendous days for bulk and stretch; apparently much larger days than we
had ever been in before. All previous days had been but shrunkup little things by comparison. The
difference in temperature between the two days was very marked, their day being hotter than mine because it
was closer to the equator.
Along about the moment that we were crossing the Great Meridian a child was born in the steerage, and now
there is no way to tell which day it was born on. The nurse thinks it was Sunday, the surgeon thinks it was
Tuesday. The child will never know its own birthday. It will always be choosing first one and then the other,
Following the Equator
CHAPTER IV. 22
Page No 26
and will never be able to make up its mind permanently. This will breed vacillation and uncertainty in its
opinions about religion, and politics, and business, and sweethearts, and everything, and will undermine its
principles, and rot them away, and make the poor thing characterless, and its success in life impossible. Every
one in the ship says so. And this is not allin fact, not the worst. For there is an enormously rich brewer in
the ship who said as much as ten days ago, that if the child was born on his birthday he would give it ten
thousand dollars to start its little life with. His birthday was Monday, the 9th of September.
If the ships all moved in the one directionwestward, I meanthe world would suffer a prodigious
lossin the matter of valuable time, through the dumping overboard on the Great Meridian of such
multitudes of days by ships crews and passengers. But fortunately the ships do not all sail west, half of them
sail east. So there is no real loss. These latter pick up all the discarded days and add them to the world's stock
again; and about as good as new, too; for of course the salt water preserves them.
CHAPTER V.
Noise proves nothing. Often a hen who has merely laid an egg cackles as
if she had laid an asteroid.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
WEDNESDAY, Sept. 11. In this world we often make mistakes of judgment. We do not as a rule get out of
them sound and whole, but sometimes we do. At dinner yesterday eveningpresent, a mixture of Scotch,
English, American, Canadian, and Australasian folka discussion broke out about the pronunciation of
certain Scottish words. This was private ground, and the nonScotch nationalities, with one exception,
discreetly kept still. But I am not discreet, and I took a hand. I didn't know anything about the subject, but I
took a hand just to have something to do. At that moment the word in dispute was the word three. One
Scotchman was claiming that the peasantry of Scotland pronounced it three, his adversaries claimed that they
didn'tthat they pronounced it 'thraw'. The solitary Scot was having a sultry time of it, so I thought I would
enrich him with my help. In my position I was necessarily quite impartial, and was equally as well and as ill
equipped to fight on the one side as on the other. So I spoke up and said the peasantry pronounced the word
three, not thraw. It was an error of judgment. There was a moment of astonished and ominous silence, then
weather ensued. The storm rose and spread in a surprising way, and I was snowed under in a very few
minutes. It was a bad defeat for mea kind of Waterloo. It promised to remain so, and I wished I had had
better sense than to enter upon such a forlorn enterprise. But just then I had a saving thoughtat least a
thought that offered a chance. While the storm was still raging, I made up a Scotch couplet, and then spoke
up and said:
"Very well, don't say any more. I confess defeat. I thought I knew, but I see my mistake. I was deceived by
one of your Scotch poets."
"A Scotch poet! O come! Name him."
"Robert Burns."
It is wonderful the power of that name. These men looked doubtfulbut paralyzed, all the same. They were
quite silent for a moment; then one of them saidwith the reverence in his voice which is always present in
a Scotchman's tone when he utters the name.
"Does Robbie Burns saywhat does he say?"
"This is what he says:
Following the Equator
CHAPTER V. 23
Page No 27
'"There were nae bairns but only three Ane at the breast, twa at the knee."'
It ended the discussion. There was no man there profane enough, disloyal enough, to say any word against a
thing which Robert Burns had settled. I shall always honor that great name for the salvation it brought me in
this time of my sore need.
It is my belief that nearly any invented quotation, played with confidence, stands a good chance to deceive.
There are people who think that honesty is always the best policy. This is a superstition; there are times when
the appearance of it is worth six of it.
We are moving steadily southwardgetting further and further down under the projecting paunch of the
globe. Yesterday evening we saw the Big Dipper and the north star sink below the horizon and disappear
from our world. No, not "we," but they. They saw itsomebody saw itand told me about it. But it is no
matter, I was not caring for those things, I am tired of them, any way. I think they are well enough, but one
doesn't want them always hanging around. My interest was all in the Southern Cross. I had never seen that. I
had heard about it all my life, and it was but natural that I should be burning to see it. No other constellation
makes so much talk. I had nothing against the Big Dipper and naturally couldn't have anything against it,
since it is a citizen of our own sky, and the property of the United Statesbut I did want it to move out of the
way and give this foreigner a chance. Judging by the size of the talk which the Southern Cross had made, I
supposed it would need a sky all to itself.
But that was a mistake. We saw the Cross tonight, and it is not large. Not large, and not strikingly bright.
But it was low down toward the horizon, and it may improve when it gets up higher in the sky. It is
ingeniously named, for it looks just as a cross would look if it looked like something else. But that
description does not describe; it is too vague, too general, too indefinite. It does after a fashion suggest a
cross across that is out of repairor out of drawing; not correctly shaped. It is long, with a short crossbar,
and the crossbar is canted out of the straight line.
It consists of four large stars and one little one. The little one is out of line and further damages the shape. It
should have been placed at the intersection of the stem and the crossbar. If you do not draw an imaginary
line from star to star it does not suggest a crossnor anything in particular.
One must ignore the little star, and leave it out of the combinationit confuses everything. If you leave it
out, then you can make out of the four stars a sort of crossout of true; or a sort of kiteout of true; or a
sort of coffinout of true.
Constellations have always been troublesome things to name. If you give one of them a fanciful name, it will
always refuse to live up to it; it will always persist in not resembling the thing it has been named for.
Ultimately, to satisfy the public, the fanciful name has to be discarded for a commonsense one, a manifestly
descriptive one. The Great Bear remained the Great Bearand unrecognizable as suchfor thousands of
years; and people complained about it all the time, and quite properly; but as soon as it became the property
of the United States, Congress changed it to the Big Dipper, and now every body is satisfied, and there is no
more talk about riots. I would not change the Southern Cross to the Southern Coffin, I would change it to the
Southern Kite; for up there in the general emptiness is the proper home of a kite, but not for coffins and
crosses and dippers. In a little while, nowI cannot tell exactly how long it will bethe globe will belong
to the English speaking race; and of course the skies also. Then the constellations will be reorganized, and
polished up, and renamedthe most of them "Victoria," I reckon, but this one will sail thereafter as the
Southern Kite, or go out of business. Several towns and things, here and there, have been named for Her
Majesty already.
In these past few days we are plowing through a mighty Milky Way of islands. They are so thick on the map
Following the Equator
CHAPTER V. 24
Page No 28
that one would hardly expect to find room between them for a canoe; yet we seldom glimpse one. Once we
saw the dim bulk of a couple of them, far away, spectral and dreamy things; members of the HorneAlofa
and Fortuna. On the larger one are two rival native kingsand they have a time together. They are Catholics;
so are their people. The missionaries there are French priests.
From the multitudinous islands in these regions the "recruits" for the Queensland plantations were formerly
drawn; are still drawn from them, I believe. Vessels fitted up like oldtime slavers came here and carried off
the natives to serve as laborers in the great Australian province. In the beginning it was plain, simple
manstealing, as per testimony of the missionaries. This has been denied, but not disproven. Afterward it was
forbidden by law to "recruit" a native without his consent, and governmental agents were sent in all recruiting
vessels to see that the law was obeyedwhich they did, according to the recruiting people; and which they
sometimes didn't, according to the missionaries. A man could be lawfully recruited for a threeyears term of
service; he could volunteer for another term if he so chose; when his time was up he could return to his
island. And would also have the means to do it; for the government required the employer to put money in its
hands for this purpose before the recruit was delivered to him.
Captain Wawn was a recruiting shipmaster during many years. From his pleasant book one gets the idea that
the recruiting business was quite popular with the islanders, as a rule. And yet that did not make the business
wholly dull and uninteresting; for one finds rather frequent little breaks in the monotony of itlike this, for
instance:
"The afternoon of our arrival at Leper Island the schooner was lying almost becalmed under the lee of the
lofty central portion of the island, about threequarters of a mile from the shore. The boats were in sight at
some distance. The recruiterboat had run into a small nook on the rocky coast, under a high bank, above
which stood a solitary hut backed by dense forest. The government agent and mate in the second boat lay
about 400'yards to the westward.
"Suddenly we heard the sound of firing, followed by yells from the natives on shore, and then we saw the
recruiterboat push out with a seemingly diminished crew. The mate's boat pulled quickly up, took her in
tow, and presently brought her alongside, all her own crew being more or less hurt. It seems the natives had
called them into the place on pretence of friendship. A crowd gathered about the stern of the boat, and several
fellows even got into her. All of a sudden our men were attacked with clubs and tomahawks. The recruiter
escaped the first blows aimed at him, making play with his fists until he had an opportunity to draw his
revolver. 'Tom Sayers,' a Mare man, received a tomahawk blow on the head which laid the scalp open but did
not penetrate his skull, fortunately. 'Bobby Towns,' another Mare boatman, had both his thumbs cut in
warding off blows, one of them being so nearly severed from the hand that the doctors had to finish the
operation. Lihu, a Lifu boy, the recruiter's special attendant, was cut and pricked in various places, but
nowhere seriously. Jack, an unlucky Tanna recruit, who had been engaged to act as boatman, received an
arrow through his forearm, the head of whichapiece of bone seven or eight inches longwas still in the
limb, protruding from both sides, when the boats returned. The recruiter himself would have got off scotfree
had not an arrow pinned one of his fingers to the loom of the steeringoar just as they were getting off. The
fight had been short but sharp. The enemy lost two men, both shot dead."
The truth is, Captain Wawn furnishes such a crowd of instances of fatal encounters between natives and
French and English recruitingcrews (for the French are in the business for the plantations of New
Caledonia), that one is almost persuaded that recruiting is not thoroughly popular among the islanders; else
why this bristling string of attacks and bloodcurdling slaughter? The captain lays it all to "Exeter Hall
influence." But for the meddling philanthropists, the native fathers and mothers would be fond of seeing their
children carted into exile and now and then the grave, instead of weeping about it and trying to kill the kind
recruiters.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER V. 25
Page No 29
CHAPTER VI.
He was as shy as a newspaper is when referring to its own merits.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
Captain Wawn is crystalclear on one point: He does not approve of missionaries. They obstruct his business.
They make "Recruiting," as he calls it ("SlaveCatching," as they call it in their frank way) a trouble when it
ought to be just a picnic and a pleasure excursion. The missionaries have their opinion about the manner in
which the Labor Traffic is conducted, and about the recruiter's evasions of the law of the Traffic, and about
the traffic itselfand it is distinctly uncomplimentary to the Traffic and to everything connected with it,
including the law for its regulation. Captain Wawn's book is of very recent date; I have by me a pamphlet of
still later datehot from the press, in factby Rev. Wm. Gray, a missionary; and the book and the pamphlet
taken together make exceedingly interesting reading, to my mind.
Interesting, and easy to understandexcept in one detail, which I will mention presently. It is easy to
understand why the Queensland sugar planter should want the Kanaka recruit: he is cheap. Very cheap, in
fact. These are the figures paid by the planter: L20 to the recruiter for getting the Kanaka or "catching" him,
as the missionary phrase goes; L3 to the Queensland government for "superintending" the importation; L5
deposited with the Government for the Kanaka's passage home when his three years are up, in case he shall
live that long; about L25 to the Kanaka himself for three years' wages and clothing; total payment for the use
of a man three years, L53; or, including diet, L60. Altogether, a hundred dollars a year. One can understand
why the recruiter is fond of the business; the recruit costs him a few cheap presents (given to the recruit's
relatives, not himself), and the recruit is worth L20 to the recruiter when delivered in Queensland. All this is
clear enough; but the thing that is not clear is, what there is about it all to persuade the recruit. He is young
and brisk; life at home in his beautiful island is one lazy, long holiday to him; or if he wants to work he can
turn out a couple of bags of copra per week and sell it for four or five shillings a bag. In Queensland he must
get up at dawn and work from eight to twelve hours a day in the canefieldsin a much hotter climate than he
is used toand get less than four shillings a week for it.
I cannot understand his willingness to go to Queensland. It is a deep puzzle to me. Here is the explanation,
from the planter's point of view; at least I gather from the missionary's pamphlet that it is the planter's:
"When he comes from his home he is a savage, pure and simple. He feels no shame at his nakedness and
want of adornment. When he returns home he does so well dressed, sporting a Waterbury watch, collars,
cuffs, boots, and jewelry. He takes with him one or more boxes["Box" is English for trunk.] well filled
with clothing, a musical instrument or two, and perfumery and other articles of luxury he has learned to
appreciate."
For just one moment we have a seeming flash of comprehension of, the Kanaka's reason for exiling himself :
he goes away to acquire civilization. Yes, he was naked and not ashamed, now he is clothed and knows how
to be ashamed; he was unenlightened; now he has a Waterbury watch; he was unrefined, now he has jewelry,
and something to make him smell good; he was a nobody, a provincial, now he has been to far countries and
can show off.
It all looks plausiblefor a moment. Then the missionary takes hold of this explanation and pulls it to
pieces, and dances on it, and damages it beyond recognition.
"Admitting that the foregoing description is the average one, the average sequel is this: The cuffs and collars,
if used at all, are carried off by youngsters, who fasten them round the leg, just below the knee, as ornaments.
The Waterbury, broken and dirty, finds its way to the trader, who gives a trifle for it; or the inside is taken
out, the wheels strung on a thread and hung round the neck. Knives, axes, calico, and handkerchiefs are
Following the Equator
CHAPTER VI. 26
Page No 30
divided among friends, and there is hardly one of these apiece. The boxes, the keys often lost on the road
home, can be bought for 2s. 6d. They are to be seen rotting outside in almost any shore village on Tanna. (I
speak of what I have seen.) A returned Kanaka has been furiously angry with me because I would not buy his
trousers, which he declared were just my fit. He sold them afterwards to one of my Aniwan teachers for 9d.
worth of tobaccoa pair of trousers that probably cost him 8s. or 10s. in Queensland. A coat or shirt is
handy for cold weather. The white handkerchiefs, the 'senet' (perfumery), the umbrella, and perhaps the hat,
are kept. The boots have to take their chance, if they do not happen to fit the copra trader. 'Senet' on the hair,
streaks of paint on the face, a dirty white handkerchief round the neck, strips of turtle shell in the ears, a belt,
a sheath and knife, and an umbrella constitute the rig of returned Kanaka at home the day after landing."
A hat, an umbrella, a belt, a neckerchief. Otherwise stark naked. All in a day the hardearned "civilization"
has melted away to this. And even these perishable things must presently go. Indeed, there is but a single
detail of his civilization that can be depended on to stay by him: according to the missionary, he has learned
to swear. This is art, and art is long, as the poet says.
In all countries the laws throw light upon the past. The Queensland law for the regulation of the Labor Traffic
is a confession. It is a confession that the evils charged by the missionaries upon the traffic had existed in the
past, and that they still existed when the law was made. The missionaries make a further charge: that the law
is evaded by the recruiters, and that the Government Agent sometimes helps them to do it. Regulation 31
reveals two things: that sometimes a young fool of a recruit gets his senses back, after being persuaded to
sign away his liberty for three years, and dearly wants to get out of the engagement and stay at home with his
own people; and that threats, intimidation, and force are used to keep him on board the recruitingship, and
to hold him to his contract. Regulation 31 forbids these coercions. The law requires that he shall be allowed
to go free; and another clause of it requires the recruiter to set him ashoreper boat, because of the
prevalence of sharks. Testimony from Rev. Mr. Gray:
"There are 'wrinkles' for taking the penitent Kanaka. My first experience of the Traffic was a case of this kind
in 1884. A vessel anchored just out of sight of our station, word was brought to me that some boys were
stolen, and the relatives wished me to go and get them back. The facts were, as I found, that six boys had
recruited, had rushed into the boat, the Government Agent informed me. They had all 'signed'; and, said the
Government Agent, 'on board they shall remain.' I was assured that the six boys were of age and willing to
go. Yet on getting ready to leave the ship I found four of the lads ready to come ashore in the boat! This I
forbade. One of them jumped into the water and persisted in coming ashore in my boat. When appealed to,
the Government Agent suggested that we go and leave him to be picked up by the ship's boat, a quarter mile
distant at the time!"
The law and the missionaries feel for the repentant recruitand properly, one may be permitted to think, for
he is only a youth and ignorant and persuadable to his hurtbut sympathy for him is not kept in stock by the
recruiter. Rev. Mr. Gray says:
"A captain many years in the traffic explained to me how a penitent could betaken. 'When a boy jumps
overboard we just take a boat and pull ahead of him, then lie between him and the shore. If he has not tired
himself swimming, and passes the boat, keep on heading him in this way. The dodge rarely fails. The boy
generally tires of swimming, gets into the boat of his own accord, and goes quietly on board."
Yes, exhaustion is likely to make a boy quiet. If the distressed boy had been the speaker's son, and the captors
savages, the speaker would have been surprised to see how differently the thing looked from the new point of
view; however, it is not our custom to put ourselves in the other person's place. Somehow there is something
pathetic about that disappointed young savage's resignation. I must explain, here, that in the traffic dialect,
"boy" does not always mean boy; it means a youth above sixteen years of age. That is by Queensland law the
age of consent, though it is held that recruiters allow themselves some latitude in guessing at ages.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER VI. 27
Page No 31
Captain Wawn of the free spirit chafes under the annoyance of "castiron regulations." They and the
missionaries have poisoned his life. He grieves for the good old days, vanished to come no more. See him
weep; hear him cuss between the lines!
"For a long time we were allowed to apprehend and detain all deserters who had signed the agreement on
board ship, but the 'cast iron' regulations of the Act of 1884 put a stop to that, allowing the Kanaka to sign
the agreement for three years' service, travel about in the ship in receipt of the regular rations, cadge all he
could, and leave when he thought fit, so long as he did not extend his pleasure trip to Queensland."
Rev. Mr. Gray calls this same restrictive castiron law a "farce." "There is as much cruelty and injustice done
to natives by acts that are legal as by deeds unlawful. The regulations that exist are unjust and
inadequateunjust and inadequate they must ever be." He furnishes his reasons for his position, but they are
too long for reproduction here.
However, if the most a Kanaka advantages himself by a threeyears course in civilization in Queensland, is a
necklace and an umbrella and a showy imperfection in the art of swearing, it must be that all the profit of the
traffic goes to the white man. This could be twisted into a plausible argument that the traffic ought to be
squarely abolished.
However, there is reason for hope that that can be left alone to achieve itself. It is claimed that the traffic will
depopulate its sources of supply within the next twenty or thirty years. Queensland is a very healthy place for
white peopledeathrate 12 in 1,000 of the population but the Kanaka deathrate is away above that. The
vital statistics for 1893 place it at 52; for 1894 (Mackay district), 68. The first six months of the Kanaka's
exile are peculiarly perilous for him because of the rigors of the new climate. The deathrate among the new
men has reached as high as 180 in the 1,000. In the Kanaka's native home his deathrate is 12 in time of
peace, and 15 in time of war. Thus exile to Queenslandwith the opportunity to acquire civilization, an
umbrella, and a pretty poor quality of profanityis twelve times as deadly for him as war. Common
Christian charity, common humanity, does seem to require, not only that these people be returned to their
homes, but that war, pestilence, and famine be introduced among them for their preservation.
Concerning these Pacific isles and their peoples an eloquent prophet spoke long years agofive and fifty
years ago. In fact, he spoke a little too early. Prophecy is a good line of business, but it is full of risks. This
prophet was the Right Rev. M. Russell, LL.D., D.C.L., of Edinburgh:
"Is the tide of civilization to roll only to the foot of the Rocky Mountains, and is the sun of knowledge to set
at last in the waves of the Pacific ? No; the mighty day of four thousand years is drawing to its close; the sun
of humanity has performed its destined course; but long ere its setting rays are extinguished in the west, its
ascending beams have glittered on the isles of the eastern seas . . . . And now we see the race of Japhet setting
forth to people the isles, and the seeds of another Europe and a second England sown in the regions of the
sun. But mark the words of the prophecy: 'He shall dwell in the tents of Shem, and Canaan shall be his
servant.' It is not said Canaan shall be his slave. To the AngloSaxon race is given the scepter of the globe,
but there is not given either the lash of the slavedriver or the rack of the executioner. The East will not be
stained with the same atrocities as the West; the frightful gangrene of an enthralled race is not to mar the
destinies of the family of Japhet in the Oriental world; humanizing, not destroying, as they advance; uniting
with, not enslaving, the inhabitants with whom they dwell, the British race may," etc., etc.
And he closes his vision with an invocation from Thomson:
"Come, bright Improvement! on the car of Time, And rule the spacious world from clime to clime."
Very well, Bright Improvement has arrived, you see, with her civilization, and her Waterbury, and her
Following the Equator
CHAPTER VI. 28
Page No 32
umbrella, and her thirdquality profanity, and her humanizingnotdestroying machinery, and her hundred
andeighty deathrate, and everything is going along just as handsome!
But the prophet that speaks last has an advantage over the pioneer in the business. Rev. Mr. Gray says:
"What I am concerned about is that we as a Christian nation should wipe out these races to enrich ourselves."
And he closes his pamphlet with a grim Indictment which is as eloquent in its flowerless straightforward
English as is the handpainted rhapsody of the early prophet:
"My indictment of the QueenslandKanaka Labor Traffic is this
"1. It generally demoralizes and always impoverishes the Kanaka, deprives him of his citizenship, and
depopulates the islands fitted to his home.
"2. It is felt to lower the dignity of the white agricultural laborer in Queensland, and beyond a doubt it lowers
his wages there.
"3. The whole system is fraught with danger to Australia and the islands on the score of health.
"4. On social and political grounds the continuance of the Queensland Kanaka Labor Traffic must be a barrier
to the true federation of the Australian colonies.
"5. The Regulations under which the Traffic exists in Queensland are inadequate to prevent abuses, and in the
nature of things they must remain so.
"6. The whole system is contrary to the spirit and doctrine of the Gospel of Jesus Christ. The Gospel requires
us to help the weak, but the Kanaka is fleeced and trodden down.
"7. The bedrock of this Traffic is that the life and liberty of a black man are of less value than those of a
white man. And a Traffic that has grown out of 'slavehunting' will certainly remain to the end not unlike its
origin."
CHAPTER VII.
Truth is the most valuable thing we have. Let us economize it.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
From Diary:For a day or two we have been plowing among an invisible vast wilderness of islands,
catching now and then a shadowy glimpse of a member of it. There does seem to be a prodigious lot of
islands this year; the map of this region is freckled and flyspecked all over with them. Their number would
seem to be uncountable. We are moving among the Fijis now224 islands and islets in the group. In front of
us, to the west, the wilderness stretches toward Australia, then curves upward to New Guinea, and still up and
up to Japan; behind us, to the east, the wilderness stretches sixty degrees across the wastes of the Pacific;
south of us is New Zealand. Somewhere or other among these myriads Samoa is concealed, and not
discoverable on the map. Still, if you wish to go there, you will have no trouble about finding it if you follow
the directions given by Robert Louis Stevenson to Dr. Conan Doyle and to Mr. J. M. Barrie. "You go to
America, cross the continent to San Francisco, and then it's the second turning to the left." To get the full
flavor of the joke one must take a glance at the map.
Wednesday, September 11.Yesterday we passed close to an island or so, and recognized the published Fiji
Following the Equator
CHAPTER VII. 29
Page No 33
characteristics: a broad belt of clean white coral sand around the island; back of it a graceful fringe of leaning
palms, with native huts nestling cosily among the shrubbery at their bases; back of these a stretch of level
land clothed in tropic vegetation; back of that, rugged and picturesque mountains. A detail of the immediate
foreground: a mouldering ship perched high up on a reef bench. This completes the composition, and makes
the picture artistically perfect.
In the afternoon we sighted Suva, the capital of the group, and threaded our way into the secluded little
harbora placid basin of brilliant blue and green water tucked snugly in among the sheltering hills. A few
ships rode at anchor in itone of them a sailing vessel flying the American flag; and they said she came
from Duluth! There's a journey! Duluth is several thousand miles from the sea, and yet she is entitled to the
proud name of Mistress of the Commercial Marine of the United States of America. There is only one free,
independent, unsubsidized American ship sailing the foreign seas, and Duluth owns it. All by itself that ship
is the American fleet. All by itself it causes the American name and power to be respected in the far regions
of the globe. All by itself it certifies to the world that the most populous civilized nation, in the earth has a
just pride in her stupendous stretch of seafront, and is determined to assert and maintain her rightful place as
one of the Great Maritime Powers of the Planet. All by itself it is making foreign eyes familiar with a Flag
which they have not seen before for forty years, outside of the museum. For what Duluth has done, in
building, equipping, and maintaining at her sole expense the American Foreign Commercial Fleet, and in thus
rescuing the American name from shame and lifting it high for the homage of the nations, we owe her a debt
of gratitude which our hearts shall confess with quickened beats whenever her name is named henceforth.
Many national toasts will die in the lapse of time, but while the flag flies and the Republic survives, they who
live under their shelter will still drink this one, standing and uncovered: Health and prosperity to Thee, O
Duluth, American Queen of the Alien Seas!
Rowboats began to flock from the shore; their crews were the first natives we had seen. These men carried
no overplus of clothing, and this was wise, for the weather was hot. Handsome, great dusky men they were,
muscular, cleanlimbed, and with faces full of character and intelligence. It would be hard to find their
superiors anywhere among the dark races, I should think.
Everybody went ashore to look around, and spy out the land, and have that luxury of luxuries to
seavoyagersa landdinner. And there we saw more natives: Wrinkled old women, with their flat
mammals flung over their shoulders, or hanging down in front like the coldweather drip from the
molassesfaucet; plump and smily young girls, blithe and content, easy and graceful, a pleasure to look at;
young matrons, tall, straight, comely, nobly built, sweeping by with chin up, and a gait incomparable for
unconscious stateliness and dignity; majestic young men athletes for build and muscle clothed in a loose
arrangement of dazzling white, with bronze breast and bronze legs naked, and the head a cannonswab of
solid hair combed straight out from the skull and dyed a rich brickred. Only sixty years ago they were sunk
in darkness; now they have the bicycle. We strolled about the streets of the white folks' little town, and
around over the hills by paths and roads among European dwellings and gardens and plantations, and past
clumps of hibiscus that made a body blink, the great blossoms were so intensely red; and by and by we
stopped to ask an elderly English colonist a question or two, and to sympathize with him concerning the
torrid weather; but he was surprised, and said:
"This? This is not hot. You ought to be here in the summer time once."
"We supposed that this was summer; it has the earmarks of it. You could take it to almost any country and
deceive people with it. But if it isn't summer, what does it lack?"
"It lacks half a year. This is midwinter."
I had been suffering from colds for several months, and a sudden change of season, like this, could hardly fail
Following the Equator
CHAPTER VII. 30
Page No 34
to do me hurt. It brought on another cold. It is odd, these sudden jumps from season to season. A fortnight
ago we left America in midsummer, now it is midwinter; about a week hence we shall arrive in Australia in
the spring.
After dinner I found in the billiardroom a resident whom I had known somewhere else in the world, and
presently made, some new friends and drove with them out into the country to visit his Excellency the head
of the State, who was occupying his country residence, to escape the rigors of the winter weather, I suppose,
for it was on breezy high ground and much more comfortable than the lower regions, where the town is, and
where the winter has full swing, and often sets a person's hair afire when he takes off his hat to bow. There is
a noble and beautiful view of ocean and islands and castellated peaks from the governor's highplaced house,
and its immediate surroundings lie drowsing in that dreamy repose and serenity which are the charm of life in
the Pacific Islands.
One of the new friends who went out there with me was a large man, and I had been admiring his size all the
way. I was still admiring it as he stood by the governor on the veranda, talking; then the Fijian butler stepped
out there to announce tea, and dwarfed him. Maybe he did not quite dwarf him, but at any rate the contrast
was quite striking. Perhaps that dark giant was a king in a condition of political suspension. I think that in the
talk there on the veranda it was said that in Fiji, as in the ,Sandwich Islands, native kings and chiefs are of
much grander size and build than the commoners. This man was clothed in flowing white vestments, and they
were just the thing for him; they comported well with his great stature and his kingly port and dignity.
European clothes would have degraded him and made him commonplace. I know that, because they do that
with everybody that wears them.
It was said that the oldtime devotion to chiefs and reverence for their persons still survive in the native
commoner, and in great force. The educated young gentleman who is chief of the tribe that live in the region
about the capital dresses in the fashion of highclass European gentlemen, but even his clothes cannot damn
him in the reverence of his people. Their pride in his lofty rank and ancient lineage lives on, in spite of his
lost authority and the evil magic of his tailor. He has no need to defile himself with work, or trouble his heart
with the sordid cares of life; the tribe will see to it that he shall not want, and that he shall hold up his head
and live like a gentleman. I had a glimpse of him down in the town. Perhaps he is a descendant of the last
kingthe king with the difficult name whose memory is preserved by a notable monument of cutstone
which one sees in the enclosure in the middle of the town. ThakombauI remember, now; that is the name.
It is easier to preserve it on a granite block than in your head.
Fiji was ceded to England by this king in 1858. One of the gentlemen present at the governor's quoted a
remark made by the king at the time of the sessiona neat retort, and with a touch of pathos in it, too. The
English Commissioner had offered a crumb of comfort to Thakombau by saying that the transfer of the
kingdom to Great Britain was merely "a sort of hermitcrab formality, you know." "Yes," said poor
Thakombau, "but with this differencethe crab moves into an unoccupied shell, but mine isn't."
However, as far as I can make out from the books, the King was between the devil and the deep sea at the
time, and hadn't much choice. He owed the United States a large debta debt which he could pay if allowed
time, but time was denied him. He must pay up right away or the warships would be upon him. To protect his
people from this disaster he ceded his country to Britain, with a clause in the contract providing for the
ultimate payment of the American debt.
In old times the Fijians were fierce fighters; they were very religious, and worshiped idols; the big chiefs
were proud and haughty, and they were men of great style in many ways; all chiefs had several wives, the
biggest chiefs sometimes had as many as fifty; when a chief was dead and ready for burial, four or five of his
wives were strangled and put into the grave with him. In 1804 twentyseven British convicts escaped from
Australia to Fiji, and brought guns and ammunition with them. Consider what a power they were, armed like
Following the Equator
CHAPTER VII. 31
Page No 35
that, and what an opportunity they had. If they had been energetic men and sober, and had had brains and
known how to use them, they could have achieved the sovereignty of the archipelago twentyseven kings and
each with eight or nine islands under his scepter. But nothing came of this chance. They lived worthless lives
of sin and luxury, and died without honorin most cases by violence. Only one of them had any ambition;
he was an Irishman named Connor. He tried to raise a family of fifty children, and scored forty eight. He
died lamenting his failure. It was a foolish sort of avarice. Many a father would have been rich enough with
forty.
It is a fine race, the Fijians, with brains in their heads, and an inquiring turn of mind. It appears that their
savage ancestors had a doctrine of immortality in their scheme of religionwith limitations. That is to say,
their dead friend would go to a happy hereafter if he could be accumulated, but not otherwise. They drew the
line; they thought that the missionary's doctrine was too sweeping, too comprehensive. They called his
attention to certain facts. For instance, many of their friends had been devoured by sharks; the sharks, in their
turn, were caught and eaten by other men; later, these men were captured in war, and eaten by the enemy.
The original persons had entered into the composition of the sharks; next, they and the sharks had become
part of the flesh and blood and bone of the cannibals. How, then, could the particles of the original men be
searched out from the final conglomerate and put together again? The inquirers were full of doubts, and
considered that the missionary had not examined the matter withthe gravity and attention which so serious
a thing deserved.
The missionary taught these exacting savages many valuable things, and got from them onea very dainty
and poetical idea: Those wild and ignorant poor children of Nature believed that the flowers, after they
perish, rise on the winds and float away to the fair fields of heaven, and flourish there forever in immortal
beauty!
CHAPTER VIII.
It could probably be shown by facts and figures that there is no
distinctly native American criminal class except Congress.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
When one glances at the map the members of the stupendous island wilderness of the Pacific seem to crowd
upon each other; but no, there is no crowding, even in the center of a group; and between groups there are
lonely wide deserts of sea. Not everything is known about the islands, their peoples and their languages. A
startling reminder of this is furnished by the fact that in Fiji, twenty years ago, were living two strange and
solitary beings who came from an unknown country and spoke an unknown language. "They were picked up
by a passing vessel many hundreds of miles from any known land, floating in the same tiny canoe in which
they had been blown out to sea. When found they were but skin and bone. No one could understand what
they said, and they have never named their country; or, if they have, the name does not correspond with that
of any island on any chart. They are now fat and sleek, and as happy as the day is long. In the ship's log there
is an entry of the latitude and longitude in which they were found, and this is probably all the clue they will
ever have to their lost homes." [Forbes's "Two Years in Fiji."]
What a strange and romantic episode it is; and how one is tortured with curiosity to know whence those
mysterious creatures came, those Men Without a Country, errant waifs who cannot name their lost home,
wandering Children of Nowhere.
Indeed, the Island Wilderness is the very home of romance and dreams and mystery. The loneliness, the
solemnity, the beauty, and the deep repose of this wilderness have a charm which is all their own for the
bruised spirit of men who have fought and failed in the struggle for life in the great world; and for men who
have been hunted out of the great world for crime; and for other men who love an easy and indolent
Following the Equator
CHAPTER VIII. 32
Page No 36
existence; and for others who love a roving free life, and stir and change and adventure; and for yet others
who love an easy and comfortable career of trading and moneygetting, mixed with plenty of loose
matrimony by purchase, divorce without trial or expense, and limitless spreeing thrown in to make life ideally
perfect.
We sailed again, refreshed.
The most cultivated person in the ship was a young English, man whose home was in New Zealand. He was a
naturalist. His learning in his specialty was deep and thorough, his interest in his subject amounted to a
passion, he had an easy gift of speech; and so, when he talked about animals it was a pleasure to listen to him.
And profitable, too, though he was sometimes difficult to understand because now and then he used scientific
technicalities which were above the reach of some of us. They were pretty sure to be above my reach, but as
he was quite willing to explain them I always made it a point to get him to do it. I had a fair knowledge of his
subjectlayman's knowledgeto begin with, but it was his teachings which crystalized it into scientific
form and clarityin a word, gave it value.
His special interest was the fauna of Australasia, and his knowledge of the matter was as exhaustive as it was
accurate. I already knew a good deal about the rabbits in Australasia and their marvelous fecundity, but in my
talks with him I found that my estimate of the great hindrance and obstruction inflicted by the rabbit pest
upon traffic and travel was far short of the facts. He told me that the first pair of rabbits imported into
Australasia bred so wonderfully that within six months rabbits were so thick in the land that people had to dig
trenches through them to get from town to town.
He told me a great deal about worms, and the kangaroo, and other coleoptera, and said he knew the history
and ways of all such pachydermata. He said the kangaroo had pockets, and carried its young in them when it
couldn't get apples. And he said that the emu was as big as an ostrich, and looked like one, and had an
amorphous appetite and would eat bricks. Also, that the dingo was not a dingo at all, but just a wild dog; and
that the only difference between a dingo and a dodo was that neither of them barked; otherwise they were just
the same. He said that the only gamebird in Australia was the wombat, and the only songbird the larrikin,
and that both were protected by government. The most beautiful of the native birds was the bird of Paradise.
Next came the two kinds of lyres; not spelt the same. He said the one kind was dying out, the other
thickening up. He explained that the "Sundowner" was not a bird it was a man; sundowner was merely the
Australian equivalent of our word, tramp. He is a loafer, a hard drinker, and a sponge. He tramps across the
country in the sheepshearing season, pretending to look for work; but he always times himself to arrive at a
sheeprun just at sundown, when the day's labor ends; all he wants is whisky and supper and bed and
breakfast; he gets them and then disappears. The naturalist spoke of the bell bird, the creature that at short
intervals all day rings out its mellow and exquisite peal from the deeps of the forest. It is the favorite and best
friend of the weary and thirsty sundowner; for he knows that wherever the bell bird is, there is water; and he
goes somewhere else. The naturalist said that the oddest bird in Australasia was the, Laughing Jackass, and
the biggest the now extinct Great Moa.
The Moa stood thirteen feet high, and could step over an ordinary man's head or kick his hat off; and his
head, too, for that matter. He said it was wingless, but a swift runner. The natives used to ride it. It could
make forty miles an hour, and keep it up for four hundred miles and come out reasonably fresh. It was still in
existence when the railway was introduced into New Zealand; still in existence, and carrying the mails. The
railroad began with the same schedule it has now: two expresses a weektime, twenty miles an hour. The
company exterminated the moa to get the mails.
Speaking of the indigenous coneys and bactrian camels, the naturalist said that the coniferous and
bacteriological output of Australasia was remarkable for its many and curious departures from the accepted
laws governing these species of tubercles, but that in his opinion Nature's fondness for dabbling in the erratic
Following the Equator
CHAPTER VIII. 33
Page No 37
was most notably exhibited in that curious combination of bird, fish, amphibian, burrower, crawler,
quadruped, and Christian called the Ornithorhynchusgrotesquest of animals, king of the animalculae of the
world for versatility of character and makeup. Said he:
"You can call it anything you want to, and be right. It is a fish, for it lives in the river half the time; it is a land
animal, for it resides on the land half the time; it is an amphibian, since it likes both and does not know which
it prefers; it is a hybernian, for when times are dull and nothing much going on it buries itself under the mud
at the bottom of a puddle and hybernates there a couple of weeks at a time; it is a kind of duck, for it has a
duck bill and four webbed paddles; it is a fish and quadruped together, for in the water it swims with the
paddles and on shore it paws itself across country with them; it is a kind of seal, for it has a seal's fur; it is
carnivorous, herbivorous, insectivorous, and vermifuginous, for it eats fish and grass and butterflies, and in
the season digs worms out of the mud and devours them; it is clearly a bird, for it lays eggs, and hatches
them; it is clearly a mammal, for it nurses its young; and it is manifestly a kind of Christian, for it keeps the
Sabbath when there is anybody around, and when there isn't, doesn't. It has all the tastes there are except
refined ones, it has all the habits there are except good ones.
"It is a survivala survival of the fittest. Mr. Darwin invented the theory that goes by that name, but the
Ornithorhynchus was the first to put it to actual experiment and prove that it could be done. Hence it should
have as much of the credit as Mr. Darwin. It was never in the Ark; you will find no mention of it there; it
nobly stayed out and worked the theory. Of all creatures in the world it was the only one properly equipped
for the test. The Ark was thirteen months afloat, and all the globe submerged; no land visible above the flood,
no vegetation, no food for a mammal to eat, nor water for a mammal to drink; for all mammal food was
destroyed, and when the pure floods from heaven and the salt oceans of the earth mingled their waters and
rose above the mountain tops, the result was a drink which no bird or beast of ordinary construction could use
and live. But this combination was nuts for the Ornithorhynchus, if I may use a term like that without offense.
Its river home had always been salted by the floodtides of the sea. On the face of the Noachian deluge
innumerable forest trees were floating. Upon these the Ornithorhynchus voyaged in peace; voyaged from
clime to clime, from hemisphere to hemisphere, in contentment and comfort, in virile interest in the constant
change Of scene, in humble thankfulness for its privileges, in everincreasing enthusiasm in the development
of the great theory upon whose validity it had staked its life, its fortunes, and its sacred honor, if I may use
such expressions without impropriety in connection with an episode of this nature.
"It lived the tranquil and luxurious life of a creature of independent means. Of things actually necessary to its
existence and its happiness not a detail was wanting. When it wished to walk, it scrambled along the
treetrunk; it mused in the shade of the leaves by day, it slept in their shelter by night; when it wanted the
refreshment of a swim, it had it; it ate leaves when it wanted a vegetable diet, it dug under the bark for worms
and grubs; when it wanted fish it caught them, when it wanted eggs it laid them. If the grubs gave out in one
tree it swam to another; and as for fish, the very opulence of the supply was an embarrassment. And finally,
when it was thirsty it smacked its chops in gratitude over a blend that would have slain a crocodile.
"When at last, after thirteen months of travel and research in all the Zones it went aground on a
mountainsummit, it strode ashore, saying in its heart, 'Let them that come after me invent theories and
dream dreams about the Survival of the Fittest if they like, but I am the first that has done it!
"This wonderful creature dates back like the kangaroo and many other Australian hydrocephalous
invertebrates, to an age long anterior to the advent of man upon the earth; they date back, indeed, to a time
when a causeway hundreds of miles wide, and thousands of miles long, joined Australia to Africa, and the
animals of the two countries were alike, and all belonged to that remote geological epoch known to science as
the Old Red Grindstone PostPleosaurian. Later the causeway sank under the sea; subterranean convulsions
lifted the African continent a thousand feet higher than it was before, but Australia kept her old level. In
Africa's new climate the animals necessarily began to develop and shade off into new forms and families and
Following the Equator
CHAPTER VIII. 34
Page No 38
species, but the animals of Australia as necessarily remained stationary, and have so remained until this day.
In the course of some millions of years the African Ornithorhynchus developed and developed and
developed, and sluffed off detail after detail of its makeup until at last the creature became wholly
disintegrated and scattered. Whenever you see a bird or a beast or a seal or an otter in Africa you know that
he is merely a sorry surviving fragment of that sublime original of whom I have been speakingthat creature
which was everything in general and nothing in particularthe opulently endowed 'e pluribus unum' of the
animal world.
"Such is the history of the most hoary, the most ancient, the most venerable creature that exists in the earth
todayOrnithorhynchus Platypus Extraordinariensiswhom God preserve!"
When he was strongly moved he could rise and soar like that with ease. And not only in the prose form, but
in the poetical as well. He had written many pieces of poetry in his time, and these manuscripts he lent
around among the passengers, and was willing to let them be copied. It seemed to me that the least technical
one in the series, and the one which reached the loftiest note, perhaps, was his
INVOCATION.
"Come forth from thy oozy couch, O Ornithorhynchus dear! And greet with a cordial claw The stranger that
longs to hear
"From thy own own lips the tale Of thy origin all unknown: Thy misplaced bone where flesh should be And
flesh where should be bone;
"And fishy fin where should be paw, And beavertrowel tail, And snout of beast equip'd with teeth Where
gills ought to prevail.
"Come, Kangaroo, the good and true Foreshortened as to legs, And body tapered like a churn, And sack
marsupial, i' fegs,
"And tells us why you linger here, Thou relic of a vanished time, When all your friends as fossils sleep,.
Immortalized in lime!"
Perhaps no poet is a conscious plagiarist; but there seems to be warrant for suspecting that there is no poet
who is not at one time or another an unconscious one. The above verses are indeed beautiful, and, in a way,
touching; but there is a haunting something about them which unavoidably suggests the Sweet Singer of
Michigan. It can hardly be doubted that the author had read the works of that poet and been impressed by
them. It is not apparent that he has borrowed from them any word or yet any phrase, but the style and swing
and mastery and melody of the Sweet Singer all are there. Compare this Invocation with "Frank
Dutton"particularly stanzas first and seventeenthand I think the reader will feel convinced that he who
wrote the one had read the other:
I.
"Frank Dutton was as fine a lad As ever you wish to see, And he was drowned in Pine Island Lake On earth
no more will he be, His age was near fifteen years, And he was a motherless boy, He was living with his
grandmother When he was drowned, poor boy.
XVII.
"He was drowned on Tuesday afternoon, On Sunday he was found, And the tidings of that drowned boy Was
Following the Equator
CHAPTER VIII. 35
Page No 39
heard for miles around. His form was laid by his mother's side, Beneath the cold, cold ground, His friends for
him will drop a tear When they view his little mound."
The Sentimental Song Book. By Mrs. Julia Moore, p. 36.
CHAPTER IX.
It is your human environment that makes climate.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
Sept. 15Night. Close to Australia now. Sydney 50 miles distant.
That note recalls an experience. The passengers were sent for, to come up in the bow and see a fine sight. It
was very dark. One could not follow with the eye the surface of the sea more than fifty yards in any direction
it dimmed away and became lost to sight at about that distance from us. But if you patiently gazed into the
darkness a little while, there was a sure reward for you. Presently, a quarter of a mile away you would see a
blinding splash or explosion of light on the watera flash so sudden and so astonishingly brilliant that it
would make you catch your breath; then that blotch of light would instantly extend itself and take the
corkscrew shape and imposing length of the fabled seaserpent, with every curve of its body and the "break"
spreading away from its head, and the wake following behind its tail clothed in a fierce splendor of living
fire. And my, but it was coming at a lightning gait! Almost before you could think, this monster of light, fifty
feet long, would go flaming and storming by, and suddenly disappear. And out in the distance whence he
came you would see another flash; and another and another and another, and see them turn into seaserpents
on the instant; and once sixteen flashed up at the same time and came tearing towards us, a swarm of
wiggling curves, a moving conflagration, a vision of bewildering beauty, a spectacle of fire and energy whose
equal the most of those people will not see again until after they are dead.
It was porpoisesporpoises aglow with phosphorescent light. They presently collected in a wild and
magnificent jumble under the bows, and there they played for an hour, leaping and frollicking and carrying
on, turning summersaults in front of the stem or across it and never getting hit, never making a
miscalculation, though the stem missed them only about an inch, as a rule. They were porpoises of the
ordinary length eight or ten feetbut every twist of their bodies sent a long procession of united and
glowing curves astern. That fiery jumble was an enchanting thing to look at, and we stayed out the
performance; one cannot have such a show as that twice in a lifetime. The porpoise is the kitten of the sea; he
never has a serious thought, he cares for nothing but fun and play. But I think I never saw him at his
winsomest until that night. It was near a center of civilization, and he could have been drinking.
By and by, when we had approached to somewhere within thirty miles of Sydney Heads the great electric
light that is posted on one of those lofty ramparts began to show, and in time the little spark grew to a great
sun and pierced the firmament of darkness with a farreaching sword of light.
Sydney Harbor is shut in behind a precipice that extends some miles like a wall, and exhibits no break to the
ignorant stranger. It has a break in the middle, but it makes so little show that even Captain Cook sailed by it
without seeing it. Near by that break is a false break which resembles it, and which used to make trouble for
the mariner at night, in the early days before the place was lighted. It caused the memorable disaster to the
Duncan Dunbar, one of the most pathetic tragedies in the history of that pitiless ruffian, the sea. The ship was
a sailing vessel; a fine and favorite passenger packet, commanded by a popular captain of high reputation.
She was due from England, and Sydney was waiting, and counting the hours; counting the hours, and making
ready to give her a heartstirring welcome; for she was bringing back a great company of mothers and
daughters, the longmissed light and bloom of life of Sydney homes; daughters that had been years absent at
school, and mothers that had been with them all that time watching over them. Of all the world only India and
Following the Equator
CHAPTER IX. 36
Page No 40
Australasia have by custom freighted ships and fleets with their hearts, and know the tremendous meaning of
that phrase; only they know what the waiting is like when this freightage is entrusted to the fickle winds, not
steam, and what the joy is like when the ship that is returning this treasure comes safe to port and the long
dread is over.
On board the Duncan Dunbar, flying toward Sydney Heads in the waning afternoon, the happy homecomers
made busy preparation, for it was not doubted that they would be in the arms of their friends before the day
was done; they put away their seagoing clothes and put on clothes meeter for the meeting, their richest and
their loveliest, these poor brides of the grave. But the wind lost force, or there was a miscalculation, and
before the Heads were sighted the darkness came on. It was said that ordinarily the captain would have made
a safe offing and waited for the morning; but this was no ordinary occasion; all about him were appealing
faces, faces pathetic with disappointment. So his sympathy moved him to try the dangerous passage in the
dark. He had entered the Heads seventeen times, and believed he knew the ground. So he steered straight for
the false opening, mistaking it for the true one. He did not find out that he was wrong until it was too late.
There was no saving the ship. The great seas swept her in and crushed her to splinters and rubbish upon the
rock tushes at the base of the precipice. Not one of all that fair and gracious company was ever seen again
alive. The tale is told to every stranger that passes the spot, and it will continue to be told to all that come, for
generations; but it will never grow old, custom cannot stale it, the heartbreak that is in it can never perish
out of it.
There were two hundred persons in the ship, and but one survived the disaster. He was a sailor. A huge sea
flung him up the face of the precipice and stretched him on a narrow shelf of rock midway between the top
and the bottom, and there he lay all night. At any other time he would have lain there for the rest of his life,
without chance of discovery; but the next morning the ghastly news swept through Sydney that the Duncan
Dunbar had gone down in sight of home, and straightway the walls of the Heads were black with mourners;
and one of these, stretching himself out over the precipice to spy out what might be seen below, discovered
this miraculously preserved relic of the wreck. Ropes were brought and the nearly impossible feat of rescuing
the man was accomplished. He was a person with a practical turn of mind, and he hired a hall in Sydney and
exhibited himself at sixpence a head till he exhausted the output of the gold fields for that year.
We entered and cast anchor, and in the morning went ohing and ahing in admiration up through the crooks
and turns of the spacious and beautiful harbora harbor which is the darling of Sydney and the wonder of
the world. It is not surprising that the people are proud of it, nor that they put their enthusiasm into eloquent
words. A returning citizen asked me what I thought of it, and I testified with a cordiality which I judged
would be up to the market rate. I said it was beautifulsuperbly beautiful. Then by a natural impulse I gave
God the praise. The citizen did not seem altogether satisfied. He said:
"It is beautiful, of course it's beautifulthe Harbor; but that isn't all of it, it's only half of it; Sydney's the
other half, and it takes both of them together to ring the supremacybell. God made the Harbor, and that's all
right; but Satan made Sydney."
Of course I made an apology; and asked him to convey it to his friend. He was right about Sydney being half
of it. It would be beautiful without Sydney, but not above half as beautiful as it is now, with Sydney added. It
is shaped somewhat like an oakleafa roomy sheet of lovely blue water, with narrow offshoots of water
running up into the country on both sides between long fingers of land, high wooden ridges with sides sloped
like graves. Handsome villas are perched here and there on these ridges, snuggling amongst the foliage, and
one catches alluring glimpses of them as the ship swims by toward the city. The city clothes a cluster of hills
and a ruffle of neighboring ridges with its undulating masses of masonry, and out of these masses spring
towers and spires and other architectural dignities and grandeurs that break the flowing lines and give
picturesqueness to the general effect.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER IX. 37
Page No 41
The narrow inlets which I have mentioned go wandering out into the land everywhere and hiding themselves
in it, and pleasurelaunches are always exploring them with picnic parties on board. It is said by trustworthy
people that if you explore them all you will find that you have covered 700 miles of water passage. But there
are liars everywhere this year, and they will double that when their works are in good going order. October
was close at hand, spring was come. It was really spring everybody said so; but you could have sold it for
summer in Canada, and nobody would have suspected. It was the very weather that makes our home summers
the perfection of climatic luxury; I mean, when you are out in the wood or by the sea. But these people said it
was cool, nowa person ought to see Sydney in the summer time if he wanted to know what warm weather
is; and he ought to go north ten or fifteen hundred miles if he wanted to know what hot weather is. They said
that away up there toward the equator the hens laid fried eggs. Sydney is the place to go to get information
about other people's climates. It seems to me that the occupation of Unbiased Traveler Seeking Information is
the pleasantest and most irresponsible trade there is. The traveler can always find out anything he wants to,
merely by asking. He can get at all the facts, and more. Everybody helps him, nobody hinders him. Anybody
who has an old fact in stock that is no longer negotiable in the domestic market will let him have it at his own
price. An accumulation of such goods is easily and quickly made. They cost almost nothing and they bring
par in the foreign market. Travelers who come to America always freight up with the same old nursery tales
that their predecessors selected, and they carry them back and always work them off without any trouble in
the home market.
If the climates of the world were determined by parallels of latitude, then we could know a place's climate by
its position on the map; and so we should know that the climate of Sydney was the counterpart of the climate
of Columbia, S. C., and of Little Rock, Arkansas, since Sydney is about the same distance south of the
equator that those other towns are north ofitthirtyfour degrees. But no, climate disregards the parallels of
latitude. In Arkansas they have a winter; in Sydney they have the name of it, but not the thing itself. I have
seen the ice in the Mississippi floating past the mouth of the Arkansas river; and at Memphis, but a little way
above, the Mississippi has been frozen over, from bank to bank. But they have never had a cold spell in
Sydney which brought the mercury down to freezing point. Once in a midwinter day there, in the month of
July, the mercury went down to 36 deg., and that remains the memorable "cold day" in the history of the
town. No doubt Little Rock has seen it below zero. Once, in Sydney, in midsummer, about New Year's Day,
the mercury went up to 106 deg. in the shade, and that is Sydney's memorable hot day. That would about tally
with Little Rock's hottest day also, I imagine. My Sydney figures are taken from a government report, and are
trustworthy. In the matter of summer weather Arkansas has no advantage over Sydney, perhaps, but when it
comes to winter weather, that is another affair. You could cut up an Arkansas winter into a hundred Sydney
winters and have enough left for Arkansas and the poor.
The whole narrow, hilly belt of the Pacific side of New South Wales has the climate of its capitala mean
winter temperature of 54 deg. and a mean summer one of 71 deg. It is a climate which cannot be improved
upon for healthfulness. But the experts say that 90 deg. in New South Wales is harder to bear than 112 deg. in
the neighboring colony of Victoria, because the atmosphere of the former is humid, and of the latter dry. The
mean temperature of the southernmost point of New South Wales is the same as that of Nice60 deg. yet
Nice is further from the equator by 460 miles than is the former.
But Nature is always stingy of perfect climates; stingier in the case of Australia than usual. Apparently this
vast continent has a really good climate nowhere but around the edges.
If we look at a map of the world we are surprised to see how big Australia is. It is about twothirds as large
as the United States was before we added Alaska.
But where as one finds a sufficiently good climate and fertile land almost everywhere in the United States, it
seems settled that inside of the Australian borderbelt one finds many deserts and in spots a climate which
nothing can stand except a few of the hardier kinds of rocks. In effect, Australia is as yet unoccupied. If you
Following the Equator
CHAPTER IX. 38
Page No 42
take a map of the United States and leave the Atlantic seaboard States in their places; also the fringe of
Southern States from Florida west to the Mouth of the Mississippi; also a narrow, inhabited streak up the
Mississippi halfway to its head waters; also a narrow, inhabited border along the Pacific coast: then take a
brushful of paint and obliterate the whole remaining mighty stretch of country that lies between the Atlantic
States and the Pacificcoast strip, your map will look like the latest map of Australia.
This stupendous blank is hot, not to say torrid; a part of it is fertile, the rest is desert; it is not liberally
watered; it has no towns. One has only to cross the mountains of New South Wales and descend into the
westwardlying regions to find that he has left the choice climate behind him, and found a new one of a quite
different character. In fact, he would not know by the thermometer that he was not in the blistering Plains of
India. Captain Sturt, the great explorer, gives us a sample of the heat.
"The wind, which had been blowing all the morning from the N.E., increased to a heavy gale, and I shall
never forget its withering effect. I sought shelter behind a large gumtree, but the blasts of heat were so
terrific that I wondered the very grass did not take fire. This really was nothing ideal: everything both animate
and inanimate gave way before it; the horses stood with their backs to the wind and their noses to the ground,
without the muscular strength to raise their heads; the birds were mute, and the leaves of the trees under
which we were sitting fell like a snow shower around us. At noon I took a thermometer graded to 127 deg.,
out of my box, and observed that the mercury was up to 125. Thinking that it had been unduly influenced, I
put it in the fork of a tree close to me, sheltered alike from the wind and the sun. I went to examine it about an
hour afterwards, when I found the mercury had risen to thetop of the instrument and had burst the bulb, a
circumstance that I believe no traveler has ever before had to record. I cannot find language to convey to the
reader's mind an idea of the intense and oppressive nature of the heat that prevailed."
That hot wind sweeps over Sydney sometimes, and brings with it what is called a " duststorm." It is said that
most Australian towns are acquainted with the duststorm. I think I know what it is like, for the following
description by Mr. Gape tallies very well with the alkali duststorm of Nevada, if you leave out the "shovel"
part. Still the shovel part is a pretty important part, and seems to indicate that my Nevada storm is but a poor
thing, after all.
"As we proceeded the altitude became less, and the heat proportionately greater until we reached Dubbo,
which is only 600 feet above sealevel. It is a pretty town, built on an extensive plain . . . . After the effects of
a shower of rain have passed away the surface of the ground crumbles into a thick layer of dust, and
occasionally, when the wind is in a particular quarter, it is lifted bodily from the ground in one long opaque
cloud. In the midst of such a storm nothing can be seen a few yards ahead, and the unlucky person who
happens to be out at the time is compelled to seek the nearest retreat at hand. When the thrifty housewife sees
in the distance the dark column advancing in a steady whirl towards her house, she closes the doors and
windows with all expedition. A drawingroom, the window of which has been carelessly left open during a
duststorm, is indeed an extraordinary sight. A lady who has resided in Dubbo for some years says that the
dust lies so thick on the carpet that it is necessary to use a shovel to remove it."
And probably a wagon. I was mistaken; I have not seen a proper duststorm. To my mind the exterior aspects
and character of Australia are fascinating things to look at and think about, they are so strange, so weird, so
new, so uncommonplace, such a startling and interesting contrast to the other sections of the planet, the
sections that are known to us all, familiar to us all. In the matter of particularsa detail here, a detail
therewe have had the choice climate of New South Wales' seacoast; we have had the Australian heat as
furnished by Captain Sturt; we have had the wonderful duststorm; and we have considered the phenomenon
of an almost empty hot wilderness half as big as the United States, with a narrow belt of civilization,
population, and good climate around it.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER IX. 39
Page No 43
CHAPTER X.
Everything human is pathetic. The secret source of Humor itself is not
joy but sorrow. There is no humor in heaven.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
Captain Cook found Australia in 1770, and eighteen years later the British Government began to transport
convicts to it. Altogether, New South Wales received 83,000 in 53 years. The convicts wore heavy chains;
they were illfed and badly treated by the officers set over them; they were heavily punished for even slight
infractions of the rules; "the cruelest discipline ever known" is one historian's description of their life. [The
Story of Australasia. J. S. Laurie.]
English law was hardhearted in those days. For trifling offenses which in our day would be punished by a
small fine or a few days' confinement, men, women, and boys were sent to this other end of the earth to serve
terms of seven and fourteen years; and for serious crimes they were transported for life. Children were sent to
the penal colonies for seven years for stealing a rabbit!
When I was in London twentythree years ago there was a new penalty in force for diminishing garroting and
wifebeating25 lashes on the bare back with the cato'ninetails. It was said that this terrible punishment
was able to bring the stubbornest ruffians to terms; and that no man had been found with grit enough to keep
his emotions to himself beyond the ninth blow; as a rule the man shrieked earlier. That penalty had a great
and wholesome effect upon the garroters and wifebeaters; but humane modern London could not endure it;
it got its law rescinded. Many a bruised and battered English wife has since had occasion to deplore that cruel
achievement of sentimental "humanity."
Twentyfive lashes! In Australia and Tasmania they gave a convict fifty for almost any little offense; and
sometimes a brutal officer would add fifty, and then another fifty, and so on, as long as the sufferer could
endure the torture and live. In Tasmania I read the entry, in an old manuscript official record, of a case where
a convict was given three hundred lashesfor stealing some silver spoons. And men got more than that,
sometimes. Who handled the cat? Often it was another convict; sometimes it was the culprit's dearest
comrade; and he had to lay on with all his might; otherwise he would get a flogging himself for his mercy
for he was under watchand yet not do his friend any good: the friend would be attended to by another hand
and suffer no lack in the matter of full punishment.
The convict life in Tasmania was so unendurable, and suicide so difficult to accomplish that once or twice
despairing men got together and drew straws to determine which of them should kill another of the
groupthis murder to secure death to the perpetrator and to the witnesses of it by the hand of the hangman!
The incidents quoted above are mere hints, mere suggestions of what convict life was likethey are but a
couple of details tossed into view out of a shoreless sea of such; or, to change the figure, they are but a pair of
flaming steeples photographed from a point which hides from sight the burning city which stretches away
from their bases on every hand.
Some of the convictsindeed, a good many of themwere very bad people, even for that day; but the most
of them were probably not noticeably worse than the average of the people they left behind them at home.
We must believe this; we cannot avoid it. We are obliged to believe that a nation that could look on,
unmoved, and see starving or freezing women hanged for stealing twentysix cents' worth of bacon or rags,
and boys snatched from their mothers, and men from their families, and sent to the other side of the world for
long terms of years for similar trifling offenses, was a nation to whom the term "civilized" could not in any
large way be applied. And we must also believe that a nation that knew, during more than forty years, what
was happening to those exiles and was still content with it, was not advancing in any showy way toward a
Following the Equator
CHAPTER X. 40
Page No 44
higher grade of civilization.
If we look into the characters and conduct of the officers and gentlemen who had charge of the convicts and
attended to their backs and stomachs, we must grant again that as between the convict and his masters, and
between both and the nation at home, there was a quite noticeable monotony of sameness.
Four years had gone by, and many convicts had come. Respectable settlers were beginning to arrive. These
two classes of colonists had to be protected, in case of trouble among themselves or with the natives. It is
proper to mention the natives, though they could hardly count they were so scarce. At a time when they had
not as yet begun to be much disturbednot as yet being in the wayit was estimated that in New South
Wales there was but one native to 45,000 acres of territory.
People had to be protected. Officers of the regular army did not want this serviceaway off there where
neither honor nor distinction was to be gained. So England recruited and officered a kind of militia force of
1,000 uniformed civilians called the "New South Wales Corps" and shipped it.
This was the worst blow of all. The colony fairly staggered under it. The Corps was an objectlesson of the
moral condition of England outside of the jails. The colonists trembled. It was feared that next there would be
an importation of the nobility.
In those early days the colony was nonsupporting. All the necessaries of lifefood, clothing, and
allwere sent out from England, and kept in great government storehouses, and given to the convicts and
sold to the settlerssold at a trifling advance upon cost. The Corps saw its opportunity. Its officers went into
commerce, and in a most lawless way. They went to importing rum, and also to manufacturing it in private
stills, in defiance of the government's commands and protests. They leagued themselves together and ruled
the market; they boycotted the government and the other dealers; they established a close monopoly and kept
it strictly in their own hands. When a vessel arrived with spirits, they allowed nobody to buy but themselves,
and they forced the owner to sell to them at a price named by themselvesand it was always low enough.
They bought rum at an average of two dollars a gallon and sold it at an average of ten. They made rum the
currency of the countryfor there was little or no moneyand they maintained their devastating hold and
kept the colony under their heel for eighteen or twenty years before they were finally conquered and routed
by the government.
Meantime, they had spread intemperance everywhere. And they had squeezed farm after farm out of the
settlers hands for rum, and thus had bountifully enriched themselves. When a farmer was caught in the last
agonies of thirst they took advantage of him and sweated him for a drink. In one instance they sold a man a
gallon of rum worth two dollars for a piece of property which was sold some years later for $100,000. When
the colony was about eighteen or twenty years old it was discovered that the land was specially fitted for the
woolculture. Prosperity followed, commerce with the world began, by and by rich mines of the noble metals
were opened, immigrants flowed in, capital likewise. The result is the great and wealthy and enlightened
commonwealth of New South Wales.
It is a country that is rich in mines, wool ranches, trams, railways, steamship lines, schools, newspapers,
botanical gardens, art galleries, libraries, museums, hospitals, learned societies; it is the hospitable home of
every species of culture and of every species of material enterprise, and there is a, church at every man's door,
and a racetrack over the way.
CHAPTER XI.
We should be careful to get out of an experience only the wisdom that is
in itand stop there; lest we be like the cat that sits down on a hot
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XI. 41
Page No 45
stovelid. She will never sit down on a hot stovelid againand that is
well; but also she will never sit down on a cold one any more.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
All Englishspeaking colonies are made up of lavishly hospitable people, and New South Wales and its
capital are like the rest in this. The Englishspeaking colony of the United States of America is always called
lavishly hospitable by the English traveler. As to the other English speaking colonies throughout the world
from Canada all around, I know by experience that the description fits them. I will not go more particularly
into this matter, for I find that when writers try to distribute their gratitude here and there and yonder by detail
they run across difficulties and do some ungraceful stumbling.
Mr. Gane ("New South Wales and Victoria in 1885 "), tried to distribute his gratitude, and was not lucky:
"The inhabitants of Sydney are renowned for their hospitality. The treatment which we experienced at the
hands of this generoushearted people will help more than anything else to make us recollect with pleasure
our stay amongst them. In the character of hosts and hostesses they excel. The 'new chum' needs only the
acquaintanceship of one of their number, and he becomes at once the happy recipient of numerous
complimentary invitations and thoughtful kindnesses. Of the towns it has been our good fortune to visit, none
have portrayed home so faithfully as Sydney."
Nobody could say it finer than that. If he had put in his cork then, and stayed away from Dubbobut no;
heedless man, he pulled it again. Pulled it when he was away along in his book, and his memory of what he
had said about Sydney had grown dim:
"We cannot quit the promising town of Dubbo without testifying, in warm praise, to the kindhearted and
hospitable usages of its inhabitants. Sydney, though well deserving the character it bears of its kindly
treatment of strangers, possesses a little formality and reserve. In Dubbo, on the contrary, though the same
congenial manners prevail, there is a pleasing degree of respectful familiarity which gives the town a homely
comfort not often met with elsewhere. In laying on one side our pen we feel contented in having been able,
though so late in this work, to bestow a panegyric, however unpretentious, on a town which, though
possessing no picturesque natural surroundings, nor interesting architectural productions, has yet a body of
citizens whose hearts cannot but obtain for their town a reputation for benevolence and kind heartedness."
I wonder what soured him on Sydney. It seems strange that a pleasing degree of three or four fingers of
respectful familiarity should fill a man up and give him the panegyrics so bad. For he has them, the worst
wayany one can see that. A man who is perfectly at himself does not throw cold detraction at people's
architectural productions and picturesque surroundings, and let on that what he prefers is a Dubbonese
duststorm and a pleasing degree of respectful familiarity, No, these are old, old symptoms; and when they
appear we know that the man has got the panegyrics.
Sydney has a population of 400,000. When a stranger from America steps ashore there, the first thing that
strikes him is that the place is eight or nine times as large as he was expecting it to be; and the next thing that
strikes him is that it is an English city with American trimmings. Later on, in Melbourne, he will find the
American trimmings still more in evidence; there, even the architecture will often suggest America; a
photograph of its stateliest business street might be passed upon him for a picture of the finest street in a large
American city. I was told that the most of the fine residences were the city residences of squatters. The name
seemed out of focus somehow. When the explanation came, it offered a new instance of the curious changes
which words, as well as animals, undergo through change of habitat and climate. With us, when you speak of
a squatter you are always supposed to be speaking of a poor man, but in Australia when you speak of a
squatter you are supposed to be speaking of a millionaire; in America the word indicates the possessor of a
few acres and a doubtful title, in Australia it indicates a man whose landfront is as long as a railroad, and
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XI. 42
Page No 46
whose title has been perfected in one way or another; in America the word indicates a man who owns a dozen
head of live stock, in Australia a man who owns anywhere from fifty thousand up to half a million head; in
America the word indicates a man who is obscure and not important, in Australia a man who is prominent
and of the first importance; in America you take off your hat to no squatter, in Australia you do; in America if
your uncle is a squatter you keep it dark, in Australia you advertise it; in America if your friend is a squatter
nothing comes of it, but with a squatter for your friend in Australia you may sup with kings if there are any
around.
In Australia it takes about two acres and a half of pastureland (some people say twice as many), to support a
sheep; and when the squatter has half a million sheep his private domain is about as large as Rhode Island, to
speak in general terms. His annual wool crop may be worth a quarter or a half million dollars.
He will live in a palace in Melbourne or Sydney or some other of the large cities, and make occasional trips
to his sheepkingdom several hundred miles away in the great plains to look after his battalions of riders and
shepherds and other hands. He has a commodious dwelling out there, and if he approve of you he will invite
you to spend a week in it, and will make you at home and comfortable, and let you see the great industry in
all its details, and feed you and slake you and smoke you with the best that money can buy.
On at least one of these vast estates there is a considerable town, with all the various businesses and
occupations that go to make an important town; and the town and the land it stands upon are the property of
the squatters. I have seen that town, and it is not unlikely that there are other squatterowned towns in
Australia.
Australia supplies the world not only with fine wool, but with mutton also. The modern invention of cold
storage and its application in ships has created this great trade. In Sydney I visited a huge establishment
where they kill and clean and solidly freeze a thousand sheep a day, for shipment to England.
The Australians did not seem to me to differ noticeably from Americans, either in dress, carriage, ways,
pronunciation, inflections, or general appearance. There were fleeting and subtle suggestions of their English
origin, but these were not pronounced enough, as a rule, to catch one's attention. The people have easy and
cordial manners from the beginning from the moment that the introduction is completed. This is American.
To put it in another way, it is English friendliness with the English shyness and selfconsciousness left out.
Now and thenbut this is rareone hears such words as piper for paper, lydy for lady, and tyble for table
fall from lips whence one would not expect such pronunciations to come. There is a superstition prevalent in
Sydney that this pronunciation is an Australianism, but people who have been "home"as the native
reverently and lovingly calls Englandknow better. It is "costermonger." All over Australasia this
pronunciation is nearly as common among servants as it is in London among the uneducated and the partially
educated of all sorts and conditions of people. That mislaid 'y' is rather striking when a person gets enough of
it into a short sentence to enable it to show up. In the hotel in Sydney the chambermaid said, one morning:
"The tyble is set, and here is the piper; and if the lydy is ready I'll tell the wyter to bring up the breakfast."
I have made passing mention, a moment ago, of the native Australasian's custom of speaking of England as
"home." It was always pretty to hear it, and often it was said in an unconsciously caressing way that made it
touching; in a way which transmuted a sentiment into an embodiment, and made one seem to see Australasia
as a young girl stroking mother England's old gray head.
In the Australasian home the tabletalk is vivacious and unembarrassed; it is without stiffness or restraint.
This does not remind one of England so much as it does of America. But Australasia is strictly democratic,
and reserves and restraints are things that are bred by differences of rank.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XI. 43
Page No 47
English and colonial audiences are phenomenally alert and responsive. Where masses of people are gathered
together in England, caste is submerged, and with it the English reserve; equality exists for the moment, and
every individual is free; so free from any consciousness of fetters, indeed, that the Englishman's habit of
watching himself and guarding himself against any injudicious exposure of his feelings is forgotten, and falls
into abeyanceand to such a degree indeed, that he will bravely applaud all by himself if he wants toan
exhibition of daring which is unusual elsewhere in the world.
But it is hard to move a new English acquaintance when he is by himself, or when the company present is
small and new to him. He is on his guard then, and his natural reserve is to the fore. This has given him the
false reputation of being without humor and without the appreciation of humor.
Americans are not Englishmen, and American humor is not English humor; but both the American and his
humor had their origin in England, and have merely undergone changes brought about by changed conditions
and a new environment. About the best humorous speeches I have yet heard were a couple that were made in
Australia at club suppersone of them by an Englishman, the other by an Australian.
CHAPTER XII.
There are those who scoff at the schoolboy, calling him frivolous and
shallow: Yet it was the schoolboy who said "Faith is believing what you
know ain't so."
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
In Sydney I had a large dream, and in the course of talk I told it to a missionary from India who was on his
way to visit some relatives in New Zealand. I dreamed that the visible universe is the physical person of God;
that the vast worlds that we see twinkling millions of miles apart in the fields of space are the blood
corpuscles in His veins; and that we and the other creatures are the microbes that charge with multitudinous
life the corpuscles.
Mr. X., the missionary, considered the dream awhile, then said:
"It is not surpassable for magnitude, since its metes and bounds are the metes and bounds of the universe
itself; and it seems to me that it almost accounts for a thing which is otherwise nearly unaccountablethe
origin of the sacred legends of the Hindoos. Perhaps they dream them, and then honestly believe them to be
divine revelations of fact. It looks like that, for the legends are built on so vast a scale that it does not seem
reasonable that plodding priests would happen upon such colossal fancies when awake."
He told some of the legends, and said that they were implicitly believed by all classes of Hindoos, including
those of high social position and intelligence; and he said that this universal credulity was a great hindrance
to the missionary in his work. Then he said something like this:
"At home, people wonder why Christianity does not make faster progress in India. They hear that the Indians
believe easily, and that they have a natural trust in miracles and give them a hospitable reception. Then they
argue like this: since the Indian believes easily, place Christianity before them and they must believe; confirm
its truths by the biblical miracles, and they will no longer doubt, The natural deduction is, that as Christianity
makes but indifferent progress in India, the fault is with us: we are not fortunate in presenting the doctrines
and the miracles.
"But the truth is, we are not by any means so well equipped as they think. We have not the easy task that they
imagine. To use a military figure, we are sent against the enemy with good powder in our guns, but only wads
for bullets; that is to say, our miracles are not effective; the Hindoos do not care for them; they have more
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XII. 44
Page No 48
extraordinary ones of their own. All the details of their own religion are proven and established by miracles;
the details of ours must be proven in the same way. When I first began my work in India I greatly
underestimated the difficulties thus put upon my task. A correction was not long in coming. I thought as our
friends think at homethat to prepare my childlike wonderlovers to listen with favor to my grave message
I only needed to charm the way to it with wonders, marvels, miracles. With full confidence I told the wonders
performed by Samson, the strongest man that had ever livedfor so I called him.
"At first I saw lively anticipation and strong interest in the faces of my people, but as I moved along from
incident to incident of the great story, I was distressed to see that I was steadily losing the sympathy of my
audience. I could not understand it. It was a surprise to me, and a disappointment. Before I was through, the
fading sympathy had paled to indifference. Thence to the end the indifference remained; I was not able to
make any impression upon it.
"A good old Hindoo gentleman told me where my trouble lay. He said 'We Hindoos recognize a god by the
work of his handswe accept no other testimony. Apparently, this is also the rule with you Christians. And
we know when a man has his power from a god by the fact that he does things which he could not do, as a
man, with the mere powers of a man. Plainly, this is the Christian's way also, of knowing when a man is
working by a god's power and not by his own. You saw that there was a supernatural property in the hair of
Samson; for you perceived that when his hair was gone he was as other men. It is our way, as I have said.
There are many nations in the world, and each group of nations has its own gods, and will pay no worship to
the gods of the others. Each group believes its own gods to be strongest, and it will not exchange them except
for gods that shall be proven to be their superiors in power. Man is but a weak creature, and needs the help of
godshe cannot do without it. Shall he place his fate in the hands of weak gods when there may be stronger
ones to be found? That would be foolish. No, if he hear of gods that are stronger than his own, he should not
turn a deaf ear, for it is not a light matter that is at stake. How then shall he determine which gods are the
stronger, his own or those that preside over the concerns of other nations? By comparing the known works of
his own gods with the works of those others; there is no other way. Now, when we make this comparison, we
are not drawn towards the gods of any other nation. Our gods are shown by their works to be the strongest,
the most powerful. The Christians have but few gods, and they are newnew, and not strong; as it seems to
us. They will increase in number, it is true, for this has happened with all gods, but that time is far away,
many ages and decades of ages away, for gods multiply slowly, as is meet for beings to whom a thousand
years is but a single moment. Our own gods have been born millions of years apart. The process is slow, the
gathering of strength and power is similarly slow. In the slow lapse of the ages the steadily accumulating
power of our gods has at last become prodigious. We have a thousand proofs of this in the colossal character
of their personal acts and the acts of ordinary men to whom they have given supernatural qualities. To your
Samson was given supernatural power, and when he broke the withes, and slew the thousands with the
jawbone of an ass, and carried away the gate's of the city upon his shoulders, you were amazedand also
awed, for you recognized the divine source of his strength. But it could not profit to place these things before
your Hindoo congregation and invite their wonder; for they would compare them with the deed done by
Hanuman, when our gods infused their divine strength into his muscles; and they would be indifferent to
themas you saw. In the old, old times, ages and ages gone by, when our god Rama was warring with the
demon god of Ceylon, Rama bethought him to bridge the sea and connect Ceylon with India, so that his
armies might pass easily over; and he sent his general, Hanuman, inspired like your own Samson with divine
strength, to bring the materials for the bridge. In two days Hanuman strode fifteen hundred miles, to the
Himalayas, and took upon his shoulder a range of those lofty mountains two hundred miles long, and started
with it toward Ceylon. It was in the night; and, as he passed along the plain, the people of Govardhun heard
the thunder of his tread and felt the earth rocking under it, and they ran out, and there, with their snowy
summits piled to heaven, they saw the Himalayas passing by. And as this huge continent swept along
overshadowing the earth, upon its slopes they discerned the twinkling lights of a thousand sleeping villages,
and it was as if the constellations were filing in procession through the sky. While they were looking,
Hanuman stumbled, and a small ridge of red sandstone twenty miles long was jolted loose and fell. Half of its
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XII. 45
Page No 49
length has wasted away in the course of the ages, but the other ten miles of it remain in the plain by
Govardhun to this day as proof of the might of the inspiration of our gods. You must know, yourself, that
Hanuman could not have carried those mountains to Ceylon except by the strength of the gods. You know
that it was not done by his own strength, therefore, you know that it was done by the strength of the gods, just
as you know that Samson carried the gates by the divine strength and not by his own. I think you must
concede two things: First, That in carrying the gates of the city upon his shoulders, Samson did not establish
the superiority of his gods over ours; secondly, That his feat is not supported by any but verbal evidence,
while Hanuman's is not only supported by verbal evidence, but this evidence is confirmed, established,
proven, by visible, tangible evidence, which is the strongest of all testimony. We have the sandstone ridge,
and while it remains we cannot doubt, and shall not. Have you the gates?'"
CHAPTER XIII.
The timid man yearns for full value and asks a tenth. The bold man
strikes for double value and compromises on par.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
One is sure to be struck by the liberal way in which Australasia spends money upon public workssuch as
legislative buildings, town halls, hospitals, asylums, parks, and botanical gardens. I should say that where
minor towns in America spend a hundred dollars on the town hall and on public parks and gardens, the like
towns in Australasia spend a thousand. And I think that this ratio will hold good in the matter of hospitals,
also. I have seen a costly and wellequipped, and architecturally handsome hospital in an Australian village
of fifteen hundred inhabitants. It was built by private funds furnished by the villagers and the neighboring
planters, and its running expenses were drawn from the same sources. I suppose it would be hard to match
this in any country. This village was about to close a contract for lighting its streets with the electric light,
when I was there. That is ahead of London. London is still obscured by gasgas pretty widely scattered, too,
in some of the districts; so widely indeed, that except on moonlight nights it is difficult to find the gas lamps.
The botanical garden of Sydney covers thirtyeight acres, beautifully laid out and rich with the spoil of all
the lands and all the climes of the world. The garden is on high ground in the middle of the town, overlooking
the great harbor, and it adjoins the spacious grounds of Government Housefiftysix acres; and at hand
also, is a recreation ground containing eightytwo acres. In addition, there are the zoological gardens, the
racecourse, and the great cricketgrounds where the international matches are played. Therefore there is
plenty of room for reposeful lazying and lounging, and for exercise too, for such as like that kind of work.
There are four specialties attainable in the way of social pleasure. If you enter your name on the Visitor's
Book at Government House you will receive an invitation to the next ball that takes place there, if nothing
can be proven against you. And it will be very pleasant; for you will see everybody except the Governor, and
add a number of acquaintances and several friends to your list. The Governor will be in England. He always
is. The continent has four or five governors, and I do not know how many it takes to govern the outlying
archipelago; but anyway you will not see them. When they are appointed they come out from England and
get inaugurated, and give a ball, and help pray for rain, and get aboard ship and go back home. And so the
LieutenantGovernor has to do all the work. I was in Australasia three months and a half, and saw only one
Governor. The others were at home.
The Australasian Governor would not be so restless, perhaps, if he had a war, or a veto, or something like that
to call for his reserveenergies, but he hasn't. There isn't any war, and there isn't any veto in his hands. And
so there is really little or nothing doing in his line. The country governs itself, and prefers to do it; and is so
strenuous about it and so jealous of its independence that it grows restive if even the Imperial Government at
home proposes to help; and so the Imperial veto, while a fact, is yet mainly a name.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XIII. 46
Page No 50
Thus the Governor's functions are much more limited than are a Governor's functions with us. And therefore
more fatiguing. He is the apparent head of the State, he is the real head of Society. He represents culture,
refinement, elevated sentiment, polite life, religion; and by his example he propagates these, and they spread
and flourish and bear good fruit. He creates the fashion, and leads it. His ball is the ball of balls, and his
countenance makes the horserace thrive.
He is usually a lord, and this is well; for his position compels him to lead an expensive life, and an English
lord is generally well equipped for that.
Another of Sydney's social pleasures is the visit to the Admiralty House; which is nobly situated on high
ground overlooking the water. The trim boats of the service convey the guests thither; and there, or on board
the flagship, they have the duplicate of the hospitalities of Government House. The Admiral commanding a
station in British waters is a magnate of the first degree, and he is sumptuously housed, as becomes the
dignity of his office.
Third in the list of special pleasures is the tour of the harbor in a fine steam pleasurelaunch. Your richer
friends own boats of this kind, and they will invite you, and the joys of the trip will make a long day seem
short.
And finally comes the sharkfishing. Sydney Harbor is populous with the finest breeds of maneating sharks
in the world. Some people make their living catching them; for the Government pays a cash bounty on them.
The larger the shark the larger the bounty, and some of the sharks are twenty feet long. You not only get the
bounty, but everything that is in the shark belongs to you. Sometimes the contents are quite valuable.
The shark is the swiftest fish that swims. The speed of the fastest steamer afloat is poor compared to his. And
he is a great gadabout, and roams far and wide in the oceans, and visits the shores of all of them, ultimately,
in the course of his restless excursions. I have a tale to tell now, which has not as yet been in print. In 1870 a
young stranger arrived in Sydney, and set about finding something to do; but he knew no one, and brought no
recommendations, and the result was that he got no employment. He had aimed high, at first, but as time and
his money wasted away he grew less and less exacting, until at last he was willing to serve in the humblest
capacities if so he might get bread and shelter. But luck was still against him; he could find no opening of any
sort. Finally his money was all gone. He walked the streets all day, thinking; he walked them all night,
thinking, thinking, and growing hungrier and hungrier. At dawn he found himself well away from the town
and drifting aimlessly along the harbor shore. As he was passing by a nodding shark fisher the man looked
up and said
"Say, young fellow, take my line a spell, and change my luck for me."
"How do you know I won't make it worse?"
"Because you can't. It has been at its worst all night.
If you can't change it, no harm's done; if you do change it, it's for the better, of course. Come."
"All right, what will you give.?"
"I'll give you the shark, if you catch one."
"And I will eat it, bones and all. Give me the line."
"Here you are. I will get away, now, for awhile, so that my luck won't spoil yours; for many and many a time
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XIII. 47
Page No 51
I've noticed that ifthere, pull in, pull in, man, you've got a bite! I knew how it would be. Why, I knew
you for a born son of luck the minute I saw you. All righthe's landed."
It was an unusually large shark"a full nineteenfooter," the fisherman said, as he laid the creature open
with his knife.
"Now you rob him, young man, while I step to my hamper for a fresh bait. There's generally something in
them worth going for. You've changed my luck, you see. But my goodness, I hope you haven't changed your
own."
"Oh, it wouldn't matter; don't worry about that. Get your bait. I'll rob him."
When the fisherman got back the young man had just finished washing his hands in the bay, and was starting
away.
"What, you are not going?"
"Yes. Goodbye."
"But what about your shark?"
"The shark? Why, what use is he to me?"
"What use is he? I like that. Don't you know that we can go and report him to Government, and you'll get a
clean solid eighty shillings bounty? Hard cash, you know. What do you think about it now?"
"Oh, well, you can collect it."
"And keep it? Is that what you mean?"
"Yes."
"Well, this is odd. You're one of those sort they call eccentrics, I judge. The saying is, you mustn't judge a
man by his clothes, and I'm believing it now. Why yours are looking just ratty, don't you know; and yet you
must be rich."
"I am."
The young man walked slowly back to the town, deeply musing as he went. He halted a moment in front of
the best restaurant, then glanced at his clothes and passed on, and got his breakfast at a "standup." There
was a good deal of it, and it cost five shillings. He tendered a sovereign, got his change, glanced at his silver,
muttered to himself, "There isn't enough to buy clothes with," and went his way.
At halfpast nine the richest woolbroker in Sydney was sitting in his morningroom at home, settling his
breakfast with the morning paper. A servant put his head in and said:
"There's a sundowner at the door wants to see you, sir."
"What do you bring that kind of a message here for? Send him about his business."
"He won't go, sir. I've tried."
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XIII. 48
Page No 52
"He won't go? That'swhy, that's unusual. He's one of two things, then: he's a remarkable person, or he's
crazy. Is he crazy?"
"No, sir. He don't look it."
"Then he's remarkable. What does he say he wants?"
"He won't tell, sir; only says it's very important."
"And won't go. Does he say he won't go?"
"Says he'll stand there till he sees you, sir, if it's all day."
"And yet isn't crazy. Show him up."
The sundowner was shown in. The broker said to himself, "No, he's not crazy; that is easy to see; so he must
be the other thing."
Then aloud, "Well, my good fellow, be quick about it; don't waste any words; what is it you want?"
"I want to borrow a hundred thousand pounds."
"Scott! (It's a mistake; he is crazy . . . . Nohe can't benot with that eye.) Why, you take my breath away.
Come, who are you?"
"Nobody that you know."
"What is your name?"
"Cecil Rhodes."
"No, I don't remember hearing the name before. Now thenjust for curiosity's sakewhat has sent you to
me on this extraordinary errand?"
"The intention to make a hundred thousand pounds for you and as much for myself within the next sixty
days."
"Well, well, well. It is the most extraordinary idea thatsit downyou interest me. And somehow
youwell, you fascinate me; I think that that is about the word. And it isn't your propositionno, that
doesn't fascinate me; it's something else, I don't quite know what; something that's born in you and oozes out
of you, I suppose. Now then just for curiosity's sake again, nothing more: as I understand it, it is your desire
to bor"
"I said intention."
"Pardon, so you did. I thought it was an unheedful use of the wordan unheedful valuing of its strength, you
know."
"I knew its strength."
"Well, I must saybut look here, let me walk the floor a little, my mind is getting into a sort of whirl, though
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XIII. 49
Page No 53
you don't seem disturbed any. (Plainly this young fellow isn't crazy; but as to his being remarkable well,
really he amounts to that, and something over.) Now then, I believe I am beyond the reach of further
astonishment. Strike, and spare not. What is your scheme?"
"To buy the wool cropdeliverable in sixty days."
"What, the whole of it?"
"The whole of it."
"No, I was not quite out of the reach of surprises, after all. Why, how you talk! Do you know what our crop is
going to foot up?"
"Two and a half million sterlingmaybe a little more."
"Well, you've got your statistics right, any way. Now, then, do you know what the margins would foot up, to
buy it at sixty days?"
"The hundred thousand pounds I came here to get."
"Right, once more. Well, dear me, just to see what would happen, I wish you had the money. And if you had
it, what would you do with it?"
"I shall make two hundred thousand pounds out of it in sixty days."
"You mean, of course, that you might make it if"
"I said 'shall'."
"Yes, by George, you did say 'shall'! You are the most definite devil I ever saw, in the matter of language.
Dear, dear, dear, look here! Definite speech means clarity of mind. Upon my word I believe you've got what
you believe to be a rational reason, for venturing into this house, an entire stranger, on this wild scheme of
buying the wool crop of an entire colony on speculation. Bring it outI am preparedacclimatized, if I may
use the word. Why would you buy the crop, and why would you make that sum out of it? That is to say, what
makes you think you"
"I don't thinkI know."
"Definite again. How do you know?"
"Because France has declared war against Germany, and wool has gone up fourteen per cent. in London and
is still rising."
"Oh, indeed? Now then, I've got you! Such a thunderbolt as you have just let fly ought to have made me
jump out of my chair, but it didn't stir me the least little bit, you see. And for a very simple reason: I have
read the morning paper. You can look at it if you want to. The fastest ship in the service arrived at eleven
o'clock last night, fifty days out from London. All her news is printed here. There are no war clouds
anywhere; and as for wool, why, it is the lowspiritedest commodity in the English market. It is your turn to
jump, now . . . . Well, why, don't you jump? Why do you sit there in that placid fashion, when"
"Because I have later news."
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XIII. 50
Page No 54
"Later news? Oh, comelater news than fifty days, brought steaming hot from London by the"
"My news is only ten days old."
"Oh, Munchausen, hear the maniac talk! Where did you get it?"
"Got it out of a shark."
"Oh, oh, oh, this is too much! Front! call the police bring the gun raise the town! All the asylums in
Christendom have broken loose in the single person of"
"Sit down! And collect yourself. Where is the use in getting excited? Am I excited? There is nothing to get
excited about. When I make a statement which I cannot prove, it will be time enough for you to begin to offer
hospitality to damaging fancies about me and my sanity."
"Oh, a thousand, thousand pardons! I ought to be ashamed of myself, and I am ashamed of myself for
thinking that a little bit of a circumstance like sending a shark to England to fetch back a market report"
"What does your middle initial stand for, sir?"
"Andrew. What are you writing?"
"Wait a moment. Proof about the sharkand another matter. Only ten lines. Therenow it is done. Sign it."
"Many thanksmany. Let me see; it saysit says oh, come, this is interesting! Whywhylook here!
prove what you say here, and I'll put up the money, and double as much, if necessary, and divide the
winnings with you, half and half. There, nowI've signed; make your promise good if you can. Show me a
copy of the London Times only ten days old."
"Here it isand with it these buttons and a memorandum book that belonged to the man the shark
swallowed. Swallowed him in the Thames, without a doubt; for you will notice that the last entry in the book
is dated 'London,' and is of the same date as the Times, and says, 'Ber confequentz der Kreigeseflarun, reife
ich heute nach Deutchland ab, aur bak ich mein leben auf dem Ultar meines Landes legen mag', as clean
native German as anybody can put upon paper, and means that in consequence of the declaration of war, this
loyal soul is leaving for home today, to fight. And he did leave, too, but the shark had him before the day
was done, poor fellow."
"And a pity, too. But there are times for mourning, and we will attend to this case further on; other matters
are pressing, now. I will go down and set the machinery in motion in a quiet way and buy the crop. It will
cheer the drooping spirits of the boys, in a transitory way. Everything is transitory in this world. Sixty days
hence, when they are called to deliver the goods, they will think they've been struck by lightning. But there is
a time for mourning, and we will attend to that case along with the other one. Come along, I'll take you to my
tailor. What did you say your name is?"
"Cecil Rhodes."
"It is hard to remember. However, I think you will make it easier by and by, if you live. There are three kinds
of peopleCommonplace Men, Remarkable Men, and Lunatics. I'll classify you with the Remarkables, and
take the chances."
The deal went through, and secured to the young stranger the first fortune he ever pocketed.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XIII. 51
Page No 55
The people of Sydney ought to be afraid of the sharks, but for some reason they do not seem to be. On
Saturdays the young men go out in their boats, and sometimes the water is fairly covered with the little sails.
A boat upsets now and then, by accident, a result of tumultuous skylarking; sometimes the boys upset their
boat for funsuch as it is with sharks visibly waiting around for just such an occurrence. The young fellows
scramble aboard wholesometimesnot always. Tragedies have happened more than once. While I was in
Sydney it was reported that a boy fell out of a boat in the mouth of the Paramatta river and screamed for help
and a boy jumped overboard from another boat to save him from the assembling sharks; but the sharks made
swift work with the lives of both.
The government pays a bounty for the shark; to get the bounty the fishermen bait the hook or the seine with
agreeable mutton; the news spreads and the sharks come from all over the Pacific Ocean to get the free board.
In time the shark culture will be one of the most successful things in the colony.
CHAPTER XIV.
We can secure other people's approval, if we do right and try hard; but
our own is worth a hundred of it, and no way has been found out of
securing that.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
My health had broken down in New York in May; it had remained in a doubtful but fairish condition during a
succeeding period of 82 days; it broke again on the Pacific. It broke again in Sydney, but not until after I had
had a good outing, and had also filled my lecture engagements. This latest break lost me the chance of seeing
Queensland. In the circumstances, to go north toward hotter weather was not advisable.
So we moved south with a westward slant, 17 hours by rail to the capital of the colony of Victoria,
Melbournethat juvenile city of sixty years, and half a million inhabitants. On the map the distance looked
small; but that is a trouble with all divisions of distance in such a vast country as Australia. The colony of
Victoria itself looks small on the maplooks like a county, in factyet it is about as large as England,
Scotland, and Wales combined. Or, to get another focus upon it, it is just 80 times as large as the state of
Rhode Island, and onethird as large as the State of Texas.
Outside of Melbourne, Victoria seems to be owned by a handful of squatters, each with a Rhode Island for a
sheep farm. That is the impression which one gathers from common talk, yet the wool industry of Victoria is
by no means so great as that of New South Wales. The climate of Victoria is favorable to other great
industriesamong others, wheat growing and the making of wine.
We took the train at Sydney at about four in the afternoon. It was American in one way, for we had a most
rational sleeping car; also the car was clean and fine and newnothing about it to suggest the rolling stock
of the continent of Europe. But our baggage was weighed, and extra weight charged for. That was
continental. Continental and troublesome. Any detail of railroading that is not troublesome cannot honorably
be described as continental.
The tickets were roundtrip onesto Melbourne, and clear to Adelaide in South Australia, and then all the
way back to Sydney. Twelve hundred more miles than we really expected to make; but then as the round trip
wouldn't cost much more than the single trip, it seemed well enough to buy as many miles as one could
afford, even if one was not likely to need them. A human being has a natural desire to have more of a good
thing than he needs.
Now comes a singular thing: the oddest thing, the strangest thing, the most baffling and unaccountable
marvel that Australasia can show. At the frontier between New South Wales and Victoria our multitude of
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XIV. 52
Page No 56
passengers were routed out of their snug beds by lanternlight in the morning in the bitingcold of a high
altitude to change cars on a road that has no break in it from Sydney to Melbourne! Think of the paralysis of
intellect that gave that idea birth; imagine the boulder it emerged from on some petrified legislator's
shoulders.
It is a narrowgage road to the frontier, and a broader gauge thence to Melbourne. The two governments
were the builders of the road and are the owners of it. One or two reasons are given for this curious state of
things. One is, that it represents the jealousy existing between the coloniesthe two most important colonies
of Australasia. What the other one is, I have forgotten. But it is of no consequence. It could be but another
effort to explain the inexplicable.
All passengers fret at the doublegauge; all shippers of freight must of course fret at it; unnecessary expense,
delay, and annoyance are imposed upon everybody concerned, and no one is benefitted.
Each Australian colony fences itself off from its neighbor with a custom house. Personally, I have no
objection, but it must be a good deal of inconvenience to the people. We have something resembling it here
and there in America, but it goes by another name. The large empire of the Pacific coast requires a world of
iron machinery, and could manufacture it economically on the spot if the imposts on foreign iron were
removed. But they are not. Protection to Pennsylvania and Alabama forbids it. The result to the Pacific coast
is the same as if there were several rows of customfences between the coast and the East. Iron carted across
the American continent at luxurious railway rates would be valuable enough to be coined when it arrived.
We changed cars. This was at Albury. And it was there, I think, that the growing day and the early sun
exposed the distant range called the Blue Mountains. Accurately named. "My word!" as the Australians say,
but it was a stunning color, that blue. Deep, strong, rich, exquisite; towering and majestic masses of bluea
softly luminous blue, a smouldering blue, as if vaguely lit by fires within. It extinguished the blue of the
skymade it pallid and unwholesome, whitey and washedout. A wonderful colorjust divine.
A resident told me that those were not mountains; he said they were rabbitpiles. And explained that long
exposure and the overripe condition of the rabbits was what made them look so blue. This man may have
been right, but much reading of books of travel has made me distrustful of gratis information furnished by
unofficial residents of a country. The facts which such people give to travelers are usually erroneous, and
often intemperately so. The rabbitplague has indeed been very bad in Australia, and it could account for one
mountain, but not for a mountain range, it seems to me. It is too large an order.
We breakfasted at the station. A good breakfast, except the coffee; and cheap. The Government establishes
the prices and placards them. The waiters were men, I think; but that is not usual in Australasia. The usual
thing is to have girls. No, not girls, young ladiesgenerally duchesses. Dress? They would attract attention
at any royal levee in Europe. Even empresses and queens do not dress as they do. Not that they could not
afford it, perhaps, but they would not know how.
All the pleasant morning we slid smoothly along over the plains, through thinnot thickforests of great
melancholy gum trees, with trunks rugged with curled sheets of flaking barkerysipelas convalescents, so to
speak, shedding their dead skins. And all along were tiny cabins, built sometimes of wood, sometimes of
grayblue corrugated iron; and the doorsteps and fences were clogged with childrenrugged little simply
clad chaps that looked as if they had been imported from the banks of the Mississippi without breaking bulk.
And there were little villages, with neat stations well placarded with showy advertisementsmainly of
almost too selfrighteous brands of "sheepdip." If that is the nameand I think it is. It is a stuff like tar, and
is dabbed on to places where the shearer clips a piece out of the sheep. It bars out the flies, and has healing
properties, and a nip to it which makes the sheep skip like the cattle on a thousand hills. It is not good to eat.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XIV. 53
Page No 57
That is, it is not good to eat except when mixed with railroad coffee. It improves railroad coffee. Without it
railroad coffee is too vague. But with it, it is quite assertive and enthusiastic. By itself, railroad coffee is too
passive; but sheepdip makes it wake up and get down to business. I wonder where they get railroad coffee?
We saw birds, but not a kangaroo, not an emu, not an ornithorhynchus, not a lecturer, not a native. Indeed, the
land seemed quite destitute of game. But I have misused the word native. In Australia it is applied to
Australianborn whites only. I should have said that we saw no Aboriginalsno "blackfellows." And to this
day I have never seen one. In the great museums you will find all the other curiosities, but in the curio of
chiefest interest to the stranger all of them are lacking. We have at home an abundance of museums, and not
an American Indian in them. It is clearly an absurdity, but it never struck me before.
CHAPTER XV.
Truth is stranger than fictionto some people, but I am measurably
familiar with it.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
Truth is stranger than fiction, but it is because Fiction is obliged to
stick to possibilities; Truth isn't.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
The air was balmy and delicious, the sunshine radiant; it was a charming excursion. In the course of it we
came to a town whose odd name was famous all over the world a quarter of a century agoWaggaWagga.
This was because the Tichborne Claimant had kept a butchershop there. It was out of the midst of his
humble collection of sausages and tripe that he soared up into the zenith of notoriety and hung there in the
wastes of space a time, with the telescopes of all nations leveled at him in unappeasable curiositycuriosity
as to which of the two longmissing persons he was: Arthur Orton, the mislaid roustabout of Wapping, or Sir
Roger Tichborne, the lost heir of a name and estates as old as English history. We all know now, but not a
dozen people knew then; and the dozen kept the mystery to themselves and allowed the most intricate and
fascinating and marvelous reallife romance that has ever been played upon the world's stage to unfold itself
serenely, act by act, in a British court by the long and laborious processes of judicial development.
When we recall the details of that great romance we marvel to see what daring chances truth may freely take
in constructing a tale, as compared with the poor little conservative risks permitted to fiction. The
fictionartist could achieve no success with the materials of this splendid Tichborne romance.
He would have to drop out the chief characters; the public would say such people are impossible. He would
have to drop out a number of the most picturesque incidents; the public would say such things could never
happen. And yet the chief characters did exist, and the incidents did happen.
It cost the Tichborne estates $400,000 to unmask the Claimant and drive him out; and even after the exposure
multitudes of Englishmen still believed in him. It cost the British Government another $400,000 to convict
him of perjury; and after the conviction the same old multitudes still believed in him; and among these
believers were many educated and intelligent men; and some of them had personally known the real Sir
Roger. The Claimant was sentenced to 14 years' imprisonment. When he got out of prison he went to New
York and kept a whisky saloon in the Bowery for a time, then disappeared from view.
He always claimed to be Sir Roger Tichborne until death called for him. This was but a few months agonot
very much short of a generation since he left WaggaWagga to go and possess himself of his estates. On his
deathbed he yielded up his secret, and confessed in writing that he was only Arthur Orton of Wapping, able
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XV. 54
Page No 58
seaman and butcherthat and nothing more. But it is scarcely to be doubted that there are people whom
even his dying confession will not convince. The old habit of assimilating incredibilities must have made
strong food a necessity in their case; a weaker article would probably disagree with them.
I was in London when the Claimant stood his trial for perjury. I attended one of his showy evenings in the
sumptuous quarters provided for him from the purses of his adherents and wellwishers. He was in evening
dress, and I thought him a rather fine and stately creature. There were about twentyfive gentlemen present;
educated men, men moving in good society, none of them commonplace; some of them were men of
distinction, none of them were obscurities. They were his cordial friends and admirers. It was "Sir Roger,"
always "Sir Roger," on all hands; no one withheld the title, all turned it from the tongue with unction, and as
if it tasted good.
For many years I had had a mystery in stock. Melbourne, and only Melbourne, could unriddle it for me. In
1873 I arrived in London with my wife and young child, and presently received a note from Naples signed by
a name not familiar to me. It was not Bascom, and it was not Henry; but I will call it Henry Bascom for
convenience's sake. This note, of about six lines, was written on a strip of white paper whose endedges were
ragged. I came to be familiar with those strips in later years. Their size and pattern were always the same.
Their contents were usually to the same effect: would I and mine come to the writer's countryplace in
England on such and such a date, by such and such a train, and stay twelve days and depart by such and such
a train at the end of the specified time? A carriage would meet us at the station.
These invitations were always for a long time ahead; if we were in Europe, three months ahead; if we were in
America, six to twelve months ahead. They always named the exact date and train for the beginning and also
for the end of the visit.
This first note invited us for a date three months in the future. It asked us to arrive by the 4.10 p.m. train from
London, August 6th. The carriage would be waiting. The carriage would take us away seven days latertrain
specified. And there were these words: "Speak to Tom Hughes."
I showed the note to the author of "Tom Brown at Rugby," and be said: "Accept, and be thankful."
He described Mr. Bascom as being a man of genius, a man of fine attainments, a choice man in every way, a
rare and beautiful character. He said that Bascom Hall was a particularly fine example of the stately manorial
mansion of Elizabeth's days, and that it was a house worth going a long way to seelike Knowle; that Mr. B.
was of a social disposition; liked the company of agreeable people, and always had samples of the sort
coming and going.
We paid the visit. We paid others, in later yearsthe last one in 1879. Soon after that Mr. Bascom started on
a voyage around the world in a steam yachta long and leisurely trip, for he was making collections, in all
lands, of birds, butterflies, and such things.
The day that President Garfield was shot by the assassin Guiteau, we were at a little watering place on Long
Island Sound; and in the mail matter of that day came a letter with the Melbourne postmark on it. It was for
my wife, but I recognized Mr. Bascom's handwriting on the envelope, and opened it. It was the usual
noteas to paucity of linesand was written on the customary strip of paper; but there was nothing usual
about the contents. The note informed my wife that if it would be any assuagement of her grief to know that
her husband's lecturetour in Australia was a satisfactory venture from the beginning to the end, he, the
writer, could testify that such was the case; also, that her husband's untimely death had been mourned by all
classes, as she would already know by the press telegrams, long before the reception of this note; that the
funeral was attended by the officials of the colonial and city governments; and that while he, the writer, her
friend and mine, had not reached Melbourne in time to see the body, he had at least had the sad privilege of
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XV. 55
Page No 59
acting as one of the pallbearers. Signed, "Henry Bascom."
My first thought was, why didn't he have the coffin opened? He would have seen that the corpse was an
imposter, and he could have gone right ahead and dried up the most of those tears, and comforted those
sorrowing governments, and sold the remains and sent me the money.
I did nothing about the matter. I had set the law after living lecture doubles of mine a couple of times in
America, and the law had not been able to catch them; others in my trade had tried to catch their impostor
doubles and had failed. Then where was the use in harrying a ghost? Noneand so I did not disturb it. I had
a curiosity to know about that man's lecturetour and last moments, but that could wait. When I should see
Mr. Bascom he would tell me all about it. But he passed from life, and I never saw him again.. My curiosity
faded away.
However, when I found that I was going to Australia it revived. And naturally: for if the people should say
that I was a dull, poor thing compared to what I was before I died, it would have a bad effect on business.
Well, to my surprise the Sydney journalists had never heard of that impostor! I pressed them, but they were
firmthey had never heard of him, and didn't believe in him.
I could not understand it; still, I thought it would all come right in Melbourne. The government would
remember; and the other mourners. At the supper of the Institute of Journalists I should find out all about the
matter. But noit turned out that they had never heard of it.
So my mystery was a mystery still. It was a great disappointment. I believed it would never be cleared
upin this lifeso I dropped it out of my mind.
But at last! just when I was least expecting it
However, this is not the place for the rest of it; I shall come to the matter again, in a fardistant chapter.
CHAPTER XVI.
There is a Moral sense, and there is an Immoral Sense. History shows us
that the Moral Sense enables us to perceive morality and how to avoid it,
and that the Immoral Sense enables us to perceive immorality and how to
enjoy it.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
Melbourne spreads around over an immense area of ground. It is a stately city architecturally as well as in
magnitude. It has an elaborate system of cablecar service; it has museums, and colleges, and schools, and
public gardens, and electricity, and gas, and libraries, and ,theaters, and mining centers, and wool centers, and
centers of the arts and sciences, and boards of trade, and ships, and railroads, and a harbor, and social clubs,
and journalistic clubs, and racing clubs, and a squatter club sumptuously housed and appointed, and as many
churches and banks as can make a living. In a word, it is equipped with everything that goes to make the
modern great city. It is the largest city of Australasia, and fills the post with honor and credit. It has one
specialty; this must not be jumbled in with those other things. It is the mitred Metropolitan of the
HorseRacing Cult. Its raceground is the Mecca of Australasia. On the great annual day of sacrificethe
5th of November, Guy Fawkes's Daybusiness is suspended over a stretch of land and sea as wide as from
New York to San Francisco, and deeper than from the northern lakes to the Gulf of Mexico; and every man
and woman, of high degree or low, who can afford the expense, put away their other duties and come. They
begin to swarm in by ship and rail a fortnight before the day, and they swarm thicker and thicker day after
day, until all the vehicles of transportation are taxed to their uttermost to meet the demands of the occasion,
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XVI. 56
Page No 60
and all hotels and lodgings are bulging outward because of the pressure from within. They come a hundred
thousand strong, as all the best authorities say, and they pack the spacious grounds and grandstands and make
a spectacle such as is never to be seen in Australasia elsewhere.
It is the "Melbourne Cup" that brings this multitude together. Their clothes have been ordered long ago, at
unlimited cost, and without bounds as to beauty and magnificence, and have been kept in concealment until
now, for unto this day are they consecrate. I am speaking of the ladies' clothes; but one might know that.
And so the grandstands make a brilliant and wonderful spectacle, a delirium of color, a vision of beauty.
The champagne flows, everybody is vivacious, excited, happy; everybody bets, and gloves and fortunes
change hands right along, all the time. Day after day the races go on, and the fun and the excitement are kept
at white heat; and when each day is done, the people dance all night so as to be fresh for the race in the
morning. And at the end of the great week the swarms secure lodgings and transportation for next year, then
flock away to their remote homes and count their gains and losses, and order next year's Cupclothes, and
then lie down and sleep two weeks, and get up sorry to reflect that a whole year must be put in somehow or
other before they can be wholly happy again.
The Melbourne Cup is the Australasian National Day. It would be difficult to overstate its importance. It
overshadows all other holidays and specialized days of whatever sort in that congeries of colonies.
Overshadows them? I might almost say it blots them out. Each of them gets attention, but not everybody's;
each of them evokes interest, but not everybody's; each of them rouses enthusiasm, but not everybody's; in
each case a part of the attention, interest, and enthusiasm is a matter of habit and custom, and another part of
it is official and perfunctory. Cup Day, and Cup Day only, commands an attention, an interest, and an
enthusiasm which are universaland spontaneous, not perfunctory. Cup Day is supreme it has no rival. I can
call to mind no specialized annual day, in any country, which can be named by that large nameSupreme. I
can call to mind no specialized annual day, in any country, whose approach fires the whole land with a
conflagration of conversation and preparation and anticipation and jubilation. No day save this one; but this
one does it.
In America we have no annual supreme day; no day whose approach makes the whole nation glad. We have
the Fourth of July, and Christmas, and Thanksgiving. Neither of them can claim the primacy; neither of them
can arouse an enthusiasm which comes near to being universal. Eight grown Americans out of ten dread the
coming of the Fourth, with its pandemonium and its perils, and they rejoice when it is goneif still alive.
The approach of Christmas brings harassment and dread to many excellent people. They have to buy a
cartload of presents, and they never know what to buy to hit the various tastes; they put in three weeks of
hard and anxious work, and when Christmas morning comes they are so dissatisfied with the result, and so
disappointed that they want to sit down and cry. Then they give thanks that Christmas comes but once a year.
The observance of Thanksgiving Dayas a functionhas become general of late years. The Thankfulness
is not so general. This is natural. Twothirds of the nation have always had hard luck and a hard time during
the year, and this has a calming effect upon their enthusiasm.
We have a supreme daya sweeping and tremendous and tumultuous day, a day which commands an
absolute universality of interest and excitement; but it is not annual. It comes but once in four years; therefore
it cannot count as a rival of the Melbourne Cup.
In Great Britain and Ireland they have two great daysChristmas and the Queen's birthday. But they are
equally popular; there is no supremacy.
I think it must be conceded that the position of the Australasian Day is unique, solitary, unfellowed; and
likely to hold that high place a long time.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XVI. 57
Page No 61
The next things which interest us when we travel are, first, the people; next, the novelties; and finally the
history of the places and countries visited. Novelties are rare in cities which represent the most advanced
civilization of the modern day. When one is familiar with such cities in the other parts of the world he is in
effect familiar with the cities of Australasia. The outside aspects will furnish little that is new. There will be
new names, but the things which they represent will sometimes be found to be less new than their names.
There may be shades of difference, but these can easily be too fine for detection by the incompetent eye of
the passing stranger. In the larrikin he will not be able to discover a new species, but only an old one met
elsewhere, and variously called loafer, rough, tough, bummer, or blatherskite, according to his geographical
distribution. The larrikin differs by a shade from those others, in that he is more sociable toward the stranger
than they, more kindly disposed, more hospitable, more hearty, more friendly. At least it seemed so to me,
and I had opportunity to observe. In Sydney, at least. In Melbourne I had to drive to and from the
lecturetheater, but in Sydney I was able to walk both ways, and did it. Every night, on my way home at ten,
or a quarter past, I found the larrikin grouped in considerable force at several of the street corners, and he
always gave me this pleasant salutation:
"Hello, Mark!"
"Here's to you, old chap!
"SayMark!is he dead? a reference to a passage in some book of mine, though I did not detect, at that
time, that that was its source. And I didn't detect it afterward in Melbourne, when I came on the stage for the
first time, and the same question was dropped down upon me from the dizzy height of the gallery. It is always
difficult to answer a sudden inquiry like that, when you have come unprepared and don't know what it means.
I will remark hereif it is not an indecorumthat the welcome which an American lecturer gets from a
British colonial audience is a thing which will move him to his deepest deeps, and veil his sight and break his
voice. And from Winnipeg to Africa, experience will teach him nothing; he will never learn to expect it, it
will catch him as a surprise each time. The warcloud hanging black over England and America made no
trouble for me. I was a prospective prisoner of war, but at dinners, suppers, on the platform, and elsewhere,
there was never anything to remind me of it. This was hospitality of the right metal, and would have been
prominently lacking in some countries, in the circumstances.
And speaking of the warflurry, it seemed to me to bring to light the unexpected, in a detail or two. It seemed
to relegate the wartalk to the politicians on both sides of the water; whereas whenever a prospective war
between two nations had been in the air theretofore, the public had done most of the talking and the bitterest.
The attitude of the newspapers was new also. I speak of those of Australasia and India, for I had access to
those only. They treated the subject argumentatively and with dignity, not with spite and anger. That was a
new spirit, too, and not learned of the French and German press, either before Sedan or since. I heard many
public speeches, and they reflected the moderation of the journals. The outlook is that the Englishspeaking
race will dominate the earth a hundred years from now, if its sections do not get to fighting each other. It
would be a pity to spoil that prospect by baffling and retarding wars when arbitration would settle their
differences so much better and also so much more definitely.
No, as I have suggested, novelties are rare in the great capitals of modern times. Even the wool exchange in
Melbourne could not be told from the familiar stock exchange of other countries. Wool brokers are just like
stockbrokers; they all bounce from their seats and put up their hands and yell in unisonno stranger can tell
whatand the president calmly says "Sold to Smith Co., threpence farthingnext!"when probably
nothing of the kind happened; for how should he know?
In the museums you will find acres of the most strange and fascinating things; but all museums are
fascinating, and they do so tire your eyes, and break your back, and burn out your vitalities with their
consuming interest. You always say you will never go again, but you do go. The palaces of the rich, in
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XVI. 58
Page No 62
Melbourne, are much like the palaces of the rich in America, and the life in them is the same; but there the
resemblance ends. The grounds surrounding the American palace are not often large, and not often beautiful,
but in the Melbourne case the grounds are often ducally spacious, and the climate and the gardeners together
make them as beautiful as a dream. It is said that some of the country seats have groundsdomainsabout
them which rival in charm and magnitude those which surround the country mansion of an English lord; but I
was not out in the country; I had my hands full in town.
And what was the origin of this majestic city and its efflorescence of palatial town houses and country seats ?
Its first brick was laid and its first house built by a passing convict. Australian history is almost always
picturesque; indeed, it is so curious and strange, that it is itself the chiefest novelty the country has to offer,
and so it pushes the other novelties into second and third place. It does not read like history, but like the most
beautiful lies. And all of a fresh new sort, no mouldy old stale ones. It is full of surprises, and adventures, and
incongruities, and contradictions, and incredibilities; but they are all true, they all happened.
CHAPTER XVII.
The English are mentioned in the Bible: Blessed are the meek, for they
shall inherit the earth.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
When we consider the immensity of the British Empire in territory, population, and trade, it requires a stern
exercise of faith to believe in the figures which represent Australasia's contribution to the Empire's
commercial grandeur. As compared with the landed estate of the British Empire, the landed estate dominated
by any other Power except one Russiais not very impressive for size. My authorities make the British
Empire not much short of a fourth larger than the Russian Empire. Roughly proportioned, if you will allow
your entire hand to represent the British Empire, you may then cut off the fingers a trifle above the middle
joint of the middle finger, and what is left of the hand will represent Russia. The populations ruled by Great
Britain and China are about the same400,000,000 each. No other Power approaches these figures. Even
Russia is left far behind.
The population of Australasia4,000,000sinks into nothingness, and is lost from sight in that British
ocean of 400,000,000. Yet the statistics indicate that it rises again and shows up very conspicuously when its
share of the Empire's commerce is the matter under consideration. The value of England's annual exports and
imports is stated at three billions of dollars,[New South Wales Blue Book.]and it is claimed that more
than onetenth of this great aggregate is represented by Australasia's exports to England and imports from
England. In addition to this, Australasia does a trade with countries other than England, amounting to a
hundred million dollars a year, and a domestic intercolonial trade amounting to a hundred and fifty millions.
In round numbers the 4,000,000 buy and sell about $600,000,000 worth of goods a year. It is claimed that
about half of this represents commodities of Australasian production. The products exported annually by
India are worth a trifle over $500,000,000.1 Now, here are some faith straining figures:
Indian production (300,000,000 population), $500,000,000.
Australasian production (4,000,000 population), $300,000,000.
That is to say, the product of the individual Indian, annually (for export some whither), is worth $1.15 ; that
of the individual Australasian (for export some whither), $75! Or, to put it in another way, the Indian family
of man and wife and three children sends away an annual result worth $8.75, while the Australasian family
sends away $375 worth.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XVII. 59
Page No 63
There are trustworthy statistics furnished by Sir Richard Temple and others, which show that the individual
Indian's whole annual product, both for export and home use, is worth in gold only $7.50 ; or, $37.50 for the
familyaggregate. Ciphered out on a like ratio of multiplication, the Australasian family's aggregate
production would be nearly $1,600. Truly, nothing is so astonishing as figures, if they once get started.
We left Melbourne by rail for Adelaide, the capital of the vast Province of South Australiaa
seventeenhour excursion. On the train we found several Sydney friends; among them a Judge who was
going out on circuit, and was going to hold court at Broken Hill, where the celebrated silver mine is. It
seemed a curious road to take to get to that region. Broken Hill is close to the western border of New South
Wales, and Sydney is on the eastern border. A fairly straight line, 700 miles long, drawn westward from
Sydney, would strike Broken Hill, just as a somewhat shorter one drawn west from Boston would strike
Buffalo. The way the Judge was traveling would carry him over 2,000 miles by rail, he said; southwest from
Sydney down to Melbourne, then northward up to Adelaide, then a cant back northeastward and over the
border into New South Wales once moreto Broken Hill. It was like going from Boston southwest to
Richmond, Virginia, then northwest up to Erie, Pennsylvania, then a cant back northeast and over the
borderto Buffalo, New York.
But the explanation was simple. Years ago the fabulously rich silver discovery at Broken Hill burst suddenly
upon an unexpectant world. Its stocks started at shillings, and went by leaps and bounds to the most fanciful
figures. It was one of those cases where the cook puts a month's wages into shares, and comes next mouth
and buys your house at your own price, and moves into it herself; where the coachman takes a few shares,
and next month sets up a bank; and where the common sailor invests the price of a spree, and next month
buys out the steamship company and goes into business on his own hook. In a word, it was one of those
excitements which bring multitudes of people to a common center with a rush, and whose needs must be
supplied, and at once. Adelaide was close by, Sydney was far away. Adelaide threw a short railway across the
border before Sydney had time to arrange for a long one; it was not worth while for Sydney to arrange at all.
The whole vast tradeprofit of Broken Hill fell into Adelaide's hands, irrevocably. New South Wales
furnishes for Broken Hill and sends her Judges 2,000 milesmainly through alien countriesto administer
it, but Adelaide takes the dividends and makes no moan.
We started at 4.20 in the afternoon, and moved across level until night. In the morning we had a stretch of
"scrub" countrythe kind of thing which is so useful to the Australian novelist. In the scrub the hostile
aboriginal lurks, and flits mysteriously about, slipping out from time to time to surprise and slaughter the
settler; then slipping back again, and leaving no track that the white man can follow. In the scrub the
novelist's heroine gets lost, search fails of result; she wanders here and there, and finally sinks down
exhausted and unconscious, and the searchers pass within a yard or two of her, not suspecting that she is near,
and by and by some rambler finds her bones and the pathetic diary which she had scribbled with her failing
hand and left behind. Nobody can find a lost heroine in the scrub but the aboriginal "tracker," and he will not
lend himself to the scheme if it will interfere with the novelist's plot. The scrub stretches miles and miles in
all directions, and looks like a level roof of bushtops without a break or a crack in it as seamless as a
blanket, to all appearance. One might as well walk under water and hope to guess out a route and stick to it, I
should think. Yet it is claimed that the aboriginal "tracker" was able to hunt out people lost in the scrub. Also
in the "bush"; also in the desert; and even follow them over patches of bare rocks and over alluvial ground
which had to all appearance been washed clear of footprints.
From reading Australian books and talking with the people, I became convinced that the aboriginal tracker's
performances evince a craft, a penetration, a luminous sagacity, and a minuteness and accuracy of
observation in the matter of detectivework not found in nearly so remarkable a degree in any other people,
white or colored. In an official account of the blacks of Australia published by the government of Victoria,
one reads that the aboriginal not only notices the faint marks left on the bark of a tree by the claws of a
climbing opossum, but knows in some way or other whether the marks were made today or yesterday.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XVII. 60
Page No 64
And there is the case, on records where A., a settler, makes a bet with B., that B. may lose a cow as
effectually as he can, and A. will produce an aboriginal who will find her. B. selects a cow and lets the
tracker see the cow's footprint, then be put under guard. B. then drives the cow a few miles over a course
which drifts in all directions, and frequently doubles back upon itself; and he selects difficult ground all the
time, and once or twice even drives the cow through herds of other cows, and mingles her tracks in the wide
confusion of theirs. He finally brings his cow home; the aboriginal is set at liberty, and at once moves around
in a great circle, examining all cowtracks until he finds the one he is after; then sets off and follows it
throughout its erratic course, and ultimately tracks it to the stable where B. has hidden the cow. Now wherein
does one cowtrack differ from another? There must be a difference, or the tracker could not have performed
the feat; a difference minute, shadowy, and not detectible by you or me, or by the late Sherlock Holmes, and
yet discernible by a member of a race charged by some people with occupying the bottom place in the
gradations of human intelligence.
CHAPTER XVIII.
It is easier to stay out than get out.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
The train was now exploring a beautiful hill country, and went twisting in and out through lovely little green
valleys. There were several varieties of gum trees; among them many giants. Some of them were bodied and
barked like the sycamore; some were of fantastic aspect, and reminded one of the quaint apple trees in
Japanese pictures. And there was one peculiarly beautiful tree whose name and breed I did not know. The
foliage seemed to consist of big bunches of pinespines, the lower half of each bunch a rich brown or
oldgold color, the upper half a most vivid and strenuous and shouting green. The effect was altogether
bewitching. The tree was apparently rare. I should say that the first and last samples of it seen by us were not
more than half an hour apart. There was another tree of striking aspect, a kind of pine, we were told. Its
foliage was as fine as hair, apparently, and its mass sphered itself above the naked straight stem like an
explosion of misty smoke. It was not a sociable sort; it did not gather in groups or couples, but each
individual stood far away from its nearest neighbor. It scattered itself in this spacious and exclusive fashion
about the slopes of swelling grassy great knolls, and stood in the full flood of the wonderful sunshine; and as
far as you could see the tree itself you could also see the inkblack blot of its shadow on the shining green
carpet at its feet.
On some part of this railway journey we saw gorse and broomimportations from Englandand a
gentleman who came into our compartment on a visit tried to tell me whichwas which; but as he didn't
know, he had difficulty. He said he was ashamed of his ignorance, but that he had never been confronted with
the question before during the fifty years and more that he had spent in Australia, and so he had never
happened to get interested in the matter. But there was no need to be ashamed. The most of us have his
defect. We take a natural interest in novelties, but it is against nature to take an interest in familiar things. The
gorse and the broom were a fine accent in the landscape. Here and there they burst out in sudden
conflagrations of vivid yellow against a background of sober or sombre color, with a so startling effect as to
make a body catch his breath with the happy surprise of it. And then there was the wattle, a native bush or
tree, an inspiring cloud of sumptuous yellow bloom. It is a favorite with the Australians, and has a fine
fragrance, a quality usually wanting in Australian blossoms.
The gentleman who enriched me with the poverty of his formation about the gorse and the broom told me that
he came out from England a youth of twenty and entered the Province of South Australia with thirtysix
shillings in his pocketan adventurer without trade, profession, or friends, but with a clearlydefined
purpose in his head: he would stay until he was worth L200, then go back home. He would allow himself five
years for the accumulation of this fortune.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XVIII. 61
Page No 65
"That was more than fifty years ago," said he. "And here I am, yet."
As he went out at the door he met a friend, and turned and introduced him to me, and the friend and I had a
talk and a smoke. I spoke of the previous conversation and said there something very pathetic about this half
century of exile, and that I wished the L200 scheme had succeeded.
"With him? Oh, it did. It's not so sad a case. He is modest, and he left out some of the particulars. The lad
reached South Australia just in time to help discover the BurraBurra copper mines. They turned out
L700,000 in the first three years. Up to now they have yielded L120,000,000. He has had his share. Before
that boy had been in the country two years he could have gone home and bought a village; he could go now
and buy a city, I think. No, there is nothing very pathetic about his case. He and his copper arrived at just a
handy time to save South Australia. It had got mashed pretty flat under the collapse of a land boom a while
before." There it is again; picturesque history Australia's specialty. In 1829 South Australia hadn't a white
man in it. In 1836 the British Parliament erected itstill a solitudeinto a Province, and gave it a governor
and other governmental machinery. Speculators took hold, now, and inaugurated a vast land scheme, and
invited immigration, encouraging it with lurid promises of sudden wealth. It was well worked in London; and
bishops, statesmen, and all ports of people made a rush for the land company's shares. Immigrants soon began
to pour into the region of Adelaide and select town lots and farms in the sand and the mangrove swamps by
the sea. The crowds continued to come, prices of land rose high, then higher and still higher, everybody was
prosperous and happy, the boom swelled into gigantic proportions. A village of sheet iron huts and clapboard
sheds sprang up in the sand, and in these wigwams fashion made display; richlydressed ladies played on
costly pianos, London swells in evening dress and patentleather boots were abundant, and this fine society
drank champagne, and in other ways conducted itself in this capital of humble sheds as it had been
accustomed to do in the aristocratic quarters of the metropolis of the world. The provincial government put
up expensive buildings for its own use, and a palace with gardens for the use of its governor. The governor
had a guard, and maintained a court. Roads, wharves, and hospitals were built. All this on credit, on paper, on
wind, on inflated and fictitious valueson the boom's moonshine, in fact. This went on handsomely during
four or five years. Then of a sudden came a smash. Bills for a huge amount drawn the governor upon the
Treasury were dishonored, the land company's credit went up in smoke, a panic followed, values fell with a
rush, the frightened immigrants seized their grips and fled to other lands, leaving behind them a good
imitation of a solitude, where lately had been a buzzing and populous hive of men.
Adelaide was indeed almost empty; its population had fallen to 3,000. During two years or more the
deathtrance continued. Prospect of revival there was none; hope of it ceased. Then, as suddenly as the
paralysis had come, came the resurrection from it. Those astonishingly rich copper mines were discovered,
and the corpse got up and danced.
The wool production began to grow; grainraising followed followed so vigorously, too, that four or five
years after the copper discovery, this little colony, which had had to import its breadstuffs formerly, and pay
hard prices for themonce $50 a barrel for flourhad become an exporter of grain.
The prosperities continued. After many years Providence, desiring to show especial regard for New South
Wales and exhibit loving interest in its welfare which should certify to all nations the recognition of that
colony's conspicuous righteousness and distinguished welldeserving, conferred upon it that treasury of
inconceivable riches, Broken Hill; and South Australia went over the border and took it, giving thanks.
Among our passengers was an American with a unique vocation. Unique is a strong word, but I use it
justifiably if I did not misconceive what the American told me; for I understood him to say that in the world
there was not another man engaged in the business which he was following. He was buying the
kangarooskin crop; buying all of it, both the Australian crop and the Tasmanian; and buying it for an
American house in New York. The prices were not high, as there was no competition, but the year's
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XVIII. 62
Page No 66
aggregate of skins would cost him L30,000. I had had the idea that the kangaroo was about extinct in
Tasmania and well thinned out on the continent. In America the skins are tanned and made into shoes. After
the tanning, the leather takes a new namewhich I have forgottenI only remember that the new name
does not indicate that the kangaroo furnishes the leather. There was a German competition for a while, some
years ago, but that has ceased. The Germans failed to arrive at the secret of tanning the skins successfully,
and they withdrew from the business. Now then, I suppose that I have seen a man whose occupation is really
entitled to bear that high epithetunique. And I suppose that there is not another occupation in the world
that is restricted to the hands of a sole person. I can think of no instance of it. There is more than one Pope,
there is more than one Emperor, there is even more than one living god, walking upon the earth and
worshiped in all sincerity by large populations of men. I have seen and talked with two of these Beings
myself in India, and I have the autograph of one of them. It can come good, by and by, I reckon, if I attach it
to a "permit."
Approaching Adelaide we dismounted from the train, as the French say, and were driven in an open carriage
over the hills and along their slopes to the city. It was an excursion of an hour or two, and the charm of it
could not be overstated, I think. The road wound around gaps and gorges, and offered all varieties of scenery
and prospectmountains, crags, country homes, gardens, forestscolor, color, color everywhere, and the
air fine and fresh, the skies blue, and not a shred of cloud to mar the downpour of the brilliant sunshine. And
finally the mountain gateway opened, and the immense plain lay spread out below and stretching away into
dim distances on every hand, soft and delicate and dainty and beautiful. On its near edge reposed the city.
We descended and entered. There was nothing to remind one of the humble capital, of buts and sheds of the
longvanished day of the landboom. No, this was a modern city, with wide streets, compactly built; with
fine homes everywhere, embowered in foliage and flowers, and with imposing masses of public buildings
nobly grouped and architecturally beautiful.
There was prosperity, in the air; for another boom was on. Providence, desiring to show especial regard for
the neighboring colony on the west called Western Australiaand exhibit a loving interest in its welfare
which should certify to all nations the recognition of that colony's conspicuous righteousness and
distinguished welldeserving, had recently conferred upon it that majestic treasury of golden riches,
Coolgardie; and now South Australia had gone around the corner and taken it, giving thanks. Everything
comes to him who is patient and good, and waits.
But South Australia deserves much, for apparently she is a hospitable home for every alien who chooses to
come;, and for his religion, too. She has a population, as per the latest census, of only 320,000odd, and yet
her varieties of religion indicate the presence within her borders of samples of people from pretty nearly
every part of the globe you can think of. Tabulated, these varieties of religion make a remarkable show. One
would have to go far to find its match. I copy here this cosmopolitan curiosity, and it comes from the
published census:
Church of England,........... 89,271 Roman Catholic,.............. 47,179 Wesleyan,.................... 49,159
Lutheran,.................... 23,328 Presbyterian,................ 18,206 Congregationalist,........... 11,882 Bible
Christian,............. 15,762 Primitive Methodist,......... 11,654 Baptist,..................... 17,547 Christian
Brethren,.......... 465 Methodist New Connexion,..... 39 Unitarian,................... 688 Church of Christ,............
3,367 Society of Friends,.......... 100 Salvation Army,.............. 4,356 New Jerusalem Church,........ 168
Jews,........................ 840 Protestants (undefined),..... 6,532 Mohammedans,................. 299 Confucians,
etc.,............ 3,884 Other religions,............. 1,719 Object,...................... 6,940 Not stated,.................. 8,046
Total,.......................320,431
The item in the above list "Other religions" includes the following as returned:
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XVIII. 63
Page No 67
Agnostics, Atheists, Believers in Christ, Buddhists, Calvinists, Christadelphians, Christians, Christ's Chapel,
Christian Israelites, Christian Socialists, Church of God, Cosmopolitans, Deists, Evangelists, Exclusive
Brethren, Free Church, Free Methodists, Freethinkers, Followers of Christ, Gospel Meetings, Greek Church,
Infidels, Maronites, Memnonists, Moravians, Mormons, Naturalists, Orthodox, Others (indefinite), Pagans,
Pantheists, Plymouth Brethren, Rationalists, Reformers, Secularists, Seventhday Adventists, Shaker,
Sh1ntOlStS, Spiritualists, Theosophists, Town (City) Mission, Welsh Church, Huguenot, Hussite,
Zoroastrians, Zwinglian,
About 64 roads to the other world. You see how healthy the religious atmosphere is. Anything can live in it.
Agnostics, Atheists, Freethinkers, Infidels, Mormons, Pagans, Indefinites they are all there. And all the big
sects of the world can do more than merely live in it: they can spread, flourish, prosper. All except the
Spiritualists and the Theosophists. That is the most curious feature of this curious table. What is the matter
with the specter? Why do they puff him away? He is a welcome toy everywhere else in the world.
CHAPTER XIX.
Pity is for the living, Envy is for the dead.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
The successor of the sheetiron hamlet of the mangrove marshes has that other Australian specialty, the
Botanical Gardens. We cannot have these paradises. The best we could do would be to cover a vast acreage
under glass and apply steam heat. But it would be inadequate, the lacks would still be so great: the confined
sense, the sense of suffocation, the atmospheric dimness, the sweaty heatthese would all be there, in place
of the Australian openness to the sky, the sunshine and the breeze. Whatever will grow under glass with us
will flourish rampantly out of doors in Australia.[The greatest heat in Victoria, that there is an authoritative
record of, was at Sandhurst, in January, 1862. The thermometer then registered 117 degrees in the shade. In
January, 1880, the heat at Adelaide, South Australia, was 172 degrees in the sun.]
When the white man came the continent was nearly as poor, in variety of vegetation, as the desert of Sahara;
now it has everything that grows on the earth. In fact, not Australia only, but all Australasia has levied tribute
upon the flora of the rest of the world; and wherever one goes the results appear, in gardens private and
public, in the woodsy walls of the highways, and in even the forests. If you see a curious or beautiful tree or
bush or flower, and ask about it, the people, answering, usually name a foreign country as the place of its
originIndia, Africa, Japan, China, England, America, Java, Sumatra, New Guinea, Polynesia, and so on.
In the Zoological Gardens of Adelaide I saw the only laughing jackass that ever showed any disposition to be
courteous to me. This one opened his head wide and laughed like a demon; or like a maniac who was
consumed with humorous scorn over a cheap and degraded pun. It was a very human laugh. If he had been
out of sight I could have believed that the laughter came from a man. It is an oddlooking bird, with a head
and beak that are much too large for its body. In time man will exterminate the rest of the wild creatures of
Australia, but this one will probably survive, for man is his friend and lets him alone. Man always has a good
reason for his charities towards wild things, human or animal when he has any. In this case the bird is spared
because he kills snakes. If L. J. he will not kill all of them.
In that garden I also saw the wild Australian dogthe dingo. He was a beautiful creatureshapely, graceful,
a little wolfish in some of his aspects, but with a most friendly eye and sociable disposition. The dingo is not
an importation; he was present in great force when the whites first came to the continent. It may be that he is
the oldest dog in the universe; his origin, his descent, the place where his ancestors first appeared, are as
unknown and as untraceable as are the camel's. He is the most precious dog in the world, for he does not
bark. But in an evil hour he got to raiding the sheepruns to appease his hunger, and that sealed his doom. He
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XIX. 64
Page No 68
is hunted, now, just as if he were a wolf. He has been sentenced to extermination, and the sentence will be
carried out. This is all right, and not objectionable. The world was made for manthe white man.
South Australia is confusingly named. All of the colonies have a southern exposure except oneQueensland.
Properly speaking, South Australia is middle Australia. It extends straight up through the center of the
continent like the middle board in a centertable. It is 2,000 miles high, from south to north, and about a third
as wide. A wee little spot down in its southeastern corner contains eight or ninetenths of its population; the
other one or twotenths are elsewhereas elsewhere as they could be in the United States with all the
country between Denver and Chicago, and Canada and the Gulf of Mexico to scatter over. There is plenty of
room.
A telegraph line stretches straight up north through that 2,000 miles of wilderness and desert from Adelaide
to Port Darwin on the edge of the upper ocean. South Australia built the line; and did it in 18712 when her
population numbered only 185,000. It was a great work; for there were no roads, no paths; 1,300 miles of the
route had been traversed but once before by white men; provisions, wire, and poles had to be carried over
immense stretches of desert; wells had to be dug along the route to supply the men and cattle with water.
A cable had been previously laid from Port Darwin to Java and thence to India, and there was telegraphic
communication with England from India. And so, if Adelaide could make connection with Port Darwin it
meant connection with the whole world. The enterprise succeeded. One could watch the London markets
daily, now; the profit to the woolgrowers of Australia was instant and enormous.
A telegram from Melbourne to San Francisco covers approximately 20,000 milesthe equivalent of
fivesixths of the way around the globe. It has to halt along the way a good many times and be repeated; still,
but little time is lost. These halts, and the distances between them, are here tabulated. [From Round the
Empire." (George R. Parkin), all but the last two.]
Miles.
MelbourneMount Gambier,.......300 Mount Gambier Adelaide,.......270 AdelaidePort Augusta,.........200
Port AugustaAlice Springs,..1,036 Alice SpringsPort Darwin,.....898 Port Darwin Banjoewangie,.. 1,150
BanjoewangieBatavia,..........480 Batavia Singapore,............553 Singapore Penang,.............399 Penang
Madras,..............1,280 MadrasBombay,.................650 BombayAden,.................1,662
AdenSuez,..................1,346 SuezAlexandria,...............224 AlexandriaMalta,..............828
MaltaGibraltar,............1,008 Gibraltar Falmouth,.........1,061 FalmouthLondon,...............350
LondonNew York,.............2,500 New YorkSan Francisco,......3,500
I was in Adelaide again, some months later, and saw the multitudes gather in the neighboring city of Glenelg
to commemorate the Reading of the Proclamationin 1836which founded the Province. If I have at any
time called it a Colony, I withdraw the discourtesy. It is not a Colony, it is a Province; and officially so.
Moreover, it is the only one so named in Australasia. There was great enthusiasm; it was the Province's
national holiday, its Fourth of July, so to speak. It is the preeminent holiday; and that is saying much, in a
country where they seem to have a most unEnglish mania for holidays. Mainly they are workingmen's
holidays; for in South Australia the workingman is sovereign; his vote is the desire of the politicianindeed,
it is the very breath of the politician's being; the parliament exists to deliver the will of the workingman, and
the government exists to execute it. The workingman is a great power everywhere in Australia, but South
Australia is his paradise. He has had a hard time in this world, and has earned a paradise. I am glad he has
found it. The holidays there are frequent enough to be bewildering to the stranger. I tried to get the hang of
the system, but was not able to do it.
You have seen that the Province is tolerant, religiouswise. It is so politically, also. One of the speakers at the
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XIX. 65
Page No 69
Commemoration banquetthe Minister of Public Workswas an American, born and reared in New
England. There is nothing narrow about the Province, politically, or in any other way that I know of.
Sixtyfour religions and a Yankee cabinet minister. No amount of horseracing can damn this community.
The mean temperature of the Province is 62 deg. The deathrate is 13 in the 1,000about half what it is in
the city of New York, I should think, and New York is a healthy city. Thirteen is the deathrate for the
average citizen of the Province, but there seems to be no deathrate for the old people. There were people at
the Commemoration banquet who could remember Cromwell. There were six of them. These Old Settlers had
all been present at the original Reading of the Proclamation, in 1536. They showed signs of the blightings and
blastings of time, in their outward aspect, but they were young within; young and cheerful, and ready to talk;
ready to talk, and talk all you wanted; in their turn, and out of it. They were down for six speeches, and they
made 42. The governor and the cabinet and the mayor were down for 42 speeches, and they made 6. They
have splendid grit, the Old Settlers, splendid staying power. But they do not hear well, and when they see the
mayor going through motions which they recognize as the introducing of a speaker, they think they are the
one, and they all get up together, and begin to respond, in the most animated way; and the more the mayor
gesticulates, and shouts "Sit down! Sit down!" the more they take it for applause, and the more excited and
reminiscent and enthusiastic they get; and next, when they see the whole house laughing and crying, three of
them think it is about the bitter oldtime hardships they are describing, and the other three think the laughter
is caused by the jokes they have been uncorkingjokes of the vintage of 1836and then the way they do go
on! And finally when ushers come and plead, and beg, and gently and reverently crowd them down into their
seats, they say, "Oh, I'm not tiredI could bang along a week!" and they sit there looking simple and
childlike, and gentle, and proud of their oratory, and wholly unconscious of what is going on at the other end
of the room. And so one of the great dignitaries gets a chance, and begins his carefully prepared speech,
impressively and with solemnity
"when we, now great and prosperous and powerful, bow our heads in reverent wonder in the contemplation
of those sublimities of energy, of wisdom, of forethought, of
Up come the immortal six again, in a body, with a joyous "Hey, I've thought of another one!" and at it they
go, with might and main, hearing not a whisper of the pandemonium that salutes them, but taking all the
visible violences for applause, as before, and hammering joyously away till the imploring ushers pray them
into their seats again. And a pity, too; for those lovely old boys did so enjoy living their heroic youth over, in
these days of their honored antiquity; and certainly the things they had to tell were usually worth the telling
and the hearing.
It was a stirring spectacle; stirring in more ways than one, for it was amazingly funny, and at the same time
deeply pathetic; for they had seen so much, these timeworn veterans, end had suffered so much; and had
built so strongly and well, and laid the foundations of their commonwealth so deep, in liberty and tolerance;
and had lived to see the structure rise to such state and dignity and hear themselves so praised for honorable
work.
One of these old gentlemen told me some things of interest afterward; things about the aboriginals, mainly.
He thought them intelligent remarkably so in some directionsand he said that along with their
unpleasant qualities they had some exceedingly good ones; and he considered it a great pity that the race had
died out. He instanced their invention of the boomerang and the "weetweet" as evidences of their brightness;
and as another evidence of it he said he had never seen a white man who had cleverness enough to learn to do
the miracles with those two toys that the aboriginals achieved. He said that even the smartest whites had been
obliged to confess that they could not learn the trick of the boomerang in perfection; that it had possibilities
which they could not master. The white man could not control its motions, could not make it obey him; but
the aboriginal could. He told me some wonderful thingssome almost incredible thingswhich he had seen
the blacks do with the boomerang and the weetweet. They have been confirmed to me since by other early
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XIX. 66
Page No 70
settlers and by trustworthy books.
It is contendedand may be said to be concededthat the boomerang was known to certain savage tribes in
Europe in Roman times. In support of this, Virgil and two other Roman poets are quoted. It is also contended
that it was known to the ancient Egyptians.
One of two things either some one with is then apparent: a boomerang arrived in Australia in the days of
antiquity before European knowledge of the thing had been lost, or the Australian aboriginal reinvented it. It
will take some time to find out which of these two propositions is the fact. But there is no hurry.
CHAPTER XX.
It is by the goodness of God that in our country we have those three
unspeakably precious things: freedom of speech, freedom of conscience,
and the prudence never to practice either of them.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
From diary:
Mr. G. called. I had not seen him since Nauheim, Germanyseveral years ago; the time that the cholera
broke out at Hamburg. We talked of the people we had known there, or had casually met; and G. said:
"Do you remember my introducing you to an earlthe Earl of C.?"
"Yes. That was the last time I saw you. You and he were in a carriage, just startingbelatedfor the train. I
remember it."
"I remember it too, because of a thing which happened then which I was not looking for. He had told me a
while before, about a remarkable and interesting Californian whom he had met and who was a friend of
yours, and said that if he should ever meet you he would ask you for some particulars about that Californian.
The subject was not mentioned that day at Nauheim, for we were hurrying away, and there was no time; but
the thing that surprised me was this: when I induced you, you said, 'I am glad to meet your lordship gain.' The
I again' was the surprise. He is a little hard of hearing, and didn't catch that word, and I thought you hadn't
intended that he should. As we drove off I had only time to say, 'Why, what do you know about him.?' and I
understood you to say, 'Oh, nothing, except that he is the quickest judge of' Then we were gone, and I
didn't get the rest. I wondered what it was that he was such a quick judge of. I have thought of it many times
since, and still wondered what it could be. He and I talked it over, but could not guess it out. He thought it
must be foxhounds or horses, for he is a good judge of thoseno one is a better. But you couldn't know
that, because you didn't know him; you had mistaken him for some one else; it must be that, he said, because
he knew you had never met him before. And of course you hadn't had you?"
"Yes, I had."
"Is that so? Where?"
"At a foxhunt, in England."
"How curious that is. Why, he hadn't the least recollection of it. Had you any conversation with him?"
"Someyes."
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XX. 67
Page No 71
"Well, it left not the least impression upon him. What did you talk about?"
"About the fox. I think that was all."
"Why, that would interest him; that ought to have left an impression. What did he talk about?"
"The fox."
It's very curious. I don't understand it. Did what he said leave an impression upon you?"
"Yes. It showed me that he was a quick judge ofhowever, I will tell you all about it, then you will
understand. It was a quarter of a century ago 1873 or '74. I had an American friend in London named F., who
was fond of hunting, and his friends the Blanks invited him and me to come out to a hunt and be their guests
at their country place. In the morning the mounts were provided, but when I saw the horses I changed my
mind and asked permission to walk. I had never seen an English hunter before, and it seemed to me that I
could hunt a fox safer on the ground. I had always been diffident about horses, anyway, even those of the
common altitudes, and I did not feel competent to hunt on a horse that went on stilts. So then Mrs. Blank
came to my help and said I could go with her in the dogcart and we would drive to a place she knew of, and
there we should have a good glimpse of the hunt as it went by.
"When we got to that place I got out and went and leaned my elbows on a low stone wall which enclosed a
turfy and beautiful great field with heavy wood on all its sides except ours. Mrs. Blank sat in the dogcart
fifty yards away, which was as near as she could get with the vehicle. I was full of interest, for I had never
seen a foxhunt. I waited, dreaming and imagining, in the deep stillness and impressive tranquility which
reigned in that retired spot. Presently, from away off in the forest on the left, a mellow buglenote came
floating; then all of a sudden a multitude of dogs burst out of that forest and went tearing by and disappeared
in the forest on the right; there was a pause, and then a cloud of horsemen in black caps and crimson coats
plunged out of the lefthand forest and went flaming across the field like a prairiefire, a stirring sight to see.
There was one man ahead of the rest, and he came spurring straight at me. He was fiercely excited. It was
fine to see him ride; he was a master horseman. He came like, a storm till he was within seven feet of me,
where I was leaning on the wall, then he stood his horse straight up in the air on his hind toenails, and
shouted like a demon:
"'Which way'd the fox go?'
"I didn't much like the tone, but I did not let on; for he was excited, you know. But I was calm; so I said
softly, and without acrimony:
"'Which fox?'
"It seemed to anger him. I don't know why; and he thundered out:
"'WHICH fox? Why, THE fox? Which way did the FOX go?'
"I said, with great gentlenesseven argumentatively:
"'If you could be a little more definitea little less vaguebecause I am a stranger, and there are many
foxes, as you will know even better than I, and unless I know which one it is that you desire to identify,
and'
"'You're certainly the damdest idiot that has escaped in a thousand years!' and he snatched his great horse
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XX. 68
Page No 72
around as easily as I would snatch a cat, and was away like a hurricane. A very excitable man.
"I went back to Mrs. Blank, and she was excited, toooh, all alive. She said:
"'He spoke to you!didn't he?'
"'Yes, it is what happened.'
"'I knew it! I couldn't hear what he said, but I knew be spoke to you! Do you know who it was? It was Lord
C., and he is Master of the Buckhounds! Tell mewhat do you think of him?'
"'Him? Well, for sizingup a stranger, he's got the most sudden and accurate judgment of any man I ever
saw.'
"It pleased her. I thought it would."
G. got away from Nauheim just in time to escape being shut in by the quarantinebars on the frontiers; and so
did we, for we left the next day. But G. had a great deal of trouble in getting by the Italian customhouse, and
we should have fared likewise but for the thoughtfulness of our consulgeneral in Frankfort. He introduced
me to the Italian consulgeneral, and I brought away from that consulate a letter which made our way
smooth. It was a dozen lines merely commending me in a general way to the courtesies of servants in his
Italian Majesty's service, but it was more powerful than it looked. In addition to a raft of ordinary baggage,
we had six or eight trunks which were filled exclusively with dutiable stuffhousehold goods purchased in
Frankfort for use in Florence, where we had taken a house. I was going to ship these through by express; but
at the last moment an order went throughout Germany forbidding the moving of any parcels by train unless
the owner went with them. This was a bad outlook. We must take these things along, and the delay sure to be
caused by the examination of them in the customhouse might lose us our train. I imagined all sorts of
terrors, and enlarged them steadily as we approached the Italian frontier. We were six in number, clogged
with all that baggage, and I was courier for the party the most incapable one they ever employed.
We arrived, and pressed with the crowd into the immense customhouse, and the usual worries began;
everybody crowding to the counter and begging to have his baggage examined first, and all hands clattering
and chattering at once. It seemed to me that I could do nothing; it would be better to give it all up and go
away and leave the baggage. I couldn't speak the language; I should never accomplish anything. Just then a
tall handsome man in a fine uniform was passing by and I knew he must be the station masterand that
reminded me of my letter. I ran to him and put it into his hands. He took it out of the envelope, and the
moment his eye caught the royal coat of arms printed at its top, he took off his cap and made a beautiful bow
to me, and said in English:
"Which is your baggage? Please show it to me."
I showed him the mountain. Nobody was disturbing it; nobody was interested in it; all the family's attempts to
get attention to it had failedexcept in the case of one of the trunks containing the dutiable goods. It was just
being opened. My officer said:
"There, let that alone! Lock it. Now chalk it. Chalk all of the lot. Now please come and show the
handbaggage."
He plowed through the waiting crowd, I following, to the counter, and he gave orders again, in his emphatic
military way:
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XX. 69
Page No 73
"Chalk these. Chalk all of them."
Then he took off his cap and made that beautiful bow again, and went his way. By this time these attentions
had attracted the wonder of that acre of passengers, and the whisper had gone around that the royal family
were present getting their baggage chalked; and as we passed down in review on our way to the door, I was
conscious of a pervading atmosphere of envy which gave me deep satisfaction.
But soon there was an accident. My overcoat pockets were stuffed with German cigars and linen packages of
American smoking tobacco, and a porter was following us around with this overcoat on his arm, and
gradually getting it upside down. Just as I, in the rear of my family, moved by the sentinels at the door, about
three hatfuls of the tobacco tumbled out on the floor. One of the soldiers pounced upon it, gathered it up in
his arms, pointed back whence I had come, and marched me ahead of him past that long wall of passengers
againhe chattering and exulting like a devil, they smiling in peaceful joy, and I trying to look as if my
pride was not hurt, and as if I did not mind being brought to shame before these pleased people who had so
lately envied me. But at heart I was cruelly humbled.
When I had been marched twothirds of the long distance and the misery of it was at the worst, the stately
stationmaster stepped out from somewhere, and the soldier left me and darted after him and overtook him;
and I could see by the soldier's excited gestures that be was betraying to him the whole shabby business. The
stationmaster was plainly very angry. He came striding down toward me, and when he was come near he
began to pour out a stream of indignant Italian; then suddenly took off his hat and made that beautiful bow
and said:
"Oh, it is you! I beg a thousands pardons! This idiot here" He turned to the exulting soldier and burst out
with a flood of whitehot Italian lava, and the next moment he was bowing, and the soldier and I were
moving in procession againhe in the lead and ashamed, this time, I with my chin up. And so we marched
by the crowd of fascinated passengers, and I went forth to the train with the honors of war. Tobacco and all.
CHAPTER XXI.
Man will do many things to get himself loved, he will do all things to
get himself envied.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
Before I saw Australia I had never heard of the "weetweet" at all. I met but few men who had seen it
thrownat least I met but few who mentioned having seen it thrown. Roughly described, it is a fat wooden
cigar with its buttend fastened to a flexible twig. The whole thing is only a couple of feet long, and weighs
less than two ounces. This featherso to call itis not thrown through the air, but is flung with an
underhanded throw and made to strike the ground a little way in front of the thrower; then it glances and
makes a long skip; glances again, skips again, and again and again, like the flat stone which a boy sends
skating over the water. The water is smooth, and the stone has a good chance; so a strong man may make it
travel fifty or seventyfive yards; but the weetweet has no such good chance, for it strikes sand, grass, and
earth in its course. Yet an expert aboriginal has sent it a measured distance of two hundred and twenty yards.
It would have gone even further but it encountered rank ferns and underwood on its passage and they
damaged its speed. Two hundred and twenty yards; and so weightless a toya mouse on the end of a bit of
wire, in effect; and not sailing through the accommodating air, but encountering grass and sand and stuff at
every jump. It looks wholly impossible; but Mr. Brough Smyth saw the feat and did the measuring, and set
down the facts in his book about aboriginal life, which he wrote by command of the Victorian Government.
What is the secret of the feat? No one explains. It cannot be physical strength, for that could not drive such a
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXI. 70
Page No 74
featherweight any distance. It must be art. But no one explains what the art of it is; nor how it gets around
that law of nature which says you shall not throw any two ounce thing 220 yards, either through the air or
bumping along the ground. Rev. J. G. Woods says:
"The distance to which the weetweet or kangaroorat can be thrown is truly astonishing. I have seen an
Australian stand at one side of Kennington Oval and throw the kangaroo rat completely across it." (Width of
Kensington Oval not stated.) "It darts through the air with the sharp and menacing hiss of a rifleball, its
greatest height from the ground being some seven or eight feet . . . . . . When properly thrown it looks just
like a living animal leaping along . . . . . . Its movements have a wonderful resemblance to the long leaps of a
kangaroo rat fleeing in alarm, with its long tail trailing behind it."
The Old Settler said that he had seen distances made by the weetweet, in the early days, which almost
convinced him that it was as extraordinary an instrument as the boomerang.
There must have been a large distribution of acuteness among those naked skinny aboriginals, or they
couldn't have been such unapproachable trackers and boomerangers and weetweeters. It must have been
race aversion that put upon them a good deal of the lowrate intellectual reputation which they bear and
have borne this long time in the world's estimate of them.
They were lazyalways lazy. Perhaps that was their trouble. It is a killing defect. Surely they could have
invented and built a competent house, but they didn't. And they could have invented and developed the
agricultural arts, but they didn't. They went naked and houseless, and lived on fish and grubs and worms and
wild fruits, and were just plain savages, for all their smartness.
With a country as big as the United States to live and multiply in, and with no epidemic diseases among them
till the white man came with those and his other appliances of civilization, it is quite probable that there was
never a day in his history when he could muster 100,000 of his race in all Australia. He diligently and
deliberately kept population down by infanticidelargely; but mainly by certain other methods. He did not
need to practise these artificialities any more after the white man came. The white man knew ways of keeping
down population which were worth several of his. The white man knew ways of reducing a native population
80 percent. in 20 years. The native had never seen anything as fine as that before.
For example, there is the case of the country now called Victoriaa country eighty times as large as Rhode
Island, as I have already said. By the best official guess there were 4,500 aboriginals in it when the whites
came along in the middle of the 'Thirties. Of these, 1,000 lived in Gippsland, a patch of territory the size of
fifteen or sixteen Rhode Islands: they did not diminish as fast as some of the other communities; indeed, at
the end of forty years there were still 200 of them left. The Geelong tribe diminished more satisfactorily:
from 173 persons it faded to 34 in twenty years; at the end of another twenty the tribe numbered one person
altogether. The two Melbourne tribes could muster almost 300 when the white man came; they could muster
but twenty, thirtyseven years later, in 1875. In that year there were still odds and ends of tribes scattered
about the colony of Victoria, but I was told that natives of full blood are very scarce now. It is said that the
aboriginals continue in some force in the huge territory called Queensland.
The early whites were not used to savages. They could not understand the primary law of savage life: that if a
man do you a wrong, his whole tribe is responsibleeach individual of itand you may take your change
out of any individual of it, without bothering to seek out the guilty one. When a white killed an aboriginal,
the tribe applied the ancient law, and killed the first white they came across. To the whites this was a
monstrous thing. Extermination seemed to be the proper medicine for such creatures as this. They did not kill
all the blacks, but they promptly killed enough of them to make their own persons safe. From the dawn of
civilization down to this day the white man has always used that very precaution. Mrs. Campbell Praed lived
in Queensland, as a child, in the early days, and in her "Sketches of Australian life," we get informing
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXI. 71
Page No 75
pictures of the early struggles of the white and the black to reform each other.
Speaking of pioneer days in the mighty wilderness of Queensland, Mrs. Praed says:
"At first the natives retreated before the whites; and, except that they every now and then speared a beast in
one of the herds, gave little cause for uneasiness. But, as the number of squatters increased, each one taking
up miles of country and bringing two or three men in his train, so that shepherds' huts and stockmen's camps
lay far apart, and defenseless in the midst of hostile tribes, the Blacks' depredations became more frequent
and murder was no unusual event.
"The loneliness of the Australian bush can hardly be painted in words. Here extends mile after mile of
primeval forest where perhaps foot of white man has never trodinterminable vistas where the eucalyptus
trees rear their lofty trunks and spread forth their lanky limbs, from which the red gum oozes and hangs in
fantastic pendants like crimson stalactites; ravines along the sides of which the longbladed grass grows
rankly; level untimbered plains alternating with undulating tracts of pasture, here and there broken by a stony
ridge, steep gully, or driedup creek. All wild, vast and desolate; all the same monotonous gray coloring,
except where the wattle, when in blossom, shows patches of feathery gold, or a belt of scrub lies green,
glossy, and impenetrable as Indian jungle.
"The solitude seems intensified by the strange sounds of reptiles, birds, and insects, and by the absence of
larger creatures; of which in the daytime, the only audible signs are the stampede of a herd of kangaroo, or
the rustle of a wallabi, or a dingo stirring the grass as it creeps to its lair. But there are the whirring of locusts,
the demoniac chuckle of the laughing jackass, the screeching of cockatoos and parrots, the hissing of the
frilled lizard, and the buzzing of innumerable insects hidden under the dense undergrowth. And then at night,
the melancholy wailing of the curlews, the dismal howling of dingoes, the discordant croaking of treefrogs,
might well shake the nerves of the solitary watcher."
That is the theater for the drama. When you comprehend one or two other details, you will perceive how well
suited for trouble it was, and how loudly it invited it. The cattlemen's stations were scattered over that
profound wilderness miles and miles apartat each station half a dozen persons. There was a plenty of
cattle, the black natives were always illnourished and hungry. The land belonged to them. The whites had
not bought it, and couldn't buy it; for the tribes had no chiefs, nobody in authority, nobody competent to sell
and convey; and the tribes themselves had no comprehension of the idea of transferable ownership of land.
The ousted owners were despised by the white interlopers, and this opinion was not hidden under a bushel.
More promising materials for a tragedy could not have been collated. Let Mrs. Praed speak:
"At Nie station, one dark night, the unsuspecting hutkeeper, having, as he believed, secured himself against
assault, was lying wrapped in his blankets sleeping profoundly. The Blacks crept stealthily down the chimney
and battered in his skull while he slept."
One could guess the whole drama from that little text. The curtain was up. It would not fall until the
mastership of one party or the other was determinedand permanently:
"There was treachery on both sides. The Blacks killed the Whites when they found them defenseless, and the
Whites slew the Blacks in a wholesale and promiscuous fashion which offended against my childish sense of
justice.
They were regarded as little above the level of brutes, and in some cases were destroyed like vermin.
"Here is an instance. A squatter, whose station was surrounded by Blacks, whom he suspected to be hostile
and from whom he feared an attack, parleyed with them from his housedoor. He told them it was
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXI. 72
Page No 76
Christmastimea time at which all men, black or white, feasted; that there were flour, sugarplums, good
things in plenty in the store, and that he would make for them such a pudding as they had never dreamed
ofa great pudding of which all might eat and be filled. The Blacks listened and were lost. The pudding was
made and distributed. Next morning there was howling in the camp, for it had been sweetened with sugar and
arsenic!"
The white man's spirit was right, but his method was wrong. His spirit was the spirit which the civilized white
has always exhibited toward the savage, but the use of poison was a departure from custom. True, it was
merely a technical departure, not a real one; still, it was a departure, and therefore a mistake, in my opinion. It
was better, kinder, swifter, and much more humane than a number of the methods which have been sanctified
by custom, but that does not justify its employment. That is, it does not wholly justify it. Its unusual nature
makes it stand out and attract an amount of attention which it is not entitled to. It takes hold upon morbid
imaginations and they work it up into a sort of exhibition of cruelty, and this smirches the good name of our
civilization, whereas one of the old harsher methods would have had no such effect because usage has made
those methods familiar to us and innocent. In many countries we have chained the savage and starved him to
death; and this we do not care for, because custom has inured us to it; yet a quick death by poison is
lovingkindness to it. In many countries we have burned the savage at the stake; and this we do not care for,
because custom has inured us to it; yet a quick death is loving kindness to it. In more than one country we
have hunted the savage and his little children and their mother with dogs and guns through the woods and
swamps for an afternoon's sport, and filled the region with happy laughter over their sprawling and stumbling
flight, and their wild supplications for mercy; but this method we do not mind, because custom has inured us
to it; yet a quick death by poison is lovingkindness to it. In many countries we have taken the savage's land
from him, and made him our slave, and lashed him every day, and broken his pride, and made death his only
friend, and overworked him till he dropped in his tracks; and this we do not care for, because custom has
inured us to it; yet a quick death by poison is lovingkindness to it. In the Matabeleland todaywhy, there
we are confining ourselves to sanctified custom, we RhodesBeit millionaires in South Africa and Dukes in
London; and nobody cares, because we are used to the old holy customs, and all we ask is that no
noticeinviting new ones shall be intruded upon the attention of our comfortable consciences. Mrs. Praed
says of the poisoner, "That squatter deserves to have his name handed down to the contempt of posterity."
I am sorry to hear her say that. I myself blame him for one thing, and severely, but I stop there. I blame him
for, the indiscretion of introducing a novelty which was calculated to attract attention to our civilization.
There was no occasion to do that. It was his duty, and it is every loyal man's duty to protect that heritage in
every way he can; and the best way to do that is to attract attention elsewhere. The squatter's judgment was
badthat is plain; but his heart was right. He is almost the only pioneering representative of civilization in
history who has risen above the prejudices of his caste and his heredity and tried to introduce the element of
mercy into the superior race's dealings with the savage. His name is lost, and it is a pity; for it deserves to be
handed down to posterity with homage and reverence.
This paragraph is from a London journal:
"To learn what France is doing to spread the blessings of civilization in her distant dependencies we may turn
with advantage to New Caledonia. With a view to attracting free settlers to that penal colony, M. Feillet, the
Governor, forcibly expropriated the Kanaka cultivators from the best of their plantations, with a derisory
compensation, in spite of the protests of the Council General of the island. Such immigrants as could be
induced to cross the seas thus found themselves in possession of thousands of coffee, cocoa, banana, and
breadfruit trees, the raising of which had cost the wretched natives years of toil whilst the latter had a few
five franc pieces to spend in the liquor stores of Noumea."
You observe the combination? It is robbery, humiliation, and slow, slow murder, through poverty and the
white man's whisky. The savage's gentle friend, the savage's noble friend, the only magnanimous and
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXI. 73
Page No 77
unselfish friend the savage has ever had, was not there with the merciful swift release of his poisoned
pudding.
There are many humorous things in the world; among them the white man's notion that he is less savage than
the other savages. [See Chapter on Tasmania, post.]
CHAPTER XXII.
Nothing is so ignorant as a man's left hand, except a lady's watch.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
You notice that Mrs. Praed knows her art. She can place a thing before you so that you can see it. She is not
alone in that. Australia is fertile in writers whose books are faithful mirrors of the life of the country and of its
history. The materials were surprisingly rich, both in quality and in mass, and Marcus Clarke, Ralph
Boldrewood, Cordon, Kendall, and the others, have built out of them a brilliant and vigorous literature, and
one which must endure. Materialsthere is no end to them! Why, a literature might be made out of the
aboriginal all by himself, his character and ways are so freckled with varietiesvarieties not staled by
familiarity, but new to us. You do not need to invent any picturesquenesses; whatever you want in that line he
can furnish you; and they will not be fancies and doubtful, but realities and authentic. In his history, as
preserved by the white man's official records, he is everythingeverything that a human creature can be. He
covers the entire ground. He is a cowardthere are a thousand fact to prove it. He is bravethere are a
thousand facts to prove it. He is treacherous oh, beyond imagination! he is faithful, loyal, truethe white
man's records supply you with a harvest of instances of it that are noble, worshipful, and pathetically
beautiful. He kills the starving stranger who comes begging for food and shelter there is proof of it. He
succors, and feeds, and guides to safety, today, the lost stranger who fired on him only yesterdaythere is
proof of it. He takes his reluctant bride by force, he courts her with a club, then loves her faithfully through a
long lifeit is of record. He gathers to himself another wife by the same processes, beats and bangs her as a
daily diversion, and by and by lays down his life in defending her from some outside harmit is of record.
He will face a hundred hostiles to rescue one of his children, and will kill another of his children because the
family is large enough without it. His delicate stomach turns, at certain details of the white man's food; but he
likes overripe fish, and brazed dog, and cat, and rat, and will eat his own uncle with relish. He is a sociable
animal, yet he turns aside and hides behind his shield when his motherinlaw goes by. He is childishly
afraid of ghosts and other trivialities that menace his soul, but dread of physical pain is a weakness which he
is not acquainted with. He knows all the great and many of the little constellations, and has names for them;
he has a symbolwriting by means of which he can convey messages far and wide among the tribes; he has a
correct eye for form and expression, and draws a good picture; he can track a fugitive by delicate traces
which the white man's eye cannot discern, and by methods which the finest white intelligence cannot master;
he makes a missile which science itself cannot duplicate without the modelif with it; a missile whose
secret baffled and defeated the searchings and theorizings of the white mathematicians for seventy years; and
by an art all his own he performs miracles with it which the white man cannot approach untaught, nor parallel
after teaching. Within certain limits this savage's intellect is the alertest and the brightest known to history or
tradition; and yet the poor creature was never able to invent a counting system that would reach above five,
nor a vessel that he could boil water in. He is the prizecuriosity of all the races. To all intents and purposes
he is deadin the body; but he has features that will live in literature.
Mr. Philip Chauncy, an officer of the Victorian Government, contributed to its archives a report of his
personal observations of the aboriginals which has in it some things which I wish to condense slightly and
insert here. He speaks of the quickness of their eyes and the accuracy of their judgment of the direction of
approaching missiles as being quite extraordinary, and of the answering suppleness and accuracy of limb and
muscle in avoiding the missile as being extraordinary also. He has seen an aboriginal stand as a target for
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXII. 74
Page No 78
cricketballs thrown with great force ten or fifteen yards, by professional bowlers, and successfully dodge
them or parry them with his shield during about half an hour. One of those balls, properly placed, could have
killed him; "Yet he depended, with the utmost selfpossession, on the quickness of his eye and his agility."
The shield was the customary warshield of his race, and would not be a protection to you or to me. It is no
broader than a stovepipe, and is about as long as a man's arm. The opposing surface is not flat, but slopes
away from the centerline like a boat's bow. The difficulty about a cricketball that has been thrown with a
scientific "twist" is, that it suddenly changes it course when it is close to its target and comes straight for the
mark when apparently it was going overhead or to one side. I should not be able to protect myself from such
balls for half anhour, or less.
Mr. Chauncy once saw "a little native man" throw a cricketball 119 yards. This is said to beat the English
professional record by thirteen yards.
We have all seen the circusman bound into the air from a springboard and make a somersault over eight
horses standing side by side. Mr. Chauncy saw an aboriginal do it over eleven; and was assured that he had
sometimes done it over fourteen. But what is that to this:
"I saw the same man leap from the ground, and in going over he dipped his head, unaided by his hands, into a
hat placed in an inverted position on the top of the head of another man sitting upright on horsebackboth
man and horse being of the average size. The native landed on the other side of the horse with the hat fairly
on his head. The prodigious height of the leap, and the precision with which it was taken so as to enable him
to dip his head into the hat, exceeded any feat of the kind I have ever beheld."
I should think so! On board a ship lately I saw a young Oxford athlete run four steps and spring into the air
and squirm his hips by a side twist over a bar that was five and onehalf feet high; but he could not have
stood still and cleared a bar that was four feet high. I know this, because I tried it myself.
One can see now where the kangaroo learned its art.
Sir George Grey and Mr. Eyre testify that the natives dug wells fourteen or fifteen feet deep and two feet in
diameter at the boredug them in the sandwells that were "quite circular, carried straight down, and the
work beautifully executed."
Their tools were their hands and feet. How did they throw sand out from such a depth? How could they stoop
down and get it, with only two feet of space to stoop in ? How did they keep that sandpipe from caving in
on them? I do not know. Still, they did manage those seeming impossibilities. Swallowed the sand, may be.
Mr. Chauncy speaks highly of the patience and skill and alert intelligence of the native huntsman when he is
stalking the emu, the kangaroo, and other game:
"As he walks through the bush his step is light, elastic, and noiseless; every track on the earth catches his
keen eye; a leaf, or fragment of a stick turned, or a blade of grass recently bent by the tread of one of the
lower animals, instantly arrests his attention; in fact, nothing escapes his quick and powerful sight on the
ground, in the trees, or in the distance, which may supply him with a meal or warn him of danger. A little
examination of the trunk of a tree which may be nearly covered with the scratches of opossums ascending
and descending is sufficient to inform him whether one went up the night before without coming down again
or not."
Fennimore Cooper lost his chance. He would have known how to value these people. He wouldn't have
traded the dullest of them for the brightest Mohawk he ever invented.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXII. 75
Page No 79
All savages draw outline pictures upon bark; but the resemblances are not close, and expression is usually
lacking. But the Australian aboriginal's pictures of animals were nicely accurate in form, attitude, carriage;
and he put spirit into them, and expression. And his pictures of white people and natives were pretty nearly as
good as his pictures of the other animals. He dressed his whites in the fashion of their day, both the ladies and
the gentlemen. As an untaught wielder of the pencil it is not likely that he has had his equal among savage
people.
His place in artas to drawing, not colorworkis well up, all things considered. His art is not to be
classified with savage art at all, but on a plane two degrees above it and one degree above the lowest plane of
civilized art. To be exact, his place in art is between Botticelli and De Maurier. That is to say, he could not
draw as well as De Maurier but better than Boticelli. In feeling, he resembles both; also in grouping and in his
preferences in the matter of subjects. His "corrobboree" of the Australian wilds reappears in De Maurier's
Belgravian ballrooms, with clothes and the smirk of civilization added; Botticelli's "Spring" is the
"corrobboree" further idealized, but with fewer clothes and more smirk. And well enough as to intention,
butmy word!
The aboriginal can make a fire by friction. I have tried that.
All savages are able to stand a good deal of physical pain. The Australian aboriginal has this quality in a
welldeveloped degree. Do not read the following instances if horrors are not pleasant to you. They were
recorded by the Rev. Henry N. Wolloston, of Melbourne, who had been a surgeon before he became a
clergyman:
1. "In the summer of 1852 I started on horseback from Albany, King George's Sound, to visit at Cape Riche,
accompanied by a native on foot. We traveled about forty miles the first day, then camped by a waterhole
for the night. After cooking and eating our supper, I observed the native, who had said nothing to me on the
subject, collect the hot embers of the fire together, and deliberately place his right foot in the glowing mass
for a moment, then suddenly withdraw it, stamping on the ground and uttering a longdrawn guttural sound
of mingled pain and satisfaction. This operation he repeated several times. On my inquiring the meaning of
his strange conduct, he only said, 'Me carpentermake 'em' ('I am mending my foot'), and then showed me his
charred great toe, the nail of which had been torn off by a teatree stump, in which it had been caught during
the journey, and the pain of which he had borne with stoical composure until the evening, when he had an
opportunity of cauterizing the wound in the primitive manner above described."
And he proceeded on the journey the next day, "as if nothing had happened"and walked thirty miles. It was
a strange idea, to keep a surgeon and then do his own surgery.
2. "A native about twentyfive years of age once applied to me, as a doctor, to extract the wooden barb of a
spear, which, during a fight in the bush some four months previously, had entered his chest, just missing the
heart, and penetrated the viscera to a considerable depth. The spear had been cut off, leaving the barb behind,
which continued to force its way by muscular action gradually toward the back; and when I examined him I
could feel a hard substance between the ribs below the left bladebone. I made a deep incision, and with a
pair of forceps extracted the barb, which was made, as usual, of hard wood about four inches long and from
half an inch to an inch thick. It was very smooth, and partly digested, so to speak, by the maceration to which
it had been exposed during its four months' journey through the body. The wound made by the spear had long
since healed, leaving only a small cicatrix; and after the operation, which the native bore without flinching,
he appeared to suffer no pain. Indeed, judging from his good state of health, the presence of the foreign
matter did not materially annoy him. He was perfectly well in a few days."
But No. 3 is my favorite. Whenever I read it I seem to enjoy all that the patient enjoyedwhatever it was:
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXII. 76
Page No 80
3. "Once at King George's Sound a native presented himself to me with one leg only, and requested me to
supply him with a wooden leg. He had traveled in this maimed state about ninetysix miles, for this purpose.
I examined the limb, which had been severed just below the knee, and found that it had been charred by fire,
while about two inches of the partially calcined bone protruded through the flesh. I at once removed this with
the saw; and having made as presentable a stump of it as I could, covered the amputated end of the bone with
a surrounding of muscle, and kept the patient a few days under my care to allow the wound to heal. On
inquiring, the native told me that in a fight with other blackfellows a spear had struck his leg and penetrated
the bone below the knee. Finding it was serious, he had recourse to the following crude and barbarous
operation, which it appears is not uncommon among these people in their native state. He made a fire, and
dug a hole in the earth only sufficiently large to admit his leg, and deep enough to allow the wounded part to
be on a level with the surface of the ground. He then surrounded the limb with the live coals or charcoal,
which was replenished until the leg was literally burnt off. The cauterization thus applied completely checked
the hemorrhage, and he was able in a day or two to hobble down to the Sound, with the aid of a long stout
stick, although he was more than a week on the road."
But he was a fastidious native. He soon discarded the wooden leg made for him by the doctor, because "it had
no feeling in it." It must have had as much as the one he burnt off, I should think.
So much for the Aboriginals. It is difficult for me to let them alone. They are marvelously interesting
creatures. For a quarter of a century, now, the several colonial governments have housed their remnants in
comfortable stations, and fed them well and taken good care of them in every way. If I had found this out
while I was in Australia I could have seen some of those peoplebut I didn't. I would walk thirty miles to
see a stuffed one.
Australia has a slang of its own. This is a matter of course. The vast cattle and sheep industries, the strange
aspects of the country, and the strange native animals, brute and human, are matters which would naturally
breed a local slang. I have notes of this slang somewhere, but at the moment I can call to mind only a few of
the words and phrases. They are expressive ones. The wide, sterile, unpeopled deserts have created eloquent
phrases like "No Man's Land " and the "Nevernever Country." Also this felicitous form: "She lives in the
Nevernever Country"that is, she is an old maid. And this one is not without merit:
"heiferpaddock"young ladies' seminary. "Bail up" and "stick up" equivalent of our highwaymanterm to
"hold up" a stagecoach or a train. "Newchum" is the equivalent of our "tenderfoot"new arrival.
And then there is the immortal "My word! "We must import it. "My word! "In cold print it is the equivalent
of our "Gerrreat Caesar!" but spoken with the proper Australian unction and fervency, it is worth six of it
for grace and charm and expressiveness. Our form is rude and explosive; it is not suited to the drawingroom
or the heiferpaddock; but "My word!" is, and is music to the ear, too, when the utterer knows how to say it.
I saw it in print several times on the Pacific Ocean, but it struck me coldly, it aroused no sympathy. That was
because it was the dead corpse of the thing, the 'soul was not therethe tones were lackingthe informing
spiritthe deep feelingthe eloquence. But the first time I heard an Australian say it, it was positively
thrilling.
CHAPTER XXIII.
Be careless in your dress if you must, but keep a tidy soul.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
We left Adelaide in due course, and went to Horsham, in the colony of Victoria; a good deal of a journey, if I
remember rightly, but pleasant. Horsham sits in a plain which is as level as a floorone of those famous
dead levels which Australian books describe so often; gray, bare, sombre, melancholy, baked, cracked, in the
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXIII. 77
Page No 81
tedious long drouths, but a horizonless ocean of vivid green grass the day after a rain. A country town,
peaceful, reposeful, inviting, full of snug homes, with garden plots, and plenty of shrubbery and flowers.
"Horsham, October 17. At the hotel. The weather divine. Across the way, in front of the London Bank of
Australia, is a very handsome cottonwood. It is in opulent leaf, and every leaf perfect. The full power of the
onrushing spring is upon it, and I imagine I can see it grow. Alongside the bank and a little way back in the
garden there is a row of soaring fountain sprays of delicate feathery foliage quivering in the breeze, and
mottled with flashes of light that shift and play through the mass like flash lights through an opala most
beautiful tree, and a striking contrast to the cottonwood. Every leaf of the cottonwood is distinctly
definedit is a kodak for faithful, hard, unsentimental detail; the other an impressionist picture, delicious to
look upon, full of a subtle and exquisite charm, but all details fused in a swoon of vague and soft loveliness."
It turned out, upon inquiry, to be a pepper treean importation from China. It has a silky sheen, soft and
rich. I saw some that had long red bunches of currantlike berries ambushed among the foliage. At a
distance, in certain lights, they give the tree a pinkish tint and a new charm.
There is an agricultural college eight miles from Horsham. We were driven out to it by its chief. The
conveyance was an open wagon; the time, noonday; no wind; the sky without a cloud, the sunshine
brilliant and the mercury at 92 deg. in the shade. In some countries an indolent unsheltered drive of an
hour and a half under such conditions would have been a sweltering and prostrating experience; but there was
nothing of that in this case. It is a climate that is perfect. There was no sense of heat; indeed, there was no
heat; the air was fine and pure and exhilarating; if the drive had lasted half a day I think we should not have
felt any discomfort, or grown silent or droopy or tired. Of course, the secret of it was the exceeding dryness
of the atmosphere. In that plain 112 deg. in the shade is without doubt no harder upon a man than is 88 or 90
deg. in New York.
The road lay through the middle of an empty space which seemed to me to be a hundred yards wide between
the fences. I was not given the width in yards, but only in chains and perchesand furlongs, I think. I would
have given a good deal to know what the width was, but I did not pursue the matter. I think it is best to put up
with information the way you get it; and seem satisfied with it, and surprised at it, and grateful for it, and say,
"My word!" and never let on. It was a wide space; I could tell you how wide, in chains and perches and
furlongs and things, but that would not help you any. Those things sound well, but they are shadowy and
indefinite, like troy weight and avoirdupois; nobody knows what they mean. When you buy a pound of a drug
and the man asks you which you want, troy or avoirdupois, it is best to say "Yes," and shift the subject.
They said that the wide space dates from the earliest sheep and cattle raising days. People had to drive their
stock long distancesimmense journeysfrom wornout places to new ones where were water and fresh
pasturage; and this wide space had to be left in grass and unfenced, or the stock would have starved to death
in the transit.
On the way we saw the usual birdsthe beautiful little green parrots, the magpie, and some others; and also
the slender native bird of modest plumage and the eternallyforgettable namethe bird that is the smartest
among birds, and can give a parrot 30 to 1 in the game and then talk him to death. I cannot recall that bird's
name. I think it begins with M. I wish it began with G. or something that a person can remember.
The magpie was out in great force, in the fields and on the fences. He is a handsome large creature, with
snowy white decorations, and is a singer; he has a murmurous rich note that is lovely. He was once modest,
even diffident; but he lost all that when he found out that he was Australia's sole musical bird. He has talent,
and cuteness, and impudence; and in his tame state he is a most satisfactory petnever coming when he is
called, always coming when he isn't, and studying disobedience as an accomplishment. He is not confined,
but loafs all over the house and grounds, like the laughing jackass. I think he learns to talk, I know he learns
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXIII. 78
Page No 82
to sing tunes, and his friends say that he knows how to steal without learning. I was acquainted with a tame
magpie in Melbourne. He had lived in a lady's house several years, and believed he owned it. The lady had
tamed him, and in return he had tamed the lady. He was always on deck when not wanted, always having his
own way, always tyrannizing over the dog, and always making the cat's life a slow sorrow and a martyrdom.
He knew a number of tunes and could sing them in perfect time and tune; and would do it, too, at any time
that silence was wanted; and then encore himself and do it again; but if he was asked to sing he would go out
and take a walk.
It was long believed that fruit trees would not grow in that baked and waterless plain around Horsham, but
the agricultural college has dissipated that idea. Its ample nurseries were producing oranges, apricots, lemons,
almonds, peaches, cherries, 48 varieties of applesin fact, all manner of fruits, and in abundance. The trees
did not seem to miss the water; they were in vigorous and flourishing condition.
Experiments are made with different soils, to see what things thrive best in them and what climates are best
for them. A man who is ignorantly trying to produce upon his farm things not suited to its soil and its other
conditions can make a journey to the college from anywhere in Australia, and go back with a change of
scheme which will make his farm productive and profitable.
There were forty pupils therea few of them farmers, relearning their trade, the rest young men mainly from
the citiesnovices. It seemed a strange thing that an agricultural college should have an attraction for
citybred youths, but such is the fact. They are good stuff, too; they are above the agricultural average of
intelligence, and they come without any inherited prejudices in favor of hoary ignorances made sacred by
long descent.
The students work all day in the fields, the nurseries, and the shearing sheds, learning and doing all the
practical work of the businessthree days in a week. On the other three they study and hear lectures. They
are taught the beginnings of such sciences as bear upon agriculturelike chemistry, for instance. We saw the
sophomore class in sheepshearing shear a dozen sheep. They did it by hand, not with the machine. The
sheep was seized and flung down on his side and held there; and the students took off his coat with great
celerity and adroitness. Sometimes they clipped off a sample of the sheep, but that is customary with
shearers, and they don't mind it; they don't even mind it as much as the sheep. They dab a splotch of
sheepdip on the place and go right ahead.
The coat of wool was unbelievably thick. Before the shearing the sheep looked like the fat woman in the
circus; after it he looked like a bench. He was clipped to the skin; and smoothly and uniformly. The fleece
comes from him all in one piece and has the spread of a blanket.
The college was flying the Australian flagthe gridiron of England smuggled up in the northwest corner of a
big red field that had the random stars of the Southern Cross wandering around over it.
From Horsham we went to Stawell. By rail. Still in the colony of Victoria. Stawell is in the goldmining
country. In the banksafe was half a peck of surfacegoldgold dust, grain gold; rich; pure in fact, and
pleasant to sift through one's fingers; and would be pleasanter if it would stick. And there were a couple of
gold bricks, very heavy to handle, and worth $7,500 a piece. They were from a very valuable quartz mine; a
lady owns twothirds of it; she has an income of $75,000 a month from it, and is able to keep house.
The Stawell region is not productive of gold only; it has great vineyards, and produces exceptionally fine
wines. One of these vineyardsthe Great Western, owned by Mr. Irvingis regarded as a model. Its
product has reputation abroad. It yields a choice champagne and a fine claret, and its hock took a prize in
France two or three years ago. The champagne is kept in a maze of passages under ground, cut in the rock, to
secure it an even temperature during the threeyear term required to perfect it. In those vaults I saw 120,000
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXIII. 79
Page No 83
bottles of champagne. The colony of Victoria has a population of 1,000,000, and those people are said to
drink 25,000,000 bottles of champagne per year. The dryest community on the earth. The government has
lately reduced the duty upon foreign wines. That is one of the unkindnesses of Protection. A man invests
years of work and a vast sum of money in a worthy enterprise, upon the faith of existing laws; then the law is
changed, and the man is robbed by his own government.
On the way back to Stawell we had a chance to see a group of boulders called the Three Sistersa curiosity
oddly located; for it was upon high ground, with the land sloping away from it, and no height above it from
whence the boulders could have rolled down. Relics of an early ice drift, perhaps. They are noble boulders.
One of them has the size and smoothness and plump sphericity of a balloon of the biggest pattern.
The road led through a forest of great gumtrees, lean and scraggy and sorrowful. The road was
creamwhitea clayey kind of earth, apparently. Along it toiled occasional freight wagons, drawn by long
double files of oxen. Those wagons were going a journey of two hundred miles, I was told, and were running
a successful opposition to the railway! The railways are owned and run by the government.
Those sad gums stood up out of the dry white clay, pictures of patience and resignation. It is a tree that can
get along without water; still it is fond of itravenously so. It is a very intelligent tree and will detect the
presence of hidden water at a distance of fifty feet, and send out slender long rootfibres to prospect it. They
will find it; and will also get at it even through a cement wall six inches thick. Once a cement waterpipe
under ground at Stawell began to gradually reduce its output, and finally ceased altogether to deliver water.
Upon examining into the matter it was found stopped up, wadded compactly with a mass of rootfibres,
delicate and hairlike. How this stuff had gotten into the pipe was a puzzle for some little time; finally it was
found that it had crept in through a crack that was almost invisible to the eye. A gum tree forty feet away had
tapped the pipe and was drinking the water.
CHAPTER XXIV.
There is no such thing as "the Queen's English." The property has gone
into the hands of a joint stock company and we own the bulk of the
shares!
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
Frequently, in Australia, one has cloudeffects of an unfamiliar sort. We had this kind of scenery, finely
staged, all the way to Ballarat. Consequently we saw more sky than country on that journey. At one time a
great stretch of the vault was densely flecked with wee raggededged flakes of painfully white cloudstuff,
all of one shape and size, and equidistant apart, with narrow cracks of adorable blue showing between. The
whole was suggestive of a hurricane of snowflakes drifting across the skies. By and by these flakes fused
themselves together in interminable lines, with shady faint hollows between the lines, the long satinsurfaced
rollers following each other in simulated movement, and enchantingly counterfeiting the majestic march of a
flowing sea. Later, the sea solidified itself; then gradually broke up its mass into innumerable lofty white
pillars of about one size, and ranged these across the firmament, in receding and fading perspective, in the
similitude of a stupendous colonnadea mirage without a doubt flung from the far Gates of the Hereafter.
The approaches to Ballarat were beautiful. The features, great green expanses of rolling pastureland,
bisected by eye contenting hedges of commingled newgold and oldgold gorseand a lovely lake. One
must put in the pause, there, to fetch the reader up with a slight jolt, and keep him from gliding by without
noticing the lake. One must notice it; for a lovely lake is not as common a thing along the railways of
Australia as are the dry places. Ninetytwo in the shade again, but balmy and comfortable, fresh and bracing.
A perfect climate.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXIV. 80
Page No 84
Fortyfive years ago the site now occupied by the City of Ballarat was a sylvan solitude as quiet as Eden and
as lovely. Nobody had ever heard of it. On the 25th of August, 1851, the first great goldstrike made in
Australia was made here. The wandering prospectors who made it scraped up two pounds and a half of gold
the first dayworth $600. A few days later the place was a hivea town. The news of the strike spread
everywhere in a sort of instantaneous way spread like a flash to the very ends of the earth. A celebrity so
prompt and so universal has hardly been paralleled in history, perhaps. It was as if the name BALLARAT
had suddenly been written on the sky, where all the world could read it at once.
The smaller discoveries made in the colony of New South Wales three months before had already started
emigrants toward Australia; they had been coming as a stream, but they came as a flood, now. A hundred
thousand people poured into Melbourne from England and other countries in a single month, and flocked
away to the mines. The crews of the ships that brought them flocked with them; the clerks in the government
offices followed; so did the cooks, the maids, the coachmen, the butlers, and the other domestic servants; so
did the carpenters, the smiths, the plumbers, the painters, the reporters, the editors, the lawyers, the clients,
the barkeepers, the bummers, the blacklegs, the thieves, the loose women, the grocers, the butchers, the
bakers, the doctors, the druggists, the nurses; so did the police; even officials of high and hitherto envied
place threw up their positions and joined the procession. This roaring avalanche swept out of Melbourne and
left it desolate, Sundaylike, paralyzed, everything at a standstill, the ships lying idle at anchor, all signs of
life departed, all sounds stilled save the rasping of the cloudshadows as they scraped across the vacant
streets.
That grassy and leafy paradise at Ballarat was soon ripped open, and lacerated and scarified and gutted, in the
feverish search for its hidden riches. There is nothing like surfacemining to snatch the graces and beauties
and benignities out of a paradise, and make an odious and repulsive spectacle of it.
What fortunes were made! Immigrants got rich while the ship unloaded and reloadedand went back home
for good in the same cabin they had come out in! Not all of them. Only some. I saw the others in Ballarat
myself, fortyfive years laterwhat were left of them by time and death and the disposition to rove. They
were young and gay, then; they are patriarchal and grave, now; and they do not get excited any more. They
talk of the Past. They live in it. Their life is a dream, a retrospection.
Ballarat was a great region for "nuggets." No such nuggets were found in California as Ballarat produced. In
fact, the Ballarat region has yielded the largest ones known to history. Two of them weighed about 180
pounds each, and together were worth $90,000. They were offered to any poor person who would shoulder
them and carry them away. Gold was so plentiful that it made people liberal like that.
Ballarat was a swarming city of tents in the early days. Everybody was happy, for a time, and apparently
prosperous. Then came trouble. The government swooped down with a mining tax. And in its worst form,
too; for it was not a tax upon what the miner had taken out, but upon what he was going to take outif he
could find it. It was a licensetax license to work his claimand it had to be paid before he could begin
digging.
Consider the situation. No business is so uncertain as surfacemining. Your claim may be good, and it may
be worthless. It may make you well off in a month; and then again you may have to dig and slave for half a
year, at heavy expense, only to find out at last that the gold is not there in costpaying quantity, and that your
time and your hard work have been thrown away. It might be wise policy to advance the miner a monthly
sum to encourage him to develop the country's riches; but to tax him monthly in advance insteadwhy, such
a thing was never dreamed of in America. There, neither the claim itself nor its products, howsoever rich or
poor, were taxed.
The Ballarat miners protested, petitioned, complainedit was of no use; the government held its ground, and
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXIV. 81
Page No 85
went on collecting the tax. And not by pleasant methods, but by ways which must have been very galling to
free people. The rumblings of a coming storm began to be audible.
By and by there was a result; and I think it may be called the finest thing in Australasian history. It was a
revolutionsmall in size; but great politically; it was a strike for liberty, a struggle for a principle, a stand
against injustice and oppression. It was the Barons and John, over again; it was Hampden and ShipMoney;
it was Concord and Lexington; small beginnings, all of them, but all of them great in political results, all of
them epochmaking. It is another instance of a victory won by a lost battle. It adds an honorable page to
history; the people know it and are proud of it. They keep green the memory of the men who fell at the
Eureka Stockade, and Peter Lalor has his monument.
The surfacesoil of Ballarat was full of gold. This soil the miners ripped and tore and trenched and harried
and disembowled, and made it yield up its immense treasure. Then they went down into the earth with deep
shafts, seeking the gravelly beds of ancient rivers and brooksand found them. They followed the courses of
these streams, and gutted them, sending the gravel up in buckets to the upper world, and washing out of it its
enormous deposits of gold. The next biggest of the two monster nuggets mentioned above came from an old
riverchannel 180 feet under ground.
Finally the quartz lodes were attacked. That is not poorman's mining. Quartzmining and milling require
capital, and stayingpower, and patience. Big companies were formed, and for several decades, now, the
lodes have been successfully worked, and have yielded great wealth. Since the gold discovery in 1853 the
Ballarat minestaking the three kinds of mining togetherhave contributed to the world's pocket
something over three hundred millions of dollars, which is to say that this nearly invisible little spot on the
earth's surface has yielded about onefourth as much gold in fortyfour years as all California has yielded in
fortyseven. The Californian aggregate, from 1848 to 1895, inclusive, as reported by the Statistician of the
United States Mint, is $1,265,215,217.
A citizen told me a curious thing about those mines. With all my experience of mining I had never heard of
anything of the sort before. The main gold reef runs about north and southof course for that is the custom
of a rich gold reef. At Ballarat its course is between walls of slate. Now the citizen told me that throughout a
stretch of twelve miles along the reef, the reef is crossed at intervals by a straight black streak of a
carbonaceous naturea streak in the slate; a streak no thicker than a penciland that wherever it crosses the
reef you will certainly find gold at the junction. It is called the Indicator. Thirty feet on each side of the
Indicator (and down in the slate, of course) is a still finer streaka streak as fine as a pencil mark; and
indeed, that is its name Pencil Mark. Whenever you find the Pencil Mark you know that thirty feet from it is
the Indicator; you measure the distance, excavate, find the Indicator, trace it straight to the reef, and sink your
shaft; your fortune is made, for certain. If that is true, it is curious. And it is curious anyway.
Ballarat is a town of only 40,000 population; and yet, since it is in Australia, it has every essential of an
advanced and enlightened big city. This is pure matter of course. I must stop dwelling upon these things. It is
hard to keep from dwelling upon them, though; for it is difficult to get away from the surprise of it. I will let
the other details go, this time, but I must allow myself to mention that this little town has a park of 326 acres;
a flower garden of 83 acres, with an elaborate and expensive fernery in it and some costly and unusually fine
statuary; and an artificial lake covering 600 acres, equipped with a fleet of 200 shells, small sail boats, and
little steam yachts.
At this point I strike out some other praiseful things which I was tempted to add. I do not strike them out
because they were not true or not well said, but because I find them better said by another manand a man
more competent to testify, too, because he belongs on the ground, and knows. I clip them from a chatty
speech delivered some years ago by Mr. William Little, who was at that time mayor of Ballarat:
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXIV. 82
Page No 86
"The language of our citizens, in this as in other parts of Australasia, is mostly healthy AngloSaxon, free
from Americanisms, vulgarisms, and the conflicting dialects of our Fatherland, and is pure enough to suit a
Trench or a Latham. Our youth, aided by climatic influence, are in point of physique and comeliness
unsurpassed in the Sunny South. Our young men are well ordered; and our maidens, 'not stepping over the
bounds of modesty,' are as fair as Psyches, dispensing smiles as charming as November flowers."
The closing clause has the seeming of a rather frosty compliment, but that is apparent only, not real.
November is summertime there.
His compliment to the local purity of the language is warranted. It is quite free from impurities; this is
acknowledged far and wide. As in the German Empire all cultivated people claim to speak Hanovarian
German, so in Australasia all cultivated people claim to speak Ballarat English. Even in England this cult has
made considerable progress, and now that it is favored by the two great Universities, the time is not far away
when Ballarat English will come into general use among the educated classes of Great Britain at large. Its
great merit is, that it is shorter than ordinary Englishthat is, it is more compressed. At first you have some
difficulty in understanding it when it is spoken as rapidly as the orator whom I have quoted speaks it. An
illustration will show what I mean. When he called and I handed him a chair, he bowed and said:
"Q."
Presently, when we were lighting our cigars, he held a match to mine and I said:
"Thank you," and he said:
"Km."
Then I saw. 'Q' is the end of the phrase "I thank you" 'Km' is the end of the phrase "You are welcome." Mr.
Little puts no emphasis upon either of them, but delivers them so reduced that they hardly have a sound. All
Ballarat English is like that, and the effect is very soft and pleasant; it takes all the hardness and harshness out
of our tongue and gives to it a delicate whispery and vanishing cadence which charms the ear like the faint
rustling of the forest leaves.
CHAPTER XXV.
"Classic." A book which people praise and don't read.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
On the rail againbound for Bendigo. From diary:
October 23. Got up at 6, left at 7.30; soon reached Castlemaine, one of the rich goldfields of the early days;
waited several hours for a train; left at 3.40 and reached Bendigo in an hour. For comrade, a Catholic priest
who was better than I was, but didn't seem to know ita man full of graces of the heart, the mind, and the
spirit; a lovable man. He will rise. He will be a bishop some day. Later an Archbishop. Later a Cardinal.
Finally an Archangel, I hope. And then he will recall me when I say, "Do you remember that trip we made
from Ballarat to Bendigo, when you were nothing but Father C., and I was nothing to what I am now?" It has
actually taken nine hours to come from Ballarat to Bendigo. We could have saved seven by walking.
However, there was no hurry.
Bendigo was another of the rich strikes of the early days. It does a great quartzmining business, nowthat
business which, more than any other that I know of, teaches patience, and requires grit and a steady nerve.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXV. 83
Page No 87
The town is full of towering chimneystacks, and hoistingworks, and looks like a petroleumcity. Speaking
of patience; for example, one of the local companies went steadily on with its deep borings and searchings
without show of gold or a penny of reward for eleven years then struck it, and became suddenly rich. The
eleven years' work had cost $55,000, and the first gold found was a grain the size of a pin's head. It is kept
under locks and bars, as a precious thing, and is reverently shown to the visitor, "hats off." When I saw it I
had not heard its history.
"It is gold. Examine ittake the glass. Now how much should you say it is worth?"
I said:
"I should say about two cents; or in your English dialect, four farthings."
"Well, it cost L11,000."
"Oh, come!"
"Yes, it did. Ballarat and Bendigo have produced the three monumental nuggets of the world, and this one is
the monumentalest one of the three. The other two represent 19,000 a piece; this one a couple of thousand
more. It is small, and not much to look at, but it is entitled to (its) nameAdam. It is the Adamnugget of
this mine, and its children run up into the millions."
Speaking of patience again, another of the mines was worked, under heavy expenses, during 17 years before
pay was struck, and still another one compelled a wait of 21 years before pay was struck; then, in both
instances, the outlay was all back in a year or two, with compound interest.
Bendigo has turned out even more gold than Ballarat. The two together have produced $650,000,000
worthwhich is half as much as California has produced.
It was through Mr. Blanknot to go into particulars about his nameit was mainly through Mr. Blank that
my stay in Bendigo was made memorably pleasant and interesting. He explained this to me himself. He told
me that it was through his influence that the city government invited me to the townhall to hear
complimentary speeches and respond to them; that it was through his influence that I had been taken on a
long pleasuredrive through the city and shown its notable features; that it was through his influence that I
was invited to visit the great mines; that it was through his influence that I was taken to the hospital and
allowed to see the convalescent Chinaman who had been attacked at midnight in his lonely hut eight weeks
before by robbers, and stabbed fortysix times and scalped besides; that it was through his influence that
when I arrived this awful spectacle of piecings and patchings and bandagings was sitting up in his cot letting
on to read one of my books; that it was through his influence that efforts had been made to get the Catholic
Archbishop of Bendigo to invite me to dinner; that it was through his influence that efforts had been made to
get the Anglican Bishop of Bendigo to ask me to supper; that it was through his influence that the dean of the
editorial fraternity had driven me through the woodsy outlying country and shown me, from the summit of
Lone Tree Hill, the mightiest and loveliest expanse of forestclad mountain and valley that I had seen in all
Australia. And when he asked me what had most impressed me in Bendigo and I answered and said it was the
taste and the public spirit which had adorned the streets with 105 miles of shade trees, he said that it was
through his influence that it had been done.
But I am not representing him quite correctly. He did not say it was through his influence that all these things
had happenedfor that would have been coarse; be merely conveyed that idea; conveyed it so subtly that I
only caught it fleetingly, as one catches vagrant faint breaths of perfume when one traverses the meadows in
summer; conveyed it without offense and without any suggestion of egoism or ostentationbut conveyed it,
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXV. 84
Page No 88
nevertheless.
He was an Irishman; an educated gentleman; grave, and kindly, and courteous; a bachelor, and about
fortyfive or possibly fifty years old, apparently. He called upon me at the hotel, and it was there that we had
this talk. He made me like him, and did it without trouble. This was partly through his winning and gentle
ways, but mainly through the amazing familiarity with my books which his conversation showed. He was
down to date with them, too; and if he had made them the study of his life he could hardly have been better
posted as to their contents than he was. He made me better satisfied with myself than I had ever been before.
It was plain that he had a deep fondness for humor, yet he never laughed; he never even chuckled; in fact,
humor could not win to outward expression on his face at all. No, he was always gravetenderly, pensively
grave; but he made me laugh, all along; and this was very tryingand very pleasant at the same timefor it
was at quotations from my own books.
When he was going, he turned and said:
"You don't remember me?"
"I? Why, no. Have we met before?"
"No, it was a matter of correspondence."
"Correspondence?"
"Yes, many years ago. Twelve or fifteen. Oh, longer than that. But of course you" A musing pause.
Then he said:
"Do you remember Corrigan Castle?"
"Nno, I believe I don't. I don't seem to recall the name."
He waited a moment, pondering, with the doorknob in his hand, then started out; but turned back and said
that I had once been interested in Corrigan Castle, and asked me if I would go with him to his quarters in the
evening and take a hot Scotch and talk it over. I was a teetotaler and liked relaxation, so I said I would.
We drove from the lecturehall together about halfpast ten. He had a most comfortably and tastefully
furnished parlor, with good pictures on the walls, Indian and Japanese ornaments on the mantel, and here and
there, and books everywherelargely mine; which made me proud. The light was brilliant, the easy chairs
were deepcushioned, the arrangements for brewing and smoking were all there. We brewed and lit up; then
he passed a sheet of notepaper to me and said
"Do you remember that?"
"Oh, yes, indeed!"
The paper was of a sumptuous quality. At the top was a twisted and interlaced monogram printed from steel
dies in gold and blue and red, in the ornate English fashion of long years ago; and under it, in neat gothic
capitals was thisprinted in blue:
THE MARK TWAIN CLUB CORRIGAN CASTLE ............187..
"My!" said I, "how did you come by this?"
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXV. 85
Page No 89
"I was President of it."
"No! you don't mean it."
"It is true. I was its first President. I was reelected annually as long as its meetings were held in my
castleCorriganwhich was five years."
Then he showed me an album with twentythree photographs of me in it. Five of them were of old dates, the
others of various later crops; the list closed with a picture taken by Falk in Sydney a month before.
"You sent us the first five; the rest were bought."
This was paradise! We ran late, and talked, talked, talkedsubject, the Mark Twain Club of Corrigan Castle,
Ireland.
My first knowledge of that Club dates away back; all of twenty years, I should say. It came to me in the form
of a courteous letter, written on the notepaper which I have described, and signed "By order of the
President; C. PEMBROKE, Secretary." It conveyed the fact that the Club had been created in my honor, and
added the hope that this token of appreciation of my work would meet with my approval.
I answered, with thanks; and did what I could to keep my gratification from overexposure.
It was then that the long correspondence began. A letter came back, by order of the President, furnishing me
the names of the membersthirtytwo in number. With it came a copy of the Constitution and ByLaws, in
pamphlet form, and artistically printed. The initiation fee and dues were in their proper place; also, schedule
of meetingsmonthlyfor essays upon works of mine, followed by discussions; quarterly for business and
a supper, without essays, but with aftersupper speeches also, there was a list of the officers: President,
VicePresident, Secretary, Treasurer, etc. The letter was brief, but it was pleasant reading, for it told me
about the strong interest which the membership took in their new venture, etc., etc. It also asked me for a
photograph a special one. I went down and sat for it and sent itwith a letter, of course.
Presently came the badge of the Club, and very dainty and pretty it was; and very artistic. It was a frog
peeping out from a graceful tangle of grasssprays and rushes, and was done in enamels on a gold basis, and
had a gold pin back of it. After I had petted it, and played with it, and caressed it, and enjoyed it a couple of
hours, the light happened to fall upon it at a new angle, and revealed to me a cunning new detail; with the
light just right, certain delicate shadings of the grassblades and rush stems wove themselves into a
monogrammine! You can see that that jewel was a work of art. And when you come to consider the
intrinsic value of it, you must concede that it is not every literary club that could afford a badge like that. It
was easily worth $75, in the opinion of Messrs. Marcus and Ward of New York. They said they could not
duplicate it for that and make a profit. By this time the Club was well under way; and from that time forth its
secretary kept my offhours well supplied with business. He reported the Club's discussions of my books
with laborious fullness, and did his work with great spirit and ability. As a, rule, he synopsized; but when a
speech was especially brilliant, he shorthanded it and gave me the best passages from it, written out. There
were five speakers whom he particularly favored in that way: Palmer, Forbes, Naylor, Norris, and Calder.
Palmer and Forbes could never get through a speech without attacking each other, and each in his own way
was formidably effectivePalmer in virile and eloquent abuse, Forbes in courtly and elegant but scalding
satire. I could always tell which of them was talking without looking for his name. Naylor had a polished
style and a happy knack at felicitous metaphor; Norris's style was wholly without ornament, but enviably
compact, lucid, and strong. But after all, Calder was the gem. He never spoke when sober, he spoke
continuously when he wasn't. And certainly they were the drunkest speeches that a man ever uttered. They
were full of good things, but so incredibly mixed up and wandering that it made one's head swim to follow
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXV. 86
Page No 90
him. They were not intended to be funny, but they were,funny for the very gravity which the speaker put
into his flowing miracles of incongruity. In the course of five years I came to know the styles of the five
orators as well as I knew the style of any speaker in my own club at home.
These reports came every month. They were written on foolscap, 600 words to the page, and usually about
twentyfive pages in a reporta good 15,000 words, I should say,a solid week's work. The reports were
absorbingly entertaining, long as they were; but, unfortunately for me, they did not come alone. They were
always accompanied by a lot of questions about passages and purposes in my books, which the Club wanted
answered; and additionally accompanied every quarter by the Treasurer's report, and the Auditor's report, and
the Committee's report, and the President's review, and my opinion of these was always desired; also
suggestions for the good of the Club, if any occurred to me.
By and by I came to dread those things; and this dread grew and grew and grew; grew until I got to
anticipating them with a cold horror. For I was an indolent man, and not fond of letterwriting, and whenever
these things came I had to put everything by and sit downfor my own peace of mindand dig and dig
until I got something out of my head which would answer for a reply. I got along fairly well the first year; but
for the succeeding four years the Mark Twain Club of Corrigan Castle was my curse, my nightmare, the grief
and misery of my life. And I got so, so sick of sitting for photographs. I sat every year for five years, trying to
satisfy that insatiable organization. Then at last I rose in revolt. I could endure my oppressions no longer. I
pulled my fortitude together and tore off my chains, and was a free man again, and happy. From that day I
burned the secretary's fat envelopes the moment they arrived, and by and by they ceased to come.
Well, in the sociable frankness of that night in Bendigo I brought this all out in full confession. Then Mr.
Blank came out in the same frank way, and with a preliminary word of gentle apology said that he was the
Mark Twain Club, and the only member it had ever had!
Why, it was matter for anger, but I didn't feel any. He said he never had to work for a living, and that by the
time he was thirty life had become a bore and a weariness to him. He had no interests left; they had paled and
perished, one by one, and left him desolate. He had begun to think of suicide. Then all of a sudden he thought
of that happy idea of starting an imaginary club, and went straightway to work at it, with enthusiasm and
love. He was charmed with it; it gave him something to do. It elaborated itself on his hands;it became
twenty times more complex and formidable than was his first rude draft of it. Every new addition to his
original plan which cropped up in his mind gave him a fresh interest and a new pleasure. He designed the
Club badge himself, and worked over it, altering and improving it, a number of days and nights; then sent to
London and had it made. It was the only one that was made. It was made for me; the "rest of the Club" went
without.
He invented the thirtytwo members and their names. He invented the five favorite speakers and their five
separate styles. He invented their speeches, and reported them himself. He would have kept that Club going
until now, if I hadn't deserted, he said. He said he worked like a slave over those reports; each of them cost
him from a week to a fortnight's work, and the work gave him pleasure and kept him alive and willing to be
alive. It was a bitter blow to him when the Club died.
Finally, there wasn't any Corrigan Castle. He had invented that, too.
It was wonderfulthe whole thing; and altogether the most ingenious and laborious and cheerful and
painstaking practical joke I have ever heard of. And I liked it; liked to bear him tell about it; yet I have been a
hater of practical jokes from as long back as I can remember. Finally he said
"Do you remember a note from Melbourne fourteen or fifteen years ago, telling about your lecture tour in
Australia, and your death and burial in Melbourne? a note from Henry Bascomb, of Bascomb Hall, Upper
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXV. 87
Page No 91
Holywell Hants."
"Yes."
"I wrote it."
"Myword!"
"Yes, I did it. I don't know why. I just took the notion, and carried it out without stopping to think. It was
wrong. It could have done harm. I was always sorry about it afterward. You must forgive me. I was Mr.
Bascom's guest on his yacht, on his voyage around the world. He often spoke of you, and of the pleasant
times you had had together in his home; and the notion took me, there in Melbourne, and I imitated his hand,
and wrote the letter."
So the mystery was cleared up, after so many, many years.
CHAPTER XXVI.
There are people who can do all fine and heroic things but one! keep
from telling their happinesses to the unhappy.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
After visits to Maryborough and some other Australian towns, we presently took passage for New Zealand. If
it would not look too much like showing off, I would tell the reader where New Zealand is; for he is as I was;
he thinks he knows. And he thinks he knows where Hertzegovina is; and how to pronounce pariah; and how
to use the word unique without exposing himself to the derision of the dictionary. But in truth, he knows none
of these things. There are but four or five people in the world who possess this knowledge, and these make
their living out of it. They travel from place to place, visiting literary assemblages, geographical societies,
and seats of learning, and springing sudden bets that these people do not know these things. Since all people
think they know them, they are an easy prey to these adventurers. Or rather they were an easy prey until the
law interfered, three months ago, and a New York court decided that this kind of gambling is illegal,
"because it traverses Article IV, Section 9, of the Constitution of the United States, which forbids betting on a
sure thing." This decision was rendered by the full Bench of the New York Supreme Court, after a test sprung
upon the court by counsel for the prosecution, which showed that none of the nine Judges was able to answer
any of the four questions.
All people think that New Zealand is close to Australia or Asia, or somewhere, and that you cross to it on a
bridge. But that is not so. It is not close to anything, but lies by itself, out in the water. It is nearest to
Australia, but still not near. The gap between is very wide. It will be a surprise to the reader, as it was to me,
to learn that the distance from Australia to New Zealand is really twelve or thirteen hundred miles, and that
there is no bridge. I learned this from Professor X., of Yale University, whom I met in the steamer on the
great lakes when I was crossing the continent to sail across the Pacific. I asked him about New Zealand, in
order to make conversation. I supposed he would generalize a little without compromising himself, and then
turn the subject to something he was acquainted with, and my object would then be attained; the ice would be
broken, and we could go smoothly on, and get acquainted, and have a pleasant time. But, to my surprise, he
was not only not embarrassed by my question, but seemed to welcome it, and to take a distinct interest in it.
He began to talkfluently, confidently, comfortably; and as he talked, my admiration grew and grew; for as
the subject developed under his hands, I saw that he not only knew where New Zealand was, but that he was
minutely familiar with every detail of its history, politics, religions, and commerce, its fauna, flora., geology,
products, and climatic peculiarities. When he was done, I was lost in wonder and admiration, and said to
myself, he knows everything; in the domain of human knowledge he is king.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXVI. 88
Page No 92
I wanted to see him do more miracles; and so, just for the pleasure of hearing him answer, I asked him about
Hertzegovina, and pariah, and unique. But he began to generalize then, and show distress. I saw that with
New Zealand gone, he was a Samson shorn of his locks; he was as other men. This was a curious and
interesting mystery, and I was frank with him, and asked him to explain it.
He tried to avoid it at first; but then laughed and said that after all, the matter was not worth concealment, so
he would let me into the secret. In substance, this is his story:
"Last autumn I was at work one morning at home, when a card came upthe card of a stranger. Under the
name was printed a line which showed that this visitor was Professor of Theological Engineering in
Wellington University, New Zealand. I was troubledtroubled, I mean, by the shortness of the notice.
College etiquette required that he be at once invited to dinner by some member of the Facultyinvited to
dine on that daynot, put off till a subsequent day. I did not quite know what to do. College etiquette
requires, in the case of a foreign guest, that the dinnertalk shall begin with complimentary references to his
country, its great men, its services to civilization, its seats of learning, and things like that; and of course the
host is responsible, and must either begin this talk himself or see that it is done by some one else. I was in
great difficulty; and the more I searched my memory, the more my trouble grew. I found that I knew nothing
about New Zealand. I thought I knew where it was, and that was all. I had an impression that it was close to
Australia, or Asia, or somewhere, and that one went over to it on a bridge. This might turn out to be incorrect;
and even if correct, it would not furnish matter enough for the purpose at the dinner, and I should expose my
College to shame before my guest; he would see that I, a member of the Faculty of the first University in
America, was wholly ignorant of his country, and he would go away and tell this, and laugh at it. The thought
of it made my face burn.
"I sent for my wife and told her how I was situated, and asked for her help, and she thought of a thing which I
might have thought of myself, if I had not been excited and worried. She said she would go and tell the
visitor that I was out but would be in in a few minutes; and she would talk, and keep him busy while I got out
the back way and hurried over and make Professor Lawson give the dinner. For Lawson knew everything,
and could meet the guest in a creditable way and save the reputation of the University. I ran to Lawson, but
was disappointed. He did not know anything about New Zealand. He said that, as far as his recollection went
it was close to Australia, or Asia, or somewhere, and you go over to it on a bridge; but that was all he knew.
It was too bad. Lawson was a perfect encyclopedia of abstruse learning; but now in this hour of our need, it
turned out that he did not know any useful thing.
"We consulted. He saw that the reputation of the University was in very real peril, and he walked the floor in
anxiety, talking, and trying to think out some way to meet the difficulty. Presently he decided that we must
try the rest of the Facultysome of them might know about New Zealand. So we went to the telephone and
called up the professor of astronomy and asked him, and he said that all he knew was, that it was close to
Australia, or Asia, or somewhere, and you went over to it on
"We shut him off and called up the professor of biology, and he said that all he knew was that it was close to
Aus.
"We shut him off, and sat down, worried and disheartened, to see if we could think up some other scheme.
We shortly hit upon one which promised well, and this one we adopted, and set its machinery going at once.
It was this. Lawson must give the dinner. The Faculty must be notified by telephone to prepare. We must all
get to work diligently, and at the end of eight hours and a half we must come to dinner acquainted with New
Zealand; at least well enough informed to appear without discredit before this native. To seem properly
intelligent we should have to know about New Zealand's population, and politics, and form of government,
and commerce, and taxes, and products, and ancient history, and modern history, and varieties of religion,
and nature of the laws, and their codification, and amount of revenue, and whence drawn, and methods of
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXVI. 89
Page No 93
collection, and percentage of loss, and character of climate, andwell, a lot of things like that; we must suck
the maps and cyclopedias dry. And while we posted up in this way, the Faculty's wives must flock over, one
after the other, in a studiedly casual way, and help my wife keep the New Zealander quiet, and not let him get
out and come interfering with our studies. The scheme worked admirably; but it stopped business, stopped it
entirely.
"It is in the official logbook of Yale, to be read and wondered at by future generationsthe account of the
Great Blank Daythe memorable Blank Daythe day wherein the wheels of culture were stopped, a
Sunday silence prevailed all about, and the whole University stood still while the Faculty readup and
qualified itself to sit at meat, "without shame, in the presence of the Professor of Theological Engineering
from New Zealand:
"When we assembled at the dinner we were miserably tired and wornbut we were posted. Yes, it is fair to
claim that. In fact, erudition is a pale name for it. New Zealand was the only subject; and it was just beautiful
to hear us ripple it out. And with such an air of unembarrassed ease, and unostentatious familiarity with
detail, and trained and seasoned mastery of the subjectand oh, the grace and fluency of it!
"Well, finally somebody happened to notice that the guest was looking dazed, and wasn't saying anything. So
they stirred him up, of course. Then that man came out with a good, honest, eloquent compliment that made
the Faculty blush. He said be was not worthy to sit in the company of men like these; that he had been silent
from admiration; that he had been silent from another cause alsosilent from shamesilent from
ignorance! 'For,' said he, 'I, who have lived eighteen years in New Zealand and have served five in a
professorship, and ought to know much about that country, perceive, now, that I know almost nothing about
it. I say it with shame, that I have learned fifty times, yes, a hundred times more about New Zealand in these
two hours at this table than I ever knew before in all the eighteen years put together. I was silent because I
could not help myself. What I knew about taxes, and policies, and laws, and revenue, and products, and
history, and all that multitude of things, was but general, and ordinary, and vagueunscientific, in a
wordand it would have been insanity to expose it here to the searching glare of your amazingly accurate
and allcomprehensive knowledge of those matters, gentlemen. I beg you to let me sit silentas becomes
me. But do not change the subject; I can at least follow you, in this one; whereas if you change to one which
shall call out the full strength of your mighty erudition, I shall be as one lost. If you know all this about a
remote little inconsequent patch like New Zealand, ah, what wouldn't you know about any other Subject!'"
CHAPTER XXVII
Man is the Only Animal that Blushes. Or needs to.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
The universal brotherhood of man is our most precious possession, what
there is of it.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
FROM DIARY:
November 1noon. A fine day, a brilliant sun. Warm in the sun, cold in the shadean icy breeze blowing
out of the south. A solemn long swell rolling up northward. It comes from the South Pole, with nothing in the
way to obstruct its march and tone its energy down. I have read somewhere that an acute observer among the
early explorersCook? or Tasman?accepted this majestic swell as trustworthy circumstantial evidence
that no important land lay to the southward, and so did not waste time on a useless quest in that direction, but
changed his course and went searching elsewhere.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXVII 90
Page No 94
Afternoon. Passing between Tasmania (formerly Van Diemen's Land) and neighboring islandsislands
whence the poor exiled Tasmanian savages used to gaze at their lost homeland and cry; and die of broken
hearts. How glad I am that all these native races are dead and gone, or nearly so. The work was mercifully
swift and horrible in some portions of Australia. As far as Tasmania is concerned, the extermination was
complete: not a native is left. It was a strife of years, and decades of years. The Whites and the Blacks hunted
each other, ambushed each other, butchered each other. The Blacks were not numerous. But they were wary,
alert, cunning, and they knew their country well. They lasted a long time, few as they were, and inflicted
much slaughter upon the Whites.
The Government wanted to save the Blacks from ultimate extermination, if possible. One of its schemes was
to capture them and coop them up, on a neighboring island, under guard. Bodies of Whites volunteered for
the hunt, for the pay was goodL5 for each Black captured and delivered, but the success achieved was not
very satisfactory. The Black was naked, and his body was greased. It was hard to get a grip on him that would
hold. The Whites moved about in armed bodies, and surprised little families of natives, and did make
captures; but it was suspected that in these surprises half a dozen natives were killed to one caughtand that
was not what the Government desired.
Another scheme was to drive the natives into a corner of the island and fence them in by a cordon of men
placed in line across the country; but the natives managed to slip through, constantly, and continue their
murders and arsons.
The governor warned these unlettered savages by printed proclamation that they must stay in the desolate
region officially appointed for them! The proclamation was a dead letter; the savages could not read it.
Afterward a pictureproclamation was issued. It was painted up on boards, and these were nailed to trees in
the forest. Herewith is a photographic reproduction of this fashionplate. Substantially it means:
1. The Governor wishes the Whites and the Blacks to love each other;
2. He loves his black subjects;
3. Blacks who kill Whites will be hanged;
4. Whites who kill Blacks will be hanged.
Upon its several schemes the Government spent L30,000 and employed the labors and ingenuities of several
thousand Whites for a long time with failure as a result. Then, at last, a quarter of a century after the
beginning of the troubles between the two races, the right man was found. No, he found himself. This was
George Augustus Robinson, called in history "The Conciliator." He was not educated, and not conspicuous in
any way. He was a working bricklayer, in Hobart Town. But he must have been an amazing personality; a
man worth traveling far to see. It may be his counterpart appears in history, but I do not know where to look
for it.
He set himself this incredible task: to go out into the wilderness, the jungle, and the mountainretreats where
the hunted and implacable savages were hidden, and appear among them unarmed, speak the language of
love and of kindness to them, and persuade them to forsake their homes and the wild free life that was so dear
to them, and go with him and surrender to the hated Whites and live under their watch and ward, and upon
their charity the rest of their lives! On its face it was the dream of a madman.
In the beginning, his moralsuasion project was sarcastically dubbed the sugar plum speculation. If the
scheme was striking, and new to the world's experience, the situation was not less so. It was this. The White
population numbered 40,000 in 1831; the Black population numbered three hundred. Not 300 warriors, but
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXVII 91
Page No 95
300 men, women, and children. The Whites were armed with guns, the Blacks with clubs and spears. The
Whites had fought the Blacks for a quarter of a century, and had tried every thinkable way to capture, kill, or
subdue them; and could not do it. If white men of any race could have done it, these would have
accomplished it. But every scheme had failed, the splendid 300, the matchless 300 were unconquered, and
manifestly unconquerable. They would not yield, they would listen to no terms, they would fight to the bitter
end. Yet they had no poet to keep up their heart, and sing the marvel of their magnificent patriotism.
At the end of fiveandtwenty years of hard fighting, the surviving 300 naked patriots were still defiant, still
persistent, still efficacious with their rude weapons, and the Governor and the 40,000 knew not which way to
turn, nor what to do.
Then the Bricklayerthat wonderful manproposed to go out into the wilderness, with no weapon but his
tongue, and no protection but his honest eye and his humane heart; and track those embittered savages to their
lairs in the gloomy forests and among the mountain snows. Naturally, he was considered a crank. But he was
not quite that. In fact, he was a good way short of that. He was building upon his long and intimate
knowledge of the native character. The deriders of his project were rightfrom their standpointfor they
believed the natives to be mere wild beasts; and Robinson was right, from his standpointfor he believed the
natives to be human beings. The truth did really lie between the two. The event proved that Robinson's
judgment was soundest; but about once a month for four years the event came near to giving the verdict to the
deriders, for about that frequently Robinson barely escaped falling under the native spears.
But history shows that he had a thinking head, and was not a mere wild sentimentalist. For instance, he
wanted the war parties (called) in before he started unarmed upon his mission of peace. He wanted the best
chance of successnot a halfchance. And he was very willing to have help; and so, high rewards were
advertised, for any who would go unarmed with him. This opportunity was declined. Robinson persuaded
some tamed natives of both sexes to go with hima strong evidence of his persuasive powers, for those
natives well knew that their destruction would be almost certain. As it turned out, they had to face death over
and over again.
Robinson and his little party had a difficult undertaking upon their hands. They could not ride off, horseback,
comfortably into the woods and call Leonidas and his 300 together for a talk and a treaty the following day;
for the wild men were not in a body; they were scattered, immense distances apart, over regions so desolate
that even the birds could not make a living with the chances offeredscattered in groups of twenty, a dozen,
half a dozen, even in groups of three. And the mission must go on foot. Mr. Bonwick furnishes a description
of those horrible regions, whereby it will be seen that even fugitive gangs of the hardiest and choicest human
devils the world has seenthe convicts set apart to people the "Hell of Macquarrie Harbor Station"were
never able, but once, to survive the horrors of a march through them, but starving and struggling, and fainting
and failing, ate each other, and died:
"Onward, still onward, was the order of the indomitable Robinson. No one ignorant of the western country of
Tasmania can form a correct idea of the traveling difficulties. While I was resident in Hobart Town, the
Governor, Sir John Franklin, and his lady, undertook the western journey to Macquarrie Harbor, and suffered
terribly. One man who assisted to carry her ladyship through the swamps, gave me his bitter experience of its
miseries. Several were disabled for life. No wonder that but one party, escaping from Macquarrie Harbor
convict settlement, arrived at the civilized region in safety. Men perished in the scrub, were lost in snow, or
were devoured by their companions. This was the territory traversed by Mr. Robinson and his Black guides.
All honor to his intrepidity, and their wonderful fidelity! When they had, in the depth of winter, to cross deep
and rapid rivers, pass among mountains six thousand feet high, pierce dangerous thickets, and find food in a
country forsaken even by birds, we can realize their hardships.
"After a frightful journey by Cradle Mountain, and over the lofty plateau of Middlesex Plains, the travelers
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXVII 92
Page No 96
experienced unwonted misery, and the circumstances called forth the best qualities of the noble little band.
Mr. Robinson wrote afterwards to Mr. Secretary Burnett some details of this passage of horrors. In that letter,
of Oct 2, 1834, he states that his Natives were very reluctant to go over the dreadful mountain passes; that 'for
seven successive days we continued traveling over one solid body of snow;' that 'the snows were of incredible
depth;' that 'the Natives were frequently up to their middle in snow.' But still the ill clad, illfed, diseased,
and wayworn men and women were sustained by the cheerful voice of their unconquerable friend, and
responded most nobly to his call."
Mr. Bonwick says that Robinson's friendly capture of the Big River tribe remember, it was a whole
tribe"was by far the grandest feature of the war, and the crowning glory of his efforts." The word "war"
was not well chosen, and is misleading. There was war still, but only the Blacks were conducting itthe
Whites were holding off until Robinson could give his scheme a fair trial. I think that we are to understand
that the friendly capture of that tribe was by far the most important thing, the highest in value, that happened
during the whole thirty years of truceless hostilities; that it was a decisive thing, a peaceful Waterloo, the
surrender of the native Napoleon and his dreaded forces, the happy ending of the long strife. For "that tribe
was the terror of the colony," its chief "the Black Douglas of Bush households."
Robinson knew that these formidable people were lurking somewhere, in some remote corner of the hideous
regions just described, and he and his unarmed little party started on a tedious and perilous hunt for them. At
last, "there, under the shadows of the Frenchman's Cap, whose grim cone rose five thousand feet in the
uninhabited westward interior," they were found. It was a serious moment. Robinson himself believed, for
once, that his mission, successful until now, was to end here in failure, and that his own deathhour had
struck.
The redoubtable chief stood in menacing attitude, with his eighteenfoot spear poised; his warriors stood
massed at his back, armed for battle, their faces eloquent with their longcherished loathing for white men.
"They rattled their spears and shouted their warcry." Their women were back of them, laden with supplies
of weapons, and keeping their 150 eager dogs quiet until the chief should give the signal to fall on.
"I think we shall soon be in the resurrection," whispered a member of Robinson's little party.
"I think we shall," answered Robinson; then plucked up heart and began his persuasionsin the tribe's own
dialect, which surprised and pleased the chief. Presently there was an interruption by the chief:
"Who are you?"
"We are gentlemen."
"Where are your guns?"
"We have none."
The warrior was astonished.
"Where your little guns?" (pistols).
"We have none."
A few minutes passedin byplaysuspensediscussion among the tribesmenRobinson's tamed
squaws ventured to cross the line and begin persuasions upon the wild squaws. Then the chief stepped back
"to confer with the old womenthe real arbiters of savage war." Mr. Bonwick continues:
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXVII 93
Page No 97
"As the fallen gladiator in the arena looks for the signal of life or death from the president of the
amphitheatre, so waited our friends in anxious suspense while the conference continued. In a few minutes,
before a word was uttered, the women of the tribe threw up their arms three times. This was the inviolable
sign of peace! Down fell the spears. Forward, with a heavy sigh of relief, and upward glance of gratitude,
came the friends of peace. The impulsive natives rushed forth with tears and cries, as each saw in the other's
rank a loved one of the past.
"It was a jubilee of joy. A festival followed. And, while tears flowed at the recital of woe, a corrobory of
pleasant laughter closed the eventful day."
In four years, without the spilling of a drop of blood, Robinson brought them all in, willing captives, and
delivered them to the white governor, and ended the war which powder and bullets, and thousands of men to
use them, had prosecuted without result since 1804.
Marsyas charming the wild beasts with his musicthat is fable; but the miracle wrought by Robinson is fact.
It is historyand authentic; and surely, there is nothing greater, nothing more reverencecompelling in the
history of any country, ancient or modern.
And in memory of the greatest man Australasia ever developed or ever will develop, there is a stately
monument to George Augustus Robinson, the Conciliator inno, it is to another man, I forget his name.
However, Robertson's own generation honored him, and in manifesting it honored themselves. The
Government gave him a moneyreward and a thousand acres of land; and the people held massmeetings and
praised him and emphasized their praise with a large subscription of money.
A good dramatic situation; but the curtain fell on another:
"When this desperate tribe was thus captured, there was much surprise to find that the L30,000 of a little
earlier day had been spent, and the whole population of the colony placed under arms, in contention with an
opposing force of sixteen men with wooden spears! Yet such was the fact. The celebrated Big River tribe,
that had been raised by European fears to a host, consisted of sixteen men, nine women, and one child. With a
knowledge of the mischief done by these few, their wonderful marches and their widespread aggressions,
their enemies cannot deny to them the attributes of courage and military tact. A Wallace might harass a large
army with a small and determined band; but the contending parties were at least equal in arms and
civilization. The Zulus who fought us in Africa, the Maories in New Zealand, the Arabs in the Soudan, were
far better provided with weapons, more advanced in the science of war, and considerably more numerous,
than the naked Tasmanians. Governor Arthur rightly termed them a noble race."
These were indeed wonderful people, the natives. They ought not to have been wasted. They should have
been crossed with the Whites. It would have improved the Whites and done the Natives no harm.
But the Natives were wasted, poor heroic wild creatures. They were gathered together in little settlements on
neighboring islands, and paternally cared for by the Government, and instructed in religion, and deprived of
tobacco, because the superintendent of the Sundayschool was not a smoker, and so considered smoking
immoral.
The Natives were not used to clothes, and houses, and regular hours, and church, and school, and
Sundayschool, and work, and the other misplaced persecutions of civilization, and they pined for their lost
home and their wild free life. Too late they repented that they had traded that heaven for this hell. They sat
homesick on their alien crags, and day by day gazed out through their tears over the sea with unappeasable
longing toward the hazy bulk which was the specter of what had been their paradise; one by one their hearts
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXVII 94
Page No 98
broke and they died.
In a very few years nothing but a scant remnant remained alive. A handful lingered along into age. In 1864
the last man died, in 1876 the last woman died, and the Spartans of Australasia were extinct.
The Whites always mean well when they take human fish out of the ocean and try to make them dry and
warm and happy and comfortable in a chicken coop; but the kindesthearted white man can always be
depended on to prove himself inadequate when he deals with savages. He cannot turn the situation around
and imagine how he would like it to have a wellmeaning savage transfer him from his house and his church
and his clothes and his books and his choice food to a hideous wilderness of sand and rocks and snow, and
ice and sleet and storm and blistering sun, with no shelter, no bed, no covering for his and his family's naked
bodies, and nothing to eat but snakes and grubs and 'offal. This would be a hell to him; and if he had any
wisdom he would know that his own civilization is a hell to the savagebut he hasn't any, and has never had
any; and for lack of it he shut up those poor natives in the unimaginable perdition of his civilization,
committing his crime with the very best intentions, and saw those poor creatures waste away under his
tortures; and gazed at it, vaguely troubled and sorrowful, and wondered what could be the matter with them.
One is almost betrayed into respecting those criminals, they were so sincerely kind, and tender, and humane;
and wellmeaning.
They didn't know why those exiled savages faded away, and they did their honest best to reason it out. And
one man, in a like case in New South Wales, did reason it out and arrive at a solution:
"It is from the wrath of God, which is revealed from heaven against cold ungodliness and unrighteousness of
men."
That settles it.
CHAPTER XXVIII.
Let us be thankful for the fools. But for them the rest of us could not
succeed.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
The aphorism does really seem true: "Given the Circumstances, the Man will appear." But the man musn't
appear ahead of time, or it will spoil everything. In Robinson's case the Moment had been approaching for a
quarter of a centuryand meantime the future Conciliator was tranquilly laying bricks in Hobart. When all
other means had failed, the Moment had arrived, and the Bricklayer put down his trowel and came forward.
Earlier he would have been jeered back to his trowel again. It reminds me of a tale that was told me by a
Kentuckian on the train when we were crossing Montana. He said the tale was current in Louisville years
ago. He thought it had been in print, but could not remember. At any rate, in substance it was this, as nearly
as I can call it back to mind.
A few years before the outbreak of the Civil War it began to appear that Memphis, Tennessee, was going to
be a great tobacco entrepotthe wise could see the signs of it. At that time Memphis had a wharf boat, of
course. There was a paved sloping wharf, for the accommodation of freight, but the steamers landed on the
outside of the wharfboat, and all loading and unloading was done across it, between steamer and shore. A
number of wharfboat clerks were needed, and part of the time, every day, they were very busy, and part of the
time tediously idle. They were boiling over with youth and spirits, and they had to make the intervals of
idleness endurable in some way; and as a rule, they did it by contriving practical jokes and playing them upon
each other.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXVIII. 95
Page No 99
The favorite butt for the jokes was Ed Jackson, because he played none himself, and was easy game for other
people'sfor he always believed whatever was told him.
One day he told the others his scheme for his holiday. He was not going fishing or hunting this timeno, he
had thought out a better plan. Out of his $40 a month he had saved enough for his purpose, in an economical
way, and he was going to have a look at New York.
It was a great and surprising idea. It meant travel immense travelin those days it meant seeing the world; it
was the equivalent of a voyage around it in ours. At first the other youths thought his mind was affected, but
when they found that he was in earnest, the next thing to be thought of was, what sort of opportunity this
venture might afford for a practical joke.
The young men studied over the matter, then held a secret consultation and made a plan. The idea was, that
one of the conspirators should offer Ed a letter of introduction to Commodore Vanderbilt, and trick him into
delivering it. It would be easy to do this. But what would Ed do when he got back to Memphis? That was a
serious matter. He was goodhearted, and had always taken the jokes patiently; but they had been jokes
which did not humiliate him, did not bring him to shame; whereas, this would be a cruel one in that way, and
to play it was to meddle with fire; for with all his good nature, Ed was a Southernerand the English of that
was, that when he came back he would kill as many of the conspirators as he could before falling himself.
However, the chances must be takenit wouldn't do to waste such a joke as that.
So the letter was prepared with great care and elaboration. It was signed Alfred Fairchild, and was written in
an easy and friendly spirit. It stated that the bearer was the bosom friend of the writer's son, and was of good
parts and sterling character, and it begged the Commodore to be kind to the young stranger for the writer's
sake. It went on to say, "You may have forgotten me, in this long stretch of time, but you will easily call me
back out of your boyhood memories when I remind you of how we robbed old Stevenson's orchard that night;
and how, while he was chasing down the road after us, we cut across the field and doubled back and sold his
own apples to his own cook for a hatfull of doughnuts; and the time that we" and so forth and so on,
bringing in names of imaginary comrades, and detailing all sorts of wild and absurd and, of course, wholly
imaginary schoolboy pranks and adventures, but putting them into lively and telling shape.
With all gravity Ed was asked if he would like to have a letter to Commodore Vanderbilt, the great
millionaire. It was expected that the question would astonish Ed, and it did.
"What? Do you know that extraordinary man?"
"No; but my father does. They were schoolboys together. And if you like, I'll write and ask father. I know
he'll be glad to give it to you for my sake."
Ed could not find words capable of expressing his gratitude and delight. The three days passed, and the letter
was put into his bands. He started on his trip, still pouring out his thanks while he shook goodbye all
around. And when he was out of sight his comrades let fly their laughter in a storm of happy
satisfactionand then quieted down, and were less happy, less satisfied. For the old doubts as to the wisdom
of this deception began to intrude again.
Arrived in New York, Ed found his way to Commodore Vanderbilt's business quarters, and was ushered into
a large anteroom, where a score of people were patiently awaiting their turn for a twominute interview with
the millionaire in his private office. A servant asked for Ed's card, and got the letter instead. Ed was sent for a
moment later, and found Mr. Vanderbilt alone, with the letteropenin his hand.
"Pray sit down, Mr. er"
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXVIII. 96
Page No 100
"Jackson."
" Ahsit down, Mr. Jackson. By the opening sentences it seems to be a letter from an old friend. Allow
meI will run my eye through it. He says he sayswhy, who is it?" He turned the sheet and found the
signature. "Alfred FairchildhmFairchildI don't recall the name. But that is nothinga thousand
names have gone from me. He sayshe sayshmhmoh, dear, but it's good! Oh, it's rare! I don't quite
remember it, but I seem to it'll all come back to me presently. He says he sayshmhmoh, but that was
a game! Oh, splendid ! How it carries me back! It's all dim, of course it's a long time agoand the
namessome of the names are wavery and indistinctbut sho', I know it happenedI can feel it! and lord,
how it warms my heart, and brings back my lost youth! Well, well, well, I've got to come back into this
workaday world nowbusiness presses and people are waitingI'll keep the rest for bed tonight, and
live my youth over again. And you'll thank Fairchild for me when you see himI used to call him Alf, I
think and you'll give him my gratitude forwhat this letter has done for the tired spirit of a hardworked
man; and tell him there isn't anything that I can do for him or any friend of his that I won't do. And as for you,
my lad, you are my guest; you can't stop at any hotel in New York. Sit. where you are a little while, till I get
through with these people, then we'll go home. I'll take care of you, my boymake yourself easy as to that."
Ed stayed a week, and had an immense timeand never suspected that the Commodore's shrewd eye was on
him, and that he was daily being weighed and measured and analyzed and tried and tested.
Yes, he had an immense time; and never wrote home, but saved it all up to tell when he should get back.
Twice, with proper modesty and decency, he proposed to end his visit, but the Commodore said, "Nowait;
leave it to me; I'll tell you when to go."
In those days the Commodore was making some of those vast combinations of hisconsolidations of
warring odds and ends of railroads into harmonious systems, and concentrations of floating and rudderless
commerce in effective centersand among other things his farseeing eye had detected the convergence of
that huge tobaccocommerce, already spoken of, toward Memphis, and he had resolved to set his grasp upon
it and make it his own.
The week came to an end. Then the Commodore said:
"Now you can start home. But first we will have some more talk about that tobacco matter. I know you now. I
know your abilities as well as you know them yourselfperhaps better. You understand that tobacco matter;
you understand that I am going to take possession of it, and you also understand the plans which I have
matured for doing it. What I want is a man who knows my mind, and is qualified to represent me in
Memphis, and be in supreme command of that important businessand I appoint you."
"Me!"
"Yes. Your salary will be highof coursefor you are representing me. Later you will earn increases of it,
and will get them. You will need a small army of assistants; choose them yourselfand carefully. Take no
man for friendship's sake; but, all things being equal, take the man you know, take your friend, in preference
to the stranger." After some further talk under this head, the Commodore said:
"Goodbye, my boy, and thank Alf for me, for sending you to me."
When Ed reached Memphis he rushed down to the wharf in a fever to tell his great news and thank the boys
over and over again for thinking to give him the letter to Mr. Vanderbilt. It happened to be one of those idle
times. Blazing hot noonday, and no sign of life on the wharf. But as Ed threaded his way among the freight
piles, he saw a white linen figure stretched in slumber upon a pile of grainsacks under an awning, and said
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXVIII. 97
Page No 101
to himself, "That's one of them," and hastened his step; next, he said, "It's Charleyit's Fairchild good"; and
the next moment laid an affectionate hand on the sleeper's shoulder. The eyes opened lazily, took one glance,
the face blanched, the form whirled itself from the sackpile, and in an instant Ed was alone and Fairchild
was flying for the wharfboat like the wind!
Ed was dazed, stupefied. Was Fairchild crazy? What could be the meaning of this? He started slow and
dreamily down toward the wharfboat; turned the corner of a freightpile and came suddenly upon two of the
boys. They were lightly laughing over some pleasant matter; they heard his step, and glanced up just as he
discovered them; the laugh died abruptly; and before Ed could speak they were off, and sailing over barrels
and bales like hunted deer. Again Ed was paralyzed. Had the boys all gone mad? What could be the
explanation of this extraordinary conduct? And so, dreaming along, he reached the wharfboat, and stepped
aboard nothing but silence there, and vacancy. He crossed the deck, turned the corner to go down the outer
guard, heard a fervent
"O lord!" and saw a white linen form plunge overboard.
The youth came up coughing and strangling, and cried out
"Go 'way from here! You let me alone. I didn't do it, I swear I didn't!"
"Didn't do what?"
"Give you the"
"Never mind what you didn't docome out of that! What makes you all act so? What have I done?"
"You? Why you haven't done anything. But"
"Well, then, what have you got against me? What do you all treat me so for?"
"Ierbut haven't you got anything against us?"
"Of course not. What put such a thing into your head?"
"Honor brightyou haven't?
"Honor bright."
"Swear it!"
"I don't know what in the world you mean, but I swear it, anyway."
"And you'll shake hands with me?"
"Goodness knows I'll be glad to! Why, I'm just starving to shake hands with somebody!"
The swimmer muttered, "Hang him, he smelt a rat and never delivered the letter!but it's all right, I'm not
going to fetch up the subject." And he crawled out and came dripping and draining to shake hands. First one
and then another of the conspirators showed up cautiouslyarmed to the teethtook in the amicable
situation, then ventured warily forward and joined the lovefeast.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXVIII. 98
Page No 102
And to Ed's eager inquiry as to what made them act as they had been acting, they answered evasively, and
pretended that they had put it up as a joke, to see what he would do. It was the best explanation they could
invent at such short notice. And each said to himself, "He never delivered that letter, and the joke is on us, if
he only knew it or we were dull enough to come out and tell."
Then, of course, they wanted to know all about the trip; and he said
"Come right up on the boiler deck and order the drinks it's my treat. I'm going to tell you all about it. And
tonight it's my treat again and we'll have oysters and a time!"
When the drinks were brought and cigars lighted, Ed said:
"Well, when, I delivered the letter to Mr. Vanderbilt"
"Great Scott!"
"Gracious, how you scared me. What's the matter?"
"Ohernothing. Nothingit was a tack in the chairseat," said one.
"But you all said it. However, no matter. When I delivered the letter"
"Did you deliver it?" And they looked at each other as people might who thought that maybe they were
dreaming.
Then they settled to listening; and as the story deepened and its marvels grew, the amazement of it made
them dumb, and the interest of it took their breath. They hardly uttered a whisper during two hours, but sat
like petrifactions and drank in the immortal romance. At last the tale was ended, and Ed said
"And it's all owing to you, boys, and you'll never find me ungrateful bless your hearts, the best friends a
fellow ever had! You'll all have places; I want every one of you. I know youI know you 'by the back,' as
the gamblers say. You're jokers, and all that, but you're sterling, with the hallmark on. And Charley Fairchild,
you shall be my first assistant and right hand, because of your firstclass ability, and because you got me the
letter, and for your father's sake who wrote it for me, and to please Mr. Vanderbilt, who said it would! And
here's to that great mandrink hearty!"
Yes, when the Moment comes, the Man appearseven if he is a thousand miles away, and has to be
discovered by a practical joke.
CHAPTER XXIX.
When people do not respect us we are sharply offended; yet deep down in
his private heart no man much respects himself.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
Necessarily, the human interest is the first interest in the logbook of any country. The annals of Tasmania,
in whose shadow we were sailing, are lurid with that feature. Tasmania was a convictdump, in old times;
this has been indicated in the account of the Conciliator, where reference is made to vain attempts of
desperate convicts to win to permanent freedom, after escaping from Macquarrie Harbor and the "Gates of
Hell." In the early days Tasmania had a great population of convicts, of both sexes and all ages, and a bitter
hard life they had. In one spot there was a settlement of juvenile convictschildrenwho had been sent
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXIX. 99
Page No 103
thither from their home and their friends on the other side of the globe to expiate their "crimes."
In due course our ship entered the estuary called the Derwent, at whose head stands Hobart, the capital of
Tasmania. The Derwent's shores furnish scenery of an interesting sort. The historian Laurie, whose book,
"The Story of Australasia," is just out, invoices its features with considerable truth and intemperance: "The
marvelous picturesqueness of every point of view, combined with the clear balmy atmosphere and the
transparency of the ocean depths, must have delighted and deeply impressed" the early explorers. "If the
rockbound coasts, sullen, defiant, and lowering, seemed uninviting, these were occasionally broken into
charmingly alluring coves floored with golden sand, clad with evergreen shrubbery, and adorned with every
variety of indigenous wattle, sheoak, wild flower, and fern, from the delicately graceful 'maiden hair' to the
palmlike 'old man'; while the majestic gumtree, clean and smooth as the mast of 'some tall admiral' pierces
the clear air to the height of 230 feet or more."
It looked so to me. "Coasting along Tasman's Peninsula, what a shock of pleasant wonder must have struck
the early mariner on suddenly sighting Cape Pillar, with its cluster of blackribbed basaltic columns rising to
a height of 900 feet, the hydra head wreathed in a turban of fleecy cloud, the base lashed by jealous waves
spouting angry fountains of foam."
That is well enough, but I did not suppose those snags were 900 feet high. Still they were a very fine show.
They stood boldly out by themselves, and made a fascinatingly odd spectacle. But there was nothing about
their appearance to suggest the heads of a hydra. They looked like a row of lofty slabs with their upper ends
tapered to the shape of a carvingknife point; in fact, the early voyager, ignorant of their great height, might
have mistaken them for a rusty old rank of piles that had sagged this way and that out of the perpendicular.
The Peninsula is lofty, rocky, and densely clothed with scrub, or brush, or both. It is joined to the main by a
low neck. At this junction was formerly a convict station called Port Arthura place hard to escape from.
Behind it was the wilderness of scrub, in which a fugitive would soon starve; in front was the narrow neck,
with a cordon of chained dogs across it, and a line of lanterns, and a fence of living guards, armed. We saw
the place as we swept bythat is, we had a glimpse of what we were told was the entrance to Port Arthur.
The glimpse was worth something, as a remembrancer, but that was all.
The voyage thence up the Derwent Frith displays a grand succession of fairy visions, in its entire length
elsewhere unequaled. In gliding over the deep blue sea studded with lovely islets luxuriant to the water's
edge, one is at a loss which scene to choose for contemplation and to admire most. When the Huon and Bruni
have been passed, there seems no possible chance of a rival; but suddenly Mount Wellington, massive and
noble like his brother Etna, literally heaves in sight, sternly guarded on either hand by Mounts Nelson and
Rumney; presently we arrive at Sullivan's CoveHobart!"
It is an attractive town. It sits on low hills that slope to the harbor a harbor that looks like a river, and is as
smooth as one. Its still surface is pictured with dainty reflections of boats and grassy banks and luxuriant
foliage. Back of the town rise highlands that are clothed in woodland loveliness, and over the way is that
noble mountain, Wellington, a stately bulk, a most majestic pile. How beautiful is the whole region, for form,
and grouping, and opulence, and freshness of foliage, and variety of color, and grace and shapeliness of the
hills, the capes, the, promontories; and then, the splendor of the sunlight, the dim rich distances, the charm of
the waterglimpses! And it was in this paradise that the yellowliveried convicts were landed, and the
Corpsbandits quartered, and the wanton slaughter of the kangaroochasing black innocents consummated
on that autumn day in May, in the brutish old time. It was all out of keeping with the place, a sort of bringing
of heaven and hell together.
The remembrance of this paradise reminds me that it was at Hobart that we struck the head of the procession
of Junior Englands. We were to encounter other sections of it in New Zealand, presently, and others later in
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXIX. 100
Page No 104
Natal. Wherever the exiled Englishman can find in his new home resemblances to his old one, he is touched
to the marrow of his being; the love that is in his heart inspires his imagination, and these allied forces
transfigure those resemblances into authentic duplicates of the revered originals. It is beautiful, the feeling
which works this enchantment, and it compels one's homage; compels it, and also compels one's
assentcompels it alwayseven when, as happens sometimes, one does not see the resemblances as clearly
as does the exile who is pointing them out.
The resemblances do exist, it is quite true; and often they cunningly approximate the originalsbut after all,
in the matter of certain physical patent rights there is only one England. Now that I have sampled the globe, I
am not in doubt. There is a beauty of Switzerland, and it is repeated in the glaciers and snowy ranges of many
parts of the earth; there is a beauty of the fiord, and it is repeated in New Zealand and Alaska; there is a
beauty of Hawaii, and it is repeated in ten thousand islands of the Southern seas; there is a beauty of the
prairie and the plain, and it is repeated here and there in the earth; each of these is worshipful, each is perfect
in its way, yet holds no monopoly of its beauty; but that beauty which is England is aloneit has no
duplicate.
It is made up of very simple detailsjust grass, and trees, and shrubs, and roads, and hedges, and gardens,
and houses, and vines, and churches, and castles, and here and there a ruinand over it all a mellow dream
haze of history. But its beauty is incomparable, and all its own.
Hobart has a peculiarityit is the neatest town that the sun shines on; and I incline to believe that it is also
the cleanest. However that may be, its supremacy in neatness is not to be questioned. There cannot be another
town in the world that has no shabby exteriors; no rickety gates and fences, no neglected houses crumbling to
ruin, no crazy and unsightly sheds, no weedgrown frontyards of the poor, no backyards littered with tin
cans and old boots and empty bottles, no rubbish in the gutters, no clutter on the sidewalks, no outerborders
fraying out into dirty lanes and tinpatched huts. No, in Hobart all the aspects are tidy, and all a comfort to
the eye; the modestest cottage looks combed and brushed, and has its vines, its flowers, its neat fence, its neat
gate, its comely cat asleep on the window ledge.
We had a glimpse of the museum, by courtesy of the American gentleman who is curator of it. It has samples
of halfadozen different kinds of marsupials[A marsupial is a plantigrade vertebrate whose specialty is
its pocket. In some countries it is extinct, in the others it is rare. The first American marsupials were Stephen
Girard, Mr. Aston and the opossum; the principal marsupials of the Southern Hemisphere are Mr. Rhodes,
and the kangaroo. I, myself, am the latest marsupial. Also, I might boast that I have the largest pocket of them
all. But there is nothing in that.]one, the " Tasmanian devil;" that is, I think he was one of them. And there
was a fish with lungs. When the water dries up it can live in the mud. Most curious of all was a parrot that
kills sheep. On one great sheeprun this bird killed a thousand sheep in a whole year. He doesn't want the
whole sheep, but only the kidneyfat. This restricted taste makes him an expensive bird to support. To get the
fat he drives his beak in and rips it out; the wound is mortal. This parrot furnishes a notable example of
evolution brought about by changed conditions. When the sheep culture was introduced, it presently brought
famine to the parrot by exterminating a kind of grub which had always thitherto been the parrot's diet. The
miseries of hunger made the bird willing to eat raw flesh, since it could get no other food, and it began to pick
remnants of meat from sheep skins hung out on the fences to dry. It soon came to prefer sheep meat to any
other food, and by and by it came to prefer the kidneyfat to any other detail of the sheep. The parrot's bill
was not well shaped for digging out the fat, but Nature fixed that matter; she altered the bill's shape, and now
the parrot can dig out kidneyfat better than the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court, or anybody else, for that
mattereven an Admiral.
And there was another curiosityquite a stunning one, I thought: Arrow heads and knives just like those
which Primeval Man made out of flint, and thought he had done such a wonderful thingyes, and has been
humored and coddled in that superstition by this age of admiring scientists until there is probably no living
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXIX. 101
Page No 105
with him in the other world by now. Yet here is his finest and nicest work exactly duplicated in our day; and
by people who have never heard of him or his works: by aborigines who lived in the islands of these seas,
within our time. And they not only duplicated those works of art but did it in the brittlest and most
treacherous of substancesglass: made them out of old brandy bottles flung out of the British camps;
millions of tons of them. It is time for Primeval Man to make a little less noise, now. He has had his day. He
is not what he used to be. We had a drive through a bloomy and odorous fairyland, to the Refuge for the
Indigenta spacious and comfortable home, with hospitals, etc., for both sexes. There was a crowd in there,
of the oldest people I have ever seen. It was like being suddenly set down in a new worlda weird world
where Youth has never been, a world sacred to Age, and bowed forms, and wrinkles. Out of the 359 persons
present, 223, were exconvicts, and could have told stirring tales, no doubt, if they had been minded to talk;
42 of the 359 were past 80, and several were close upon 90; the average age at death there is 76 years. As for
me, I have no use for that place; it is too healthy. Seventy is old enoughafter that, there is too much risk.
Youth and gaiety might vanish, any dayand then, what is left? Death in life; death without its privileges,
death without its benefits. There were 185 women in that Refuge, and 81 of them were exconvicts.
The steamer disappointed us. Instead of making a long visit at Hobart, as usual, she made a short one. So we
got but a glimpse of Tasmania, and then moved on.
CHAPTER XXX.
Nature makes the locust with an appetite for crops; man would have made
him with an appetite for sand.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
We spent part of an afternoon and a night at sea, and reached Bluff, in New Zealand, early in the morning.
Bluff is at the bottom of the middle island, and is away down south, nearly fortyseven degrees below the
equator. It lies as far south of the line as Quebec lies north of it, and the climates of the two should be alike;
but for some reason or other it has not been so arranged. Quebec is hot in the summer and cold in the winter,
but Bluff's climate is less intense; the cold weather is not very cold, the hot weather is not very hot; and the
difference between the hottest month and the coldest is but 17 degrees Fahrenheit.
In New Zealand the rabbit plague began at Bluff. The man who introduced the rabbit there was banqueted
and lauded; but they would hang him, now, if they could get him. In England the natural enemy of the rabbit
is detested and persecuted; in the Bluff region the natural enemy of the rabbit is honored, and his person is
sacred. The rabbit's natural enemy in England is the poacher, in Bluff its natural enemy is the stoat, the
weasel, the ferret, the cat, and the mongoose. In England any person below the Heir who is caught with a
rabbit in his possession must satisfactorily explain how it got there, or he will suffer fine and imprisonment,
together with extinction of his peerage; in Bluff, the cat found with a rabbit in its possession does not have to
explaineverybody looks the other way; the person caught noticing would suffer fine and imprisonment,
with extinction of peerage. This is a sure way to undermine the moral fabric of a cat. Thirty years from now
there will not be a moral cat in New Zealand. Some think there is none there now. In England the poacher is
watched, tracked, huntedhe dare not show his face; in Bluff the cat, the weasel, the stoat, and the
mongoose go up and down, whither they will, unmolested. By a law of the legislature, posted where all may
read, it is decreed that any person found in possession of one of these creatures (dead) must satisfactorily
explain the circumstances or pay a fine of not less than L5, nor more than L20. The revenue from this source
is not large. Persons who want to pay a hundred dollars for a dead cat are getting rarer and rarer every day.
This is bad, for the revenue was to go to the endowment of a University. All governments are more or less
shortsighted: in England they fine the poacher, whereas he ought to be banished to New Zealand. New
Zealand would pay his way, and give him wages.
It was from Bluff that we ought to have cut across to the west coast and visited the New Zealand Switzerland,
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXX. 102
Page No 106
a land of superb scenery, made up of snowy grandeurs, anal mighty glaciers, and beautiful lakes; and over
there, also, are the wonderful rivals of the Norwegian and Alaskan fiords; and for neighbor, a waterfall of
1,900 feet; but we were obliged to postpone the trip to some later and indefinite time.
November 6. A lovely summer morning; brilliant blue sky. A few miles out from Invercargill, passed through
vast level green expanses snowed over with sheep. Fine to see. The green, deep and very vivid sometimes; at
other times less so, but delicate and lovely. A passenger reminds me that I am in "the England of the Far
South."
Dunedin, same date. The town justifies Michael Davitt's praises. The people are Scotch. They stopped here
on their way from home to heaven thinking they had arrived. The population is stated at 40,000, by
Malcolm Ross, journalist; stated by an M. P. at 60,000. A journalist cannot lie.
To the residence of Dr. Hockin. He has a fine collection of books relating to New Zealand; and his house is a
museum of Maori art and antiquities. He has pictures and prints in color of many native chiefs of the
pastsome of them of note in history. There is nothing of the savage in the faces; nothing could be finer
than these men's features, nothing more intellectual than these faces, nothing more masculine, nothing nobler
than their aspect. The aboriginals of Australia and Tasmania looked the savage, but these chiefs looked like
Roman patricians. The tattooing in these portraits ought to suggest the savage, of course, but it does not. The
designs are so flowing and graceful and beautiful that they are a most satisfactory decoration. It takes but
fifteen minutes to get reconciled to the tattooing, and but fifteen more to perceive that it is just the thing.
After that, the undecorated European face is unpleasant and ignoble.
Dr. Hockiu gave us a ghastly curiositya lignified caterpillar with a plant growing out of the back of its
necka plant with a slender stem 4 inches high. It happened not by accident, but by designNature's
design. This caterpillar was in the act of loyally carrying out a law inflicted upon him by Naturea law
purposely inflicted upon him to get him into troublea law which was a trap; in pursuance of this law he
made the proper preparations for turning himself into a nightmoth; that is to say, he dug a little trench, a
little grave, and then stretched himself out in it on his stomach and partially buried himselfthen Nature was
ready for him. She blew the spores of a peculiar fungus through the air with a purpose. Some of them fell into
a crease in the back of the caterpillar's neck, and began to sprout and growfor there was soil therehe had
not washed his neck. The roots forced themselves down into the worm's person, and rearward along through
its body, sucking up the creature's juices for sap; the worm slowly died, and turned to wood. And here he was
now, a wooden caterpillar, with every detail of his former physique delicately and exactly preserved and
perpetuated, and with that stem standing up out of him for his monumentmonument commemorative of his
own loyalty and of Nature's unfair return for it.
Nature is always acting like that. Mrs. X. said (of course) that the caterpillar was not conscious and didn't
suffer. She should have known better. No caterpillar can deceive Nature. If this one couldn't suffer, Nature
would have known it and would have hunted up another caterpillar. Not that she would have let this one go,
merely because it was defective. No. She would have waited and let him turn into a nightmoth; and then
fried him in the candle.
Nature cakes a fish's eyes over with parasites, so that it shan't be able to avoid its enemies or find its food.
She sends parasites into a star fish's system, which clog up its prongs and swell them and make them so
uncomfortable that the poor creature delivers itself from the prong to ease its misery; and presently it has to
part with another prong for the sake of comfort, and finally with a third. If it regrows the prongs, the
parasite returns and the same thing is repeated. And finally, when the ability to reproduce prongs is lost
through age, that poor old star fish can't get around any more, and so it dies of starvation.
In Australia is prevalent a horrible disease due to an "unperfected tapeworm." Unperfectedthat is what they
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXX. 103
Page No 107
call it, I do not know why, for it transacts business just as well as if it were finished and frescoed and gilded,
and all that.
November 9. To the museum and public picture gallery with the president of the Society of Artists. Some fine
pictures there, lent by the S. of A. several of them they bought, the others came to them by gift. Next, to the
gallery of the S. of A.annual exhibitionjust opened. Fine. Think of a town like this having two such
collections as this, and a Society of Artists. It is so all over Australasia. If it were a monarchy one might
understand it. I mean an absolute monarchy, where it isn't necessary to vote money, but take it. Then art
flourishes. But these colonies are republicsrepublics with a wide suffrage; voters of both sexes, this one of
New Zealand. In republics, neither the government nor the rich private citizen is much given to propagating
art. All over Australasia pictures by famous European artists are bought for the public galleries by the State
and by societies of citizens. Living citizensnot dead ones. They rob themselves to give, not their heirs.
This S. of A. here owns its buildings built it by subscription.
CHAPTER XXXI.
The spirit of wrathnot the wordsis the sin; and the spirit of wrath
is cursing. We begin to swear before we can talk.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
November 11. On the road. This trainexpress goes twenty and onehalf miles an hour, schedule time; but it
is fast enough, the outlook upon sea and land is so interesting, and the cars so comfortable. They are not
English, and not American; they are the Swiss combination of the two. A narrow and railed porch along the
side, where a person can walk up and down. A lavatory in each car. This is progress; this is nineteenth
century spirit. In New Zealand, these fast expresses run twice a week. It is well to know this if you want to be
a bird and fly through the country at a 20mile gait; otherwise you may start on one of the five wrong days,
and then you will get a train that can't overtake its own shadow.
By contrast, these pleasant cars call to mind the branchroad cars at Maryborough, Australia, and the
passengers' talk about the branchroad and the hotel.
Somewhere on the road to Maryborough I changed for a while to a smoking carriage. There were two
gentlemen there; both riding backward, one at each end of the compartment. They were acquaintances of
each other. I sat down facing the one that sat at the starboard window. He had a good face, and a friendly
look, and I judged from his dress that he was a dissenting minister. He was along toward fifty. Of his own
motion he struck a match, and shaded it with his hand for me to light my cigar. I take the rest from my diary:
In order to start conversation I asked him something about Maryborough. He said, in a most pleasanteven
musical voice, but with quiet and cultured decision:
"It's a charming town, with a hell of a hotel."
I was astonished. It seemed so odd to hear a minister swear out loud. He went placidly on:
"It's the worst hotel in Australia. Well, one may go further, and say in Australasia."
"Bad beds?"
"Nonone at all. Just sandbags."
"The pillows, too?"
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXI. 104
Page No 108
"Yes, the pillows, too. Just sand. And not a good quality of sand. It packs too hard, and has never been
screened. There is too much gravel in it. It is like sleeping on nuts."
"Isn't there any good sand?"
"Plenty of it. There is as good bedsand in this region as the world can furnish. Aerated sandand loose; but
they won't buy it. They want something that will pack solid, and petrify."
"How are the rooms?"
"Eight feet square; and a sheet of iced oilcloth to step on in the morning when you get out of the
sandquarry."
"As to lights?"
"Coaloil lamp."
"A good one?"
"No. It's the kind that sheds a gloom."
"I like a lamp that burns all night."
"This one won't. You must blow it out early."
"That is bad. One might want it again in the night. Can't find it in the dark."
"There's no trouble; you can find it by the stench."
"Wardrobe?"
"Two nails on the door to hang seven suits of clothes on if you've got them."
"Bells?"
"There aren't any."
"What do you do when you want service?"
"Shout. But it won't fetch anybody."
"Suppose you want the chambermaid to empty the slopjar?"
"There isn't any slopjar. The hotels don't keep them. That is, outside of Sydney and Melbourne."
"Yes, I knew that. I was only talking. It's the oddest thing in Australia. Another thing: I've got to get up in the
dark, in the morning, to take the 5 o'clock train. Now if the boots"
"There isn't any."
"Well, the porter."
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXI. 105
Page No 109
"There isn't any."
"But who will call me?"
"Nobody. You'll call yourself. And you'll light yourself, too. There'll not be a light burning in the halls or
anywhere. And if you don't carry a light, you'll break your neck."
"But who will help me down with my baggage?"
"Nobody. However, I will tell you what to do. In Maryborough there's an American who has lived there half
a lifetime; a fine man, and prosperous and popular. He will be on the lookout for you; you won't have any
trouble. Sleep in peace; he will rout you out, and you will make your train. Where is your manager?"
"I left him at Ballarat, studying the language. And besides, he had to go to Melbourne and get us ready for
New Zealand. I've not tried to pilot myself before, and it doesn't look easy."
"Easy! You've selected the very most difficult piece of railroad in Australia for your experiment. There are
twelve miles of this road which no man without good executive ability can ever hopetell me, have you
good executive ability? firstrate executive ability?"
"Iwell, I think so, but"
"That settles it. The tone ofoh, you wouldn't ever make it in the world. However, that American will
point you right, and you'll go. You've got tickets?"
"Yesround trip; all the way to Sydney."
"Ah, there it is, you see! You are going in the 5 o'clock by Castlemainetwelve milesinstead of the 7.15
by Ballaratin order to save two hours of fooling along the road. Now then, don't interruptlet me have the
floor. You're going to save the government a deal of hauling, but that's nothing; your ticket is by Ballarat, and
it isn't good over that twelve miles, and so"
"But why should the government care which way I go?"
"Goodness knows! Ask of the winds that far away with fragments strewed the sea, as the boy that stood on
the burning deck used to say. The government chooses to do its railway business in its own way, and it
doesn't know as much about it as the French. In the beginning they tried idiots; then they imported the
Frenchwhich was going backwards, you see; now it runs the roads itselfwhich is going backwards
again, you see. Why, do you know, in order to curry favor with the voters, the government puts down a road
wherever anybody wants itanybody that owns two sheep and a dog; and by consequence we've got, in the
colony of Victoria, 800 railway stations, and the business done at eighty of them doesn't foot up twenty
shillings a week."
"Five dollars? Oh, come!"
"It's true. It's the absolute truth."
"Why, there are three or four men on wages at every station."
"I know it. And the stationbusiness doesn't pay for the sheepdip to sanctify their coffee with. It's just as I
say. And accommodating? Why, if you shake a rag the train will stop in the midst of the wilderness to pick
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXI. 106
Page No 110
you up. All that kind of politics costs, you see. And then, besides, any town that has a good many votes and
wants a fine station, gets it. Don't you overlook that Maryborough station, if you take an interest in
governmental curiosities. Why, you can put the whole population of Maryborough into it, and give them a
sofa apiece, and have room for more. You haven't fifteen stations in America that are as big, and you
probably haven't five that are half as fine. Why, it's per fectly elegant. And the clock! Everybody will show
yon the clock. There isn't a station in Europe that's got such a clock. It doesn't strikeand that's one mercy. It
hasn't any bell; and as you'll have cause to remember, if you keep your reason, all Australia is simply
bedamned with bells. On every quarterhour, night and day, they jingle a tiresome chime of half a dozen
notesall the clocks in town at once, all the clocks in Australasia at once, and all the very same notes; first,
downward scale: mi, re, do, solthen upward scale: sol, si, re, dodown again: mi, re, do, solup again:
sol, si, re, dothen the clocksay at midnight
clangclangclangclangclangclangclangclangclang clangand, by that time
you'rehello, what's all this excitement about? a runawayscared by the train; why, you think this train
could scare anything. Well, when they build eighty stations at a loss and a lot of palacestations and clocks
like Maryborough's at another loss, the government has got to economize somewhere hasn't it? Very well
look at the rolling stock. That's where they save the money. Why, that train from Maryborough will consist of
eighteen freightcars and two passenger kennels; cheap, poor, shabby, slovenly; no drinking water, no
sanitary arrangements, every imaginable inconvenience; and slow?oh, the gait of cold molasses; no
airbrake, no springs, and they'll jolt your head off every time they start or stop. That's where they make their
little economies, you see. They spend tons of money to house you palatially while you wait fifteen minutes
for a train, then degrade you to six hours' convicttransportation to get the foolish outlay back. What a
rational man really needs is discomfort while he's waiting, then his journey in a nice train would be a grateful
change. But no, that would be common senseand out of place in a government. And then, besides, they
save in that other little detail, you knowrepudiate their own tickets, and collect a poor little illegitimate
extra shilling out of you for that twelve miles, and"
"Well, in any case"
"Waitthere's more. Leave that American out of the account and see what would happen. There's nobody on
hand to examine your ticket when you arrive. But the conductor will come and examine it when the train is
ready to start. It is too late to buy your extra ticket now; the train can't wait, and won't. You must climb out."
"But can't I pay the conductor?"
"No, he is not authorized to receive the money, and he won't. You must climb out. There's no other way. I tell
you, the railway management is about the only thoroughly European thing herecontinentally European I
mean, not English. It's the continental business in perfection; down fine. Oh, yes, even to the
peanutcommerce of weighing baggage."
The train slowed up at his place. As he stepped out he said:
"Yes, you'll like Maryborough. Plenty of intelligence there. It's a charming placewith a hell of a hotel."
Then he was gone. I turned to the other gentleman:
"Is your friend in the ministry?"
"Nostudying for it."
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXI. 107
Page No 111
CHAPTER XXXII.
The man with a new idea is a Crank until the idea succeeds.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
It was Junior England all the way to Christchurchin fact, just a garden. And Christchurch is an English
town, with an Englishpark annex, and a winding English brook just like the Avonand named the Avon;
but from a man, not from Shakespeare's river. Its grassy banks are bordered by the stateliest and most
impressive weeping willows to be found in the world, I suppose. They continue the line of a great ancestor;
they were grown from sprouts of the willow that sheltered Napoleon's grave in St. Helena. It is a settled old
community, with all the serenities, the graces, the conveniences, and the comforts of the ideal homelife. If it
had an established Church and social inequality it would be England over again with hardly a lack.
In the museum we saw many curious and interesting things; among others a fine native house of the olden
time, with all the details true to the facts, and the showy colors right and in their proper places. All the details:
the fine mats and rugs and things; the elaborate and wonderful wood carvingswonderful, surely,
considering who did them wonderful in design and particularly in execution, for they were done with
admirable sharpness and exactness, and yet with no better tools than flint and jade and shell could furnish;
and the totemposts were there, ancestor above ancestor, with tongues protruded and hands clasped
comfortably over bellies containing other people's ancestorsgrotesque and ugly devils, every one, but
lovingly carved, and ably; and the stuffed natives were present, in their proper places, and looking as natural
as life; and the housekeeping utensils were there, too, and close at hand the carved and finely ornamented war
canoe.
And we saw little jade gods, to hang around the necknot everybody's, but sacred to the necks of natives of
rank. Also jade weapons, and many kinds of jade trinketsall made out of that excessively hard stone
without the help of any tool of iron. And some of these things had small round holes bored through
themnobody knows how it was done; a mystery, a lost art. I think it was said that if you want such a hole
bored in a piece of jade now, you must send it to London or Amsterdam where the lapidaries are.
Also we saw a complete skeleton of the giant Moa. It stood ten feet high, and must have been a sight to look
at when it was a living bird. It was a kicker, like the ostrich; in fight it did not use its beak, but its foot. It
must have been a convincing kind of kick. If a person had his back to the bird and did not see who it was that
did it, he would think he had been kicked by a windmill.
There must have been a sufficiency of moas in the old forgotten days when his breed walked the earth. His
bones are found in vast masses, all crammed together in huge graves. They are not in caves, but in the
ground. Nobody knows how they happened to get concentrated there. Mind, they are bones, not fossils. This
means that the moa has not been extinct very long. Still, this is the only New Zealand creature which has no
mention in that otherwise comprehensive literature, the native legends. This is a significant detail, and is
good circumstantial evidence that the moa has been extinct 500 years, since the Maori has himselfby
traditionbeen in New Zealand since the end of the fifteenth century. He came from an unknown landthe
first Maori didthen sailed back in his canoe and brought his tribe, and they removed the aboriginal peoples
into the sea and into the ground and took the land. That is the tradition. That that first Maori could come, is
understandable, for anybody can come to a place when he isn't trying to; but how that discoverer found his
way back home again without a compass is his secret, and he died with it in him. His language indicates that
he came from Polynesia. He told where he came from, but he couldn't spell well, so one can't find the place
on the map, because people who could spell better than he could, spelt the resemblance all out of it when they
made the map. However, it is better to have a map that is spelt right than one that has information in it.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXII. 108
Page No 112
In New Zealand women have the right to vote for members of the legislature, but they cannot be members
themselves. The law extending the suffrage to them event into effect in 1893. The population of Christchurch
(census of 1891) was 31,454. The first election under the law was held in November of that year. Number of
men who voted, 6,313; number of women who voted, 5,989. These figures ought to convince us that women
are not as indifferent about politics as some people would have us believe. In New Zealand as a whole, the
estimated adult female population was 139,915; of these 109,461 qualified and registered their names on the
rolls 78.23 per cent. of the whole. Of these, 90,290 went to the polls and voted85.18 per cent. Do men ever
turn out better than thatin America or elsewhere? Here is a remark to the other sex's credit, tooI take it
from the official report:
"A feature of the election was the orderliness and sobriety of the people. Women were in no way molested."
At home, a standing argument against woman suffrage has always been that women could not go to the polls
without being insulted. The arguments against woman suffrage have always taken the easy form of prophecy.
The prophets have been prophesying ever since the woman's rights movement began in 1848and in
fortyseven years they have never scored a hit.
Men ought to begin to feel a sort of respect for their mothers and wives and sisters by this time. The women
deserve a change of attitude like that, for they have wrought well. In fortyseven years they have swept an
imposingly large number of unfair laws from the statute books of America. In that brief time these serfs have
set themselves free essentially. Men could not have done so much for themselves in that time without
bloodshedat least they never have; and that is argument that they didn't know how. The women have
accomplished a peaceful revolution, and a very beneficent one; and yet that has not convinced the average
man that they are intelligent, and have courage and energy and perseverance and fortitude. It takes much to
convince the average man of anything; and perhaps nothing can ever make him realize that he is the average
woman's inferioryet in several important details the evidences seems to show that that is what he is. Man
has ruled the human race from the beginningbut he should remember that up to the middle of the present
century it was a dull world, and ignorant and stupid; but it is not such a dull world now, and is growing less
and less dull all the time. This is woman's opportunityshe has had none before. I wonder where man will
be in another fortyseven years?
In the New Zealand law occurs this: "The word person wherever it occurs throughout the Act includes
woman."
That is promotion, you see. By that enlargement of the word, the matron with the garnered wisdom and
experience of fifty years becomes at one jump the political equal of her callow kid of twentyone. The white
population of the colony is 626,000, the Maori population is 42,000. The whites elect seventy members of the
House of Representatives, the Maoris four. The Maori women vote for their four members.
November 16. After four pleasant days in Christchurch, we are to leave at midnight tonight. Mr. Kinsey
gave me an ornithorhynchus, and I am taming it.
Sunday, 17th. Sailed last night in the Flora, from Lyttelton.
So we did. I remember it yet. The people who sailed in the Flora that night may forget some other things if
they live a good while, but they will not live long, enough to forget that. The Flora is about the equivalent of
a cattlescow; but when the Union Company find it inconvenient to keep a contract and lucrative to break it,
they smuggle her into passenger service, and "keep the change."
They give no notice of their projected depredation; you innocently buy tickets for the advertised passenger
boat, and when you get down to Lyttelton at midnight, you find that they have substituted the scow. They
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXII. 109
Page No 113
have plenty of good boats, but no competitionand that is the trouble. It is too late now to make other
arrangements if you have engagements ahead.
It is a powerful company, it has a monopoly, and everybody is afraid of itincluding the government's
representative, who stands at the end of the stageplank to tally the passengers and see that no boat receives a
greater number than the law allows her to carry. This convenientlyblind representative saw the scow receive
a number which was far in excess of its privilege, and winked a politic wink and said nothing. The passengers
bore with meekness the cheat which had been put upon them, and made no complaint.
It was like being at home in America, where abused passengers act in just the same way. A few days before,
the Union Company had discharged a captain for getting a boat into danger, and had advertised this act as
evidence of its vigilance in looking after the safety of the passengers for thugging a captain costs the
company nothing, but when opportunity offered to send this dangerously overcrowded tub to sea and save a
little trouble and a tidy penny by it, it forgot to worry about the passenger's safety.
The first officer told me that the Flora was privileged to carry 125 passengers. She must have had all of 200
on board. All the cabins were full, all the cattlestalls in the main stable were full, the spaces at the heads of
companionways were full, every inch of floor and table in the swillroom was packed with sleeping men and
remained so until the place was required for breakfast, all the chairs and benches on the hurricane deck were
occupied, and still there were people who had to walk about all night!
If the Flora had gone down that night, half of the people on board would have been wholly without means of
escape.
The owners of that boat were not technically guilty of conspiracy to commit murder, but they were morally
guilty of it.
I had a cattlestall in the main stablea cavern fitted up with a long double file of twostoried bunks, the
files separated by a calico partitiontwenty men and boys on one side of it, twenty women and girls on the
other. The place was as dark as the soul of the Union Company, and smelt like a kennel. When the vessel got
out into the heavy seas and began to pitch and wallow, the cavern prisoners became immediately seasick, and
then the peculiar results that ensued laid all my previous experiences of the kind well away in the shade. And
the wails, the groans, the cries, the shrieks, the strange ejaculationsit was wonderful.
The women and children and some of the men and boys spent the night in that place, for they were too ill to
leave it; but the rest of us got up, by and by, and finished the night on the hurricanedeck.
That boat was the foulest I was ever in; and the smell of the breakfast saloon when we threaded our way
among the layers of steaming passengers stretched upon its floor and its tables was incomparable for
efficiency.
A good many of us got ashore at the first wayport to seek another ship. After a wait of three hours we got
good rooms in the Mahinapua, a wee little bridalparlor of a boatonly 205 tons burthen; clean and
comfortable; good service; good beds; good table, and no crowding. The seas danced her about like a duck,
but she was safe and capable.
Next morning early she went through the French Passa narrow gateway of rock, between bold
headlandsso narrow, in fact, that it seemed no wider than a street. The current tore through there like a
millrace, and the boat darted through like a telegram. The passage was made in half a minute; then we were
in a wide place where noble vast eddies swept grandly round and round in shoal water, and I wondered what
they would do with the little boat. They did as they pleased with her. They picked her up and flung her
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXII. 110
Page No 114
around like nothing and landed her gently on the solid, smooth bottom of sandso gently, indeed, that we
barely felt her touch it, barely felt her quiver when she came to a standstill. The water was as clear as glass,
the sand on the bottom was vividly distinct, and the fishes seemed to be swimming about in nothing. Fishing
lines were brought out, but before we could bait the hooks the boat was off and away again.
CHAPTER XXXIII.
Let us be grateful to Adam our benefactor. He cut us out of the
"blessing of idleness and won for us the "curse" of labor.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
We soon reached the town of Nelson, and spent the most of the day there, visiting acquaintances and driving
with them about the gardenthe whole region is a garden, excepting the scene of the "Maungatapu
Murders," of thirty years ago. That is a wild placewild and lonely; an ideal place for a murder. It is at the
base of a vast, rugged, densely timbered mountain. In the deep twilight of that forest solitude four desperate
rascalsBurgess, Sullivan, Levy, and Kelleyambushed themselves beside the mountaintrail to murder
and rob four travelersKempthorne, Mathieu, Dudley, and De Pontius, the latter a New Yorker. A harmless
old laboring man came wandering along, and as his presence was an embarrassment, they choked him, hid
him, and then resumed their watch for the four. They had to wait a while, but eventually everything turned
out as they desired.
That dark episode is the one large event in the history of Nelson. The fame of it traveled far. Burgess made a
confession. It is a remarkable paper. For brevity, succinctness, and concentration, it is perhaps without its
peer in the literature of murder. There are no waste words in it; there is no obtrusion of matter not pertinent to
the occasion, nor any departure from the dispassionate tone proper to a formal business statementfor that is
what it is: a business statement of a murder, by the chief engineer of it, or superintendent, or foreman, or
whatever one may prefer to call him.
"We were getting impatient, when we saw four men and a packhorse coming. I left my cover and had a look
at the men, for Levy had told me that Mathieu was a small man and wore a large beard, and that it was a
chestnut horse. I said, 'Here they come.' They were then a good distance away; I took the caps off my gun,
and put fresh ones on. I said, 'You keep where you are, I'll put them up, and you give me your gun while you
tie them.' It was arranged as I have described. The men came; they arrived within about fifteen yards when I
stepped up and said, 'Stand! bail up!' That means all of them to get together. I made them fall back on the
upper side of the road with their faces up the range, and Sullivan brought me his gun, and then tied their
hands behind them. The horse was very quiet all the time, he did not move. When they were all tied, Sullivan
took the horse up the hill, and put him in the bush; he cut the rope and let the swags'[A "swag" is a kit, a
pack, small baggage.]fall on the ground, and then came to me. We then marched the men down the incline
to the creek; the water at this time barely running. Up this creek we took the men; we went, I daresay, five or
six hundred yards up it, which took us nearly halfanhour to accomplish. Then we turned to the right up the
range; we went, I daresay, one hundred and fifty yards from the creek, and there we sat down with the men. I
said to Sullivan, 'Put down your gun and search these men,' which he did. I asked them their several names;
they told me. I asked them if they were expected at Nelson. They said, 'No.' If such their lives would have
been spared. In money we took L60 odd. I said, 'Is this all you have? You had better tell me.' Sullivan said,
'Here is a bag of gold.' I said, 'What's on that packhorse? Is there any gold ?' when Kempthorne said, 'Yes,
my gold is in the portmanteau, and I trust you will not take it all.' 'Well,' I said, 'we must take you away one at
a time, because the range is steep just here, and then we will let you go.' They said, 'All right,' most
cheerfully. We tied their feet, and took Dudley with us; we went about sixty yards with him. This was
through a scrub. It was arranged the night previously that it would be best to choke them, in case the report of
the arms might be heard from the road, and if they were missed they never would be found. So we tied a
handkerchief over his eyes, when Sullivan took the sash off his waist, put it round his neck, and so strangled
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXIII. 111
Page No 115
him. Sullivan, after I had killed the old laboring man, found fault with the way he was choked. He said, 'The
next we do I'll show you my way.' I said, 'I have never done such a thing before. I have shot a man, but never
choked one.' We returned to the others, when Kempthorne said, 'What noise was that?' I said it was caused by
breaking through the scrub. This was taking too much time, so it was agreed to shoot them. With that I said,
'We'll take you no further, but separate you, and then loose one of you, and he can relieve the others.' So with
that, Sullivan took De Pontius to the left of where Kempthorne was sitting. I took Mathieu to the right. I tied
a strap round his legs, and shot him with a revolver. He yelled, I ran from him with my gun in my hand, I
sighted Kempthorne, who had risen to his feet. I presented the gun, and shot him behind the right ear; his
life's blood welled from him, and he died instantaneously. Sullivan had shot. De Pontius in the meantime, and
then came to me. I said, 'Look to Mathieu,' indicating the spot where he lay. He shortly returned and said, 'I
had to "chiv" that fellow, he was not dead,' a cant word, meaning that he had to stab him. Returning to the
road we passed where De Pontius lay and was dead. Sullivan said, 'This is the digger, the others were all
storekeepers; this is the digger, let's cover him up, for should the others be found, they'll think he done it and
sloped,' meaning he had gone. So with that we threw all the stones on him, and then left him. This bloody
work took nearly an hour and a half from the time we stopped the men."
Anyone who reads that confession will think that the man who wrote it was destitute of emotions, destitute of
feeling. That is partly true. As regarded others he was plainly without feelingutterly cold and pitiless; but
as regarded himself the case was different. While he cared nothing for the future of the murdered men, he
cared a great deal for his own. It makes one's flesh creep to read the introduction to his confession. The judge
on the bench characterized it as "scandalously blasphemous," and it certainly reads so, but Burgess meant no
blasphemy. He was merely a brute, and whatever he said or wrote was sure to expose the fact. His
redemption was a very real thing to him, and he was as jubilantly happy on the gallows as ever was Christian
martyr at the stake. We dwellers in this world are strangely made, and mysteriously circumstanced. We have
to suppose that the murdered men are lost, and that Burgess is saved; but we cannot suppress our natural
regrets.
"Written in my dungeon drear this 7th of August, in the year of Grace, 1866. To God be ascribed all power
and glory in subduing the rebellious spirit of a most guilty wretch, who has been brought, through the
instrumentality of a faithful follower of Christ, to see his wretched and guilty state, inasmuch as hitherto he
has led an awful and wretched life, and through the assurance of this faithful soldier of Christ, he has been led
and also believes that Christ will yet receive and cleanse him from all his deepdyed and bloody sins. I lie
under the imputation which says, 'Come now and let us reason together, saith the Lord: though your sins be
as scarlet, they shall be as white as snow; though they be red like crimson, they shall be as wool.' On this
promise I rely."
We sailed in the afternoon late, spent a few hours at New Plymouth, then sailed again and reached Auckland
the next day, November 20th, and remained in that fine city several days. Its situation is commanding, and
the seaview is superb. There are charming drives all about, and by courtesy of friends we had opportunity to
enjoy them. From the grassy cratersummit of Mount Eden one's eye ranges over a grand sweep and variety
of sceneryforests clothed in luxuriant foliage, rolling green fields, conflagrations of flowers, receding and
dimming stretches of green plain, broken by lofty and symmetrical old cratersthen the blue bays twinkling
and sparkling away into the dreamy distances where the mountains loom spiritual in their veils of haze.
It is from Auckland that one goes to Rotorua, the region of the renowned hot lakes and geysersone of the
chief wonders of New Zealand; but I was not well enough to make the trip. The government has a sanitorium
there, and everything is comfortable for the tourist and the invalid. The government's official physician is
almost overcautious in his estimates of the efficacy of the baths, when he is talking about rheumatism, gout,
paralysis, and such things; but when he is talking about the effectiveness of the waters in eradicating the
whiskyhabit, he seems to have no reserves. The baths will cure the drinkinghabit no matter how chronic it
isand cure it so effectually that even the desire to drink intoxicants will come no more. There should be a
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXIII. 112
Page No 116
rush from Europe and America to that place; and when the victims of alcoholism find out what they can get
by going there, the rush will begin.
The Thermalsprings District of New Zealand comprises an area of upwards of 600,000 acres, or close on
1,000 square miles. Rotorua is the favorite place. It is the center of a rich field of lake and mountain scenery;
from Rotorua as a base the pleasureseeker makes excursions. The crowd of sick people is great, and
growing. Rotorua is the Carlsbad of Australasia.
It is from Auckland that the Kauri gum is shipped. For a long time now about 8,000 tons of it have been
brought into the town per year. It is worth about $300 per ton, unassorted; assorted, the finest grades are
worth about $1,000. It goes to America, chiefly. It is in lumps, and is hard and smooth, and looks like
amberthe lightcolored like new amber, and the dark brown like rich old amber. And it has the pleasant
feel of amber, too. Some of the lightcolored samples were a tolerably fair counterfeit of uncut South African
diamonds, they were so perfectly smooth and polished and transparent. It is manufactured into varnish; a
varnish which answers for copal varnish and is cheaper.
The gum is dug up out of the ground; it has been there for ages. It is the sap of the Kauri tree. Dr. Campbell
of Auckland told me he sent a cargo of it to England fifty years ago, but nothing came of the venture. Nobody
knew what to do with it; so it was sold at 15 a ton, to light fires with.
November 263 P.M., sailed. Vast and beautiful harbor. Land all about for hours. Tangariwa, the mountain
that "has the same shape from every point of view." That is the common belief in Auckland. And so it has
from every point of view except thirteen. Perfect summer weather. Large school of whales in the distance.
Nothing could be daintier than the puffs of vapor they spout up, when seen against the pink glory of the
sinking sun, or against the dark mass of an island reposing in the deep blue shadow of a storm cloud . . . .
Great Barrier rock standing up out of the sea away to the left. Sometime ago a ship hit it full speed in a
fog20 miles out of her course140 lives lost; the captain committed suicide without waiting a moment.
He knew that, whether he was to blame or not, the company owning the vessel would discharge him and
make a devotiontopassengers' safety advertisement out of it, and his chance to make a livelihood would
be permanently gone.
CHAPTER XXXIV.
Let us not be too particular. It is better to have old secondhand
diamonds than none at all.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
November 27. Today we reached Gisborne, and anchored in a big bay; there was a heavy sea on, so we
remained on board.
We were a mile from shore; a little steamtug put out from the land; she was an object of thrilling interest;
she would climb to the summit of a billow, reel drunkenly there a moment, dim and gray in the driving storm
of spindrift, then make a plunge like a diver and remain out of sight until one had given her up, then up she
would dart again, on a steep slant toward the sky, shedding Niagaras of water from her forecastleand this
she kept up, all the way out to us. She brought twentyfive passengers in her stomachmen and women
mainly a traveling dramatic company. In sight on deck were the crew, in sou'westers, yellow waterproof
canvas suits, and boots to the thigh. The deck was never quiet for a moment, and seldom nearer level than a
ladder, and noble were the seas which leapt aboard and went flooding aft. We rove a long line to the
yardarm, hung a most primitive basketchair to it and swung it out into the spacious air of heaven, and there
it swayed, pendulumfashion, waiting for its chancethen down it shot, skillfully aimed, and was grabbed
by the two men on the forecastle. A young fellow belonging to our crew was in the chair, to be a protection to
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXIV. 113
Page No 117
the ladycomers. At once a couple of ladies appeared from below, took seats in his lap, we hoisted them into
the sky, waited a moment till the roll of the ship brought them in overhead, then we lowered suddenly away,
and seized the chair as it struck the deck. We took the twentyfive aboard, and delivered twentyfive into the
tugamong them several aged ladies, and one blind oneand all without accident. It was a fine piece of
work.
Ours is a nice ship, roomy, comfortable, wellordered, and satisfactory. Now and then we step on a rat in a
hotel, but we have had no rats on shipboard lately; unless, perhaps in the Flora; we had more serious things to
think of there, and did not notice. I have noticed that it is only in ships and hotels which still employ the
odious Chinese gong, that you find rats. The reason would seem to be, that as a rat cannot tell the time of day
by a clock, he won't stay where he cannot find out when dinner is ready.
November 29. The doctor tells me of several old drunkards, one spiritless loafer, and several fargone moral
wrecks who have been reclaimed by the Salvation Army and have remained staunch people and hard workers
these two years. Wherever one goes, these testimonials to the Army's efficiency are forthcoming . . . . This
morning we had one of those whizzing green Ballarat flies in the room, with his stunning buzz saw
noisethe swiftest creature in the world except the lightningflash. It is a stupendous force that is stored up
in that little body. If we had it in a ship in the same proportion, we could spin from Liverpool to New York in
the space of an hourthe time it takes to eat luncheon. The New Zealand express train is called the Ballarat
Fly . . . . Bad teeth in the colonies. A citizen told me they don't have teeth filled, but pull them out and put in
false ones, and that now and then one sees a young lady with a full set. She is fortunate. I wish I had been
born with false teeth and a false liver and false carbuncles. I should get along better.
December 2. Monday. Left Napier in the Ballarat Fly the one that goes twice a week. From Napier to
Hastings, twelve miles; time, fiftyfive minutesnot so far short of thirteen miles an hour . . . . A perfect
summer day; cool breeze, brilliant sky, rich vegetation. Two or three times during the afternoon we saw
wonderfully dense and beautiful forests, tumultuously piled skyward on the broken highlandsnot the
customary rooflike slant of a hillside, where the trees are all the same height. The noblest of these trees were
of the Kauri breed, we were told the timber that is now furnishing the woodpaving for Europe, and is the
best of all wood for that purpose. Sometimes these towering upheavals of forestry were festooned and
garlanded with vinecables, and sometimes the masses of undergrowth were cocooned in another sort of vine
of a delicate cobwebby texturethey call it the "supplejack," I think. Tree ferns everywherea stem fifteen
feet high, with a graceful chalice of fern fronds sprouting from its topa lovely forest ornament. And there
was a tenfoot reed with a flowing suit of what looked like yellow hair hanging from its upper end. I do not
know its name, but if there is such a thing as a scalpplant, this is it. A romantic gorge, with a brook flowing
in its bottom, approaching Palmerston North.
Waitukurau. Twenty minutes for luncheon. With me sat my wife and daughter, and my manager, Mr. Carlyle
Smythe. I sat at the head of the table, and could see the righthand wall; the others had their backs to it. On
that wall, at a good distance away, were a couple of framed pictures. I could not see them clearly, but from
the groupings of the figures I fancied that they represented the killing of Napoleon III's son by the Zulus in
South Africa. I broke into the conversation, which was about poetry and cabbage and art, and said to my
wife
"Do you remember when the news came to Paris"
"Of the killing of the Prince?"
(Those were the very words I had in my mind.) "Yes, but what Prince?"
"Napoleon. Lulu."
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXIV. 114
Page No 118
"What made you think of that?"
"I don't know."
There was no collusion. She had not seen the pictures, and they had not been mentioned. She ought to have
thought of some recent news that came to Paris, for we were but seven months from there and had been living
there a couple of years when we started on this trip; but instead of that she thought of an incident of our brief
sojourn in Paris of sixteen years before.
Here was a clear case of mental telegraphy; of mindtransference; of my mind telegraphing a thought into
hers. How do I know? Because I telegraphed an error. For it turned out that the pictures did not represent the
killing of Lulu at all, nor anything connected with Lulu. She had to get the error from my headit existed
nowhere else.
CHAPTER XXXV.
The Autocrat of Russia possesses more power than any other man in the
earth; but he cannot stop a sneeze.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
WAUGANIUI, December 3. A pleasant trip, yesterday, per Ballarat Fly. Four hours. I do not know the
distance, but it must have been well along toward fifty miles. The Fly could have spun it out to eight hours
and not discommoded me; for where there is comfort, and no need for hurry, speed is of no valueat least to
me; and nothing that goes on wheels can be more comfortable, more satisfactory, than the New Zealand
trains. Outside of America there are no cars that are so rationally devised. When you add the constant
presence of charming scenery and the nearly constant absence of dustwell, if one is not content then, he
ought to get out and walk. That would change his spirit, perhaps? I think so. At the end of an hour you would
find him waiting humbly beside the track, and glad to be taken aboard again.
Much horseback riding, in and around this town; many comely girls in cool and pretty summer gowns; much
Salvation Army; lots of Maoris; the faces and bodies of some of the old ones very tastefully frescoed. Maori
Council House over the riverlarge, strong, carpeted from end to end with matting, and decorated with
elaborate wood carvings, artistically executed. The Maoris were very polite.
I was assured by a member of the House of Representatives that the native race is not decreasing, but actually
increasing slightly. It is another evidence that they are a superior breed of savages. I do not call to mind any
savage race that built such good houses, or such strong and ingenious and scientific fortresses, or gave so
much attention to agriculture, or had military arts and devices which so nearly approached the white man's.
These, taken together with their high abilities in boatbuilding, and their tastes and capacities in the
ornamental arts modify their savagery to a semicivilizationor at least to, a quarter civilization.
It is a compliment to them that the British did not exterminate them, as they did the Australians and the
Tasmanians, but were content with subduing them, and showed no desire to go further. And it is another
compliment to them that the British did not take the whole of their choicest lands, but left them a
considerable part, and then went further and protected them from the rapacities of landsharksa protection
which the New Zealand Government still extends to them. And it is still another compliment to the Maoris
that the Government allows native representationin both the legislature and the cabinet, and gives both
sexes the vote. And in doing these things the Government also compliments itself; it has not been the custom
of the world for conquerors to act in this large spirit toward the conquered.
The highest class white men Who lived among the Maoris in the earliest time had a high opinion of them and
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXV. 115
Page No 119
a strong affection for them. Among the whites of this sort was the author of "Old New Zealand;" and Dr.
Campbell of Auckland was another. Dr. Campbell was a close friend of several chiefs, and has many pleasant
things to say of their fidelity, their magnanimity, and their generosity. Also of their quaint notions about the
white man's queer civilization, and their equally quaint comments upon it. One of them thought the
missionary had got everything wrong end first and upside down. "Why, he wants us to stop worshiping and
supplicating the evil gods, and go to worshiping and supplicating the Good One! There is no sense in that. A
good god is not going to do us any harm."
The Maoris had the tabu; and had it on a Polynesian scale of comprehensiveness and elaboration. Some of its
features could have been importations from India and Judea. Neither the Maori nor the Hindoo of common
degree could cook by a fire that a person of higher caste had used, nor could the high Maori or high Hindoo
employ fire that had served a man of low grade; if a lowgrade Maori or Hindoo drank from a vessel
belonging to a highgrade man, the vessel was defiled, and had to be destroyed. There were other
resemblances between Maori tabu and Hindoo castecustom.
Yesterday a lunatic burst into my quarters and warned me that the Jesuits were going to "cook" (poison) me
in my food, or kill me on the stage at night. He said a mysterious sign was visible upon my posters and meant
my death. He said he saved Rev. Mr. Haweis's life by warning him that there were three men on his platform
who would kill him if he took his eyes off them for a moment during his lecture. The same men were in my
audience last night, but they saw that he was there. "Will they be there again tonight?" He hesitated; then
said no, he thought they would rather take a rest and chance the poison. This lunatic has no delicacy. But he
was not uninteresting. He told me a lot of things. He said he had "saved so many lecturers in twenty years,
that they put him in the asylum." I think he has less refinement than any lunatic I have met.
December 8. A couple of curious warmonuments here at Wanganui. One is in honor of white men "who fell
in defence of law and order against fanaticism and barbarism." Fanaticism. We Americans are English in
blood, English in speech, English in religion, English in the essentials of our governmental system, English in
the essentials of our civilization; and so, let us hope, for the honor of the blend, for the honor of the blood, for
the honor of the race, that that word got there through lack of heedfulness, and will not be suffered to remain.
If you carve it at Thermopylae, or where Winkelried died, or upon Bunker Hill monument, and read it again
"who fell in defence of law and order against fanaticism" you will perceive what the word means, and how
mischosen it is. Patriotism is Patriotism. Calling it Fanaticism cannot degrade it; nothing can degrade it. Even
though it be a political mistake, and a thousand times a political mistake, that does not affect it; it is
honorable always honorable, always nobleand privileged to hold its head up and look the nations in the
face. It is right to praise these brave white men who fell in the Maori warthey deserve it; but the presence
of that word detracts from the dignity of their cause and their deeds, and makes them appear to have spilt
their blood in a conflict with ignoble men, men not worthy of that costly sacrifice. But the men were worthy.
It was no shame to fight them. They fought for their homes, they fought for their country; they bravely fought
and bravely fell; and it would take nothing from the honor of the brave Englishmen who lie under the
monument, but add to it, to say that they died in defense of English laws and English homes against men
worthy of the sacrificethe Maori patriots.
The other monument cannot be rectified. Except with dynamite. It is a mistake all through, and a strangely
thoughtless one. It is a monument erected by white men to Maoris who fell fighting with the whites and
against their own people, in the Maori war. "Sacred to the memory of the brave men who fell on the 14th of
May, 1864," etc. On one side are the names of about twenty Maoris. It is not a fancy of mine; the monument
exists. I saw it. It is an objectlesson to the rising generation. It invites to treachery, disloyalty, unpatriotism.
Its lesson, in frank terms is, "Desert your flag, slay your people, burn their homes, shame your
nationalitywe honor such."
December 9. Wellington. Ten hours from Wanganui by the Fly. December 12. It is a fine city and nobly
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXV. 116
Page No 120
situated. A busy place, and full of life and movement. Have spent the three days partly in walking about,
partly in enjoying social privileges, and largely in idling around the magnificent garden at Hutt, a little
distance away, around the shore. I suppose we shall not see such another one soon.
We are packing tonight for the returnvoyage to Australia. Our stay in New Zealand has been too brief;
still, we are not unthankful for the glimpse which we have had of it.
The sturdy Maoris made the settlement of the country by the whites rather difficult. Not at firstbut later. At
first they welcomed the whites, and were eager to trade with themparticularly for muskets; for their
pastime was internecine war, and they greatly preferred the white man's weapons to their own. War was their
pastimeI use the word advisedly. They often met and slaughtered each other just for a lark, and when there
was no quarrel. The author of "Old New Zealand" mentions a case where a victorious army could have
followed up its advantage and exterminated the opposing army, but declined to do it; explaining naively that
"if we did that, there couldn't be any more fighting." In another battle one army sent word that it was out of
ammunition, and would be obliged to stop unless the opposing army would send some. It was sent, and the
fight went on.
In the early days things went well enough. The natives sold land without clearly understanding the terms of
exchange, and the whites bought it without being much disturbed about the native's confusion of mind. But
by and by the Maori began to comprehend that he was being wronged; then there was trouble, for he was not
the man to swallow a wrong and go aside and cry about it. He had the Tasmanian's spirit and endurance, and
a notable share of military science besides; and so he rose against the oppressor, did this gallant "fanatic," and
started a war that was not brought to a definite end until more than a generation had sped.
CHAPTER XXXVI.
There are several good protections against temptations, but the surest is
cowardice.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
Names are not always what they seem. The common Welsh name Bzjxxllwep is
pronounced Jackson.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
Friday, December 13. Sailed, at 3 p.m., in the 'Mararoa'. Summer seas and a good shiplife has nothing
better.
Monday. Three days of paradise. Warm and sunny and smooth; the sea a luminous Mediterranean blue . . . .
One lolls in a long chair all day under deckawnings, and reads and smokes, in measureless content. One
does not read prose at such a time, but poetry. I have been reading the poems of Mrs. Julia A. Moore, again,
and I find in them the same grace and melody that attracted me when they were first published, twenty years
ago, and have held me in happy bonds ever since.
"The Sentimental Song Book" has long been out of print, and has been forgotten by the world in general, but
not by me. I carry it with me alwaysit and Goldsmith's deathless story.
Indeed, it has the same deep charm for me that the Vicar of Wakefield has, and I find in it the same subtle
touchthe touch that makes an intentionally humorous episode pathetic and an intentionally pathetic one
funny. In her time Mrs. Moore was called "the Sweet Singer of Michigan," and was best known by that name.
I have read her book through twice today, with the purpose of determining which of her pieces has most
merit, and I am persuaded that for wide grasp and sustained power, "William Upson" may claim first place
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXVI. 117
Page No 121
WILLIAM UPSON.
Air"The Major's Only Son." Come all good people far and near, Oh, come and see what you can hear, It's
of a young man true and brave, That is now sleeping in his grave.
Now, William Upson was his name If it's not that, it's all the same He did enlist in a cruel strife, And it
caused him to lose his life.
He was Perry Upson's eldest son, His father loved his noble son, This son was nineteen years of age When
first in the rebellion he engaged.
His father said that he might go, But his dear mother she said no, "Oh! stay at home, dear Billy," she said, But
she could not turn his head.
He went to Nashville, in Tennessee, There his kind friends he could not see; He died among strangers, so far
away, They did not know where his body lay.
He was taken sick and lived four weeks, And Oh! how his parents weep, But now they must in sorrow mourn,
For Billy has gone to his heavenly home.
Oh! if his mother could have seen her son, For she loved him, her darling son; If she could heard his dying
prayer, It would ease her heart till she met him there
How it would relieve his mother's heart To see her son from this world depart, And hear his noble words of
love, As he left this world for that above.
Now it will relieve his mother's heart, For her son is laid in our graveyard; For now she knows that his grave
is near, She will not shed so many tears.
Although she knows not that it was her son, For his coffin could not be opened It might be someone in his
place, For she could not see his noble face.
December, 17. Reached Sydney.
December, 19. In the train. Fellow of 30 with four valises; a slim creature, with teeth which made his mouth
look like a neglected churchyard. He had solidified hairsolidified with pomatum; it was all one shell. He
smoked the most extraordinary cigarettesmade of some kind of manure, apparently. These and his hair
made him smell like the very nation. He had a lowcut vest on, which exposed a deal of frayed and broken
and unclean shirtfront. Showy studs, of imitation goldthey had made black disks on the linen. Oversized
sleeve buttons of imitation gold, the copper base showing through. Ponderous watchchain of imitation gold.
I judge that he couldn't tell the time by it, for he asked Smythe what time it was, once. He wore a coat which
had been gay when it was young; 5o'clockteatrousers of a light tint, and marvelously soiled; yellow
mustache with a dashing upward whirl at the ends; foxy shoes, imitation patent leather. He was a
noveltyan imitation dude. He would have been a real one if he could have afforded it. But he was satisfied
with himself. You could see it in his expression, and in all his attitudes and movements. He was living in a
dude dreamland where all his squalid shams were genuine, and himself a sincerity. It disarmed criticism, it
mollified spite, to see him so enjoy his imitation languors, and arts, and airs, and his studied daintinesses of
gesture and misbegotten refinements. It was plain to me that be was imagining himself the Prince of Wales,
and was doing everything the way he thought the Prince would do it. For bringing his four valises aboard and
stowing them in the nettings, he gave his porter four cents, and lightly apologized for the smallness of the
gratuity just with the condescendingest little royal air in the world. He stretched himself out on the front
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXVI. 118
Page No 122
seat and rested his pomatumcake on the middle arm, and stuck his feet out of the window, and began to pose
as the Prince and work his dreams and languors for exhibition; and he would indolently watch the blue films
curling up from his cigarette, and inhale the stench, and look so grateful; and would flip the ash away with
the daintiest gesture, unintentionally displaying his brass ring in the most intentional way; why, it was as
good as being in Marlborough House itself to see him do it so like.
There was other scenery in the trip. That of the Hawksbury river, in the National Park region,
fineextraordinarily fine, with spacious views of stream and lake imposingly framed in woody hills; and
every now and then the noblest groupings of mountains, and the most enchanting rearrangements of the water
effects. Further along, green flats, thinly covered with gum forests, with here and there the huts and cabins of
small farmers engaged in raising children. Still further along, arid stretches, lifeless and melancholy. Then
Newcastle, a rushing town, capital of the rich coal regions. Approaching Scone, wide farming and grazing
levels, with pretty frequent glimpses of a troublesome planta particularly devilish little prickly pear, daily
damned in the orisons of the agriculturist; imported by a lady of sentiment, and contributed gratis to the
colony. Blazing hot, all day.
December 20. Back to Sydney. Blazing hot again. From the newspaper, and from the map, I have made a
collection of curious names of Australasian towns, with the idea of making a poem out of them:
Tumut Takee Murriwillumba Bowral Ballarat Mullengudgery Murrurundi WaggaWagga Wyalong
Murrumbidgee Goomeroo Wolloway Wangary Wanilla Worrow Koppio Yankalilla Yaranyacka
Yackamoorundie Kaiwaka Coomooroo Tauranga Geelong Tongariro Kaikoura Wakatipu Oohipara
Waitpinga Goelwa Munno Para Nangkita Myponga Kapunda Kooringa Penola Nangwarry Kongorong
Comaum Koolywurtie Killanoola Naracoorte Muloowurtie Binnum Wallaroo Wirrega Mundoora Hauraki
Rangiriri Teawamute Taranaki Toowoomba Goondiwindi Jerrilderie Whangaroa Wollongong
Woolloomooloo Bombola Coolgardie Bendigo Coonamble Cootamundra Woolgoolga
Mittagong Jamberoo Kondoparinga Kuitpo Tungkillo Oukaparinga Talunga Yatala Parawirra Moorooroo
Whangarei Woolundunga Booleroo Pernatty Parramatta Taroom Narrandera Deniliquin Kawakawa.
It may be best to build the poem now, and make the weather help
A SWELTERING DAY IN AUSTRALIA.
(To be read soft and low, with the lights turned down.)
The Bombola faints in the hot Bowral tree, Where fierce Mullengudgery's smothering fires Far from the
breezes of Coolgardie Burn ghastly and blue as the day expires;
And Murriwillumba complaineth in song For the garlanded bowers of Woolloomooloo, And the Ballarat Fly
and the lone Wollongong They dream of the gardens of Jamberoo;
The wallabi sighs for the Murrubidgee, For the velvety sod of the Munno Parah, Where the waters of healing
from Muloowurtie Flow dim in the gloaming by Yaranyackah;
The Koppio sorrows for lost Wolloway, And sigheth in secret for Murrurundi, The Whangeroo wombat
lamenteth the day That made him an exile from Jerrilderie;
The Teawamute Tumut from Wirrega's glade, The Nangkita swallow, the Wallaroo swan, They long for the
peace of the Timaru shade And thy balmy soft airs, O sweet Mittagong!
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXVI. 119
Page No 123
The Kooringa buffalo pants in the sun, The Kondoparinga lies gaping for breath, The Kongorong Camaum to
the shadow has won, But the Goomeroo sinks in the slumber of death;
In the weltering hell of the Moorooroo plain The Yatala Wangary withers and dies, And the Worrow Wanilla,
demented with pain, To the Woolgoolga woodlands despairingly flies;
Sweet Nangwarry's desolate, Coonamble wails, And Tungkillo Kuito in sables is drest, For the Whangerei
winds fall asleep in the sails And the Booleroo lifebreeze is dead in the west.
Mypongo, Kapunda, O slumber no more Yankalilla, Parawirra, be warned There's death in the air!
Killanoola, wherefore Shall the prayer of Penola be scorned?
Cootamundra, and Takee, and Wakatipu, Toowoomba, Kaikoura are lost From Onkaparinga to far Oamaru
All burn in this hell's holocaust!
Paramatta and Binnum are gone to their rest In the vale of Tapanni Taroom, Kawakawa, Deniliquinall that
was best In the earth are but graves and a tomb!
Narrandera mourns, Cameron answers not When the roll of the scathless we cry Tongariro, Goondiwindi,
Woolundunga, the spot Is mute and forlorn where ye lie.
Those are good words for poetry. Among the best I have ever seen. There are 81 in the list. I did not need
them all, but I have knocked down 66 of them; which is a good bag, it seems to me, for a person not in the
business. Perhaps a poet laureate could do better, but a poet laureate gets wages, and that is different. When I
write poetry I do not get any wages; often I lose money by it. The best word in that list, and the most musical
and gurgly, is Woolloomoolloo. It is a place near Sydney, and is a favorite pleasureresort. It has eight O's in
it.
CHAPTER XXXVII.
To succeed in the other trades, capacity must be shown; in the law,
concealment of it will do.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
MONDAY,December 23, 1895. Sailed from Sydney for Ceylon in the P. O. steamer 'Oceana'. A Lascar
crew mans this shipthe first I have seen. White cotton petticoat and pants; barefoot; red shawl for belt;
straw cap, brimless, on head, with red scarf wound around it; complexion a rich dark brown; short straight
black hair; whiskers fine and silky; lustrous and intensely black. Mild, good faces; willing and obedient
people; capable, too; but are said to go into hopeless panics when there is danger. They are from Bombay and
the coast thereabouts. Left some of the trunks in Sydney, to be shipped to South Africa by a vessel advertised
to sail three months hence. The proverb says: "Separate not yourself from your baggage."
This 'Oceana' is a stately big ship, luxuriously appointed. She has spacious promenade decks. Large rooms; a
surpassingly comfortable ship. The officers' library is well selected; a ship's library is not usually that . . . .
For meals, the bugle call, manofwar fashion; a pleasant change from the terrible gong . . . . Three big
catsvery friendly loafers; they wander all over the ship; the white one follows the chief steward around like
a dog. There is also a basket of kittens. One of these cats goes ashore, in port, in England, Australia, and
India, to see how his various families are getting along, and is seen no more till the ship is ready to sail. No
one knows how he finds out the sailing date, but no doubt he comes down to the dock every day and takes a
look, and when he sees baggage and passengers flocking in, recognizes that it is time to get aboard. This is
what the sailors believe. The Chief Engineer has been in the China and India trade thirty three years, and has
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXVII. 120
Page No 124
had but three Christmases at home in that time . . . . Conversational items at dinner, "Mocha! sold all over the
world! It is not true. In fact, very few foreigners except the Emperor of Russia have ever seen a grain of it, or
ever will, while they live." Another man said: "There is no sale in Australia for Australian wine. But it goes
to France and comes back with a French label on it, and then they buy it." I have heard that the most of the
Frenchlabeled claret in New York is made in California. And I remember what Professor S. told me once
about Veuve Cliquotif that was the wine, and I think it was. He was the guest of a great wine merchant
whose town was quite near that vineyard, and this merchant asked him if very much V. C. was drunk in
America.
"Oh, yes," said S., "a great abundance of it."
"Is it easy to be had?"
"Oh, yeseasy as water. All first and secondclass hotels have it."
"What do you pay for it?"
"It depends on the style of the hotelfrom fifteen to twentyfive francs a bottle."
"Oh, fortunate country! Why, it's worth 100 francs right here on the ground."
"No!"
"Yes!"
"Do you mean that we are drinking a bogus VeuveCliquot over there?"
"Yesand there was never a bottle of the genuine in America since Columbus's time. That wine all comes
from a little bit of a patch of ground which isn't big enough to raise many bottles; and all of it that is produced
goes every year to one personthe Emperor of Russia. He takes the whole crop in advance, be it big or
little."
January 4, 1898. Christmas in Melbourne, New Year's Day in Adelaide, and saw most of the friends again in
both places . . . . Lying here at anchor all dayAlbany (King George's Sound), Western Australia. It is a
perfectly landlocked harbor, or roadsteadspacious to look at, but not deep water. Desolatelooking rocks
and scarred hills. Plenty of ships arriving now, rushing to the new goldfields. The papers are full of
wonderful tales of the sort always to be heard in connection with new gold diggings. A sample: a youth
staked out a claim and tried to sell half for L5; no takers; he stuck to it fourteen days, starving, then struck it
rich and sold out for L10,000. . . About sunset, strong breeze blowing, got up the anchor. We were in a small
deep puddle, with a narrow channel leading out of it, minutely buoyed, to the sea.
I stayed on deck to see how we were going to manage it with such a big ship and such a strong wind. On the
bridge our giant captain, in uniform; at his side a little pilot in elaborately goldlaced uniform; on the
forecastle a white mate and quartermaster or two, and a brilliant crowd of lascars standing by for business.
Our stern was pointing straight at the head of the channel; so we must turn entirely around in the
puddleand the wind blowing as described. It was done, and beautifully. It was done by help of a jib. We
stirred up much mud, but did not touch the bottom. We turned right around in our tracksa seeming
impossibility. We had several casts of quarterless 5, and one cast of half 427 feet; we were drawing 26
astern. By the time we were entirely around and pointed, the first buoy was not more than a hundred yards in
front of us. It was a fine piece of work, and I was the only passenger that saw it. However, the others got their
dinner; the P. O. Company got mine . . . . More cats developed. Smythe says it is a British law that they must
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXVII. 121
Page No 125
be carried; and he instanced a case of a ship not allowed to sail till she sent for a couple. The bill came, too:
"Debtor, to 2 cats, 20 shillings." . . . News comes that within this week Siam has acknowledged herself to be,
in effect, a French province. It seems plain that all savage and semicivilized countries are going to be
grabbed . . . . A vulture on board; bald, red, queershaped head, featherless red places here and there on his
body, intense great black eyes set in featherless rims of inflamed flesh; dissipated look; a businesslike style, a
selfish, conscienceless, murderous aspectthe very look of a professional assassin, and yet a bird which
does no murder. What was the use of getting him up in that tragic style for so innocent a trade as his? For this
one isn't the sort that wars upon the living, his diet is offaland the more out of date it is the better he likes
it. Nature should give him a suit of rusty black; then he would be all right, for he would look like an
undertaker and would harmonize with his business; whereas the way he is now he is horribly out of true.
January 5. At 9 this morning we passed Cape Leeuwin (lioness) and ceased from our long duewest course
along the southern shore of Australia. Turning this extreme southwestern corner, we now take a long straight
slant nearly N. W., without a break, for Ceylon. As we speed northward it will grow hotter very fastbut it
isn't chilly, now. . . . The vulture is from the public menagerie at Adelaidea great and interesting
collection. It was there that we saw the baby tiger solemnly spreading its mouth and trying to roar like its
majestic mother. It swaggered, scowling, back and forth on its short legs just as it had seen her do on her long
ones, and now and then snarling viciously, exposing its teeth, with a threatening lift of its upper lip and
bristling moustache; and when it thought it was impressing the visitors, it would spread its mouth wide and
do that screechy cry which it meant for a roar, but which did not deceive. It took itself quite seriously, and
was lovably comical. And there was a hyenaan ugly creature; as ugly as the tigerkitty was pretty. It
repeatedly arched its back and delivered itself of such a human cry; a startling resemblance; a cry which was
just that of a grown person badly hurt. In the dark one would assuredly go to its assistanceand be
disappointed . . . . Many friends of Australasian Federation on board. They feel sure that the good day is not
far off, now. But there seems to be a party that would go further have Australasia cut loose from the
British Empire and set up housekeeping on her own hook. It seems an unwise idea. They point to the United
States, but it seems to me that the cases lack a good deal of being alike. Australasia governs herself
whollythere is no interference; and her commerce and manufactures are not oppressed in any way. If our
case had been the same we should not have gone out when we did.
January 13. Unspeakably hot. The equator is arriving again. We are within eight degrees of it. Ceylon
present. Dear me, it is beautiful! And most sumptuously tropical, as to character of foliage and opulence of it.
"What though the spicy breezes blow soft o'er Ceylon's isle"an eloquent line, an incomparable line; it says
little, but conveys whole libraries of sentiment, and Oriental charm and mystery, and tropic deliciousnessa
line that quivers and tingles with a thousand unexpressed and inexpressible things, things that haunt one and
find no articulate voice . . . . Colombo, the capital. An Oriental town, most manifestly; and fascinating.
In this palatial ship the passengers dress for dinner. The ladies' toilettes make a fine display of color, and this
is in keeping with the elegance of the vessel's furnishings and the flooding brilliancies of the electric light. On
the stormy Atlantic one never sees a man in evening dress, except at the rarest intervals; and then there is
only one, not two; and he shows up but once on the voyagethe night before the ship makes portthe night
when they have the "concert" and do the amateur wailings and recitations. He is the tenor, as a rule . . . .
There has been a deal of cricketplaying on board; it seems a queer game for a ship, but they enclose the
promenade deck with nettings and keep the ball from flying overboard, and the sport goes very well, and is
properly violent and exciting . . . . We must part from this vessel here.
January 14. Hotel Bristol. Servant Brompy. Alert, gentle, smiling, winning young brown creature as ever
was. Beautiful shining black hair combed back like a woman's, and knotted at the back of his head
tortoiseshell comb in it, sign that he is a Singhalese; slender, shapely form; jacket; under it is a beltless and
flowing white cotton gownfrom neck straight to heel; he and his outfit quite unmasculine. It was an
embarassment to undress before him.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXVII. 122
Page No 126
We drove to the market, using the Japanese jinrikshaour first acquaintanceship with it. It is a light cart,
with a native to draw it. He makes good speed for halfanhour, but it is hard work for him; he is too slight
for it. After the halfhour there is no more pleasure for you; your attention is all on the man, just as it would
be on a tired horse, and necessarily your sympathy is there too. There's a plenty of these 'rickshas, and the
tariff is incredibly cheap.
I was in Cairo years ago. That was Oriental, but there was a lack. When you are in Florida or New Orleans
you are in the Souththat is granted; but you are not in the South; you are in a modified South, a tempered
South. Cairo was a tempered Orientan Orient with an indefinite something wanting. That feeling was not
present in Ceylon. Ceylon was Oriental in the last measure of completenessutterly Oriental; also utterly
tropical; and indeed to one's unreasoning spiritual sense the two things belong together. All the requisites
were present. The costumes were right; the black and brown exposures, unconscious of immodesty, were
right; the juggler was there, with his basket, his snakes, his mongoose, and his arrangements for growing a
tree from seed to foliage and ripe fruitage before one's eves; in sight were plants and flowers familiar to one
on books but in no other way celebrated, desirable, strange, but in production restricted to the hot belt of the
equator; and out a little way in the country were the proper deadly snakes, and fierce beasts of prey, and the
wild elephant and the monkey. And there was that swoon in the air which one associates with the tropics, and
that smother of heat, heavy with odors of unknown flowers, and that sudden invasion of purple gloom
fissured with lightnings,then the tumult of crashing thunder and the downpour and presently all sunny and
smiling again; all these things were there; the conditions were complete, nothing was lacking. And away off
in the deeps of the jungle and in the remotenesses of the mountains were the ruined cities and mouldering
temples, mysterious relics of the pomps of a forgotten time and a vanished raceand this was as it should
be, also, for nothing is quite satisfyingly Oriental that lacks the somber and impressive qualities of mystery
and antiquity.
The drive through the town and out to the Galle Face by the seashore, what a dream it was of tropical
splendors of bloom and blossom, and Oriental conflagrations of costume! The walking groups of men,
women, boys, girls, babieseach individual was a flame, each group a house afire for color. And such
stunning colors, such intensely vivid colors, such rich and exquisite minglings and fusings of rainbows and
lightnings! And all harmonious, all in perfect taste; never a discordant note; never a color on any person
swearing at another color on him or failing to harmonize faultlessly with the colors of any group the wearer
might join. The stuffs were silkthin, soft, delicate, clinging; and, as a rule, each piece a solid color: a
splendid green, a splendid blue, a splendid yellow, a splendid purple, a splendid ruby, deep, and rich with
smouldering fires they swept continuously by in crowds and legions and multitudes, glowing, flashing,
burning, radiant; and every five seconds came a burst of blinding red that made a body catch his breath, and
filled his heart with joy. And then, the unimaginable grace of those costumes! Sometimes a woman's whole
dress was but a scarf wound about her person and her head, sometimes a man's was but a turban and a
careless rag or twoin both cases generous areas of polished dark skin showingbut always the
arrangement compelled the homage of the eye and made the heart sing for gladness.
I can see it to this day, that radiant panorama, that wilderness of rich color, that incomparable
dissolvingview of harmonious tints, and lithe halfcovered forms, and beautiful brown faces, and gracious
and graceful gestures and attitudes and movements, free, unstudied, barren of stiffness and restraint, and
Just then, into this dream of fairyland and paradise a grating dissonance was injected.
Out of a missionary school came marching, two and two, sixteen prim and pious little Christian black girls,
Europeanly clotheddressed, to the last detail, as they would have been dressed on a summer Sunday in an
English or American village. Those clothesoh, they were unspeakably ugly! Ugly, barbarous, destitute of
taste, destitute of grace, repulsive as a shroud. I looked at my womenfolk's clothesjust fullgrown
duplicates of the outrages disguising those poor little abused creatures and was ashamed to be seen in the
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXVII. 123
Page No 127
street with them. Then I looked at my own clothes, and was ashamed to be seen in the street with myself.
However, we must put up with our clothes as they arethey have their reason for existing. They are on us to
expose usto advertise what we wear them to conceal. They are a sign; a sign of insincerity; a sign of
suppressed vanity; a pretense that we despise gorgeous colors and the graces of harmony and form; and we
put them on to propagate that lie and back it up. But we do not deceive our neighbor; and when we step into
Ceylon we realize that we have not even deceived ourselves. We do love brilliant colors and graceful
costumes; and at home we will turn out in a storm to see them when the procession goes byand envy the
wearers. We go to the theater to look at them and grieve that we can't be clothed like that. We go to the
King's ball, when we get a chance, and are glad of a sight of the splendid uniforms and the glittering orders.
When we are granted permission to attend an imperial drawingroom we shut ourselves up in private and
parade around in the theatrical courtdress by the hour, and admire ourselves in the glass, and are utterly
happy; and every member of every governor's staff in democratic America does the same with his grand new
uniformand if he is not watched he will get himself photographed in it, too. When I see the Lord Mayor's
footman I am dissatisfied with my lot. Yes, our clothes are a lie, and have been nothing short of that these
hundred years. They are insincere, they are the ugly and appropriate outward exposure of an inward sham and
a moral decay.
The last little brown boy I chanced to notice in the crowds and swarms of Colombo had nothing on but a
twine string around his waist, but in my memory the frank honesty of his costume still stands out in pleasant
contrast with the odious flummery in which the little Sundayschool dowdies were masquerading.
CHAPTER XXXVIII.
Prosperity is the best protector of principle.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
EVENING11th. Sailed in the Rosetta. This is a poor old ship, and ought to be insured and sunk. As in the
'Oceana', just so here: everybody dresses for dinner; they make it a sort of pious duty. These fine and formal
costumes are a rather conspicuous contrast to the poverty and shabbiness of the surroundings . . . . If you
want a slice of a lime at four o'clock tea, you must sign an order on the bar. Limes cost 14 cents a barrel.
January 18th. We have been running up the Arabian Sea, latterly. Closing up on Bombay now, and due to
arrive this evening.
January 20th. Bombay! A bewitching place, a bewildering place, an enchanting placethe Arabian Nights
come again? It is a vast city; contains about a million inhabitants. Natives, they are, with a slight sprinkling of
white peoplenot enough to have the slightest modifying effect upon the massed dark complexion of the
public. It is winter here, yet the weather is the divine weather of June, and the foliage is the fresh and
heavenly foliage of June. There is a rank of noble great shade trees across the way from the hotel, and under
them sit groups of picturesque natives of both sexes; and the juggler in his turban is there with his snakes and
his magic; and all day long the cabs and the multitudinous varieties of costumes flock by. It does not seem as
if one could ever get tired of watching this moving show, this shining and shifting spectacle . . . . In the great
bazar the pack and jam of natives was marvelous, the sea of richcolored turbans and draperies an inspiring
sight, and the quaint and showy Indian architecture was just the right setting for it. Toward sunset another
show; this is the drive around the seashore to Malabar Point, where Lord Sandhurst, the Governor of the
Bombay Presidency, lives. Parsee palaces all along the first part of the drive; and past them all the world is
driving; the private carriages of wealthy Englishmen and natives of rank are manned by a driver and three
footmen in stunning oriental liveriestwo of these turbaned statues standing up behind, as fine as
monuments. Sometimes even the public carriages have this superabundant crew, slightly modifiedone to
drive, one to sit by and see it done, and one to stand up behind and yellyell when there is anybody in the
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXVIII. 124
Page No 128
way, and for practice when there isn't. It all helps to keep up the liveliness and augment the general sense of
swiftness and energy and confusion and pow wow.
In the region of Scandal Pointfelicitous namewhere there are handy rocks to sit on and a noble view of
the sea on the one hand, and on the other the passing and reprising whirl and tumult of gay carriages, are
great groups of comfortablyoff Parsee womenperfect flowerbeds of brilliant color, a fascinating
spectacle. Tramp, tramp, tramping along the road, in singles, couples, groups, and gangs, you have the
working man and the workingwomanbut not clothed like ours. Usually the man is a noblybuilt great
athlete, with not a rag on but his loinhandkerchief; his color a deep dark brown, his skin satin, his rounded
muscles knobbing it as if it had eggs under it. Usually the woman is a slender and shapely creature, as erect as
a lightningrod, and she has but one thing ona brightcolored piece of stuff which is wound about her
head and her body down nearly halfway to her knees, and which clings like her own skin. Her legs and feet
are bare, and so are her arms, except for her fanciful bunches of loose silver rings on her ankles and on her
arms. She has jewelry bunched on the side of her nose also, and showy clusterrings on her toes. When she
undresses for bed she takes off her jewelry, I suppose. If she took off anything more she would catch cold. As
a rule she has a large shiney brass water jar of graceful shape on her head, and one of her naked arms curves
up and the hand holds it there. She is so straight, so erect, and she steps with such style, and such easy grace
and dignity; and her curved arm and her brazen jar are such a help to the picture indeed, our workingwomen
cannot begin with her as a roaddecoration.
It is all color, bewitching color, enchanting coloreverywhere all aroundall the way around the curving
great opaline bay clear to Government House, where the turbaned big native 'chuprassies' stand grouped in
state at the door in their robes of fiery red, and do most properly and stunningly finish up the splendid show
and make it theatrically complete. I wish I were a 'chuprassy'.
This is indeed India! the land of dreams and romance, of fabulous wealth and fabulous poverty, of splendor
and rags, of palaces and hovels, of famine and pestilence, of genii and giants and Aladdin lamps, of tigers and
elephants, the cobra and the jungle, the country of a hundred nations and a hundred tongues, of a thousand
religions and two million gods, cradle of the human race, birthplace of human speech, mother of history,
grandmother of legend, greatgrandmother of tradition, whose yesterdays bear date with the mouldering
antiquities of the rest of the nationsthe one sole country under the sun that is endowed with an
imperishable interest for alien prince and alien peasant, for lettered and ignorant, wise and fool, rich and poor,
bond and free, the one land that all men desire to see, and having seen once, by even a glimpse, would not
give that glimpse for the shows of all the rest of the globe combined. Even now, after the lapse of a year, the
delirium of those days in Bombay has not left me, and I hope never will. It was all new, no detail of it
hackneyed. And India did not wait for morning, it began at the hotel straight away. The lobbies and halls
were full of turbaned, and fez'd and embroidered, cap'd, and barefooted, and cottonclad dark natives, some
of them rushing about, others at rest squatting, or sitting on the ground; some of them chattering with energy,
others still and dreamy; in the diningroom every man's own private native servant standing behind his chair,
and dressed for a part in the Arabian Nights.
Our rooms were high up, on the front. A white man he was a burly German went up with us, and brought
three natives along to see to arranging things. About fourteen others followed in procession, with the hand
baggage; each carried an articleand only one; a bag, in some cases, in other cases less. One strong native
carried my overcoat, another a parasol, another a box of cigars, another a novel, and the last man in the
procession had no load but a fan. It was all done with earnestness and sincerity, there was not a smile in the
procession from the head of it to the tail of it. Each man waited patiently, tranquilly, in no sort of hurry, till
one of us found time to give him a copper, then he bent his head reverently, touched his forehead with his
fingers, and went his way. They seemed a soft and gentle race, and there was something both winning and
touching about their demeanor.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXVIII. 125
Page No 129
There was a vast glazed door which opened upon the balcony. It needed closing, or cleaning, or something,
and a native got down on his knees and went to work at it. He seemed to be doing it well enough, but perhaps
he wasn't, for the burly German put on a look that betrayed dissatisfaction, then without explaining what was
wrong, gave the native a brisk cuff on the jaw and then told him where the defect was. It seemed such a
shame to do that before us all. The native took it with meekness, saying nothing, and not showing in his face
or manner any resentment. I had not seen the like of this for fifty years. It carried me back to my boyhood,
and flashed upon me the forgotten fact that this was the usual way of explaining one's desires to a slave. I was
able to remember that the method seemed right and natural to me in those days, I being born to it and
unaware that elsewhere there were other methods; but I was also able to remember that those unresented
cuffings made me sorry for the victim and ashamed for the punisher. My father was a refined and kindly
gentleman, very grave, rather austere, of rigid probity, a sternly just and upright man, albeit he attended no
church and never spoke of religious matters, and had no part nor lot in the pious joys of his Presbyterian
family, nor ever seemed to suffer from this deprivation. He laid his hand upon me in punishment only twice
in his life, and then not heavily; once for telling him a liewhich surprised me, and showed me how
unsuspicious he was, for that was not my maiden effort. He punished me those two times only, and never any
other member of the family at all; yet every now and then he cuffed our harmless slave boy, Lewis, for
trifling little blunders and awkardnesses. My father had passed his life among the slaves from his cradle up,
and his cuffings proceeded from the custom of the time, not from his nature. When I was ten years old I saw a
man fling a lump of ironore at a slaveman in anger, for merely doing something awkwardlyas if that were
a crime. It bounded from the man's skull, and the man fell and never spoke again. He was dead in an hour. I
knew the man had a right to kill his slave if he wanted to, and yet it seemed a pitiful thing and somehow
wrong, though why wrong I was not deep enough to explain if I had been asked to do it. Nobody in the
village approved of that murder, but of course no one said much about it.
It is curiousthe spaceannihilating power of thought. For just one second, all that goes to make the me in
me was in a Missourian village, on the other side of the globe, vividly seeing again these forgotten pictures of
fifty years ago, and wholly unconscious of all things but just those; and in the next second I was back in
Bombay, and that kneeling native's smitten cheek was not done tingling yet! Back to boyhoodfifty years;
back to age again, another fifty; and a flight equal to the circumference of the globeall in two seconds by the
watch!
Some nativesI don't remember how manywent into my bedroom, now, and put things to rights and
arranged the mosquitobar, and I went to bed to nurse my cough. It was about nine in the evening. What a
state of things! For three hours the yelling and shouting of natives in the hall continued, along with the
velvety patter of their swift bare feetwhat a racket it was! They were yelling orders and messages down
three flights. Why, in the matter of noise it amounted to a riot, an insurrection, a revolution. And then there
were other noises mixed up with these and at intervals tremendously accenting themroofs falling in, I
judged, windows smashing, persons being murdered, crows squawking, and deriding, and cursing, canaries
screeching, monkeys jabbering, macaws blaspheming, and every now and then fiendish bursts of laughter and
explosions of dynamite. By midnight I had suffered all the different kinds of shocks there are, and knew that I
could never more be disturbed by them, either isolated or in combination. Then came peacestillness deep
and solemn and lasted till five.
Then it all broke loose again. And who restarted it? The Bird of Birds the Indian crow. I came to know him
well, by and by, and be infatuated with him. I suppose he is the hardest lot that wears feathers. Yes, and the
cheerfulest, and the best satisfied with himself. He never arrived at what he is by any careless process, or any
sudden one; he is a work of art, and "art is long"; he is the product of immemorial ages, and of deep
calculation; one can't make a bird like that in a day. He has been reincarnated more times than Shiva; and he
has kept a sample of each incarnation, and fused it into his constitution. In the course of his evolutionary
promotions, his sublime march toward ultimate perfection, he has been a gambler, a low comedian, a
dissolute priest, a fussy woman, a blackguard, a scoffer, a liar, a thief, a spy, an informer, a trading politician,
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXVIII. 126
Page No 130
a swindler, a professional hypocrite, a patriot for cash, a reformer, a lecturer, a lawyer, a conspirator, a rebel,
a royalist, a democrat, a practicer and propagator of irreverence, a meddler, an intruder, a busybody, an
infidel, and a wallower in sin for the mere love of it. The strange result, the incredible result, of this patient
accumulation of all damnable traits is, that be does not know what care is, he does not know what sorrow is,
he does not know what remorse is, his life is one long thundering ecstasy of happiness, and he will go to his
death untroubled, knowing that he will soon turn up again as an author or something, and be even more
intolerably capable and comfortable than ever he was before.
In his straddling wide forwardstep, and his springy sidewise series of hops, and his impudent air, and his
cunning way of canting his head to one side upon occasion, he reminds one of the American blackbird. But
the sharp resemblances stop there. He is much bigger than the blackbird; and he lacks the blackbird's trim and
slender and beautiful build and shapely beak; and of course his sober garb of gray and rusty black is a poor
and humble thing compared with the splendid lustre of the blackbird's metallic sables and shifting and
flashing bronze glories. The blackbird is a perfect gentleman, in deportment and attire, and is not noisy, I
believe, except when holding religious services and political conventions in a tree; but this Indian sham
Quaker is just a rowdy, and is always noisy when awakealways chaffing, scolding, scoffing, laughing,
ripping, and cursing, and carrying on about something or other. I never saw such a bird for delivering
opinions. Nothing escapes him; he notices everything that happens, and brings out his opinion about it,
particularly if it is a matter that is none of his business. And it is never a mild opinion, but always
violentviolent and profanethe presence of ladies does not affect him. His opinions are not the outcome
of reflection, for he never thinks about anything, but heaves out the opinion that is on top in his mind, and
which is often an opinion about some quite different thing and does not fit the case. But that is his way; his
main idea is to get out an opinion, and if he stopped to think he would lose chances.
I suppose he has no enemies among men. The whites and Mohammedans never seemed to molest him; and
the Hindoos, because of their religion, never take the life of any creature, but spare even the snakes and tigers
and fleas and rats. If I sat on one end of the balcony, the crows would gather on the railing at the other end
and talk about me; and edge closer, little by little, till I could almost reach them; and they would sit there, in
the most unabashed way, and talk about my clothes, and my hair, and my complexion, and probable character
and vocation and politics, and how I came to be in India, and what I had been doing, and how many days I
had got for it, and how I had happened to go unhanged so long, and when would it probably come off, and
might there be more of my sort where I came from, and when would they be hanged,and so on, and so on,
until I could not longer endure the embarrassment of it; then I would shoo them away, and they would circle
around in the air a little while, laughing and deriding and mocking, and presently settle on the rail and do it
all over again.
They were very sociable when there was anything to eatoppressively so. With a little encouragement they
would come in and light on the table and help me eat my breakfast; and once when I was in the other room
and they found themselves alone, they carried off everything they could lift; and they were particular to
choose things which they could make no use of after they got them. In India their number is beyond estimate,
and their noise is in proportion. I suppose they cost the country more than the government does; yet that is
not a light matter. Still, they pay; their company pays; it would sadden the land to take their cheerful voice
out of it.
CHAPTER XXXIX.
By trying we can easily learn to endure adversity. Another man's,
I mean.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
You soon find your longago dreams of India rising in a sort of vague and luscious moonlight above the
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXIX. 127
Page No 131
horizonrim of your opaque consciousness, and softly lighting up a thousand forgotten details which were
parts of a vision that had once been vivid to you when you were a boy, and steeped your spirit in tales of the
East. The barbaric gorgeousnesses, for instance; and the princely titles, the sumptuous titles, the sounding
titles,how good they taste in the mouth! The Nizam of Hyderabad; the Maharajah of Travancore; the
Nabob of Jubbelpore; the Begum of Bhopal; the Nawab of Mysore; the Rance of Gulnare; the Ahkoond of
Swat's; the Rao of Rohilkund; the Gaikwar of Baroda. Indeed, it is a country that runs richly to name. The
great god Vishnu has 108108 special ones108 peculiarly holy onesnames just for Sunday use only. I
learned the whole of Vishnu's 108 by heart once, but they wouldn't stay; I don't remember any of them now
but John W.
And the romances connected with, those princely native housesto this day they are always turning up, just
as in the old, old times. They were sweating out a romance in an English court in Bombay a while before we
were there. In this case a native prince, 16 1/2 years old, who has been enjoying his titles and dignities and
estates unmolested for fourteen years, is suddenly haled into court on the charge that he is rightfully no prince
at all, but a pauper peasant; that the real prince died when two and onehalf years old; that the death was
concealed, and a peasant child smuggled into the royal cradle, and that this present incumbent was that
smuggled substitute. This is the very material that so many oriental tales have been made of.
The case of that great prince, the Gaikwar of Baroda, is a reversal of the theme. When that throne fell vacant,
no heir could be found for some time, but at last one was found in the person of a peasant child who was
making mud pies in a village street, and having an innocent good time. But his pedigree was straight; he was
the true prince, and he has reigned ever since, with none to dispute his right.
Lately there was another hunt for an heir to another princely house, and one was found who was
circumstanced about as the Gaikwar had been. His fathers were traced back, in humble life, along a branch of
the ancestral tree to the point where it joined the stem fourteen generations ago, and his heirship was thereby
squarely established. The tracing was done by means of the records of one of the great Hindoo shrines, where
princes on pilgrimage record their names and the date of their visit. This is to keep the prince's religious
account straight, and his spiritual person safe; but the record has the added value of keeping the pedigree
authentic, too.
When I think of Bombay now, at this distance of time, I seem to have a kaleidoscope at my eye; and I hear
the clash of the glass bits as the splendid figures change, and fall apart, and flash into new forms, figure after
figure, and with the birth of each new form I feel my skin crinkle and my nerveweb tingle with a new thrill
of wonder and delight. These remembered pictures float past me in a sequence of contracts; following the
same order always, and always whirling by and disappearing with the swiftness of a dream, leaving me with
the sense that the actuality was the experience of an hour, at most, whereas it really covered days, I think.
The series begins with the hiring of a "bearer"native manservanta person who should be selected with
some care, because as long as he is in your employ he will be about as near to you as your clothes.
In India your day may be said to begin with the "bearer's" knock on the bedroom door, accompanied by a
formula of, wordsa formula which is intended to mean that the bath is ready. It doesn't really seem to mean
anything at all. But that is because you are not used to "bearer" English. You will presently understand.
Where he gets his English is his own secret. There is nothing like it elsewhere in the earth; or even in
paradise, perhaps, but the other place is probably full of it. You hire him as soon as you touch Indian soil; for
no matter what your sex is, you cannot do without him. He is messenger, valet, chambermaid, tablewaiter,
lady's maid, courierhe is everything. He carries a coarse linen clothesbag and a quilt; he sleeps on the
stone floor outside your chamber door, and gets his meals you do not know where nor when; you only know
that he is not fed on the premises, either when you are in a hotel or when you are a guest in a, private house.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXIX. 128
Page No 132
His wages are largefrom an Indian point of viewand he feeds and clothes himself out of them. We had
three of him in two and a half months. The first one's rate was thirty rupees a month that is to say,
twentyseven cents a day; the rate of the others, Rs. 40 (40 rupees) a month. A princely sum; for the native
switchman on a railway and the native servant in a private family get only Rs. 7 per month, and the
farmhand only 4. The two former feed and clothe themselves and their families on their $1.90 per month;
but I cannot believe that the farmhand has to feed himself on his $1.08. I think the farm probably feeds him,
and that the whole of his wages, except a trifle for the priest, go to the support of his family. That is, to the
feeding of his family; for they live in a mud hut, handmade, and, doubtless, rentfree, and they wear no
clothes; at least, nothing more than a rag. And not much of a rag at that, in the case of the males. However,
these are handsome times for the farmhand; he was not always the child of luxury that he is now. The Chief
Commissioner of the Central Provinces, in a recent official utterance wherein he was rebuking a native
deputation for complaining of hard times, reminded them that they could easily remember when a farm
hand's wages were only half a rupee (former value) a monththat is to say, less than a cent a day; nearly
$2.90 a year. If such a wageearner had a good deal of a familyand they all have that, for God is very good
to these poor natives in some wayshe would save a profit of fifteen cents, clean and clear, out of his year's
toil; I mean a frugal, thrifty person would, not one given to display and ostentation. And if he owed $13.50
and took good care of his health, he could pay it off in ninety years. Then he could hold up his head, and look
his creditors in the face again.
Think of these facts and what they mean. India does not consist of cities. There are no cities in Indiato
speak of. Its stupendous population consists of farmlaborers. India is one vast farmone almost
interminable stretch of fields with mud fences between. . . Think of the above facts; and consider what an
incredible aggregate of poverty they place before you.
The first Bearer that applied, waited below and sent up his recommendations. That was the first morning in
Bombay. We read them over; carefully, cautiously, thoughtfully. There was not a fault to find with
themexcept one; they were all from Americans. Is that a slur? If it is, it is a deserved one. In my
experience, an American's recommendation of a servant is not usually valuable. We are too good natured a
race; we hate to say the unpleasant thing; we shrink from speaking the unkind truth about a poor fellow
whose bread depends upon our verdict; so we speak of his good points only, thus not scrupling to tell a liea
silent liefor in not mentioning his bad ones we as good as say he hasn't any. The only difference that I
know of between a silent lie and a spoken one is, that the silent lie is a less respectable one than the other.
And it can deceive, whereas the other can'tas a rule. We not only tell the silent lie as to a servant's faults,
but we sin in another way: we overpraise his merits; for when it comes to writing recommendations of
servants we are a nation of gushers. And we have not the Frenchman's excuse. In France you must give the
departing servant a good recommendation; and you must conceal his faults; you have no choice. If you
mention his faults for the protection of the next candidate for his services, he can sue you for damages; and
the court will award them, too; and, moreover, the judge will give you a sharp dressingdown from the bench
for trying to destroy a poor man's character, and rob him of his bread. I do not state this on my own authority,
I got it from a French physician of fame and reputea man who was born in Paris, and had practiced there
all his life. And he said that he spoke not merely from common knowledge, but from exasperating personal
experience.
As I was saying, the Bearer's recommendations were all from American tourists; and St. Peter would have
admitted him to the fields of the blest on themI mean if he is as unfamiliar with our people and our ways as
I suppose he is. According to these recommendations, Manuel X. was supreme in all the arts connected with
his complex trade; and these manifold arts were mentionedand praisedin detail. His English was spoken
of in terms of warm admirationadmiration verging upon rapture. I took pleased note of that, and hoped that
some of it might be true.
We had to have some one right away; so the family went down stairs and took him a week on trial; then sent
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXIX. 129
Page No 133
him up to me and departed on their affairs. I was shut up in my quarters with a bronchial cough, and glad to
have something fresh to look at, something new to play with. Manuel filled the bill; Manuel was very
welcome. He was toward fifty years old, tall, slender, with a slight stoopan artificial stoop, a deferential
stoop, a stoop rigidified by long habitwith face of European mould; short hair intensely black; gentle black
eyes, timid black eyes, indeed; complexion very dark, nearly black in fact; face smoothshaven. He was
bareheaded and barefooted, and was never otherwise while his week with us lasted; his clothing was
European, cheap, flimsy, and showed much wear.
He stood before me and inclined his head (and body) in the pathetic Indian way, touching his forehead with
the fingerends of his right hand, in salute. I said:
"Manuel, you are evidently Indian, but you seem to have a Spanish name when you put it all together. How is
that?"
A perplexed look gathered in his face; it was plain that he had not understoodbut he didn't let on. He spoke
back placidly.
"Name, Manuel. Yes, master."
"I know; but how did you get the name?"
"Oh, yes, I suppose. Think happen so. Father same name, not mother."
I saw that I must simplify my language and spread my words apart, if I would be understood by this English
scholar.
"Wellthenhowdidyourfathergethis name?"
"Oh, he,"brightening a little"he ChristianPortygee; live in Goa; I born Goa; mother not Portygee,
mother nativehighcaste BrahminCoolin Brahmin; highest caste; no other so high caste. I highcaste
Brahmin, too. Christian, too, same like father; highcaste Christian Brahmin, masterSalvation Army."
All this haltingly, and with difficulty. Then he had an inspiration, and began to pour out a flood of words that
I could make nothing of; so I said:
"Theredon't do that. I can't understand Hindostani."
"Not Hindostani, masterEnglish. Always I speaking English sometimes when I talking every day all the
time at you."
"Very well, stick to that; that is intelligible. It is not up to my hopes, it is not up to the promise of the
recommendations, still it is English, and I understand it. Don't elaborate it; I don't like elaborations when they
are crippled by uncertainty of touch."
"Master?"
"Oh, never mind; it was only a random thought; I didn't expect you to understand it. How did you get your
English; is it an acquirement, or just a gift of God?"
After some hesitationpiously:
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXIX. 130
Page No 134
"Yes, he very good. Christian god very good, Hindoo god very good, too. Two million Hindoo god, one
Christian godmake two million and one. All mine; two million and one god. I got a plenty. Sometime I
pray all time at those, keep it up, go all time every day; give something at shrine, all good for me, make me
better man; good for me, good for my family, dam good."
Then he had another inspiration, and went rambling off into fervent confusions and incoherencies, and I had
to stop him again. I thought we had talked enough, so I told him to go to the bathroom and clean it up and
remove the slopsthis to get rid of him. He went away, seeming to understand, and got out some of my
clothes and began to brush them. I repeated my desire several times, simplifying and resimplifying it, and at
last he got the idea. Then he went away and put a coolie at the work, and explained that he would lose caste if
he did it himself; it would be pollution, by the law of his caste, and it would cost him a deal of fuss and
trouble to purify himself and accomplish his rehabilitation. He said that that kind of work was strictly
forbidden to persons of caste, and as strictly restricted to the very bottom layer of Hindoo societythe
despised 'Sudra' (the toiler, the laborer). He was right; and apparently the poor Sudra has been content with
his strange lot, his insulting distinction, for ages and agesclear back to the beginning of things, so to speak.
Buckle says that his namelaboreris a term of contempt; that it is ordained by the Institutes of Menu (900
B.C.) that if a Sudra sit on a level with his superior he shall be exiled or branded[Without going into
particulars I will remark that as a rule they wear no clothing that would conceal the brand.M. T.] . . . ; if
he speak contemptuously of his superior or insult him he shall suffer death; if he listen to the reading of the
sacred books he shall have burning oil poured in his ears; if he memorize passages from them he shall be
killed; if he marry his daughter to a Brahmin the husband shall go to hell for defiling himself by contact with
a woman so infinitely his inferior; and that it is forbidden to a Sudra to acquire wealth. "The bulk of the
population of India," says Bucklet[Population today, 300,000,000.] "is the Sudrasthe workers, the
farmers, the creators of wealth."
Manuel was a failure, poor old fellow. His age was against him. He was desperately slow and phenomenally
forgetful. When he went three blocks on an errand he would be gone two hours, and then forget what it was
he went for. When he packed a trunk it took him forever, and the trunk's contents were an unimaginable
chaos when he got done. He couldn't wait satisfactorily at tablea prime defect, for if you haven't your own
servant in an Indian hotel you are likely to have a slow time of it and go away hungry. We couldn't
understand his English; he couldn't understand ours; and when we found that he couldn't understand his own,
it seemed time for us to part. I had to discharge him; there was no help for it. But I did it as kindly as I could,
and as gently. We must part, said I, but I hoped we should meet again in a better world. It was not true, but it
was only a little thing to say, and saved his feelings and cost me nothing.
But now that he was gone, and was off my mind and heart, my spirits began to rise at once, and I was soon
feeling brisk and ready to go out and have adventures. Then his newlyhired successor flitted in, touched his
forehead, and began to fly around here, there, and everywhere, on his velvet feet, and in five minutes he had
everything in the room "ship shape and Bristol fashion," as the sailors say, and was standing at the salute,
waiting for orders. Dear me, what a rustler he was after the slumbrous way of Manuel, poor old slug! All my
heart, all my affection, all my admiration, went out spontaneously to this frisky little forked black thing, this
compact and compressed incarnation of energy and force and promptness and celerity and confidence, this
smart, smily, engaging, shineyeyed little devil, feruled on his upper end by a gleaming fire coal of a fez
with a redhot tassel dangling from it. I said, with deep satisfaction
"You'll suit. What is your name?"
He reeled it mellowly off.
"Let me see if I can make a selection out of itfor business uses, I mean; we will keep the rest for Sundays.
Give it to me in installments."
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXIX. 131
Page No 135
He did it. But there did not seem to be any short ones, except Mousawhich suggested mouse. It was out of
character; it was too soft, too quiet, too conservative; it didn't fit his splendid style. I considered, and said
"Mousa is short enough, but I don't quite like it. It seems colorless inharmoniousinadequate; and I am
sensitive to such things. How do you think Satan would do?"
"Yes, master. Satan do wair good."
It was his way of saying "very good."
There was a rap at the door. Satan covered the ground with a single skip; there was a word or two of
Hindostani, then he disappeared. Three minutes later he was before me again, militarily erect, and waiting for
me to speak first.
"What is it, Satan?"
"God want to see you."
"Who?"
"God. I show him up, master?"
"Why, this is so unusual, thatthatwell, you see indeed I am so unpreparedI don't quite know what I do
mean. Dear me, can't you explain? Don't you see that this is a most ex"
"Here his card, master."
Wasn't it curiousand amazing, and tremendous, and all that? Such a personage going around calling on
such as I, and sending up his card, like a mortalsending it up by Satan. It was a bewildering collision of the
impossibles. But this was the land of the Arabian Nights, this was India! and what is it that cannot happen in
India?
We had the interview. Satan was rightthe Visitor was indeed a God in the conviction of his multitudinous
followers, and was worshiped by them in sincerity and humble adoration. They are troubled by no doubts as
to his divine origin and office. They believe in him, they pray to him, they make offerings to him, they beg of
him remission of sins; to them his person, together with everything connected with it, is sacred; from his
barber they buy the parings of his nails and set them in gold, and wear them as precious amulets.
I tried to seem tranquilly conversational and at rest, but I was not. Would you have been? I was in a
suppressed frenzy of excitement and curiosity and glad wonder. I could not keep my eyes off him. I was
looking upon a god, an actual god, a recognized and accepted god; and every detail of his person and his
dress had a consuming interest for me. And the thought went floating through my head, "He is
worshipedthink of ithe is not a recipient of the pale homage called compliment, wherewith the highest
human clay must make shift to be satisfied, but of an infinitely richer spiritual food: adoration,
worship!men and women lay their cares and their griefs and their broken hearts at his feet; and he gives
them his peace; and they go away healed."
And just then the Awful Visitor said, in the simplest way"There is a feature of the philosophy of Huck
Finn which"and went luminously on with the construction of a compact and nicelydiscriminated literary
verdict.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XXXIX. 132
Page No 136
It is a land of surprisesIndia! I had had my ambitionsI had hoped, and almost expected, to be read by
kings and presidents and emperorsbut I had never looked so high as That. It would be false modesty to
pretend that I was not inordinately pleased. I was. I was much more pleased than I should have been with a
compliment from a man.
He remained half an hour, and I found him a most courteous and charming gentleman. The godship has been
in his family a good while, but I do not know how long. He is a Mohammedan deity; by earthly rank he is a
prince; not an Indian but a Persian prince. He is a direct descendant of the Prophet's line. He is comely; also
youngfor a god; not forty, perhaps not above thirtyfive years old. He wears his immense honors with
tranquil brace, and with a dignity proper to his awful calling. He speaks English with the ease and purity of a
person born to it. I think I am not overstating this. He was the only god I had ever seen, and I was very
favorably impressed. When he rose to say goodbye, the door swung open and I caught the flash of a red fez,
and heard these words, reverently said
"Satan see God out?"
"Yes." And these mismated Beings passed from view Satan in the lead and The Other following after.
CHAPTER XL.
Few of us can stand prosperity. Another man's, I mean.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
The next picture in my mind is Government House, on Malabar Point, with the wide seaview from the
windows and broad balconies; abode of His Excellency the Governor of the Bombay Presidencya
residence which is European in everything but the native guards and servants, and is a home and a palace of
state harmoniously combined.
That was England, the English power, the English civilization, the modern civilizationwith the quiet
elegancies and quiet colors and quiet tastes and quiet dignity that are the outcome of the modern cultivation.
And following it came a picture of the ancient civilization of Indiaan hour in the mansion of a native
prince: Kumar Schri Samatsinhji Bahadur of the Palitana State.
The young lad, his heir, was with the prince; also, the lad's sister, a wee brown sprite, very pretty, very
serious, very winning, delicately moulded, costumed like the daintiest butterfly, a dear little fairyland
princess, gravely willing to be friendly with the strangers, but in the beginning preferring to hold her father's
hand until she could take stock of them and determine how far they were to be trusted. She must have been
eight years old; so in the natural (Indian) order of things she would be a bride in three or four years from now,
and then this free contact with the sun and the air and the other belongings of outdoor nature and
comradeship with visiting male folk would end, and she would shut herself up in the zenana for life, like her
mother, and by inherited habit of mind would be happy in that seclusion and not look upon it as an irksome
restraint and a weary captivity.
The game which the prince amuses his leisure withhowever, never mind it, I should never be able to
describe it intelligibly. I tried to get an idea of it while my wife and daughter visited the princess in the
zenana, a lady of charming graces and a fluent speaker of English, but I did not make it out. It is a
complicated game, and I believe it is said that nobody can learn to play it wellbut an Indian. And I was not
able to learn how to wind a turban. It seemed a simple art and easy; but that was a deception. It is a piece of
thin, delicate stuff a foot wide or more, and forty or fifty feet long; and the exhibitor of the art takes one end
of it in his hands, and winds it in and out intricately about his head, twisting it as he goes, and in a minute or
two the thing is finished, and is neat and symmetrical and fits as snugly as a mould.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XL. 133
Page No 137
We were interested in the wardrobe and the jewels, and in the silverware, and its grace of shape and beauty
and delicacy of ornamentation. The silverware is kept locked up, except at mealtimes, and none but the
chief butler and the prince have keys to the safe. I did not clearly understand why, but it was not for the
protection of the silver. It was either to protect the prince from the contamination which his caste would
suffer if the vessels were touched by lowcaste hands, or it was to protect his highness from poison. Possibly
it was both. I believe a salaried taster has to taste everything before the prince ventures itan ancient and
judicious custom in the East, and has thinned out the tasters a good deal, for of course it is the cook that puts
the poison in. If I were an Indian prince I would not go to the expense of a taster, I would eat with the cook.
Ceremonials are always interesting; and I noted that the Indian good morning is a ceremonial, whereas ours
doesn't amount to that. In salutation the son reverently touches the father's forehead with a small silver
implement tipped with vermillion paste which leaves a red spot there, and in return the son receives the
father's blessing. Our good morning is well enough for the rowdy West, perhaps, but would be too brusque
for the soft and ceremonious East.
After being properly necklaced, according to custom, with great garlands made of yellow flowers, and
provided with betelnut to chew, this pleasant visit closed, and we passed thence to a scene of a different
sort: from this glow of color and this sunny life to those grim receptacles of the Parsee dead, the Towers of
Silence. There is something stately about that name, and an impressiveness which sinks deep; the hush of
death is in it. We have the Grave, the Tomb, the Mausoleum, God's Acre, the Cemetery; and association has
made them eloquent with solemn meaning; but we have no name that is so majestic as that one, or lingers
upon the ear with such deep and haunting pathos.
On lofty ground, in the midst of a paradise of tropical foliage and flowers, remote from the world and its
turmoil and noise, they stoodthe Towers of Silence; and away below was spread the wide groves of cocoa
palms, then the city, mile on mile, then the ocean with its fleets of creeping ships all steeped in a stillness as
deep as the hush that hallowed this high place of the dead. The vultures were there. They stood close together
in a great circle all around the rim of a massive low towerwaiting; stood as motionless as sculptured
ornaments, and indeed almost deceived one into the belief that that was what they were. Presently there was a
slight stir among the score of persons present, and all moved reverently out of the path and ceased from
talking. A funeral procession entered the great gate, marching two and two, and moved silently by, toward the
Tower. The corpse lay in a shallow shell, and was under cover of a white cloth, but was otherwise naked. The
bearers of the body were separated by an interval of thirty feet from the mourners. They, and also the
mourners, were draped all in pure white, and each couple of mourners was figuratively bound together by a
piece of white rope or a handkerchiefthough they merely held the ends of it in their hands. Behind the
procession followed a dog, which was led in a leash. When the mourners had reached the neighborhood of
the Tower neither they nor any other human being but the bearers of the dead must approach within thirty
feet of itthey turned and went back to one of the prayerhouses within the gates, to pray for the spirit of
their dead. The bearers unlocked the Tower's sole door and disappeared from view within. In a little while
they came out bringing the bier and the white coveringcloth, and locked the door again. Then the ring of
vultures rose, flapping their wings, and swooped down into the Tower to devour the body. Nothing was left
of it but a cleanpicked skeleton when they flockedout again a few minutes afterward.
The principle which underlies and orders everything connected with a Parsee funeral is Purity. By the tenets
of the Zoroastrian religion, the elements, Earth, Fire, and Water, are sacred, and must not be contaminated by
contact with a dead body. Hence corpses must not be burned, neither must they be buried. None may touch
the dead or enter the Towers where they repose except certain men who are officially appointed for that
purpose. They receive high pay, but theirs is a dismal life, for they must live apart from their species, because
their commerce with the dead defiles them, and any who should associate with them would share their
defilement. When they come out of the Tower the clothes they are wearing are exchanged for others, in a
building within the grounds, and the ones which they have taken off are left behind, for they are
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XL. 134
Page No 138
contaminated, and must never be used again or suffered to go outside the grounds. These bearers come to
every funeral in new garments. So far as is known, no human being, other than an official
corpsebearersave onehas ever entered a Tower of Silence after its consecration. Just a hundred years
ago a European rushed in behind the bearers and fed his brutal curiosity with a glimpse of the forbidden
mysteries of the place. This shabby savage's name is not given; his quality is also concealed. These two
details, taken in connection with the fact that for his extraordinary offense the only punishment he got from
the East India Company's Government was a solemn official "reprimand"suggest the suspicion that he was
a European of consequence. The same public document which contained the reprimand gave warning that
future offenders of his sort, if in the Company's service, would be dismissed; and if merchants, suffer
revocation of license and exile to England.
The Towers are not tall, but are low in proportion to their circumference, like a gasometer. If you should fill a
gasometer half way up with solid granite masonry, then drive a wide and deep well down through the center
of this mass of masonry, you would have the idea of a Tower of Silence. On the masonry surrounding the
well the bodies lie, in shallow trenches which radiate like wheelspokes from the well. The trenches slant
toward the well and carry into it the rainfall. Underground drains, with charcoal filters in them, carry off this
water from the bottom of the well.
When a skeleton has lain in the Tower exposed to the rain and the flaming sun a month it is perfectly dry and
clean. Then the same bearers that brought it there come gloved and take it up with tongs and throw it into the
well. There it turns to dust. It is never seen again, never touched again, in the world. Other peoples separate
their dead, and preserve and continue social distinctions in the gravethe skeletons of kings and statesmen
and generals in temples and pantheons proper to skeletons of their degree, and the skeletons of the
commonplace and the poor in places suited to their meaner estate; but the Parsees hold that all men rank alike
in deathall are humble, all poor, all destitute. In sign of their poverty they are sent to their grave naked, in
sign of their equality the bones of the rich, the poor, the illustrious and the obscure are flung into the common
well together. At a Parsee funeral there are no vehicles; all concerned must walk, both rich and poor,
howsoever great the distance to be traversed may be. In the wells of the Five Towers of Silence is mingled
the dust of all the Parsee men and women and children who have died in Bombay and its vicinity during the
two centuries which have elapsed since the Mohammedan conquerors drove the Parsees out of Persia, and
into that region of India. The earliest of the five towers was built by the Modi family something more than
200 years ago, and it is now reserved to the heirs of that house; none but the dead of that blood are carried
thither.
The origin of at least one of the details of a Parsee funeral is not now knownthe presence of the dog.
Before a corpse is borne from the house of mourning it must be uncovered and exposed to the gaze of a dog;
a dog must also be led in the rear of the funeral. Mr. Nusserwanjee Byranijee, Secretary to the Parsee
Punchayet, said that these formalities had once had a meaning and a reason for their institution, but that they
were survivals whose origin none could now account for. Custom and tradition continue them in force,
antiquity hallows them. It is thought that in ancient times in Persia the dog was a sacred animal and could
guide souls to heaven; also that his eye had the power of purifying objects which had been contaminated by
the touch of the dead; and that hence his presence with the funeral cortege provides an everapplicable
remedy in case of need.
The Parsees claim that their method of disposing of the dead is an effective protection of the living; that it
disseminates no corruption, no impurities of any sort, no diseasegerms; that no wrap, no garment which has
touched the dead is allowed to touch the living afterward; that from the Towers of Silence nothing proceeds
which can carry harm to the outside world. These are just claims, I think. As a sanitary measure, their system
seems to be about the equivalent of cremation, and as sure. We are drifting slowlybut hopefullytoward
cremation in these days. It could not be expected that this progress should be swift, but if it be steady and
continuous, even if slow, that will suffice. When cremation becomes the rule we shall cease to shudder at it;
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XL. 135
Page No 139
we should shudder at burial if we allowed ourselves to think what goes on in the grave.
The dog was an impressive figure to me, representing as he did a mystery whose key is lost. He was humble,
and apparently depressed; and he let his head droop pensively, and looked as if he might be trying to call
back to his mind what it was that he had used to symbolize ages ago when he began his function. There was
another impressive thing close at hand, but I was not privileged to see it. That was the sacred firea fire
which is supposed to have been burning without interruption for more than two centuries; and so, living by
the same heat that was imparted to it so long ago.
The Parsees are a remarkable community. There are only about 60,000 in Bombay, and only about half as
many as that in the rest of India; but they make up in importance what they lack in numbers. They are highly
educated, energetic, enterprising, progressive, rich, and the Jew himself is not more lavish or catholic in his
charities and benevolences. The Parsees build and endow hospitals, for both men and animals; and they and
their womenkind keep an open purse for all great and good objects. They are a political force, and a valued
support to the government. They have a pure and lofty religion, and they preserve it in its integrity and order
their lives by it.
We took a final sweep of the wonderful view of plain and city and ocean, and so ended our visit to the garden
and the Towers of Silence; and the last thing I noticed was another symbola voluntary symbol this one; it
was a vulture standing on the sawedoff top of a tall and slender and branchless palm in an open space in the
ground; he was perfectly motionless, and looked like a piece of sculpture on a pillar. And he had a mortuary
look, too, which was in keeping with the place.
CHAPTER XLI.
There is an oldtime toast which is golden for its beauty. "when you
ascend the hill of prosperity may you not meet a friend."
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
The next picture that drifts across the field of my memory is one which is connected with religious things.
We were taken by friends to see a Jain temple. It was small, and had many flags or streamers flying from
poles standing above its roof; and its little battlements supported a great many small idols or images.
Upstairs, inside, a solitary Jain was praying or reciting aloud in the middle of the room. Our presence did not
interrupt him, nor even incommode him or modify his fervor. Ten or twelve feet in front of him was the idol,
a small figure in a sitting posture. It had the pinkish look of a wax doll, but lacked the doll's roundness of
limb and approximation to correctness of form and justness of proportion. Mr. Gandhi explained every thing
to us. He was delegate to the Chicago Fair Congress of Religions. It was lucidly done, in masterly English,
but in time it faded from me, and now I have nothing left of that episode but an impression: a dim idea of a
religious belief clothed in subtle intellectual forms, lofty and clean, barren of fleshly grossnesses; and with
this another dim impression which connects that intellectual system somehow with that crude image, that
inadequate idol how, I do not know. Properly they do not seem to belong together. Apparently the idol
symbolized a person who had become a saint or a god through accessions of steadily augmenting holiness
acquired through a series of reincarnations and promotions extending over many ages; and was now at last a
saint and qualified to vicariously receive worship and transmit it to heaven's chancellery. Was that it?
And thence we went to Mr. Premchand Roychand's bungalow, in Lovelane, Byculla, where an Indian prince
was to receive a deputation of the Jain community who desired to congratulate him upon a high honor lately
conferred upon him by his sovereign, Victoria, Empress of India. She had made him a knight of the order of
the Star of India. It would seem that even the grandest Indian prince is glad to add the modest title "Sir" to his
ancient native grandeurs, and is willing to do valuable service to win it. He will remit taxes liberally, and will
spend money freely upon the betterment of the condition of his subjects, if there is a knighthood to be gotten
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLI. 136
Page No 140
by it. And he will also do good work and a deal of it to get a gun added to the salute allowed him by the
British Government. Every year the Empress distributes knighthoods and adds guns for public services done
by native princes. The salute of a small prince is three or four guns; princes of greater consequence have
salutes that run higher and higher, gun by gun,oh, clear away up to eleven; possibly more, but I did not
hear of any above elevengun princes. I was told that when a fourgun prince gets a gun added, he is pretty
troublesome for a while, till the novelty wears off, for he likes the music, and keeps hunting up pretexts to get
himself saluted. It may be that supremely grand folk, like the Nyzam of Hyderabad and the Gaikwar of
Baroda, have more than eleven guns, but I don't know.
When we arrived at the bungalow, the large hall on the ground floor was already about full, and carriages
were still flowing into the grounds. The company present made a fine show, an exhibition of human
fireworks, so to speak, in the matters of costume and comminglings of brilliant color. The variety of form
noticeable in the display of turbans was remarkable. We were told that the explanation of this was, that this
Jain delegation was drawn from many parts of India, and that each man wore the turban that was in vogue in
his own region. This diversity of turbans made a beautiful effect.
I could have wished to start a rival exhibition there, of Christian hats and clothes. I would have cleared one
side of the room of its Indian splendors and repacked the space with Christians drawn from America,
England, and the Colonies, dressed in the hats and habits of now, and of twenty and forty and fifty years ago.
It would have been a hideous exhibition, a thoroughly devilish spectacle. Then there would have been the
added disadvantage of the white complexion. It is not an unbearably unpleasant complexion when it keeps to
itself, but when it comes into competition with masses of brown and black the fact is betrayed that it is
endurable only because we are used to it. Nearly all black and brown skins are beautiful, but a beautiful white
skin is rare. How rare, one may learn by walking down a street in Paris, New York, or London on a
weekday particularly an unfashionable streetand keeping count of the satisfactory complexions
encountered in the course of a mile. Where dark complexions are massed, they make the whites look
bleachedout, unwholesome, and sometimes frankly ghastly. I could notice this as a boy, down South in the
slavery days before the war. The splendid black satin skin of the South African Zulus of Durban seemed to
me to come very close to perfection. I can see those Zulus yet'ricksha athletes waiting in front of the hotel
for custom; handsome and intensely black creatures, moderately clothed in loose summer stuffs whose snowy
whiteness made the black all the blacker by contrast. Keeping that group in my mind, I can compare those
complexions with the white ones which are streaming past this London window now:
A lady. Complexion, new parchment. Another lady. Complexion, old parchment.
Another. Pink and white, very fine.
Man. Grayish skin, with purple areas.
Man. Unwholesome fishbelly skin.
Girl. Sallow face, sprinkled with freckles.
Old woman. Face whiteygray.
Young butcher. Face a general red flush.
Jaundiced manmustard yellow.
Elderly lady. Colorless skin, with two conspicuous moles.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLI. 137
Page No 141
Elderly mana drinker. Boiledcauliflower nose in a flabby face veined with purple crinklings.
Healthy young gentleman. Fine fresh complexion.
Sick young man. His face a ghastly white.
No end of people whose skins are dull and characterless modifications of the tint which we miscall white.
Some of these faces are pimply; some exhibit other signs of diseased blood; some show scars of a tint out of a
harmony with the surrounding shades of color. The white man's complexion makes no concealments. It can't.
It seemed to have been designed as a catchall for everything that can damage it. Ladies have to paint it, and
powder it, and cosmetic it, and diet it with arsenic, and enamel it, and be always enticing it, and persuading it,
and pestering it, and fussing at it, to make it beautiful; and they do not succeed. But these efforts show what
they think of the natural complexion, as distributed. As distributed it needs these helps. The complexion
which they try to counterfeit is one which nature restricts to the fewto the very few. To ninetynine
persons she gives a bad complexion, to the hundredth a good one. The hundredth can keep ithow long?
Ten years, perhaps.
The advantage is with the Zulu, I think. He starts with a beautiful complexion, and it will last him through.
And as for the Indian brown firm, smooth, blemishless, pleasant and restful to the eye, afraid of no color,
harmonizing with all colors and adding a grace to them allI think there is no sort of chance for the average
white complexion against that rich and perfect tint.
To return to the bungalow. The most gorgeous costume present were worn by some children. They seemed to
blaze, so bright were the colors, and so brilliant the jewels strum over the rich materials. These children were
professional nautchdancers, and looked like girls, but they were boys, They got up by ones and twos and
fours, and danced and sang to an accompaniment of weird music. Their posturings and gesturings were
elaborate and graceful, but their voices were stringently raspy and unpleasant, and there was a good deal of
monotony about the tune.
By and by there was a burst of shouts and cheers outside and the prince with his train entered in fine dramatic
style. He was a stately man, he was ideally costumed, and fairly festooned with ropes of gems; some of the
ropes were of pearls, some were of uncut great emeraldsemeralds renowned in Bombay for their quality
and value. Their size was marvelous, and enticing to the eye, those rocks. A boya princeling was with
the prince, and he also was a radiant exhibition.
The ceremonies were not tedious. The prince strode to his throne with the port and majestyand the
sternnessof a Julius Caesar coming to receive and receipt for a backcountry kingdom and have it over and
get out, and no fooling. There was a throne for the young prince, too, and the two sat there, side by side, with
their officers grouped at either hand and most accurately and creditably reproducing the pictures which one
sees in the books pictures which people in the prince's line of business have been furnishing ever since
Solomon received the Queen of Sheba and showed her his things. The chief of the Jain delegation read his
paper of congratulations, then pushed it into a beautifully engraved silver cylinder, which was delivered with
ceremony into the prince's hands and at once delivered by him without ceremony into the hands of an officer.
I will copy the address here. It is interesting, as showing what an Indian prince's subject may have
opportunity to thank him for in these days of modern English rule, as contrasted with what his ancestor would
have given them opportunity to thank him for a century and a half agothe days of freedom unhampered by
English interference. A century and a half ago an address of thanks could have been put into small space. It
would have thanked the prince
1. For not slaughtering too many of his people upon mere caprice;
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLI. 138
Page No 142
2. For not stripping them bare by sudden and arbitrary tax levies, and bringing famine upon them;
3. For not upon empty pretext destroying the rich and seizing their property;
4. For not killing, blinding, imprisoning, or banishing the relatives of the royal house to protect the throne
from possible plots;
5. For not betraying the subject secretly, for a bribe, into the hands of bands of professional Thugs, to be
murdered and robbed in the prince's back lot.
Those were rather common princely industries in the old times, but they and some others of a harsh sort
ceased long ago under English rule. Better industries have taken their place, as this Address from the Jain
community will show:
"Your Highness,We the undersigned members of the Jain community of Bombay have the pleasure to
approach your Highness with the expression of our heartfelt congratulations on the recent conference on your
Highness of the Knighthood of the Most Exalted Order of the Star of India. Ten years ago we had the
pleasure and privilege of welcoming your Highness to this city under circumstances which have made a
memorable epoch in the history of your State, for had it not been for a generous and reasonable spirit that
your Highness displayed in the negotiations between the Palitana Durbar and the Jain community, the
conciliatory spirit that animated our people could not have borne fruit. That was the first step in your
Highness's administration, and it fitly elicited the praise of the Jain community, and of the Bombay
Government. A decade of your Highness's administration, combined with the abilities, training, and
acquirements that your Highness brought to bear upon it, has justly earned for your Highness the unique and
honourable distinctionthe Knighthood of the Most Exalted Order of the Star of India, which we understand
your Highness is the first to enjoy among Chiefs of your, Highness's rank and standing. And we assure your
Highness that for this mark of honour that has been conferred on you by Her Most Gracious Majesty, the
QueenEmpress, we feel no less proud than your Highness. Establishment of commercial factories, schools,
hospitals, etc., by your Highness in your State has marked your Highness's career during these ten years, and
we trust that your Highness will be spared to rule over your people with wisdom and foresight, and foster the
many reforms that your Highness has been pleased to introduce in your State. We again offer your Highness
our warmest felicitations for the honour that has been conferred on you. We beg to remain your Highness's
obedient servants."
Factories, schools, hospitals, reforms. The prince propagates that kind of things in the modern times, and gets
knighthood and guns for it.
After the address the prince responded with snap and brevity; spoke a moment with half a dozen guests in
English, and with an official or two in a native tongue; then the garlands were distributed as usual, and the
function ended.
CHAPTER XLII.
Each person is born to one possession which outvalues all his othershis
last breath.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
Toward midnight, that night, there was another function. This was a Hindoo weddingno, I think it was a
betrothal ceremony. Always before, we had driven through streets that were multitudinous and tumultuous
with picturesque native life, but now there was nothing of that. We seemed to move through a city of the
dead. There was hardly a suggestion of life in those still and vacant streets. Even the crows were silent. But
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLII. 139
Page No 143
everywhere on the ground lay sleeping nativeshundreds and hundreds. They lay stretched at full length and
tightly wrapped in blankets, beads and all. Their attitude and their rigidity counterfeited death. The plague
was not in Bombay then, but it is devastating the city now. The shops are deserted, now, half of the people
have fled, and of the remainder the smitten perish by shoals every day. No doubt the city looks now in the
daytime as it looked then at night. When we had pierced deep into the native quarter and were threading its
narrow dim lanes, we had to go carefully, for men were stretched asleep all about and there was hardly room
to drive between them. And every now and then a swarm of rats would scamper across past the horses' feet in
the vague lightthe forbears of the rats that are carrying the plague from house to house in Bombay now.
The shops were but sheds, little booths open to the street; and the goods had been removed, and on the
counters families were sleeping, usually with an oil lamp present. Recurrent dead watches, it looked like.
But at last we turned a corner and saw a great glare of light ahead. It was the home of the bride, wrapped in a
perfect conflagration of illuminations,mainly gaswork designs, gotten up specially for the occasion.
Within was abundance of brilliancyflames, costumes, colors, decorations, mirrorsit was another Aladdin
show.
The bride was a trim and comely little thing of twelve years, dressed as we would dress a boy, though more
expensively than we should do it, of course. She moved about very much at her ease, and stopped and talked
with the guests and allowed her wedding jewelry to be examined. It was very fine. Particularly a rope of great
diamonds, a lovely thing to look at and handle. It had a great emerald hanging to it.
The bridegroom was not present. He was having betrothal festivities of his own at his father's house. As I
understood it, he and the bride were to entertain company every night and nearly all night for a week or more,
then get married, if alive. Both of the children were a little elderly, as brides and grooms go, in
Indiatwelve; they ought to have been married a year or two sooner; still to a, stranger twelve seems quite
young enough.
A while after midnight a couple of celebrated and highpriced nautch girls appeared in the gorgeous place,
and danced and sang. With them were men who played upon strange instruments which made uncanny noises
of a sort to make one's flesh creep. One of these instruments was a pipe, and to its music the girls went
through a performance which represented snake charming. It seemed a doubtful sort of music to charm
anything with, but a native gentleman assured me that snakes like it and will come out of their holes and
listen to it with every evidence of refreshment And gratitude. He said that at an entertainment in his grounds
once, the pipe brought out half a dozen snakes, and the music had to be stopped before they would be
persuaded to go. Nobody wanted their company, for they were bold, familiar, and dangerous; but no one
would kill them, of course, for it is sinful for a Hindoo to kill any kind of a creature.
We withdrew from the festivities at two in the morning. Another picture, thenbut it has lodged itself in my
memory rather as a stagescene than as a reality. It is of a porch and short flight of steps crowded with dark
faces and ghostlywhite draperies flooded with the strong glare from the dazzling concentration of
illuminations; and midway of the steps one conspicuous figure for accenta turbaned giant, with a name
according to his size: Rao Bahadur Baskirao Balinkanje Pitale, Vakeel to his Highness the Gaikwar of
Baroda. Without him the picture would not have been complete; and if his name had been merely Smith, he
wouldn't have answered. Close at hand on housefronts on both sides of the narrow street were illuminations
of a kind commonly employed by the natives scores of glass tumblers (containing tapers) fastened a few in
inches apart all over great latticed frames, forming starry constellations which showed out vividly against
their black back grounds. As we drew away into the distance down the dim lanes the illuminations gathered
together into a single mass, and glowed out of the enveloping darkness like a sun.
Then again the deep silence, the skurrying rats, the dim forms stretched everywhere on the ground; and on
either hand those open booths counterfeiting sepulchres, with counterfeit corpses sleeping motionless in the
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLII. 140
Page No 144
flicker of the counterfeit death lamps. And now, a year later, when I read the cablegrams I seem to be reading
of what I myself partly sawsaw before it happenedin a prophetic dream, as it were. One cablegram says,
"Business in the native town is about suspended. Except the wailing and the tramp of the funerals. There is
but little life or movement. The closed shops exceed in number those that remain open." Another says that
325,000 of the people have fled the city and are carrying the plague to the country. Three days later comes
the news, "The population is reduced by half." The refugees have carried the disease to Karachi; "220 cases,
214 deaths." A day or two later, "52 fresh cases, all of which proved fatal."
The plague carries with it a terror which no other disease can excite; for of all diseases known to men it is the
deadliestby far the deadliest. "Fiftytwo fresh casesall fatal." It is the Black Death alone that slays like
that. We can all imagine, after a fashion, the desolation of a plaguestricken city, and the stupor of stillness
broken at intervals by distant bursts of wailing, marking the passing of funerals, here and there and yonder,
but I suppose it is not possible for us to realize to ourselves the nightmare of dread and fear that possesses the
living who are present in such a place and cannot get away. That half million fled from Bombay in a wild
panic suggests to us something of what they were feeling, but perhaps not even they could realize what the
half million were feeling whom they left stranded behind to face the stalking horror without chance of escape.
Kinglake was in Cairo many years ago during an epidemic of the Black Death, and he has imagined the
terrors that creep into a man's heart at such a time and follow him until they themselves breed the fatal sign in
the armpit, and then the delirium with confused images, and homedreams, and reeling billiardtables, and
then the sudden blank of death:
"To the contagionist, filled as he is with the dread of final causes, having no faith in destiny, nor in the fixed
will of God, and with none of the devilmaycare indifference which might stand him instead of creedsto
such one, every rag that shivers in the breeze of a plaguestricken city has this sort of sublimity. If by any
terrible ordinance he be forced to venture forth, be sees death dangling from every sleeve; and, as he creeps
forward, he poises his shuddering limbs between the imminent jacket that is stabbing at his right elbow and
the murderous pelisse that threatens to mow him clean down as it sweeps along on his left. But most of all he
dreads that which most of all he should lovethe touch of a woman's dress; for mothers and wives, hurrying
forth on kindly errands from the bedsides of the dying, go slouching along through the streets more willfully
and less courteously than the men. For a while it may be that the caution of the poor Levantine may enable
him to avoid contact, but sooner or later, perhaps, the dreaded chance arrives; that bundle of linen, with the
dark tearful eyes at the top of it, that labors along with the voluptuous clumsiness of Grisi she has touched
the poor Levantine with the hem of her sleeve! From that dread moment his peace is gone; his mind for ever
hanging upon the fatal touch invites the blow which he fears; he watches for the symptoms of plague so
carefully, that sooner or later they come in truth. The parched mouth is a signhis mouth is parched; the
throbbing brainhis brain does throb; the rapid pulsehe touches his own wrist (for he dares not ask
counsel of any man lest he be deserted), he touches his wrist, and feels how his frighted blood goes galloping
out of his heart. There is nothing but the fatal swelling that is wanting to make his sad conviction complete;
immediately, he has an odd feel under the armno pain, but a little straining of the skin; he would to God it
were his fancy that were strong enough to give him that sensation; this is the worst of all. It now seems to
him that he could be happy and contented with his parched mouth, and his throbbing brain, and his rapid
pulse, if only he could know that there were no swelling under the left arm; but dares he try?in a moment
of calmness and deliberation he dares not; but when for a while he has writhed under the torture of suspense,
a sudden strength of will drives him to seek and know his fate; he touches the gland, and finds the skin sane
and sound but under the cuticle there lies a small lump like a pistolbullet, that moves as he pushes it. Oh!
but is this for all certainty, is this the sentence of death? Feel the gland of the other arm. There is not the same
lump exactly, yet something a little like it. Have not some people glands naturally enlarged?would to
heaven he were one! So he does for himself the work of the plague, and when the Angel of Death thus
courted does indeed and in truth come, he has only to finish that which has been so well begun; he passes his
fiery hand over the brain of the victim, and lets him rave for a season, but all chancewise, of people and
things once dear, or of people and things indifferent. Once more the poor fellow is back at his home in fair
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLII. 141
Page No 145
Provence, and sees the sundial that stood in his childhood's gardensees his mother, and the longsince
forgotten face of that little dear sister(he sees her, he says, on a Sunday morning, for all the church bells
are ringing); he looks up and down through the universe, and owns it well piled with bales upon bales of
cotton, and cotton eternalso much so that he feelshe knowshe swears he could make that winning
hazard, if the billiardtable would not slant upwards, and if the cue were a cue worth playing with; but it is
notit's a cue that won't movehis own arm won't movein short, there's the devil to pay in the brain of
the poor Levantine; and perhaps, the next night but one he becomes the "life and the soul" of some squalling
jackal family, who fish him out by the foot from his shallow and sandy grave."
CHAPTER XLIII.
Hunger is the handmaid of genius
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
One day during our stay in Bombay there was a criminal trial of a most interesting sort, a terribly realistic
chapter out of the "Arabian Nights," a strange mixture of simplicities and pieties and murderous practicalities,
which brought back the forgotten days of Thuggee and made them live again; in fact, even made them
believable. It was a case where a young girl had been assassinated for the sake of her trifling ornaments,
things not worth a laborer's day's wages in America. This thing could have been done in many other
countries, but hardly with the cold businesslike depravity, absence of fear, absence of caution, destitution of
the sense of horror, repentance, remorse, exhibited in this case. Elsewhere the murderer would have done his
crime secretly, by night, and without witnesses; his fears would have allowed him no peace while the dead
body was in his neighborhood; he would not have rested until he had gotten it safe out of the way and hidden
as effectually as he could hide it. But this Indian murderer does his deed in the full light of day, cares nothing
for the society of witnesses, is in no way incommoded by the presence of the corpse, takes his own time
about disposing of it, and the whole party are so indifferent, so phlegmatic, that they take their regular sleep
as if nothing was happening and no halters hanging over them; and these five bland people close the episode
with a religious service. The thing reads like a MeadowsTaylor Thugtale of half a century ago, as may be
seen by the official report of the trial:
"At the Mazagon Police Court yesterday, Superintendent Nolan again charged Tookaram Suntoo Savat Baya,
woman, her daughter Krishni, and Gopal Yithoo Bhanayker, before Mr. Phiroze Hoshang Dastur, Fourth
Presidency Magistrate, under sections 302 and 109 of the Code, with having on the night of the 30th of
December last murdered a Hindoo girl named Cassi, aged 12, by strangulation, in the room of a chawl at
Jakaria Bunder, on the Sewriroad, and also with aiding and abetting each other in the commission of the
offense.
"Mr. F. A. Little, Public Prosecutor, conducted the case on behalf of the Crown, the accused being
undefended.
"Mr. Little applied under the provisions of the Criminal Procedure Code to tender pardon to one of the
accused, Krishni, woman, aged 22, on her undertaking to make a true and full statement of facts under which
the deceased girl Cassi was murdered.
"The Magistrate having granted the Public Prosecutor's application, the accused Krishni went into the
witnessbox, and, on being examined by Mr. Little, made the following confession:I am a mill hand
employed at the Jubilee Mill. I recollect the day (Tuesday; on which the body of the deceased Cassi was
found. Previous to that I attended the mill for half a day, and then returned home at 3 in the afternoon, when I
saw five persons in the house, viz.: the first accused Tookaram, who is my paramour, my mother, the second
accused Baya, the accused Gopal, and two guests named Ramji Daji and Annaji Gungaram. Tookaram rented
the room of the chawl situated at Jakaria Bunderroad from its owner, Girdharilal Radhakishan, and in that
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLIII. 142
Page No 146
room I, my paramour, Tookaram, and his younger brother, Yesso Mahadhoo, live. Since his arrival in
Bombay from his native country Yesso came and lived with us. When I returned from the mill on the
afternoon of that day, I saw the two guests seated on a cot in the veranda, and a few minutes after the accused
Gopal came and took his seat by their side, while I and my mother were seated inside the room. Tookaram,
who had gone out to fetch some 'pan' and betelnuts, on his return home had brought the two guests with him.
After returning home he gave them 'pan supari'. While they were eating it my mother came out of the room
and inquired of one of the guests, Ramji, what had happened to his foot, when he replied that he had tried
many remedies, but they had done him no good. My mother then took some rice in her hand and prophesied
that the disease which Ramji was suffering from would not be cured until he returned to his native country. In
the meantime the deceased Casi came from the direction of an outhouse, and stood in front on the
threshhold of our room with a 'lota' in her hand. Tookaram then told his two guests to leave the room, and
they then went up the steps towards the quarry. After the guests had gone away, Tookaram seized the
deceased, who had come into the room, and he afterwards put a waistband around her, and tied her to a post
which supports a loft. After doing this, he pressed the girl's throat, and, having tied her mouth with the
'dhotur' (now shown in Court), fastened it to the post. Having killed the girl, Tookaram removed her gold
head ornament and a gold 'putlee', and also took charge of her 'lota'. Besides these two ornaments Cassi had
on her person earstuds a nosering, some silver toerings, two necklaces, a pair of silver anklets and
bracelets. Tookaram afterwards tried to remove the silver amulets, the earstuds, and the nosering; but he
failed in his attempt. While he was doing so, I, my mother, and Gopal were present. After removing the two
gold ornaments, he handed them over to Gopal, who was at the time standing near me. When he killed Cassi,
Tookaram threatened to strangle me also if I informed any one of this. Gopal and myself were then standing
at the door of our room, and we both were threatened by Tookaram. My mother, Baya, had seized the legs of
the deceased at the time she was killed, and whilst she was being tied to the post. Cassi then made a noise.
Tookaram and my mother took part in killing the girl. After the murder her body was wrapped up in a
mattress and kept on the loft over the door of our room. When Cassi was strangled, the door of the room was
fastened from the inside by Tookaram. This deed was committed shortly after my return home from work in
the mill. Tookaram put the body of the deceased in the mattress, and, after it was left on the loft, he went to
have his head shaved by a barber named Sambhoo Raghoo, who lives only one door away from me. My
mother and myself then remained in the possession of the information. I was slapped and threatened by my
paramour, Tookaram, and that was the only reason why I did not inform any one at that time. When I told
Tookaram that I would give information of the occurrence, he slapped me. The accused Gopal was asked by
Tookaram to go back to his room, and he did so, taking away with him the two gold ornaments and the 'lota'.
Yesso Mahadhoo, a brotherinlaw of Tookaram, came to the house and asked Taokaram why he was
washing, the waterpipe being just opposite. Tookaram replied that he was washing his dhotur, as a fowl had
polluted it. About 6 o'clock of the evening of that day my mother gave me three pice and asked me to buy a
cocoanut, and I gave the money to Yessoo, who went and fetched a cocoanut and some betel leaves. When
Yessoo and others were in the room I was bathing, and, after I finished my bath, my mother took the
cocoanut and the betel leaves from Yessoo, and we five went to the sea. The party consisted of Tookaram,
my mother, Yessoo, Tookaram's younger brother, and myself. On reaching the seashore, my mother made the
offering to the sea, and prayed to be pardoned for what we had done. Before we went to the sea, some one
came to inquire after the girl Cassi. The police and other people came to make these inquiries both before and
after we left the house for the seashore. The police questioned my mother about the girl, and she replied that
Cassi had come to her door, but had left. The next day the police questioned Tookaram, and he, too, gave a
similar reply. This was said the same night when the search was made for the girl. After the offering was
made to the sea, we partook of the cocoanut and returned home, when my mother gave me some food; but
Tookaram did not partake of any food that night. After dinner I and my mother slept inside the room, and
Tookaram slept on a cot near his brotherinlaw, Yessoo Mahadhoo, just outside the door. That was not the
usual place where Tookaram slept. He usually slept inside the room. The body of the deceased remained on
the loft when I went to sleep. The room in which we slept was locked, and I heard that my paramour,
Tookaram, was restless outside. About 3 o'clock the following morning Tookaram knocked at the door, when
both myself and my mother opened it. He then told me to go to the steps leading to the quarry, and see if any
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLIII. 143
Page No 147
one was about. Those steps lead to a stable, through which we go to the quarry at the back of the compound.
When I got to the steps I saw no one there. Tookaram asked me if any one was there, and I replied that I
could see no one about. He then took the body of the deceased from the loft, and having wrapped it up in his
saree, asked me to accompany him to the steps of the quarry, and I did so. The 'saree' now produced here was
the same. Besides the 'saree', there was also a 'cholee' on the body. He then carried the body in his arms, and
went up the steps, through the stable, and then to the right hand towards a Sahib's bungalow, where
Tookaram placed the body near a wall. All the time I and my mother were with him. When the body was
taken down, Yessoo was lying on the cot. After depositing the body under the wall, we all returned home, and
soon after 5 a.m. the police again came and took Tookaram away. About an hour after they returned and took
me and my mother away. We were questioned about it, when I made a statement. Two hours later I was taken
to the room, and I pointed out this waistband, the 'dhotur', the mattress, and the wooden post to
Superintendent Nolan and Inspectors Roberts and Rashanali, in the presence of my mother and Tookaram.
Tookaram killed the girl Cassi for her ornaments, which he wanted for the girl to whom he was shortly going
to be married. The body was found in the same place where it was deposited by Tookaram."
The criminal side of the native has always been picturesque, always readable. The Thuggee and one or two
other particularly outrageous features of it have been suppressed by the English, but there is enough of it left
to keep it darkly interesting. One finds evidence of these survivals in the newspapers. Macaulay has a
lightthrowing passage upon this matter in his great historical sketch of Warren Hastings, where he is
describing some effects which followed the temporary paralysis of Hastings' powerful government brought
about by Sir Philip Francis and his party:
"The natives considered Hastings as a fallen man; and they acted after their kind. Some of our readers may
have seen, in India, a cloud of crows pecking a sick vulture to deathno bad type of what happens in that
country as often as fortune deserts one who has been great and dreaded. In an instant all the sycophants, who
had lately been ready to lie for him, to forge for him, to pander for him, to poison for him, hasten to purchase
the favor of his victorious enemies by accusing him. An Indian government has only to let it be understood
that it wishes a particular man to be ruined, and in twentyfour hours it will be furnished with grave charges,
supported by depositions so full and circumstantial that any person unaccustomed to Asiatic mendacity would
regard them as decisive. It is well if the signature of the destined victim is not counterfeited at the foot of
some illegal compact, and if some treasonable paper is not slipped into a hidingplace in his house."
That was nearly a century and a quarter ago. An article in one of the chief journals of India (the Pioneer)
shows that in some respects the native of today is just what his ancestor was then. Here are niceties of so
subtle and delicate a sort that they lift their breed of rascality to a place among the fine arts, and almost entitle
it to respect:
"The records of the Indian courts might certainly be relied upon to prove that swindlers as a class in the East
come very close to, if they do not surpass, in brilliancy of execution and originality of design the most expert
of their fraternity in Europe and America. India in especial is the home of forgery. There are some particular
districts which are noted as marts for the finest specimens of the forger's handiwork. The business is carried
on by firms who possess stores of stamped papers to suit every emergency. They habitually lay in a store of
fresh stamped papers every year, and some of the older and more thriving houses can supply documents for
the past forty years, bearing the proper watermark and possessing the genuine appearance of age. Other
districts have earned notoriety for skilled perjury, a preeminence that excites a respectful admiration when
one thinks of the universal prevalence of the art, and persons desirous of succeeding in false suits are ready to
pay handsomely to avail themselves of the services of these local experts as witnesses."
Various instances illustrative of the methods of these swindlers are given. They exhibit deep cunning and
total depravity on the part of the swindler and his pals, and more obtuseness on the part of the victim than one
would expect to find in a country where suspicion of your neighbor must surely be one of the earliest things
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLIII. 144
Page No 148
learned. The favorite subject is the young fool who has just come into a fortune and is trying to see how poor
a use he can put it to. I will quote one example:
"Sometimes another form of confidence trick is adopted, which is invariably successful. The particular
pigeon is spotted, and, his acquaintance having been made, he is encouraged in every form of vice. When the
friendship is thoroughly established, the swindler remarks to the young man that he has a brother who has
asked him to lend him Rs.10,000. The swindler says he has the money and would lend it; but, as the borrower
is his brother, he cannot charge interest. So he proposes that he should hand the dupe the money, and the
latter should lend it to the swindler's brother, exacting a heavy prepayment of interest which, it is pointed
out, they may equally enjoy in dissipation. The dupe sees no objection, and on the appointed day receives
Rs.7,000 from the swindler, which he hands over to the confederate. The latter is profuse in his thanks, and
executes a promissory note for Rs.10,000, payable to bearer. The swindler allows the scheme to remain
quiescent for a time, and then suggests that, as the money has not been repaid and as it would be unpleasant
to sue his brother, it would be better to sell the note in the bazaar. The dupe hands the note over, for the
money he advanced was not his, and, on being informed that it would be necessary to have his signature on
the back so as to render the security negotiable, he signs without any hesitation. The swindler passes it on to
confederates, and the latter employ a respectable firm of solicitors to ask the dupe if his signature is genuine.
He admits it at once, and his fate is sealed. A suit is filed by a confederate against the dupe, two accomplices
being made co defendants. They admit their Signatures as indorsers, and the one swears he bought the note
for value from the dupe The latter has no defense, for no court would believe the apparently idle explanation
of the manner in which he came to endorse the note."
There is only one India! It is the only country that has a monopoly of grand and imposing specialties. When
another country has a remarkable thing, it cannot have it all to itselfsome other country has a duplicate.
But Indiathat is different. Its marvels are its own; the patents cannot be infringed; imitations are not
possible. And think of the size of them, the majesty of them, the weird and outlandish character of the most of
them!
There is the Plague, the Black Death: India invented it; India is the cradle of that mighty birth.
The Car of Juggernaut was India's invention.
So was the Suttee; and within the time of men still living eight hundred widows willingly, and, in fact,
rejoicingly, burned themselves to death on the bodies of their dead husbands in a single year. Eight hundred
would do it this year if the British government would let them.
Famine is India's specialty. Elsewhere famines are inconsequential incidentsin India they are devastating
cataclysms; in one case they annihilate hundreds; in the other, millions.
India had 2,000,000 gods, and worships them all. In religion all other countries are paupers; India is the only
millionaire.
With her everything is on a giant scaleeven her poverty; no other country can show anything to compare
with it. And she has been used to wealth on so vast a scale that she has to shorten to single words the
expressions describing great sums. She describes 100,000 with one word a 'lahk'; she describes ten
millions with one worda 'crore'.
In the bowels of the granite mountains she has patiently carved out dozens of vast temples, and made them
glorious with sculptured colonnades and stately groups of statuary, and has adorned the eternal walls with
noble paintings. She has built fortresses of such magnitude that the showstrongholds of the rest of the world
are but modest little things by comparison; palaces that are wonders for rarity of materials, delicacy and
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLIII. 145
Page No 149
beauty of workmanship, and for cost; and one tomb which men go around the globe to see. It takes eighty
nations, speaking eighty languages, to people her, and they number three hundred millions.
On top of all this she is the mother and home of that wonder of wonders casteand of that mystery of
mysteries, the satanic brotherhood of the Thugs.
India had the start of the whole world in the beginning of things. She had the first civilization; she had the
first accumulation of material wealth; she was populous with deep thinkers and subtle intellects; she had
mines, and woods, and a fruitful soil. It would seem as if she should have kept the lead, and should be today
not the meek dependent of an alien master, but mistress of the world, and delivering law and command to
every tribe and nation in it. But, in truth, there was never any possibility of such supremacy for her. If there
had been but one India and one languagebut there were eighty of them! Where there are eighty nations and
several hundred governments, fighting and quarreling must be the common business of life; unity of purpose
and policy are impossible; out of such elements supremacy in the world cannot come. Even caste itself could
have had the defeating effect of a multiplicity of tongues, no doubt; for it separates a people into layers, and
layers, and still other layers, that have no community of feeling with each other; and in such a condition of
things as that, patriotism can have no healthy growth.
It was the division of the country into so many States and nations that made Thuggee possible and
prosperous. It is difficult to realize the situation. But perhaps one may approximate it by imagining the States
of our Union peopled by separate nations, speaking separate languages, with guards and customhouses
strung along all frontiers, plenty of interruptions for travelers and traders, interpreters able to handle all the
languages very rare or nonexistent, and a few wars always going on here and there and yonder as a further
embarrassment to commerce and excursioning. It would make intercommunication in a measure ungeneral.
India had eighty languages, and more customhouses than cats. No clever man with the instinct of a highway
robber could fail to notice what a chance for business was here offered. India was full of clever men with the
highwayman instinct, and so, quite naturally, the brotherhood of the Thugs came into being to meet the
longfelt want.
How long ago that was nobody knowscenturies, it is supposed. One of the chiefest wonders connected with
it was the success with which it kept its secret. The English trader did business in India two hundred years
and more before he ever heard of it; and yet it was assassinating its thousands all around him every year, the
whole time.
CHAPTER XLIV.
The old saw says, "Let a sleeping dog lie." Right.... Still, when there
is much at stake it is better to get a newspaper to do it.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
FROM DIARY:
January 28. I learned of an official Thugbook the other day. I was not aware before that there was such a
thing. I am allowed the temporary use of it. We are making preparations for travel. Mainly the preparations
are purchases of bedding. This is to be used in sleeping berths in the trains; in private houses sometimes; and
in ninetenths of the hotels. It is not realizable; and yet it is true. It is a survival; an apparently unnecessary
thing which in some strange way has outlived the conditions which once made it necessary. It comes down
from a time when the railway and the hotel did not exist; when the occasional white traveler went horseback
or by bullockcart, and stopped over night in the small dakbungalow provided at easy distances by the
governmenta shelter, merely, and nothing more. He had to carry bedding along, or do without. The
dwellings of the English residents are spacious and comfortable and commodiously furnished, and surely it
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLIV. 146
Page No 150
must be an odd sight to see half a dozen guests come filing into such a place and dumping blankets and
pillows here and there and everywhere. But custom makes incongruous things congruous.
One buys the bedding, with waterproof holdall for it at almost any shop there is no difficulty about it.
January 30. What a spectacle the railway station was, at traintime! It was a very large station, yet when we
arrived it seemed as if the whole world was presenthalf of it inside, the other half outside, and both halves,
bearing mountainous headloads of bedding and other freight, trying simultaneously to pass each other, in
opposing floods, in one narrow door. These opposing floods were patient, gentle, longsuffering natives,
with whites scattered among them at rare intervals; and wherever a white man's native servant appeared, that
native seemed to have put aside his natural gentleness for the time and invested himself with the white man's
privilege of making a way for himself by promptly shoving all intervening black things out of it. In these
exhibitions of authority Satan was scandalous. He was probably a Thug in one of his former incarnations.
Inside the great station, tides upon tides of rainbowcostumed natives swept along, this way and that, in
massed and bewildering confusion, eager, anxious, belated, distressed; and washed up to the long trains and
flowed into them with their packs and bundles, and disappeared, followed at once by the next wash, the next
wave. And here and there, in the midst of this hurlyburly, and seemingly undisturbed by it, sat great groups
of natives on the bare stone floor,young, slender brown women, old, gray wrinkled women, little soft
brown babies, old men, young men, boys; all poor people, but all the females among them, both big and little,
bejeweled with cheap and showy noserings, toerings, leglets, and armlets, these things constituting all their
wealth, no doubt. These silent crowds sat there with their humble bundles and baskets and small household
gear about them, and patiently waitedfor what? A train that was to start at some time or other during the
day or night! They hadn't timed themselves well, but that was no matterthe thing had been so ordered from
on high, therefore why worry? There was plenty of time, hours and hours of it, and the thing that was to
happen would happen there was no hurrying it.
The natives traveled third class, and at marvelously cheap rates. They were packed and crammed into cars
that held each about fifty; and it was said that often a Brahmin of the highest caste was thus brought into
personal touch, and consequent defilement, with persons of the lowest castesno doubt a very shocking
thing if a body could understand it and properly appreciate it. Yes, a Brahmin who didn't own a rupee and
couldn't borrow one, might have to touch elbows with a rich hereditary lord of inferior caste, inheritor of an
ancient title a couple of yards long, and he would just have to stand it; for if either of the two was allowed to
go in the cars where the sacred white people were, it probably wouldn't be the august poor Brahmin. There
was an immense string of those thirdclass cars, for the natives travel by hordes; and a weary hard night of it
the occupants would have, no doubt.
When we reached our car, Satan and Barney had already arrived there with their train of porters carrying
bedding and parasols and cigar boxes, and were at work. We named him Barney for short; we couldn't use his
real name, there wasn't time.
It was a car that promised comfort; indeed, luxury. Yet the cost of it well, economy could no further go;
even in France; not even in Italy. It was built of the plainest and cheapest partiallysmoothed boards, with a
coating of dull paint on them, and there was nowhere a thought of decoration. The floor was bare, but would
not long remain so when the dust should begin to fly. Across one end of the compartment ran a netting for the
accommodation of handbaggage; at the other end was a door which would shut, upon compulsion, but
wouldn't stay shut; it opened into a narrow little closet which had a washbowl in one end of it, and a place to
put a towel, in case you had one with youand you would be sure to have towels, because you buy them
with the bedding, knowing that the railway doesn't furnish them. On each side of the car, and running fore
and aft, was a broad leathercovered sofa to sit on in the day and sleep on at night. Over each sofa hung, by
straps, a wide, flat, leather covered shelfto sleep on. In the daytime you can hitch it up against the wall,
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLIV. 147
Page No 151
out of the wayand then you have a big unencumbered and most comfortable room to spread out in. No car
in any country is quite its equal for comfort (and privacy) I think. For usually there are but two persons in it;
and even when there are four there is but little sense of impaired privacy. Our own cars at home can surpass
the railway world in all details but that one: they have no cosiness; there are too many people together.
At the foot of each sofa was a sidedoor, for entrance and exit. Along the whole length of the sofa on each
side of the car ran a row of large singleplate windows, of a blue tintblue to soften the bitter glare of the sun
and protect one's eyes from torture. These could be let down out of the way when one wanted the breeze. In
the roof were two oil lamps which gave a light strong enough to read by; each had a greencloth attachment
by which it could be covered when the light should be no longer needed.
While we talked outside with friends, Barney and Satan placed the hand baggage, books, fruits, and
sodabottles in the racks, and the holdalls and heavy baggage in the closet, hung the overcoats and
sunhelmets and towels on the hooks, hoisted the two bedshelves up out of the way, then shouldered their
bedding and retired to the third class.
Now then, you see what a handsome, spacious, light, airy, homelike place it was, wherein to walk up and
down, or sit and write, or stretch out and read and smoke. A central door in the forward end of the
compartment opened into a similar compartment. It was occupied by my wife and daughter. About nine in the
evening, while we halted a while at a station, Barney and Satan came and undid the clumsy big holdalls, and
spread the bedding on the sofas in both compartmentsmattresses, sheets, gay coverlets, pillows, all
complete; there are no chambermaids in India apparently it was an office that was never heard of. Then
they closed the communicating door, nimbly tidied up our place, put the night clothing on the beds and the
slippers under them, then returned to their own quarters.
January 31. It was novel and pleasant, and I stayed awake as long as I could, to enjoy it, and to read about
those strange people the Thugs. In my sleep they remained with me, and tried to strangle me. The leader of
the gang was that giant Hindoo who was such a picture in the strong light when we were leaving those
Hindoo betrothal festivities at two o'clock in the morningRao Bahadur Baskirao Balinkanje Pitale, Vakeel
to the Gaikwar of Baroda. It was he that brought me the invitation from his master to go to Baroda and
lecture to that princeand now he was misbehaving in my dreams. But all things can happen in dreams. It is
indeed as the Sweet Singer of Michigan saysirrelevantly, of course, for the one and unfailing great quality
which distinguishes her poetry from Shakespeare's and makes it precious to us is its stern and simple
irrelevancy:
My heart was gay and happy, This was ever in my mind, There is better times a coming, And I hope some
day to find Myself capable of composing, It was my heart's delight To compose on a sentimental subject If it
came in my mind just right.
["The Sentimental Song Book," p. 49; theme, "The Author's Early Life," 19th stanza.]
Barroda. Arrived at 7 this morning. The dawn was just beginning to show. It was forlorn to have to turn out
in a strange place at such a time, and the blinking lights in the station made it seem night still. But the
gentlemen who had come to receive us were there with their servants, and they make quick work; there was
no lost time. We were soon outside and moving swiftly through the soft gray light, and presently were
comfortably housedwith more servants to help than we were used to, and with rather embarassingly
important officials to direct them. But it was custom; they spoke Ballarat English, their bearing was charming
and hospitable, and so all went well.
Breakfast was a satisfaction. Across the lawns was visible in the distance through the open window an Indian
well, with two oxen tramping leisurely up and down long inclines, drawing water; and out of the stillness
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLIV. 148
Page No 152
came the suffering screech of the machinerynot quite musical, and yet soothingly melancholy and dreamy
and reposefula wail of lost spirits, one might imagine. And commemorative and reminiscent, perhaps; for
of course the Thugs used to throw people down that well when they were done with them.
After breakfast the day began, a sufficiently busy one. We were driven by winding roads through a vast park,
with noble forests of great trees, and with tangles and jungles of lovely growths of a humbler sort; and at one
place three large gray apes came out and pranced across the roada good deal of a surprise and an
unpleasant one, for such creatures belong in the menagerie, and they look artificial and out of place in a
wilderness.
We came to the city, by and by, and drove all through it. Intensely Indian, it was, and crumbly, and
mouldering, and immemorially old, to all appearance. And the housesoh, indescribably quaint and curious
they were, with their fronts an elaborate lacework of intricate and beautiful woodcarving, and now and
then further adorned with rude pictures of elephants and princes and gods done in shouting colors; and all the
ground floors along these cramped and narrow lanes occupied as shops shops unbelievably small and
impossibly packed with merchantable rubbish, and with ninetenthsnaked natives squatting at their work of
hammering, pounding, brazing, soldering, sewing, designing, cooking, measuring out grain, grinding it,
repairing idolsand then the swarm of ragged and noisy humanity under the horses' feet and everywhere,
and the pervading reek and fume and smell! It was all wonderful and delightful.
Imagine a file of elephants marching through such a crevice of a street and scraping the paint off both sides of
it with their hides. How big they must look, and how little they must make the houses look; and when the
elephants are in their glittering court costume, what a contrast they must make with the humble and sordid
surroundings. And when a mad elephant goes raging through, belting right and left with his trunk, how do
these swarms of people get out of the way? I suppose it is a thing which happens now and then in the mad
season (for elephants have a mad season).
I wonder how old the town is. There are patches of buildingmassive structures, monuments,
apparentlythat are so battered and worn, and seemingly so tired and so burdened with the weight of age,
and so dulled and stupefied with trying to remember things they forgot before history began, that they give
one the feeling that they must have been a part of original Creation. This is indeed one of the oldest of the
princedoms of India, and has always been celebrated for its barbaric pomps and splendors, and for the wealth
of its princes.
CHAPTER XLV.
It takes your enemy and your friend, working together, to hurt you to the
heart; the one to slander you and the other to get the news to you.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
Out of the town again; a long drive through open country, by winding roads among secluded villages nestling
in the inviting shade of tropic vegetation, a Sabbath stillness everywhere, sometimes a pervading sense of
solitude, but always barefoot natives gliding by like spirits, without sound of footfall, and others in the
distance dissolving away and vanishing like the creatures of dreams. Now and then a string of stately camels
passed byalways interesting things to look atand they were velvetshod by nature, and made no noise.
Indeed, there were no noises of any sort in this paradise. Yes, once there was one, for a moment: a file of
native convicts passed along in charge of an officer, and we caught the soft clink of their chains. In a retired
spot, resting himself under a tree, was a holy persona naked black fakeer, thin and skinny, and
whiteygray all over with ashes.
By and by to the elephant stables, and I took a ride; but it was by requestI did not ask for it, and didn't
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLV. 149
Page No 153
want it; but I took it, because otherwise they would have thought I was afraid, which I was. The elephant
kneels down, by commandone end of him at a timeand you climb the ladder and get into the howdah,
and then he gets up, one end at a time, just as a ship gets up over a wave; and after that, as he strides
monstrously about, his motion is much like a ship's motion. The mahout bores into the back of his head with
a great iron prod and you wonder at his temerity and at the elephant's patience, and you think that perhaps the
patience will not last; but it does, and nothing happens. The mahout talks to the elephant in a low voice all the
time, and the elephant seems to understand it all and to be pleased with it; and he obeys every order in the
most contented and docile way. Among these twentyfive elephants were two which were larger than any I
had ever seen before, and if I had thought I could learn to not be afraid, I would have taken one of them while
the police were not looking.
In the howdahhouse there were many howdahs that were made of silver, one of gold, and one of old ivory,
and equipped with cushions and canopies of rich and costly stuffs. The wardrobe of the elephants was there,
too; vast velvet covers stiff and heavy with gold embroidery; and bells of silver and gold; and ropes of these
metals for fastening the things on harness, so to speak; and monster hoops of massive gold for the elephant to
wear on his ankles when he is out in procession on business of state.
But we did not see the treasury of crown jewels, and that was a disappointment, for in mass and richness it
ranks only second in India. By mistake we were taken to see the new palace instead, and we used up the last
remnant of our spare time there. It was a pity, too; for the new palace is mixed modern AmericanEuropean,
and has not a merit except costliness. It is wholly foreign to India, and impudent and out of place. The
architect has escaped. This comes of overdoing the suppression of the Thugs; they had their merits. The old
palace is oriental and charming, and in consonance with the country. The old palace would still be great if
there were nothing of it but the spacious and lofty hall where the durbars are held. It is not a good place to
lecture in, on account of the echoes, but it is a good place to hold durbars in and regulate the affairs of a
kingdom, and that is what it is for. If I had it I would have a durbar every day, instead of once or twice a year.
The prince is an educated gentleman. His culture is European. He has been in Europe five times. People say
that this is costly amusement for him, since in crossing the sea he must sometimes be obliged to drink water
from vessels that are more or less public, and thus damage his caste. To get it purified again he must make
pilgrimage to some renowned Hindoo temples and contribute a fortune or two to them. His people are like the
other Hindoos, profoundly religious; and they could not be content with a master who was impure.
We failed to see the jewels, but we saw the gold cannon and the silver onethey seemed to be sixpounders.
They were not designed for business, but for salutes upon rare and particularly important state occasions. An
ancestor of the present Gaikwar had the silver one made, and a subsequent ancestor had the gold one made, in
order to outdo him.
This sort of artillery is in keeping with the traditions of Baroda, which was of old famous for style and show.
It used to entertain visiting rajahs and viceroys with tigerfights, elephantfights, illuminations, and
elephantprocessions of the most glittering and gorgeous character.
It makes the circus a pale, poor thing.
In the train, during a part of the return journey from Baroda, we had the company of a gentleman who had
with him a remarkable looking dog. I had not seen one of its kind before, as far as I could remember; though
of course I might have seen one and not noticed it, for I am not acquainted with dogs, but only with cats. This
dog's coat was smooth and shiny and black, and I think it had tan trimmings around the edges of the dog, and
perhaps underneath. It was a long, low dog, with very short, strange legslegs that curved inboard,
something like parentheses wrong way (. Indeed, it was made on the plan of a bench for length and lowness.
It seemed to be satisfied, but I thought the plan poor, and structurally weak, on account of the distance
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLV. 150
Page No 154
between the forward supports and those abaft. With age the dog's back was likely to sag; and it seemed to me
that it would have been a stronger and more practicable dog if it had had some more legs. It had not begun to
sag yet, but the shape of the legs showed that the undue weight imposed upon them was beginning to tell. It
had a long nose, and floppy ears that hung down, and a resigned expression of countenance. I did not like to
ask what kind of a dog it was, or how it came to be deformed, for it was plain that the gentleman was very
fond of it, and naturally he could be sensitive about it. From delicacy I thought it best not to seem to notice it
too much. No doubt a man with a dog like that feels just as a person does who has a child that is out of true.
The gentleman was not merely fond of the dog, he was also proud of itjust the same again, as a mother
feels about her child when it is an idiot. I could see that he was proud of it, not withstanding it was such a
long dog and looked so resigned and pious. It had been all over the world with him, and had been pilgriming
like that for years and years. It had traveled 50,000 miles by sea and rail, and had ridden in front of him on
his horse 8,000. It had a silver medal from the Geographical Society of Great Britain for its travels, and I saw
it. It had won prizes in dog shows, both in India and in EnglandI saw them. He said its pedigree was on
record in the Kennel Club, and that it was a wellknown dog. He said a great many people in London could
recognize it the moment they saw it. I did not say anything, but I did not think it anything strange; I should
know that dog again, myself, yet I am not careful about noticing dogs. He said that when he walked along in
London, people often stopped and looked at the dog. Of course I did not say anything, for I did not want to
hurt his feelings, but I could have explained to him that if you take a great long low dog like that and waddle
it along the street anywhere in the world and not charge anything, people will stop and look. He was gratified
because the dog took prizes. But that was nothing; if I were built like that I could take prizes myself. I wished
I knew what kind of a dog it was, and what it was for, but I could not very well ask, for that would show that
I did not know. Not that I want a dog like that, but only to know the secret of its birth.
I think he was going to hunt elephants with it, because I know, from remarks dropped by him, that he has
hunted large game in India and Africa, and likes it. But I think that if he tries to hunt elephants with it, he is
going to be disappointed.
I do not believe that it is suited for elephants. It lacks energy, it lacks force of character, it lacks bitterness.
These things all show in the meekness and resignation of its expression. It would not attack an elephant, I am
sure of it. It might not run if it saw one coming, but it looked to me like a dog that would sit down and pray.
I wish he had told me what breed it was, if there are others; but I shall know the dog next time, and then if I
can bring myself to it I will put delicacy aside and ask. If I seem strangely interested in dogs, I have a reason
for it; for a dog saved me from an embarrassing position once, and that has made me grateful to these
animals; and if by study I could learn to tell some of the kinds from the others, I should be greatly pleased. I
only know one kind apart, yet, and that is the kind that saved me that time. I always know that kind when I
meet it, and if it is hungry or lost I take care of it. The matter happened in this way
It was years and years ago. I had received a note from Mr. Augustin Daly of the Fifth Avenue Theatre, asking
me to call the next time I should be in New York. I was writing plays, in those days, and he was admiring
them and trying to get me a chance to get them played in Siberia. I took the first trainthe early onethe
one that leaves Hartford at 8.29 in the morning. At New Haven I bought a paper, and found it filled with
glaring displaylines about a "benchshow" there. I had often heard of benchshows, but had never felt any
interest in them, because I supposed they were lectures that were not well attended. It turned out, now, that it
was not that, but a dogshow. There was a doubleleaded column about the kingfeature of this one, which
was called a Saint Bernard, and was worth $10,000, and was known to be the largest and finest of his species
in the world. I read all this with interest, because out of my school boy readings I dimly remembered how
the priests and pilgrims of St. Bernard used to go out in the storms and dig these dogs out of the snowdrifts
when lost and exhausted, and give them brandy and save their lives, and drag them to the monastery and
restore them with gruel.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLV. 151
Page No 155
Also, there was a picture of this prizedog in the paper, a noble great creature with a benignant countenance,
standing by a table. He was placed in that way so that one could get a right idea of his great dimensions. You
could see that he was just a shade higher than the tableindeed, a huge fellow for a dog. Then there was a
description which event into the details. It gave his enormous weight150 1/2 pounds, and his length 4 feet
2 inches, from stem to sternpost; and his height3 feet 1 inch, to the top of his back. The pictures and the
figures so impressed me, that I could see the beautiful colossus before me, and I kept on thinking about him
for the next two hours; then I reached New York, and he dropped out of my mind.
In the swirl and tumult of the hotel lobby I ran across Mr. Daly's comedian, the late James Lewis, of beloved
memory, and I casually mentioned that I was going to call upon Mr. Daly in the evening at 8. He looked
surprised, and said he reckoned not. For answer I handed him Mr. Daly's note. Its substance was: "Come to
my private den, over the theater, where we cannot be interrupted. And come by the back way, not the front.
No. 642 Sixth Avenue is a cigar shop; pass through it and you are in a paved court, with high buildings all
around; enter the second door on the left, and come up stairs."
"Is this all?"
"Yes," I said.
"Well, you'll never get in"
"Why?"
"Because you won't. Or if you do you can draw on me for a hundred dollars; for you will be the first man that
has accomplished it in twentyfive years. I can't think what Mr. Daly can have been absorbed in. He has
forgotten a most important detail, and he will feel humiliated in the morning when he finds that you tried to
get in and couldn't."
"Why, what is the trouble?"
"I'll tell you. You see"
At that point we were swept apart by the crowd, somebody detained me with a moment's talk, and we did not
get together again. But it did not matter; I believed he was joking, anyway.
At eight in the evening I passed through the cigar shop and into the court and knocked at the second door.
"Come in!"
I entered. It was a small room, carpetless, dusty, with a naked deal table, and two cheap wooden chairs for
furniture. A giant Irishman was standing there, with shirt collar and vest unbuttoned, and no coat on. I put my
hat on the table, and was about to say something, when the Irishman took the innings himself. And not with
marked courtesy of tone:
"Well, sor, what will you have?"
I was a little disconcerted, and my easy confidence suffered a shrinkage. The man stood as motionless as
Gibraltar, and kept his unblinking eye upon me. It was very embarrassing, very humiliating. I stammered at a
false start or two; then
"I have just run down from"
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLV. 152
Page No 156
"Av ye plaze, ye'll not smoke here, ye understand."
I laid my cigar on the windowledge; chased my flighty thoughts a moment, then said in a placating manner:
"II have come to see Mr. Daly."
"Oh, ye have, have ye?"
"Yes"
"Well, ye'll not see him."
"But he asked me to come."
"Oh, he did, did he?"
"Yes, he sent me this note, and"
"Lemme see it."
For a moment I fancied there would be a change in the atmosphere, now; but this idea was premature. The
big man was examining the note searchingly under the gasjet. A glance showed me that he had it upside
downdisheartening evidence that he could not read.
"Is ut his own handwrite?"
"Yeshe wrote it himself."
"He did, did he?"
"Yes."
"H'm. Well, then, why ud he write it like that?"
"How do you mean?"
"I mane, why wudn't he put his naime to ut?"
"His name is to it. That's not ityou are looking at my name."
I thought that that was a home shot, but he did not betray that he had been hit. He said:
"It's not an aisy one to spell; how do you pronounce ut?"
"Mark Twain."
"H'm. H'm. Mike Train. H'm. I don't remember ut. What is it ye want to see him about?"
"It isn't I that want to see him, he wants to see me."
"Oh, he does, does he?"
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLV. 153
Page No 157
"Yes."
"What does he want to see ye about?"
"I don't know."
"Ye don't know! And ye confess it, becod ! Well, I can tell ye wan thingye'll not see him. Are ye in the
business?"
"What business?"
"The show business."
A fatal question. I recognized that I was defeated. If I answered no, he would cut the matter short and wave
me to the door without the grace of a wordI saw it in his uncompromising eye; if I said I was a lecturer, he
would despise me, and dismiss me with opprobrious words; if I said I was a dramatist, he would throw me
out of the window. I saw that my case was hopeless, so I chose the course which seemed least humiliating: I
would pocket my shame and glide out without answering. The silence was growing lengthy.
"I'll ask ye again. Are ye in the show business yerself?"
"Yes!"
I said it with splendid confidence; for in that moment the very twin of that grand New Haven dog loafed into
the room, and I saw that Irishman's eye light eloquently with pride and affection.
"Ye are? And what is it?"
"I've got a benchshow in New Haven."
The weather did change then.
"You don't say, sir! And that's your show, sir! Oh, it's a grand show, it's a wonderful show, sir, and a proud
man I am to see your honor this day. And ye'll be an expert, sir, and ye'll know all about dogsmore than
ever they know theirselves, I'll take me oath to ut."
I said, with modesty:
"I believe I have some reputation that way. In fact, my business requires it."
"Ye have some reputation, your honor! Bedad I believe you! There's not a jintleman in the worrld that can lay
over ye in the judgmint of a dog, sir. Now I'll vinture that your honor'll know that dog's dimensions there
better than he knows them his own self, and just by the casting of your educated eye upon him. Would you
mind giving a guess, if ye'll be so good?"
I knew that upon my answer would depend my fate. If I made this dog bigger than the prizedog, it would be
bad diplomacy, and suspicious; if I fell too far short of the prizedog, that would be equally damaging. The
dog was standing by the table, and I believed I knew the difference between him and the one whose picture I
had seen in the newspaper to a shade. I spoke promptly up and said:
"It's no trouble to guess this noble creature's figures height, three feet; length, four feet and threequarters of
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLV. 154
Page No 158
an inch; weight, a hundred and fortyeight and a quarter."
The man snatched his hat from its peg and danced on it with joy, shouting:
"Ye've hardly missed it the hair's breadth, hardly the shade of a shade, your honor! Oh, it's the miraculous eye
ye've got, for the judgmint of a dog!"
And still pouring out his admiration of my capacities, he snatched off his vest and scoured off one of the
wooden chairs with it, and scrubbed it and polished it, and said:
"There, sit down, your honor, I'm ashamed of meself that I forgot ye were standing all this time; and do put
on your hat, ye mustn't take cold, it's a drafty place; and here is your cigar, sir, a getting cold, I'll give ye a
light. There. The place is all yours, sir, and if ye'll just put your feet on the table and make yourself at home,
I'll stir around and get a candle and light ye up the ould crazy stairs and see that ye don't come to anny harm,
for be this time Mr. Daly'll be that impatient to see your honor that he'll be taking the roof off."
He conducted me cautiously and tenderly up the stairs, lighting the way and protecting me with friendly
warnings, then pushed the door open and bowed me in and went his way, mumbling hearty things about my
wonderful eye for points of a dog. Mr. Daly was writing and had his back to me. He glanced over his
shoulder presently, then jumped up and said
"Oh, dear me, I forgot all about giving instructions. I was just writing you to beg a thousand pardons. But
how is it you are here? How did you get by that Irishman? You are the first man that's done it in five and
twenty years. You didn't bribe him, I know that; there's not money enough in New York to do it. And you
didn't persuade him; he is all ice and iron: there isn't a soft place nor a warm one in him anywhere. That is
your secret? Look here; you owe me a hundred dollars for unintentionally giving you a chance to perform a
miraclefor it is a miracle that you've done."
"That is all right," I said, "collect it of Jimmy Lewis."
That good dog not only did me that good turn in the time of my need, but he won for me the envious
reputation among all the theatrical people from the Atlantic to the Pacific of being the only man in history
who had ever run the blockade of Augustin Daly's back door.
CHAPTER XLVI.
If the desire to kill and the opportunity to kill came always together,
who would escape hanging.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
On the Train. Fifty years ago, when I was a boy in the then remote and sparsely peopled Mississippi valley,
vague tales and rumors of a mysterious body of professional murderers came wandering in from a country
which was constructively as far from us as the constellations blinking in spaceIndia; vague tales and
rumors of a sect called Thugs, who waylaid travelers in lonely places and killed them for the contentment of a
god whom they worshiped; tales which everybody liked to listen to and nobody believed, except with
reservations. It was considered that the stories had gathered bulk on their travels. The matter died down and a
lull followed. Then Eugene Sue's "Wandering Jew" appeared, and made great talk for a while. One character
in it was a chief of Thugs"Feringhea"a mysterious and terrible Indian who was as slippery and sly as a
serpent, and as deadly; and he stirred up the Thug interest once more. But it did not last. It presently died
again this time to stay dead.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLVI. 155
Page No 159
At first glance it seems strange that this should have happened; but really it was not strangeon the
contrary,. it was natural; I mean on our side of the water. For the source whence the Thug tales mainly came
was a Government Report, and without doubt was not republished in America; it was probably never even
seen there. Government Reports have no general circulation. They are distributed to the few, and are not
always read by those few. I heard of this Report for the first time a day or two ago, and borrowed it. It is full
of fascinations; and it turns those dim, dark fairy tales of my boyhood days into realities.
The Report was made in 1889 by Major Sleeman, of the Indian Service, and was printed in Calcutta in 1840.
It is a clumsy, great, fat, poor sample of the printer's art, but good enough for a government printingoffice in
that old day and in that remote region, perhaps. To Major Sleeman was given the general superintendence of
the giant task of ridding India of Thuggee, and he and his seventeen assistants accomplished it. It was the
Augean Stables over again. Captain Vallancey, writing in a Madras journal in those old times, makes this
remark:
"The day that sees this farspread evil eradicated from India and known only in name, will greatly tend to
immortalize British rule in the East."
He did not overestimate the magnitude and difficulty of the work, nor the immensity of the credit which
would justly be due to British rule in case it was accomplished.
Thuggee became known to the British authorities in India about 1810, but its wide prevalence was not
suspected; it was not regarded as a serious matter, and no systematic measures were taken for its suppression
until about 1830. About that time Major Sleeman captured Eugene Sue's Thug chief, "Feringhea," and got
him to turn King's evidence. The revelations were so stupefying that Sleeman was not able to believe them.
Sleeman thought he knew every criminal within his jurisdiction, and that the worst of them were merely
thieves; but Feringhea told him that he was in reality living in the midst of a swarm of professional
murderers; that they had been all about him for many years, and that they buried their dead close by. These
seemed insane tales; but Feringhea said come and seeand he took him to a grave and dug up a hundred
bodies, and told him all the circumstances of the killings, and named the Thugs who had done the work. It
was a staggering business. Sleeman captured some of these Thugs and proceeded to examine them separately,
and with proper precautions against collusion; for he would not believe any Indian's unsupported word. The
evidence gathered proved the truth of what Feringhea had said, and also revealed the fact that gangs of Thugs
were plying their trade all over India. The astonished government now took hold of Thuggee, and for ten
years made systematic and relentless war upon it, and finally destroyed it. Gang after gang was captured,
tried, and punished. The Thugs were harried and hunted from one end of India to the other. The government
got all their secrets out of them; and also got the names of the members of the bands, and recorded them in a
book, together with their birthplaces and places of residence.
The Thugs were worshipers of Bhowanee; and to this god they sacrificed anybody that came handy; but they
kept the dead man's things themselves, for the god cared for nothing but the corpse. Men were initiated into
the sect with solemn ceremonies. Then they were taught how to strangle a person with the sacred
chokecloth, but were not allowed to perform officially with it until after long practice. No halfeducated
strangler could choke a man to death quickly enough to keep him from uttering a sounda muffled scream,
gurgle, gasp, moan, or something of the sort; but the expert's work was instantaneous: the cloth was whipped
around the victim's neck, there was a sudden twist, and the head fell silently forward, the eyes starting from
the sockets; and all was over. The Thug carefully guarded against resistance. It was usual to to get the victims
to sit down, for that was the handiest position for business.
If the Thug had planned India itself it could not have been more conveniently arranged for the needs of his
occupation.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLVI. 156
Page No 160
There were no public conveyances. There were no conveyances for hire. The traveler went on foot or in a
bullock cart or on a horse which he bought for the purpose. As soon as he was out of his own little State or
principality he was among strangers; nobody knew him, nobody took note of him, and from that time his
movements could no longer be traced. He did not stop in towns or villages, but camped outside of them and
sent his servants in to buy provisions. There were no habitations between villages. Whenever he was between
villages he was an easy prey, particularly as he usually traveled by night, to avoid the heat. He was always
being overtaken by strangers who offered him the protection of their company, or asked for the protection of
hisand these strangers were often Thugs, as he presently found out to his cost. The landholders, the native
police, the petty princes, the village officials, the customs officers were in many cases protectors and
harborers of the Thugs, and betrayed travelers to them for a share of the spoil. At first this condition of things
made it next to impossible for the government to catch the marauders; they were spirited away by these
watchful friends. All through a vast continent, thus infested, helpless people of every caste and kind moved
along the paths and trails in couples and groups silently by night, carrying the commerce of the
countrytreasure, jewels, money, and petty batches of silks, spices, and all manner of wares. It was a
paradise for the Thug.
When the autumn opened, the Thugs began to gather together by pre concert. Other people had to have
interpreters at every turn, but not the Thugs; they could talk together, no matter how far apart they were born,
for they had a language of their own, and they had secret signs by which they knew each other for Thugs; and
they were always friends. Even their diversities of religion and caste were sunk in devotion to their calling,
and the Moslem and the highcaste and lowcaste Hindoo were staunch and affectionate brothers in
Thuggery.
When a gang had been assembled, they had religious worship, and waited for an omen. They had definite
notions about the omens. The cries of certain animals were good omens, the cries of certain other creatures
were bad omens. A bad omen would stop proceedings and send the men home.
The sword and the stranglingcloth were sacred emblems. The Thugs worshiped the sword at home before
going out to the assemblingplace; the stranglingcloth was worshiped at the place of assembly. The chiefs
of most of the bands performed the religious ceremonies themselves; but the Kaets delegated them to certain
official stranglers (Chaurs). The rites of the Kaets were so holy that no one but the Chaur was allowed to
touch the vessels and other things used in them.
Thug methods exhibit a curious mixture of caution and the absence of it; cold business calculation and
sudden, unreflecting impulse; but there were two details which were constant, and not subject to caprice:
patient persistence in following up the prey, and pitilessness when the time came to act.
Caution was exhibited in the strength of the bands. They never felt comfortable and confident unless their
strength exceeded that of any party of travelers they were likely to meet by four or fivefold. Yet it was never
their purpose to attack openly, but only when the victims were off their guard. When they got hold of a party
of travelers they often moved along in their company several days, using all manner of arts to win their
friendship and get their confidence. At last, when this was accomplished to their satisfaction, the real business
began. A few Thugs were privately detached and sent forward in the dark to select a good killingplace and
dig the graves. When the rest reached the spot a halt was called, for a rest or a smoke. The travelers were
invited to sit. By signs, the chief appointed certain Thugs to sit down in front of the travelers as if to wait
upon them, others to sit down beside them and engage them in conversation, and certain expert stranglers to
stand behind the travelers and be ready when the signal was given. The signal was usually some
commonplace remark, like "Bring the tobacco." Sometimes a considerable wait ensued after all the actors
were in their placesthe chief was biding his time, in order to make everything sure. Meantime, the talk
droned on, dim figures moved about in the dull light, peace and tranquility reigned, the travelers resigned
themselves to the pleasant reposefulness and comfort of the situation, unconscious of the death angels
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLVI. 157
Page No 161
standing motionless at their backs. The time was ripe, now, and the signal came: "Bring the tobacco." There
was a mute swift movement, all in the same instant the men at each victim's sides seized his hands, the man
in front seized his feet, and pulled, the man at his back whipped the cloth around his neck and gave it a twist
the head sunk forward, the tragedy was over. The bodies were stripped and covered up in the graves, the spoil
packed for transportation, then the Thugs gave pious thanks to Bhowanee, and departed on further holy
service.
The Report shows that the travelers moved in exceedingly small groups twos, threes, fours, as a rule; a
party with a dozen in it was rare. The Thugs themselves seem to have been the only people who moved in
force. They went about in gangs of 10, 15, 25, 40, 60, 100, 150, 200, 250, and one gang of 310 is mentioned.
Considering their numbers, their catch was not extraordinaryparticularly when you consider that they were
not in the least fastidious, but took anybody they could get, whether rich or poor, and sometimes even killed
children. Now and then they killed women, but it was considered sinful to do it, and unlucky. The "season"
was six or eight months long. One season the half dozen Bundelkand and Gwalior gangs aggregated 712 men,
and they murdered 210 people. One season the Malwa and Kandeish gangs aggregated 702 men, and they
murdered 232. One season the Kandeish and Berar gangs aggregated 963 men, and they murdered 385
people.
Here is the tallysheet of a gang of sixty Thugs for a whole seasongang under two noted chiefs, "Chotee
and Sheik Nungoo from Gwalior":
"Left Poora, in Jhansee, and on arrival at Sarora murdered a traveler.
"On nearly reaching Bhopal, met 3 Brahmins, and murdered them.
"Cross the Nerbudda; at a village called Hutteea, murdered a Hindoo.
"Went through Aurungabad to Walagow; there met a Havildar of the barber caste and 5 sepoys (native
soldiers); in the evening came to Jokur, and in the morning killed them near the place where the
treasurebearers were killed the year before.
"Between Jokur and Dholeea met a sepoy of the shepherd caste; killed him in the jungle.
"Passed through Dholeea and lodged in a village; two miles beyond, on the road to Indore, met a Byragee
(beggarholy mendicant); murdered him at the Thapa.
"In the morning, beyond the Thapa, fell in with 3 Marwarie travelers; murdered them.
"Near a village on the banks of the Taptee met 4 travelers and killed them.
"Between Choupra and Dhoreea met a Marwarie; murdered him.
"At Dhoreea met 3 Marwaries; took them two miles and murdered them.
"Two miles further on, overtaken by three treasurebearers; took them two miles and murdered them in the
jungle.
"Came on to Khurgore Bateesa in Indore, divided spoil, and dispersed.
"A total of 27 men murdered on one expedition."
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLVI. 158
Page No 162
Chotee (to save his neck) was informer, and furnished these facts. Several things are noticeable about his
resume. 1. Business brevity; 2, absence of emotion; 3, smallness of the parties encountered by the 60; 4,
variety in character and quality of the game captured; 5, Hindoo and Mohammedan chiefs in business
together for Bhowanee; 6, the sacred caste of the Brahmins not respected by either; 7, nor yet the character of
that mendicant, that Byragee.
A beggar is a holy creature, and some of the gangs spared him on that account, no matter how slack business
might be; but other gangs slaughtered not only him, but even that sacredest of sacred creatures, the
fakeerthat repulsive skinandbone thing that goes around naked and mats his bushy hair with dust and
dirt, and so beflours his lean body with ashes that he looks like a specter. Sometimes a fakeer trusted a shade
too far in the protection of his sacredness. In the middle of a tallysheet of Feringhea's, who had been out
with forty Thugs, I find a case of the kind. After the killing of thirtynine men and one woman, the fakeer
appears on the scene:
"Approaching Doregow, met 3 pundits; also a fakeer, mounted on a pony; he was plastered over with sugar to
collect flies, and was covered with them. Drove off the fakeer, and killed the other three.
"Leaving Doregow, the fakeer joined again, and went on in company to Raojana; met 6 Khutries on their way
from Bombay to Nagpore. Drove off the fakeer with stones, and killed the 6 men in camp, and buried them in
the grove.
"Next day the fakeer joined again; made him leave at Mana. Beyond there, fell in with two Kahars and a
sepoy, and came on towards the place selected for the murder. When near it, the fakeer came again. Losing
all patience with him, gave Mithoo, one of the gang, 5 rupees ($2.50) to murder him, and take the sin upon
himself. All four were strangled, including the fakeer. Surprised to find among the fakeer's effects 30 pounds
of coral, 350 strings of small pearls, 15 strings of large pearls, and a gilt necklace."
It it curious, the little effect that time has upon a really interesting circumstance. This one, so old, so long ago
gone down into oblivion, reads with the same freshness and charm that attach to the news in the morning
paper; one's spirits go up, then down, then up again, following the chances which the fakeer is running; now
you hope, now you despair, now you hope again; and at last everything comes out right, and you feel a great
wave of personal satisfaction go weltering through you, and without thinking, you put out your hand to pat
Mithoo on the back, when puff! the whole thing has vanished away, there is nothing there; Mithoo and all
the crowd have been dust and ashes and forgotten, oh, so many, many, many lagging years! And then comes
a sense of injury: you don't know whether Mithoo got the swag, along with the sin, or had to divide up the
swag and keep all the sin himself. There is no literary art about a government report. It stops a story right in
the most interesting place.
These reports of Thug expeditions run along interminably in one monotonous tune: "Met a sepoykilled
him; met 5 punditskilled them; met 4 Rajpoots and a womankilled them"and so on, till the statistics
get to be pretty dry. But this small trip of Feringhea's Forty had some little variety about it. Once they came
across a man hiding in a grave a thief; he had stolen 1,100 rupees from Dhunroj Seith of Parowtee. They
strangled him and took the money. They had no patience with thieves. They killed two treasurebearers, and
got 4,000 rupees. They came across two bullocks "laden with copper pice," and killed the four drivers and
took the money. There must have been half a ton of it. I think it takes a double handful of pice to make an
anna, and 16 annas to make a rupee; and even in those days the rupee was worth only half a dollar. Coming
back over their tracks from Baroda, they had another picturesque stroke of luck: "The Lohars of Oodeypore "
put a traveler in their charge for safety." Dear, dear, across this abyssmal gulf of time we still see Feringhea's
lips uncover his teeth, and through the dim haze we catch the incandescent glimmer of his smile. He accepted
that trust, good man; and so we know what went with the traveler.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLVI. 159
Page No 163
Even Rajahs had no terrors for Feringhea; he came across an elephant driver belonging to the Rajah of
Oodeypore and promptly strangled him.
"A total of 100 men and 5 women murdered on this expedition."
Among the reports of expeditions we find mention of victims of almost every quality and estate.
Also a prince's cook; and even the watercarrier of that sublime lord of lords and king of kings, the
GovernorGeneral of India! How broad they were in their tastes! They also murdered actorspoor
wandering barnstormers. There are two instances recorded; the first one by a gang of Thugs under a chief
who soils a great name borne by a better man Kipling's deathless "Gungadin":
"After murdering 4 sepoys, going on toward Indore, met 4 strolling players, and persuaded them to come with
us, on the pretense that we would see their performance at the next stage. Murdered them at a temple near
Bhopal."
Second instance:
"At Deohuttee, joined by comedians. Murdered them eastward of that place."
But this gang was a particularly bad crew. On that expedition they murdered a fakeer and twelve beggars.
And yet Bhowanee protected them; for once when they were strangling a man in a wood when a crowd was
going by close at hand and the noose slipped and the man screamed, Bhowanee made a camel burst out at the
same moment with a roar that drowned the scream; and before the man could repeat it the breath was choked
out of his body.
The cow is so sacred in India that to kill her keeper is an awful sacrilege, and even the Thugs recognized this;
yet now and then the lust for blood was too strong, and so they did kill a few cowkeepers. In one of these
instances the witness who killed the cowherd said, "In Thuggee this is strictly forbidden, and is an act from
which no good can come. I was ill of a fever for ten days afterward. I do believe that evil will follow the
murder of a man with a cow. If there be no cow it does not signify." Another Thug said he held the cowherd's
feet while this witness did the strangling. He felt no concern, "because the bad fortune of such a deed is upon
the strangler and not upon the assistants; even if there should be a hundred of them."
There were thousands of Thugs roving over India constantly, during many generations. They made Thug gee
a hereditary vocation and taught it to their sons and to their son's sons. Boys were in full membership as early
as 16 years of age; veterans were still at work at 70. What was the fascination, what was the impulse?
Apparently, it was partly piety, largely gain, and there is reason to suspect that the sport afforded was the
chiefest fascination of all. Meadows Taylor makes a Thug in one of his books claim that the pleasure of
killing men was the white man's beasthunting instinct enlarged, refined, ennobled. I will quote the passage:
CHAPTER XLVII.
Simple rules for saving money: To save half, when you are fired by an
eager impulse to contribute to a charity, wait, and count forty. To save
threequarters, count sixty. To save it all, count sixtyfive.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
The Thug said:
"How many of you English are passionately devoted to sporting! Your days and months are passed in its
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLVII. 160
Page No 164
excitement. A tiger, a panther, a buffalo or a hog rouses your utmost energies for its destructionyou even
risk your lives in its pursuit. How much higher game is a Thug's!"
That must really be the secret of the rise and development of Thuggee. The joy of killing! the joy of seeing
killing donethese are traits of the human race at large. We white people are merely modified Thugs; Thugs
fretting under the restraints of a not very thick skin of civilization; Thugs who long ago enjoyed the slaughter
of the Roman arena, and later the burning of doubtful Christians by authentic Christians in the public squares,
and who now, with the Thugs of Spain and Nimes, flock to enjoy the blood and misery of the bullring. We
have no tourists of either sex or any religion who are able to resist the delights of the bullring when
opportunity offers; and we are gentle Thugs in the huntingseason, and love to chase a tame rabbit and kill it.
Still, we have made some progressmicroscopic, and in truth scarcely worth mentioning, and certainly
nothing to be proud ofstill, it is progress: we no longer take pleasure in slaughtering or burning helpless
men. We have reached a little altitude where we may look down upon the Indian Thugs with a complacent
shudder; and we may even hope for a day, many centuries hence, when our posterity will look down upon us
in the same way.
There are many indications that the Thug often hunted men for the mere sport of it; that the fright and pain of
the quarry were no more to him than are the fright and pain of the rabbit or the stag to us; and that he was no
more ashamed of beguiling his game with deceits and abusing its trust than are we when we have imitated a
wild animal's call and shot it when it honored us with its confidence and came to see what we wanted:
"Madara, son of Nihal, and I, Ramzam, set out from Kotdee in the cold weather and followed the high road
for about twenty days in search of travelers, until we came to Selempore, where we met a very old man going
to the east. We won his confidence in this manner: he carried a load which was too heavy for his old age; I
said to him, 'You are an old man, I will aid you in carrying your load, as you are from my part of the country.'
He said, 'Very well, take me with you.' So we took him with us to Selempore, where we slept that night. We
woke him next morning before dawn and set out, and at the distance of three miles we seated him to rest
while it was still very dark. Madara was ready behind him, and strangled him. He never spoke a word. He
was about 60 or 70 years of age."
Another gang fell in with a couple of barbers and persuaded them to come along in their company by
promising them the job of shaving the whole crew30 Thugs. At the place appointed for the murder 15 got
shaved, and actually paid the barbers for their work. Then killed them and took back the money.
A gang of fortytwo Thugs came across two Brahmins and a shopkeeper on the road, beguiled them into a
grove and got up a concert for their entertainment. While these poor fellows were listening to the music the
stranglers were standing behind them; and at the proper moment for dramatic effect they applied the noose.
The most devoted fisherman must have a bite at least as often as once a week or his passion will cool and he
will put up his tackle. The tiger sportsman must find a tiger at least once a fortnight or he will get tired and
quit. The elephanthunter's enthusiasm will waste away little by little, and his zeal will perish at last if he
plod around a month without finding a member of that noble family to assassinate.
But when the lust in the hunter's heart is for the noblest of all quarries, man, how different is the case! and
how watery and poor is the zeal and how childish the endurance of those other hunters by comparison. Then,
neither hunger, nor thirst, nor fatigue, nor deferred hope, nor monotonous disappointment, nor leadenfooted
lapse of time can conquer the hunter's patience or weaken the joy of his quest or cool the splendid rage of his
desire. Of all the huntingpassions that burn in the breast of man, there is none that can lift him superior to
discouragements like these but the onethe royal sport, the supreme sport, whose quarry is his brother. By
comparison, tigerhunting is a colorless poor thing, for all it has been so bragged about.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLVII. 161
Page No 165
Why, the Thug was content to tramp patiently along, afoot, in the wasting heat of India, week after week, at
an average of nine or ten miles a day, if he might but hope to find game some time or other and refresh his
longing soul with blood. Here is an instance:
"I (Ramzam) and Hyder set out, for the purpose of strangling travelers, from Guddapore, and proceeded via
the Fort of Julalabad, Newulgunge, Bangermow, on the banks of the Ganges (upwards of 100 miles), from
whence we returned by another route. Still no travelers! till we reached Bowaneegunge, where we fell in with
a traveler, a boatman; we inveigled him and about two miles east of there Hyder strangled him as he
stoodfor he was troubled and afraid, and would not sit. We then made a long journey (about 130 miles)
and reached Hussunpore Bundwa, where at the tank we fell in with a travelerhe slept there that night; next
morning we followed him and tried to win his confidence; at the distance of two miles we endeavored to
induce him to sit downbut he would not, having become aware of us. I attempted to strangle him as he
walked along, but did not succeed; both of us then fell upon him, he made a great outcry, 'They are murdering
me!' at length we strangled him and flung his body into a well. After this we returned to our homes, having
been out a month and traveled about 260 miles. A total of two men murdered on the expedition."
And here is another caserelated by the terrible Futty Khan, a man with a tremendous record, to be
rementioned by and by:
"I, with three others, traveled for about 45 days a distance of about 200 miles in search of victims along the
highway to Bundwa and returned by Davodpore (another 200 miles) during which journey we had only one
murder, which happened in this manner. Four miles to the east of Noubustaghat we fell in with a traveler, an
old man. I, with Koshal and Hyder, inveigled him and accompanied him that day within 3 miles of Rampoor,
where, after dark, in a lonely place, we got him to sit down and rest; and while I kept him in talk, seated
before him, Hyder behind strangled him : he made no resistance. Koshal stabbed him under the arms and in
the throat, and we flung the body into a running stream. We got about 4 or 5 rupees each ($2 or $2.50). We
then proceeded homewards. A total of one man murdered on this expedition."
There. They tramped 400 miles, were gone about three months, and harvested two dollars and a half apiece.
But the mere pleasure of the hunt was sufficient. That was pay enough. They did no grumbling.
Every now and then in this big book one comes across that pathetic remark: "we tried to get him to sit down
but he would not." It tells the whole story. Some accident had awakened the suspicion in him that these
smooth friends who had been petting and coddling him and making him feel so safe and so fortunate after his
forlorn and lonely wanderings were the dreaded Thugs; and now their ghastly invitation to "sit and rest" had
confirmed its truth. He knew there was no help for him, and that he was looking his last upon earthly things,
but "he would not sit." No, not thatit was too awful to think of!
There are a number of instances which indicate that when a man had once tasted the regal joys of
manhunting he could not be content with the dull monotony of a crimeless life after ward. Example, from a
Thug's testimony:
"We passed through to Kurnaul, where we found a former Thug named Junooa, an old comrade of ours, who
had turned religious mendicant and become a disciple and holy. He came to us in the serai and weeping with
joy returned to his old trade."
Neither wealth nor honors nor dignities could satisfy a reformed Thug for long. He would throw them all
away, someday, and go back to the lurid pleasures of hunting men, and being hunted himself by the British.
Ramzam was taken into a great native grandee's service and given authority over five villages. "My authority
extended over these people to summons them to my presence, to make them stand or sit. I dressed well, rode
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLVII. 162
Page No 166
my pony, and had two sepoys, a scribe and a village guard to attend me. During three years I used to pay each
village a monthly visit, and no one suspected that I was a Thug! The chief man used to wait on me to transact
business, and as I passed along, old and young made their salaam to me."
And yet during that very three years he got leave of absence "to attend a wedding," and instead went off on a
Thugging lark with six other Thugs and hunted the highway for fifteen days!with satisfactory results.
Afterwards he held a great office under a Rajah. There he had ten miles of country under his command and a
military guard of fifteen men, with authority to call out 2,000 more upon occasion. But the British got on his
track, and they crowded him so that he had to give himself up. See what a figure he was when he was gotten
up for style and had all his things on: "I was fully armeda sword, shield, pistols, a matchlock musket and a
flint gun, for I was fond of being thus arrayed, and when so armed feared not though forty men stood before
me."
He gave himself up and proudly proclaimed himself a Thug. Then by request he agreed to betray his friend
and pal, Buhram, a Thug with the most tremendous record in India. "I went to the house where Buhram slept
(often has he led our gangs!) I woke him, he knew me well, and came outside to me. It was a cold night, so
under pretence of warming myself, but in reality to have light for his seizure by the guards, I lighted some
straw and made a blaze. We were warming our hands. The guards drew around us. I said to them, "This is
Buhram," and he was seized just as a cat seizes a mouse. Then Buhram said, "I am a Thug! my father was a
Thug, my grandfather was a Thug, and I have thugged with many!"
So spoke the mighty hunter, the mightiest of the mighty, the Gordon Cumming of his day. Not much regret
noticeable in it.[" Having planted a bullet in the shoulderbone of an elephant, and caused the agonized
creature to lean for support against a tree, I proceeded to brew some coffee. Having refreshed myself, taking
observations of the elephant's spasms and writhings between the sips, I resolved to make experiments on
vulnerable points, and, approaching very near, I fired several bullets at different parts of his enormous skull.
He only acknowledged the shots by a salaamlike movement of his trunk, with the point of which he gently
touched the wounds with a striking and peculiar action. Surprised and shocked to find that I was only
prolonging the suffering of the noble beast, which bore its trials with such dignified composure, I resolved to
finish the proceeding with all possible despatch, and accordingly opened fire upon him from the left side.
Aiming at the shoulder, I fired six shots with the twogrooved rifle, which must have eventually proved
mortal, after which I fired six shots at the same part with the Dutch sixfounder. Large tears now trickled
down from his eyes, which he slowly shut and opened, his colossal frame shivered convulsively, and falling
on his side he expired." Gordon Cumming.]
So many many times this Official Report leaves one's curiosity unsatisfied. For instance, here is a little
paragraph out of the record of a certain band of 193 Thugs, which has that defect:
"Fell in with Lall Sing Subahdar and his family, consisting of nine persons. Traveled with them two days, and
the third put them all to death except the two children, little boys of one and a half years old."
There it stops. What did they do with those poor little fellows? What was their subsequent history? Did they
purpose training them up as Thugs? How could they take care of such little creatures on a march which
stretched over several months ? No one seems to have cared to ask any questions about the babies. But I do
wish I knew.
One would be apt to imagine that the Thugs were utterly callous, utterly destitute of human feelings, heartless
toward their own families as well as toward other people's; but this was not so. Like all other Indians, they
had a passionate love for their kin. A shrewd British officer who knew the Indian character, took that
characteristic into account in laying his plans for the capture of Eugene Sue's famous Feringhea. He found out
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLVII. 163
Page No 167
Feringhea's hidingplace, and sent a guard by night to seize him, but the squad was awkward and he got
away. However, they got the rest of the familythe mother, wife, child, and brotherand brought them to
the officer, at Jubbulpore; the officer did not fret, but bided his time: "I knew Feringhea would not go far
while links so dear to him were in my hands." He was right. Feringhea knew all the danger he was running by
staying in the neighborhood, still he could not tear himself away. The officer found that he divided his time
between five villages where be had relatives and friends who could get news for him from his family in
Jubbulpore jail; and that he never slept two consecutive nights in the same village. The officer traced out his
several haunts, then pounced upon all the five villages on the one night and at the same hour, and got his
man.
Another example of family affection. A little while previously to the capture of Feringhea's family, the
British officer had captured Feringhea's fosterbrother, leader of a gang of ten, and had tried the eleven and
condemned them to be hanged. Feringhea's captured family arrived at the jail the day before the execution
was to take place. The fosterbrother, Jhurhoo, entreated to be allowed to see the aged mother and the others.
The prayer was granted, and this is what took placeit is the British officer who speaks:
"In the morning, just before going to the scaffold, the interview took place before me. He fell at the old
woman's feet and begged that she would relieve him from the obligations of the milk with which she had
nourished him from infancy, as he was about to die before he could fulfill any of them. She placed her hands
on his head, and he knelt, and she said she forgave him all, and bid him die like a man."
If a capable artist should make a picture of it, it would be full of dignity and solemnity and pathos; and it
could touch you. You would imagine it to be anything but what it was. There is reverence there, and
tenderness, and gratefulness, and compassion, and resignation, and fortitude, and selfrespectand no sense
of disgrace, no thought of dishonor. Everything is there that goes to make a noble parting, and give it a
moving grace and beauty and dignity. And yet one of these people is a Thug and the other a mother of Thugs!
The incongruities of our human nature seem to reach their limit here.
I wish to make note of one curious thing while I think of it. One of the very commonest remarks to be found
in this bewildering array of Thug confessions is this:
"Strangled him and threw him an a well!" In one case they threw sixteen into a welland they had thrown
others in the same well before. It makes a body thirsty to read about it.
And there is another very curious thing. The bands of Thugs had private graveyards. They did not like to kill
and bury at random, here and there and everywhere. They preferred to wait, and toll the victims along, and
get to one of their regular buryingplaces ('bheels') if they could. In the little kingdom of Oude, which was
about half as big as Ireland and about as big as the State of Maine, they had two hundred and seventyfour
'bheels'. They were scattered along fourteen hundred miles of road, at an average of only five miles apart, and
the British government traced out and located each and every one of them and set them down on the map.
The Oude bands seldom went out of their own country, but they did a thriving business within its borders. So
did outside bands who came in and helped. Some of the Thug leaders of Oude were noted for their successful
careers. Each of four of them confessed to above 300 murders; another to nearly 400; our friend Ramzam to
604he is the one who got leave of absence to attend a wedding and went thugging instead; and he is also
the one who betrayed Buhram to the British.
But the biggest records of all were the murderlists of Futty Khan and Buhram. Futty Khan's number is
smaller than Ramzam's, but he is placed at the head because his average is the best in OudeThug history per
year of service. His slaughter was 508 men in twenty years, and he was still a young man when the British
stopped his industry. Buhram's list was 931 murders, but it took him forty years. His average was one man
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLVII. 164
Page No 168
and nearly all of another man per month for forty years, but Futty Khan's average was two men and a little of
another man per month during his twenty years of usefulness.
There is one very striking thing which I wish to call attention to. You have surmised from the listed callings
followed by the victims of the Thugs that nobody could travel the Indian roads unprotected and live to get
through; that the Thugs respected no quality, no vocation, no religion, nobody; that they killed every unarmed
man that came in their way. That is wholly truewith one reservation. In all the long file of Thug
confessions an English traveler is mentioned but onceand this is what the Thug says of the circumstance:
"He was on his way from Mhow to Bombay. We studiously avoided him. He proceeded next morning with a
number of travelers who had sought his protection, and they took the road to Baroda."
We do not know who he was; he flits across the page of this rusty old book and disappears in the obscurity
beyond; but he is an impressive figure, moving through that valley of death serene and unafraid, clothed in
the might of the English name.
We have now followed the big official book through, and we understand what Thuggee was, what a bloody
terror it was, what a desolating scourge it was. In 1830 the English found this cancerous organization
imbedded in the vitals of the empire, doing its devastating work in secrecy, and assisted, protected, sheltered,
and hidden by innumerable confederates big and little native chiefs, customs officers, village officials, and
native police, all ready to lie for it, and the mass of the people, through fear, persistently pretending to know
nothing about its doings; and this condition of things had existed for generations, and was formidable with
the sanctions of age and old custom. If ever there was an unpromising task, if ever there was a hopeless task
in the world, surely it was offered herethe task of conquering Thuggee. But that little handful of English
officials in India set their sturdy and confident grip upon it, and ripped it out, root and branch! How modest
do Captain Vallancey's words sound now, when we read them again, knowing what we know:
"The day that sees this farspread evil completely eradicated from India, and known only in name, will
greatly tend to immortalize British rule in the East."
It would be hard to word a claim more modestly than that for this most noble work.
CHAPTER XLVIII.
Grief can take care of itself; but to get the full value of a joy you
must have somebody to divide it with.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
We left Bombay for Allahabad by a night train. It is the custom of the country to avoid day travel when it can
conveniently be done. But there is one trouble: while you can seemingly "secure" the two lower berths by
making early application, there is no ticket as witness of it, and no other producible evidence in case your
proprietorship shall chance to be challenged. The word "engaged" appears on the window, but it doesn't state
who the compartment is engaged, for. If your Satan and your Barney arrive before somebody else's servants,
and spread the bedding on the two sofas and then stand guard till you come, all will be well; but if they step
aside on an errand, they may find the beds promoted to the two shelves, and somebody else's demons
standing guard over their master's beds, which in the meantime have been spread upon your sofas.
You do not pay anything extra for your sleeping place; that is where the trouble lies. If you buy a fareticket
and fail to use it, there is room thus made available for someone else; but if the place were secured to you it
would remain vacant, and yet your ticket would secure you another place when you were presently ready to
travel.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLVIII. 165
Page No 169
However, no explanation of such a system can make it seem quite rational to a person who has been used to a
more rational system. If our people had the arranging of it, we should charge extra for securing the place, and
then the road would suffer no loss if the purchaser did not occupy it.
The present system encourages good mannersand also discourages them. If a young girl has a lower berth
and an elderly lady comes in, it is usual for the girl to offer her place to this late comer; and it is usual for the
late comer to thank her courteously and take it. But the thing happens differently sometimes. When we were
ready to leave Bombay my daughter's satchels were holding possession of her bertha lower one. At the last
moment, a middleaged American lady swarmed into the compartment, followed by native porters laden with
her baggage. She was growling and snarling and scolding, and trying to make herself phenomenally
disagreeable; and succeeding. Without a word, she hoisted the satchels into the hanging shelf, and took
possession of that lower berth.
On one of our trips Mr. Smythe and I got out at a station to walk up and down, and when we came back
Smythe's bed was in the hanging shelf and an English cavalry officer was in bed on the sofa which he had
lately been occupying. It was mean to be glad about it, but it is the way we are made; I could not have been
gladder if it had been my enemy that had suffered this misfortune. We all like to see people in trouble, if it
doesn't cost us anything. I was so happy over Mr. Smythe's chagrin that I couldn't go to sleep for thinking of
it and enjoying it. I knew he supposed the officer had committed the robbery himself, whereas without a
doubt the officer's servant had done it without his knowledge. Mr. Smythe kept this incident warm in his
heart, and longed for a chance to get even with somebody for it. Sometime afterward the opportunity came, in
Calcutta. We were leaving on a 24hour journey to Darjeeling. Mr. Barclay, the general superintendent, has
made special provision for our accommodation, Mr. Smythe said; so there was no need to hurry about getting
to the train; consequently, we were a little late.
When we arrived, the usual immense turmoil and confusion of a great Indian station were in full blast. It was
an immoderately long train, for all the natives of India were going by it somewhither, and the native officials
were being pestered to frenzy by belated and anxious people. They didn't know where our car was, and
couldn't remember having received any orders about it. It was a deep disappointment; moreover, it looked as
if our half of our party would be left behind altogether. Then Satan came running and said he had found a
compartment with one shelf and one sofa unoccupied, and had made our beds and had stowed our baggage.
We rushed to the place, and just as the train was ready to pull out and the porters were slamming the doors to,
all down the line, an officer of the Indian Civil Service, a good friend of ours, put his head in and said:
"I have been hunting for you everywhere. What are you doing here? Don't you know"
The train started before he could finish. Mr. Smythe's opportunity was come. His bedding, on the shelf, at
once changed places with the beddinga stranger'sthat was occupying the sofa that was opposite to mine.
About ten o'clock we stopped somewhere, and a large Englishman of official military bearing stepped in. We
pretended to be asleep. The lamps were covered, but there was light enough for us to note his look of
surprise. He stood there, grand and fine, peering down at Smythe, and wondering in silence at the situation.
After a bit be said:
"Well!" And that was all.
But that was enough. It was easy to understand. It meant: "This is extraordinary. This is highhanded. I
haven't had an experience like this before."
He sat down on his baggage, and for twenty minutes we watched him through our eyelashes, rocking and
swaying there to the motion of the train. Then we came to a station, and he got up and went out, muttering: "I
must find a lower berth, or wait over." His servant came presently and carried away his things.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLVIII. 166
Page No 170
Mr. Smythe's sore place was healed, his hunger for revenge was satisfied. But he couldn't sleep, and neither
could I; for this was a venerable old. car, and nothing about it was taut. The closet door slammed all night,
and defied every fastening we could invent. We got up very much jaded, at dawn, and stepped out at a way
station; and, while we were taking a cup of coffee, that Englishman ranged up alongside, and somebody said
to him:
"So you didn't stop off, after all?"
"No. The guard found a place for me that had been, engaged and not occupied. I had a whole saloon car all to
myselfoh, quite palatial! I never had such luck in my life."
That was our car, you see. We moved into it, straight off, the family and all. But I asked the English
gentleman to remain, and he did. A pleasant man, an infantry colonel; and doesn't know, yet, that Smythe
robbed him of his berth, but thinks it was done by Smythe's servant without Smythe's knowledge. He was
assisted in gathering this impression.
The Indian trains are manned by natives exclusively. The Indian stations except very large and important
onesare manned entirely by natives, and so are the posts and telegraphs. The rank and file of the police are
natives. All these people are pleasant and accommodating. One day I left an express train to lounge about in
that perennially ravishing show, the ebb and flow and whirl of gaudy natives, that is always surging up and
down the spacious platform of a great Indian station; and I lost myself in the ecstasy of it, and when I turned,
the train was moving swiftly away. I was going to sit down and wait for another train, as I would have done
at home; I had no thought of any other course. But a native official, who had a green flag in his hand, saw me,
and said politely:
"Don't you belong in the train, sir?"
"Yes." I said.
He waved his flag, and the train came back! And he put me aboard with as much ceremony as if I had been
the General Superintendent. They are kindly people, the natives. The face and the bearing that indicate a surly
spirit and a bad heart seemed to me to be so rare among Indiansso nearly nonexistent, in factthat I
sometimes wondered if Thuggee wasn't a dream, and not a reality. The bad hearts are there, but I believe that
they are in a small, poor minority. One thing is sure: They are much the most interesting people in the
worldand the nearest to being incomprehensible. At any rate, the hardest to account for. Their character
and their history, their customs and their religion, confront you with riddles at every turnriddles which are a
trifle more perplexing after they are explained than they were before. You can get the facts of a customlike
caste, and Suttee, and Thuggee, and so onand with the facts a theory which tries to explain, but never quite
does it to your satisfaction. You can never quite understand how so strange a thing could have been born, nor
why.
For instancethe Suttee. This is the explanation of it:
A woman who throws away her life when her husband dies is instantly joined to him again, and is forever
afterward happy with him in heaven; her family will build a little monument to her, or a temple, and will hold
her in honor, and, indeed, worship her memory always; they will themselves be held in honor by the public;
the woman's selfsacrifice has conferred a noble and lasting distinction upon her posterity. And, besides, see
what she has escaped: If she had elected to live, she would be a disgraced person; she could not remarry; her
family would despise her and disown her; she would be a friendless outcast, and miserable all her days.
Very well, you say, but the explanation is not complete yet. How did people come to drift into such a strange
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLVIII. 167
Page No 171
custom? What was the origin of the idea? "Well, nobody knows; it was probably a revelation sent down by
the gods." One more thing: Why was such a cruel death chosenwhy wouldn't a gentle one have answered?
"Nobody knows; maybe that was a revelation, too."
Noyou can never understand it. It all seems impossible. You resolve to believe that a widow never burnt
herself willingly, but went to her death because she was afraid to defy public opinion. But you are not able to
keep that position. History drives you from it. Major Sleeman has a convincing case in one of his books. In
his government on the Nerbudda he made a brave attempt on the 28th of March, 1828, to put down Suttee on
his own hook and without warrant from the Supreme Government of India. He could not foresee that the
Government would put it down itself eight months later. The only backing he had was a bold nature and a
compassionate heart. He issued his proclamation abolishing the Suttee in his district. On the morning of
Tuesdaynote the day of the weekthe 24th of the following November, Ummed Singh Upadhya, head of
the most respectable and most extensive Brahmin family in the district, died, and presently came a deputation
of his sons and grandsons to beg that his old widow might be allowed to burn herself upon his pyre. Sleeman
threatened to enforce his order, and punish severely any man who assisted; and he placed a police guard to
see that no one did so. From the early morning the old widow of sixtyfive had been sitting on the bank of
the sacred river by her dead, waiting through the long hours for the permission; and at last the refusal came
instead. In one little sentence Sleeman gives you a pathetic picture of this lonely old gray figure: all day and
all night "she remained sitting by the edge of the water without eating or drinking." The next morning the
body of the husband was burned to ashes in a pit eight feet square and three or four feet deep, in the view of
several thousand spectators. Then the widow waded out to a bare rock in the river, and everybody went away
but her sons and other relations. All day she sat there on her rock in the blazing sun without food or drink,
and with no clothing but a sheet over her shoulders.
The relatives remained with her and all tried to persuade her to desist from her purpose, for they deeply loved
her. She steadily refused. Then a part of the family went to Sleeman's house, ten miles away, and tried again
to get him to let her burn herself. He refused, hoping to save her yet.
All that day she scorched in her sheet on the rock, and all that night she kept her vigil there in the bitter cold.
Thursday morning, in the sight of her relatives, she went through a ceremonial which said more to them than
any words could have done; she put on the dhaja (a coarse red turban) and broke her bracelets in pieces. By
these acts she became a dead person in the eye of the law, and excluded from her caste forever. By the iron
rule of ancient custom, if she should now choose to live she could never return to her family. Sleeman was in
deep trouble. If she starved herself to death her family would be disgraced; and, moreover, starving would be
a more lingering misery than the death by fire. He went back in the evening thoroughly worried. The old
woman remained on her rock, and there in the morning he found her with her dhaja still on her head. "She
talked very collectedly, telling me that she had determined to mix her ashes with those of her departed
husband, and should patiently wait my permission to do so, assured that God would enable her to sustain life
till that was given, though she dared not eat or drink. Looking at the sun, then rising before her over a long
and beautiful reach of the river, she said calmly, 'My soul has been for five days with my husband's near that
sun; nothing but my earthly frame is left; and this, I know, you will in time suffer to be mixed with his ashes
in yonder pit, because it is not in your nature or usage wantonly to prolong the miseries of a poor old
woman.'"
He assured her that it was his desire and duty to save her, and to urge her to live, and to keep her family from
the disgrace of being thought her murderers. But she said she was not afraid of their being thought so; that
they had all, like good children, done everything in their power to induce her to live, and to abide with them;
and if I should consent I know they would love and honor me, but my duties to them have now ended. I
commit them all to your care, and I go to attend my husband, Ummed Singh Upadhya, with whose ashes on
the funeral pile mine have been already three times mixed."
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLVIII. 168
Page No 172
She believed that she and he had been upon the earth three several times as wife and husband, and that she
had burned herself to death three times upon his pyre. That is why she said that strange thing. Since she had
broken her bracelets and put on the red turban she regarded herself as a corpse; otherwise she would not have
allowed herself to do her husband the irreverence of pronouncing his name. "This was the first time in her
long life that she had ever uttered her husband's name, for in India no woman, high or low, ever pronounces
the name of her husband."
Major Sleeman still tried to shake her purpose. He promised to build her a fine house among the temples of
her ancestors upon the bank of the river and make handsome provision for her out of rentfree lands if she
would consent to live; and if she wouldn't he would allow no stone or brick to ever mark the place where she
died. But she only smiled and said, "My pulse has long ceased to beat, my spirit has departed; I shall suffer
nothing in the burning; and if you wish proof, order some fire and you shall see this arm consumed without
giving me any pain."
Sleeman was now satisfied that he could not alter her purpose. He sent for all the chief members of the family
and said he would suffer her to burn herself if they would enter into a written engagement to abandon the
suttee in their family thenceforth. They agreed; the papers were drawn out and signed, and at noon, Saturday,
word was sent to the poor old woman. She seemed greatly pleased. The ceremonies of bathing were gone
through with, and by three o'clock she was ready and the fire was briskly burning in the pit. She had now
gone without food or drink during more than four days and a half. She came ashore from her rock, first
wetting her sheet in the waters of the sacred river, for without that safeguard any shadow which might fall
upon her would convey impurity to her; then she walked to the pit, leaning upon one of her sons and a
nephewthe distance was a hundred and fifty yards.
"I had sentries placed all around, and no other person was allowed to approach within five paces. She came
on with a calm and cheerful countenance, stopped once, and casting her eyes upwards, said, 'Why have they
kept me five days from thee, my husband?' On coming to the sentries her supporters stopped and remained
standing; she moved on, and walked once around the pit, paused a moment, and while muttering a prayer,
threw some flowers into the fire. She then walked up deliberately and steadily to the brink, stepped into the
centre of the flame, sat down, and leaning back in the midst as if reposing upon a couch, was consumed
without uttering a shriek or betraying one sign of agony."
It is fine and beautiful. It compels one's reverence and respectno, has it freely, and without compulsion.
We see how the custom, once started, could continue, for the soul of it is that stupendous power, Faith; faith
brought to the pitch of effectiveness by the cumulative force of example and long use and custom; but we
cannot understand how the first widows came to take to it. That is a perplexing detail.
Sleeman says that it was usual to play music at the suttee, but that the white man's notion that this was to
drown the screams of the martyr is not correct; that it had a quite different purpose. It was believed that the
martyr died prophecying; that the prophecies sometimes foretold disaster, and it was considered a kindness to
those upon whom it was to fall to drown the voice and keep them in ignorance of the misfortune that was to
come.
CHAPTER XLIX.
He had had much experience of physicians, and said "the only way to keep
your health is to eat what you don't want, drink what; you don't like,
and do what you'd druther not.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
It was a long journeytwo nights, one day, and part of another day, from Bombay eastward to Allahabad;
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLIX. 169
Page No 173
but it was always interesting, and it was not fatiguing. At first the, night travel promised to be fatiguing, but
that was on account of pyjamas. This foolish nightdress consists of jacket and drawers. Sometimes they are
made of silk, sometimes of a raspy, scratchy, slazy woolen material with a sandpaper surface. The drawers
are loose elephantlegged and elephantwaisted things, and instead of buttoning around the body there is a
drawstring to produce the required shrinkage. The jacket is roomy, and one buttons it in front. Pyjamas are
hot on a hot night and cold on a cold nightdefects which a nightshirt is free from. I tried the pyjamas in
order to be in the fashion; but I was obliged to give them up, I couldn't stand them. There was no sufficient
change from daygear to nightgear. I missed the refreshing and luxurious sense, induced by the
nightgown, of being undressed, emancipated, set free from restraints and trammels. In place of that, I had
the worried, confined, oppressed, suffocated sense of being abed with my clothes on. All through the warm
half of the night the coarse surfaces irritated my skin and made it feel baked and feverish, and the dreams
which came in the fitful flurries of slumber were such as distress the sleep of the damned, or ought to; and all
through the cold other half of the night I could get no time for sleep because I had to employ it all in stealing
blankets. But blankets are of no value at such a time; the higher they are piled the more effectively they cork
the cold in and keep it from getting out. The result is that your legs are ice, and you know how you will feel
by and by when you are buried. In a sane interval I discarded the pyjamas, and led a rational and comfortable
life thenceforth.
Out in the country in India, the day begins early. One sees a plain, perfectly flat, dustcolored and
brickyardy, stretching limitlessly away on every side in the dim gray light, striped everywhere with
hardbeaten narrow paths, the vast flatness broken at wide intervals by bunches of spectral trees that mark
where villages are; and along all the paths are slender women and the black forms of lanky naked men
moving, to their work, the women with brass waterjars on their heads, the men carrying hoes. The man is
not entirely naked; always there is a bit of white rag, a loincloth; it amounts to a bandage, and is a white
accent on his black person, like the silver band around the middle of a pipestem. Sometimes he also wears a
fluffy and voluminous white turban, and this adds a second accent. He then answers properly to Miss Gordon
Cumming's flash light picture of himas a person who is dressed in "a turban and a pocket handkerchief."
All day long one has this monotony of dustcolored dead levels and scattering bunches of trees and mud
villages. You soon realize that India is not beautiful; still there is an enchantment about it that is beguiling,
and which does not pall. You cannot tell just what it is that makes the spell, perhaps, but you feel it and
confess it, nevertheless. Of course, at bottom, you know in a vague way that it is history; it is that that affects
you, a haunting sense of the myriads of human lives that have blossomed, and withered, and perished here,
repeating and repeating and repeating, century after century, and age after age, the barren and meaningless
process; it is this sense that gives to this forlorn, uncomely land power to speak to the spirit and make friends
with it; to, speak to it with a voice bitter with satire, but eloquent with melancholy. The deserts of Australia
and the icebarrens of Greenland have no speech, for they have no venerable history; with nothing to tell of
man and his vanities, his fleeting glories and his miseries, they have nothing wherewith to spiritualize their
ugliness and veil it with a charm.
There is nothing pretty about an Indian villagea mud oneand I do not remember that we saw any but
mud ones on that long flight to Allahabad. It is a little bunch of dirtcolored mud hovels jammed together
within a mud wall. As a rule, the rains had beaten down parts of some of the houses, and this gave the village
the aspect of a mouldering and hoary ruin. I believe the cattle and the vermin live inside the wall; for I saw
cattle coming out and cattle going in; and whenever I saw a villager, he was scratching. This last is only
circumstantial evidence, but I think it has value. The village has a battered little temple or two, big enough to
hold an idol, and with custom enough to fatup a priest and keep him comfortable. Where there are
Mohammedans there are generally a few sorry tombs outside the village that have a decayed and neglected
look. The villages interested me because of things which Major Sleeman says about them in his
booksparticularly what he says about the division of labor in them. He says that the whole face of India is
parceled out into estates of villages; that ninetenths of the vast population of the land consist of cultivators
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLIX. 170
Page No 174
of the soil; that it is these cultivators who inhabit the villages; that there are certain "established" village
servantsmechanics and others who are apparently paid a wage by the village at large, and whose callings
remain in certain families and are handed down from father to son, like an estate. He gives a list of these
established servants: Priest, blacksmith, carpenter, accountant, washerman, basketmaker, potter, watchman,
barber, shoemaker, brazier, confectioner, weaver, dyer, etc. In his day witches abounded, and it was not
thought good business wisdom for a man to marry his daughter into a family that hadn't a witch in it, for she
would need a witch on the premises to protect her children from the evil spells which would certainly be cast
upon them by the witches connected with the neighboring families.
The office of midwife was hereditary in the family of the basketmaker. It belonged to his wife. She might
not be competent, but the office was hers, anyway. Her pay was not high25 cents for a boy, and half as
much for a girl. The girl was not desired, because she would be a disastrous expense by and by. As soon as
she should be old enough to begin to wear clothes for propriety's sake, it would be a disgrace to the family if
she were not married; and to marry her meant financial ruin; for by custom the father must spend upon
feasting and weddingdisplay everything he had and all he could borrowin fact, reduce himself to a
condition of poverty which he might never more recover from.
It was the dread of this prospective ruin which made the killing of girl babies so prevalent in India in the old
days before England laid the iron hand of her prohibitions upon the piteous slaughter. One may judge of how
prevalent the custom was, by one of Sleeman's casual electrical remarks, when he speaks of children at play
in villageswhere girl voices were never heard!
The weddingdisplay folly is still in full force in India, and by consequence the destruction of girlbabies is
still furtively practiced; but not largely, because of the vigilance of the government and the sternness of the
penalties it levies.
In some parts of India the village keeps in its pay three other servants: an astrologer to tell the villager when
he may plant his crop, or make a journey, or marry a wife, or strangle a child, or borrow a dog, or climb a
tree, or catch a rat, or swindle a neighbor, without offending the alert and solicitous heavens; and what his
dream means, if he has had one and was not bright enough to interpret it himself by the details of his dinner;
the two other established servants were the tigerpersuader and the hailstorm discourager. The one kept away
the tigers if he could, and collected the wages anyway, and the other kept off the hailstorms, or explained
why he failed. He charged the same for explaining a failure that he did for scoring a success. A man is an
idiot who can't earn a living in India.
Major Sleeman reveals the fact that the trade union and the boycott are antiquities in India. India seems to
have originated everything. The "sweeper" belongs to the bottom caste; he is the lowest of the lowall other
castes despise him and scorn his office. But that does not trouble him. His caste is a caste, and that is
sufficient for him, and so he is proud of it, not ashamed. Sleeman says:
"It is perhaps not known to many of my countrymen, even in India, that in every town and city in the country
the right of sweeping the houses and streets is a monopoly, and is supported entirely by the pride of castes
among the scavengers, who are all of the lowest class. The right of sweeping within a certain range is
recognized by the caste to belong to a certain member; and if any other member presumes to sweep within
that range, he is excommunicatedno other member will smoke out of his pipe or drink out of his jug; and
he can get restored to caste only by a feast to the whole body of sweepers. If any housekeeper within a
particular circle happens to offend the sweeper of that range, none of his filth will be removed till he pacifies
him, because no other sweeper will dare to touch it; and the people of a town are often more tyrannized over
by these people than by any other."
A footnote by Major Sleeman's editor, Mr. Vincent Arthur Smith, says that in our day this tyranny of the
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLIX. 171
Page No 175
sweepers' guild is one of the many difficulties which bar the progress of Indian sanitary reform. Think of this:
"The sweepers cannot be readily coerced, because no Hindoo or Mussulman would do their work to save his
life, nor will he pollute himself by beating the refractory scavenger."
They certainly do seem to have the whiphand; it would be difficult to imagine a more impregnable position.
"The vested rights described in the text are so fully recognized in practice that they are frequently the subject
of sale or mortgage."
Just like a milkroute; or like a London crossingsweepership. It is said that the London crossingsweeper's
right to his crossing is recognized by the rest of the guild; that they protect him in its possession; that certain
choice crossings are valuable property, and are saleable at high figures. I have noticed that the man who
sweeps in front of the Army and Navy Stores has a wealthy South African aristocratic style about him; and
when he is off his guard, he has exactly that look on his face which you always see in the face of a man who
has is saving up his daughter to marry her to a duke.
It appears from Sleeman that in India the occupation of elephantdriver is confined to Mohammedans. I
wonder why that is. The watercarrier ('bheestie') is a Mohammedan, but it is said that the reason of that is,
that the Hindoo's religion does not allow him to touch the skin of dead kine, and that is what the watersack
is made of; it would defile him. And it doesn't allow him to eat meat; the animal that furnished the meat was
murdered, and to take any creature's life is a sin. It is a good and gentle religion, but inconvenient.
A great Indian river, at low water, suggests the familiar anatomical picture of a skinned human body, the
intricate mesh of interwoven muscles and tendons to stand for waterchannels, and the archipelagoes of fat
and flesh inclosed by them to stand for the sandbars. Somewhere on this journey we passed such a river, and
on a later journey we saw in the Sutlej the duplicate of that river. Curious rivers they are; low shores a dizzy
distance apart, with nothing between but an enormous acreage of sandflats with sluggish little veins of water
dribbling around amongst them; Saharas of sand, smallpoxpitted with footprints punctured in belts as
straight as the equator clear from the one shore to the other (barring the channelinterruptions)a dryshod
ferry, you see. Long railway bridges are required for this sort of rivers, and India has them. You approach
Allahabad by a very long one. It was now carrying us across the bed of the Jumna, a bed which did not seem
to have been slept in for one while or more. It wasn't all riverbedmost of it was overflow ground.
Allahabad means "City of God." I get this from the books. From a printed curiositya letter written by one
of those brave and confident Hindoo strugglers with the English tongue, called a "babu"I got a more
compressed translation: "Godville." It is perfectly correct, but that is the most that can be said for it.
We arrived in the forenoon, and shorthanded; for Satan got left behind somewhere that morning, and did not
overtake us until after nightfall. It seemed very peaceful without him. The world seemed asleep and
dreaming.
I did not see the native town, I think. I do not remember why; for an incident connects it with the Great
Mutiny, and that is enough to make any place interesting. But I saw the English part of the city. It is a town of
wide avenues and noble distances, and is comely and alluring, and full of suggestions of comfort and leisure,
and of the serenity which a good conscience buttressed by a sufficient bank account gives. The bungalows
(dwellings) stand well back in the seclusion and privacy of large enclosed compounds (private grounds, as we
should say) and in the shade and shelter of trees. Even the photographer and the prosperous merchant ply
their industries in the elegant reserve of big compounds, and the citizens drive in thereupon their business
occasions. And not in cabsno; in the Indian cities cabs are for the drifting stranger; all the white citizens
have private carriages; and each carriage has a flock of whiteturbaned black footmen and drivers all over it.
The vicinity of a lecturehall looks like a snowstorm,and makes the lecturer feel like an opera. India has
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLIX. 172
Page No 176
many names, and they are correctly descriptive. It is the Land of Contradictions, the Land of Subtlety and
Superstition, the Land of Wealth and Poverty, the Land of Splendor and Desolation, the Land of Plague and
Famine, the Land of the Thug and the Poisoner, and of the Meek and the Patient, the Land of the Suttee, the
Land of the Unreinstatable Widow, the Land where All Life is Holy, the Land of Cremation, the Land where
the Vulture is a Grave and a Monument, the Land of the Multitudinous Gods; and if signs go for anything, it
is the Land of the Private Carriage.
In Bombay the forewoman of a millinery shop came to the hotel in her private carriage to take the measure
for a gownnot for me, but for another. She had come out to India to make a temporary stay, but was
extending it indefinitely; indeed, she was purposing to end her days there. In London, she said, her work had
been hard, her hours long; for economy's sake she had had to live in shabby rooms and far away from the
shop, watch the pennies, deny herself many of the common comforts of life, restrict herself in effect to its
bare necessities, eschew cabs, travel thirdclass by underground train to and from her work, swallowing
coalsmoke and cinders all the way, and sometimes troubled with the society of men and women who were
less desirable than the smoke and the cinders. But in Bombay, on almost any kind of wages, she could live in
comfort, and keep her carriage, and have six servants in place of the womanofallwork she had had in her
English home. Later, in Calcutta, I found that the Standard Oil clerks had small onehorse vehicles, and did
no walking; and I was told that the clerks of the other large concerns there had the like equipment. But to
return to Allahabad.
I was up at dawn, the next morning. In India the tourist's servant does not sleep in a room in the hotel, but
rolls himself up head and ears in his blanket and stretches himself on the veranda, across the front of his
master's door, and spends the night there. I don't believe anybody's servant occupies a room. Apparently, the
bungalow servants sleep on the veranda; it is roomy, and goes all around the house. I speak of menservants; I
saw none of the other sex. I think there are none, except childnurses. I was up at dawn, and walked around
the veranda, past the rows of sleepers. In front of one door a Hindoo servant was squatting, waiting for his
master to call him. He had polished the yellow shoes and placed them by the door, and now he had nothing to
do but wait. It was freezing cold, but there he was, as motionless as a sculptured image, and as patient. It
troubled me. I wanted to say to him, Don't crouch there like that and freeze; nobody requires it of you; stir
around and get warm." But I hadn't the words. I thought of saying 'jeldy jow', but I couldn't remember what it
meant, so I didn't say it. I knew another phrase, but it wouldn't come to my mind. I moved on, purposing to
dismiss him from my thoughts, but his bare legs and bare feet kept him there. They kept drawing me back
from the sunny side to a point whence I could see him. At the end of an hour he had not changed his attitude
in the least degree. It was a curious and impressive exhibition of meekness and patience, or fortitude or
indifference, I did not know which. But it worried me, and it was spoiling my morning. In fact, it spoiled two
hours of it quite thoroughly. I quitted this vicinity, then, and left him to punish himself as much as he might
want to. But up to that time the man had not changed his attitude a hair. He will always remain with me, I
suppose; his figure never grows vague in my memory. Whenever I read of Indian resignation, Indian patience
under wrongs, hardships, and misfortunes, he comes before me. He becomes a personification, and stands for
India in trouble. And for untold ages India in trouble has been pursued with the very remark which I was
going to utter but didn't, because its meaning had slipped me: Jeddy jow! ("Come, shove along!")
Why, it was the very thing.
In the early brightness we made a long drive out to the Fort. Part of the way was beautiful. It led under stately
trees and through groups of native houses and by the usual village well, where the picturesque gangs are
always flocking to and fro and laughing and chattering; and this time brawny men were deluging their bronze
bodies with the limpid water, and making a refreshing and enticing show of it; enticing, for the sun was
already transacting business, firing India up for the day. There was plenty of this early bathing going on, for it
was getting toward breakfast time, and with an unpurified body the Hindoo must not eat.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLIX. 173
Page No 177
Then we struck into the hot plain, and found the roads crowded with pilgrims of both sexes, for one of the
great religious fairs of India was being held, just beyond the Fort, at the junction of the sacred rivers, the
Ganges and the Jumna. Three sacred rivers, I should have said, for there is a subterranean one. Nobody has
seen it, but that doesn't signify. The fact that it is there is enough. These pilgrims had come from all over
India; some of them had been months on the way, plodding patiently along in the heat and dust, worn, poor,
hungry, but supported and sustained by an unwavering faith and belief; they were supremely happy and
content, now; their full and sufficient reward was at hand; they were going to be cleansed from every vestige
of sin and corruption by these holy waters which make utterly pure whatsoever thing they touch, even the
dead and rotten. It is wonderful, the power of a faith like that, that can make multitudes upon multitudes of
the old and weak and the young and frail enter without hesitation or complaint upon such incredible journeys
and endure the resultant miseries without repining. It is done in love, or it is done in fear; I do not know
which it is. No matter what the impulse is, the act born of it is beyond imagination marvelous to our kind of
people, the cold whites. There are choice great natures among us that could exhibit the equivalent of this
prodigious selfsacrifice, but the rest of us know that we should not be equal to anything approaching it. Still,
we all talk selfsacrifice, and this makes me hope that we are large enough to honor it in the Hindoo.
Two millions of natives arrive at this fair every year. How many start, and die on the road, from age and
fatigue and disease and scanty nourishment, and how many die on the return, from the same causes, no one
knows; but the tale is great, one may say enormous. Every twelfth year is held to be a year of peculiar grace;
a greatly augmented volume of pilgrims results then. The twelfth year has held this distinction since the
remotest times, it is said. It is said also that there is to be but one more twelfth yearfor the Ganges. After
that, that holiest of all sacred rivers will cease to be holy, and will be abandoned by the pilgrim for many
centuries; how many, the wise men have not stated. At the end of that interval it will become holy again.
Meantime, the data will be arranged by those people who have charge of all such matters, the great chief
Brahmins. It will be like shutting down a mint. At a first glance it looks most unbrahminically uncommercial,
but I am not disturbed, being soothed and tranquilized by their reputation. "Brer fox he lay low," as Uncle
Remus says; and at the judicious time he will spring something on the Indian public which will show that he
was not financially asleep when he took the Ganges out of the market.
Great numbers of the natives along the roads were bringing away holy water from the rivers. They would
carry it far and wide in India and sell it. Tavernier, the French traveler (17th century), notes that Ganges
water is often given at weddings, "each guest receiving a cup or two, according to the liberality of the host;
sometimes 2,000 or 3,000 rupees' worth of it is consumed at a wedding."
The Fort is a huge old structure, and has had a large experience in religions. In its great court stands a
monolith which was placed there more than 2,000 years ago to preach (Budhism) by its pious inscription; the
Fort was built three centuries ago by a Mohammedan Emperora resanctification of the place in the interest
of that religion. There is a Hindoo temple, too, with subterranean ramifications stocked with shrines and
idols; and now the Fort belongs to the English, it contains a Christian Church. Insured in all the companies.
From the lofty ramparts one has a fine view of the sacred rivers. They join at that pointthe pale blue
Jumna, apparently clean and clear, and the muddy Ganges, dull yellow and not clean. On a long curved spit
between the rivers, towns of tents were visible, with a multitude of fluttering pennons, and a mighty swarm of
pilgrims. It was a troublesome place to get down to, and not a quiet place when you arrived; but it was
interesting. There was a world of activity and turmoil and noise, partly religious, partly commercial; for the
Mohammedans were there to curse and sell, and the Hindoos to buy and pray. It is a fair as well as a religious
festival. Crowds were bathing, praying, and drinking the purifying waters, and many sick pilgrims had come
long journeys in palanquins to be healed of their maladies by a bath; or if that might not be, then to die on the
blessed banks and so make sure of heaven. There were fakeers in plenty, with their bodies dusted over with
ashes and their long hair caked together with cowdung; for the cow is holy and so is the rest of it; so holy
that the good Hindoo peasant frescoes the walls of his hut with this refuse, and also constructs ornamental
Following the Equator
CHAPTER XLIX. 174
Page No 178
figures out of it for the gracing of his dirt floor. There were seated families, fearfully and wonderfully
painted, who by attitude and grouping represented the families of certain great gods. There was a holy man
who sat naked by the day and by the week on a cluster of iron spikes, and did not seem to mind it; and
another holy man, who stood all day holding his withered arms motionless aloft, and was said to have been
doing it for years. All of these performers have a cloth on the ground beside them for the reception of
contributions, and even the poorest of the people give a trifle and hope that the sacrifice will be blessed to
him. At last came a procession of naked holy people marching by and chanting, and I wrenched myself away.
CHAPTER L.
The man who is ostentatious of his modesty is twin to the statue that
wears a figleaf.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
The journey to Benares was all in daylight, and occupied but a few hours. It was admirably dusty. The dust
settled upon you in a thick ashy layer and turned you into a fakeer, with nothing lacking to the role but the
cow manure and the sense of holiness. There was a change of cars about midafternoon at Moghulseraiif
that was the nameand a wait of two hours there for the Benares train. We could have found a carriage and
driven to the sacred city, but we should have lost the wait. In other countries a long wait at a station is a dull
thing and tedious, but one has no right to have that feeling in India. You have the monster crowd of
bejeweled natives, the stir, the bustle, the confusion, the shifting splendors of the costumesdear me, the
delight of it, the charm of it are beyond speech. The twohour wait was over too soon. Among other
satisfying things to look at was a minor native prince from the backwoods somewhere, with his guard of
honor, a ragged but wonderfully gaudy gang of fifty dark barbarians armed with rusty flintlock muskets.
The general show came so near to exhausting variety that one would have said that no addition to it could be
conspicuous, but when this Falstaff and his motleys marched through it one saw that that seeming
impossibility had happened.
We got away by and by, and soon reached the outer edge of Benares; then there was another wait; but, as
usual, with something to look at. This was a cluster of little canvasboxespalanquins. A canvasbox is not
much of a sightwhen empty; but when there is a lady in it, it is an object of interest. These boxes were
grouped apart, in the full blaze of the terrible sun during the threequarters of an hour that we tarried there.
They contained zenana ladies. They had to sit up; there was not room enough to stretch out. They probably
did not mind it. They are used to the close captivity of the dwellings all their lives; when they go a journey
they are carried to the train in these boxes; in the train they have to be secluded from inspection. Many people
pity them, and I always did it myself and never charged anything; but it is doubtful if this compassion is
valued. While we were in India some goodhearted Europeans in one of the cities proposed to restrict a large
park to the use of zenana ladies, so that they could go there and in assured privacy go about unveiled and
enjoy the sunshine and air as they had never enjoyed them before. The good intentions back of the
proposition were recognized, and sincere thanks returned for it, but the proposition itself met with a prompt
declination at the hands of those who were authorized to speak for the zenana ladies. Apparently, the idea
was shocking to the ladiesindeed, it was quite manifestly shocking. Was that proposition the equivalent of
inviting European ladies to assemble scantily and scandalously clothed in the seclusion of a private park? It
seemed to be about that.
Without doubt modesty is nothing less than a holy feeling; and without doubt the person whose rule of
modesty has been trangressed feels the same sort of wound that he would feel if something made holy to him
by his religion had suffered a desecration. I say "rule of modesty" because there are about a million rules in
the world, and this makes a million standards to be looked out for. Major Sleeman mentions the case of some
highcaste veiled ladies who were profoundly scandalized when some English young ladies passed by with
faces bare to the world; so scandalized that they spoke out with strong indignation and wondered that people
Following the Equator
CHAPTER L. 175
Page No 179
could be so shameless as to expose their persons like that. And yet "the legs of the objectors were naked to
midthigh." Both parties were cleanminded and irreproachably modest, while abiding by their separate
rules, but they couldn't have traded rules for a change without suffering considerable discomfort. All human
rules are more or less idiotic, I suppose. It is best so, no doubt. The way it is now, the asylums can hold the
sane people, but if we tried to shut up the insane we should run out of building materials.
You have a long drive through the outskirts of Benares before you get to the hotel. And all the aspects are
melancholy. It is a vision of dusty sterility, decaying temples, crumbling tombs, broken mud walls, shabby
huts. The whole region seems to ache with age and penury. It must take ten thousand years of want to
produce such an aspect. We were still outside of the great native city when we reached the hotel. It was a
quiet and homelike house, inviting, and manifestly comfortable. But we liked its annex better, and went
thither. It was a mile away, perhaps, and stood in the midst of a large compound, and was built bungalow
fashion, everything on the ground floor, and a veranda all around. They have doors in India, but I don't know
why. They don't fasten, and they stand open, as a rule, with a curtain hanging in the doorspace to keep out the
glare of the sun. Still, there is plenty of privacy, for no white person will come in without notice, of course.
The native men servants will, but they don't seem to count. They glide in, barefoot and noiseless, and are in
the midst before one knows it. At first this is a shock, and sometimes it is an embarrassment; but one has to
get used to it, and does.
There was one tree in the compound, and a monkey lived in it. At first I was strongly interested in the tree,
for I was told that it was the renowned peepulthe tree in whose shadow you cannot tell a lie. This one
failed to stand the test, and I went away from it disappointed. There was a softly creaking well close by, and a
couple of oxen drew water from it by the hour, superintended by two natives dressed in the usual "turban and
pockethandkerchief." The tree and the well were the only scenery, and so the compound was a soothing and
lonesome and satisfying place; and very restful after so many activities. There was nobody in our bungalow
but ourselves; the other guests were in the next one, where the table d'hote was furnished. A body could not
be more pleasantly situated. Each room had the customary bath attacheda room ten or twelve feet square,
with a roomy stonepaved pit in it and abundance of water. One could not easily improve upon this
arrangement, except by furnishing it with cold water and excluding the hot, in deference to the fervency of
the climate; but that is forbidden. It would damage the bather's health. The stranger is warned against taking
cold baths in India, but even the most intelligent strangers are fools, and they do not obey, and so they
presently get laid up. I was the most intelligent fool that passed through, that year. But I am still more
intelligent now. Now that it is too late.
I wonder if the 'dorian', if that is the name of it, is another superstition, like the peepul tree. There was a great
abundance and variety of tropical fruits, but the dorian was never in evidence. It was never the season for the
dorian. It was always going to arrive from Burma sometime or other, but it never did. By all accounts it was a
most strange fruit, and incomparably delicious to the taste, but not to the smell. Its rind was said to exude a
stench of so atrocious a nature that when a dorian was in the room even the presence of a polecat was a
refreshment. We found many who had eaten the dorian, and they all spoke of it with a sort of rapture. They
said that if you could hold your nose until the fruit was in your mouth a sacred joy would suffuse you from
head to foot that would make you oblivious to the smell of the rind, but that if your grip slipped and you
caught the smell of the rind before the fruit was in your mouth, you would faint. There is a fortune in that
rind. Some day somebody will import it into Europe and sell it for cheese.
Benares was not a disappointment. It justified its reputation as a curiosity. It is on high ground, and
overhangs a grand curve of the Ganges. It is a vast mass of building, compactly crusting a hill, and is cloven
in all directions by an intricate confusion of cracks which stand for streets. Tall, slim minarets and beflagged
templespires rise out of it and give it picturesqueness, viewed from the river. The city is as busy as an
anthill, and the hurlyburly of human life swarming along the web of narrow streets reminds one of the
ants. The sacred cow swarms along, too, and goes whither she pleases, and takes toll of the grain shops, and
Following the Equator
CHAPTER L. 176
Page No 180
is very much in the way, and is a good deal of a nuisance, since she must not be molested.
Benares is older than history, older than tradition, older even than legend, and looks twice as old as all of
them put together. From a Hindoo statement quoted in Rev. Mr. Parker's compact and lucid Guide to
Benares, I find that the site of the town was the beginningplace of the Creation. It was merely an upright
"lingam," at first, no larger than a stovepipe, and stood in the midst of a shoreless ocean. This was the work
of the God Vishnu. Later he spread the lingam out till its surface was ten miles across. Still it was not large
enough for the business; therefore he presently built the globe around it. Benares is thus the center of the
earth. This is considered an advantage.
It has had a tumultuous history, both materially and spiritually. It started Brahminically, many ages ago; then
by and by Buddha came in recent times 2,500 years ago, and after that it was Buddhist during many
centuriestwelve, perhapsbut the Brahmins got the upper hand again, then, and have held it ever since. It
is unspeakably sacred in Hindoo eyes, and is as unsanitary as it is sacred, and smells like the rind of the
dorian. It is the headquarters of the Brahmin faith, and oneeighth of the population are priests of that church.
But it is not an overstock, for they have all India as a prey. All India flocks thither on pilgrimage, and pours
its savings into the pockets of the priests in a generous stream, which never fails. A priest with a good stand
on the shore of the Ganges is much better off than the sweeper of the best crossing in London. A good stand
is worth a world of money. The holy proprietor of it sits under his grand spectacular umbrella and blesses
people all his life, and collects his commission, and grows fat and rich; and the stand passes from father to
son, down and down and down through the ages, and remains a permanent and lucrative estate in the family.
As Mr. Parker suggests, it can become a subject of dispute, at one time or another, and then the matter will be
settled, not by prayer and fasting and consultations with Vishnu, but by the intervention of a much more
puissant poweran English court. In Bombay I was told by an American missionary that in India there are
640 Protestant missionaries at work. At first it seemed an immense force, but of course that was a thoughtless
idea. One missionary to 500,000 nativesno, that is not a force; it is the reverse of it; 640 marching against
an intrenched camp of 300,000,000the odds are too great. A force of 640 in Benares alone would have its
hands overfull with 8,000 Brahmin priests for adversary. Missionaries need to be well equipped with hope
and confidence, and this equipment they seem to have always had in all parts of the world. Mr. Parker has it.
It enables him to get a favorable outlook out of statistics which might add up differently with other
mathematicians. For instance:
"During the past few years competent observers declare that the number of pilgrims to Benares has
increased."
And then he adds up this fact and gets this conclusion:
"But the revival, if so it may be called, has in it the marks of death. It is a spasmodic struggle before
dissolution."
In this world we have seen the Roman Catholic power dying, upon these same terms, for many centuries.
Many a time we have gotten all ready for the funeral and found it postponed again, on account of the weather
or something. Taught by experience, we ought not to put on our things for this Brahminical one till we see the
procession move. Apparently one of the most uncertain things in the world is the funeral of a religion.
I should have been glad to acquire some sort of idea of Hindoo theology, but the difficulties were too great,
the matter was too intricate. Even the mere A, B, C of it is baffling.
There is a trinityBrahma, Shiva, and Vishnuindependent powers, apparently, though one cannot feel
quite sure of that, because in one of the temples there is an image where an attempt has been made to
concentrate the three in one person. The three have other names and plenty of them, and this makes confusion
Following the Equator
CHAPTER L. 177
Page No 181
in one's mind. The three have wives and the wives have several names, and this increases the confusion.
There are children, the children have many names, and thus the confusion goes on and on. It is not worth
while to try to get any grip upon the cloud of minor gods, there are too many of them.
It is even a justifiable economy to leave Brahma, the chiefest god of all, out of your studies, for he seems to
cut no great figure in India. The vast bulk of the national worship is lavished upon Shiva and Vishnu and
their families. Shiva's symbolthe "lingam" with which Vishnu began the Creationis worshiped by
everybody, apparently. It is the commonest object in Benares. It is on view everywhere, it is garlanded with
flowers, offerings are made to it, it suffers no neglect. Commonly it is an upright stone, shaped like a
thimblesometimes like an elongated thimble. This priapusworship, then, is older than history. Mr. Parker
says that the lingams in Benares "outnumber the inhabitants."
In Benares there are many Mohammedan mosques. There are Hindoo temples without numberthese
quaintly shaped and elaborately sculptured little stone jugs crowd all the lanes. The Ganges itself and every
individual drop of water in it are temples. Religion, then, is the business of Benares, just as goldproduction
is the business of Johannesburg. Other industries count for nothing as compared with the vast and
allabsorbing rush and drive and boom of the town's specialty. Benares is the sacredest of sacred cities. The
moment you step across the sharply defined line which separates it from the rest of the globe, you stand
upon ineffably and unspeakably holy ground. Mr. Parker says: "It is impossible to convey any adequate idea
of the intense feelings of veneration and affection with which the pious Hindoo regards 'Holy Kashi'
(Benares)." And then he gives you this vivid and moving picture:
"Let a Hindoo regiment be marched through the district, and as soon as they cross the line and enter the limits
of the holy place they rend the air with cries of ' Kashi ji ki jaijaijai! (Holy Kashi! Hail to thee! Hail!
Hail! Hail)'. The weary pilgrim scarcely able to stand, with age and weakness, blinded by the dust and heat,
and almost dead with fatigue, crawls out of the ovenlike railway carriage and as soon as his feet touch the
ground he lifts up his withered hands and utters the same pious exclamation. Let a European in some distant
city in casual talk in the bazar mention the fact that he has lived at Benares, and at once voices will be raised
to call down blessings on his head, for a dweller in Benares is of all men most blessed."
It makes our own religious enthusiasm seem pale and cold. Inasmuch as the life of religion is in the heart, not
the head, Mr. Parker's touching picture seems to promise a sort of indefinite postponement of that funeral.
CHAPTER LI.
Let me make the superstitions of a nation and I care not who makes its
laws or its songs either.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
Yes, the city of Benares is in effect just a big church, a religious hive, whose every cell is a temple, a shrine
or a mosque, and whose every conceivable earthly and heavenly good is procurable under one roof, so to
speaka sort of Army and Navy Stores, theologically stocked.
I will make out a little itinerary for the pilgrim; then you will see how handy the system is, how convenient,
how comprehensive. If you go to Benares with a serious desire to spiritually benefit yourself, you will find it
valuable. I got some of the facts from conversations with the Rev. Mr. Parker and the others from his Guide
to Benares; they are therefore trustworthy.
1. Purification. At sunrise you must go down to the Ganges and bathe, pray, and drink some of the water.
This is for your general purification.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LI. 178
Page No 182
2. Protection against Hunger. Next, you must fortify yourself against the sorrowful earthly ill just named.
This you will do by worshiping for a moment in the Cow Temple. By the door of it you will find an image of
Ganesh, son of Shiva; it has the head of an elephant on a human body; its face and hands are of silver. You
will worship it a little, and pass on, into a covered veranda, where you will find devotees reciting from the
sacred books, with the help of instructors. In this place are groups of rude and dismal idols. You may
contribute something for their support; then pass into the temple, a grim and stenchy place, for it is populous
with sacred cows and with beggars. You will give something to the beggars, and "reverently kiss the tails" of
such cows as pass along, for these cows are peculiarly holy, and this act of worship will secure you from
hunger for the day.
3. "The Poor Man's Friend." You will next worship this god. He is at the bottom of a stone cistern in the
temple of Dalbhyeswar, under the shade of a noble peepul tree on the bluff overlooking the Ganges, so you
must go back to the river. The Poor Man's Friend is the god of material prosperity in general, and the god of
the rain in particular. You will secure material prosperity, or both, by worshiping him. He is Shiva, under a
new alias, and he abides in the bottom of that cistern, in the form of a stone lingam. You pour Ganges water
over him, and in return for this homage you get the promised benefits. If there is any delay about the rain, you
must pour water in until the cistern is full; the rain will then be sure to come.
4. Fever. At the Kedar Ghat you will find a long flight of stone steps leading down to the river. Half way
down is a tank filled with sewage. Drink as much of it as you want. It is for fever.
5. Smallpox. Go straight from there to the central Ghat. At its upstream end you will find a small
whitewashed building, which is a temple sacred to Sitala, goddess of smallpox. Her understudy is there a
rude human figure behind a brass screen. You will worship this for reasons to be furnished presently.
6. The Well of Fate. For certain reasons you will next go and do homage at this well. You will find it in the
Dandpan Temple, in the city. The sunlight falls into it from a square hole in the masonry above. You will
approach it with awe, for your life is now at stake. You will bend over and look. If the fates are propitious,
you will see your face pictured in the water far down in the well. If matters have been otherwise ordered, a
sudden cloud will mask the sun and you will see nothing. This means that you have not six months to live. If
you are already at the point of death, your circumstances are now serious. There is no time to lose. Let this
world go, arrange for the next one. Handily situated, at your very elbow, is opportunity for this. You turn and
worship the image of Maha Kal, the Great Fate, and happiness in the life to come is secured. If there is breath
in your body yet, you should now make an effort to get a further lease of the present life. You have a chance.
There is a chance for everything in this admirably stocked and wonderfully systemized Spiritual and
Temporal Army and Navy Store. You must get yourself carried to the
7. Well of Long Life. This is within the precincts of the mouldering and venerable Briddhkal Temple, which
is one of the oldest in Benares. You pass in by a stone image of the monkey god, Hanuman, and there, among
the ruined courtyards, you will find a shallow pool of stagnant sewage. It smells like the best limburger
cheese, and is filthy with the washings of rotting lepers, but that is nothing, bathe in it; bathe in it gratefully
and worshipfully, for this is the Fountain of Youth; these are the Waters of Long Life. Your gray hairs will
disappear, and with them your wrinkles and your rheumatism, the burdens of care and the weariness of age,
and you will come out young, fresh, elastic, and full of eagerness for the new race of life. Now will come
flooding upon you the manifold desires that haunt the dear dreams of the morning of life. You will go whither
you will find
8. Fulfillment of Desire. To wit, to the Kameshwar Temple, sacred to Shiva as the Lord of Desires. Arrange
for yours there. And if you like to look at idols among the pack and jam of temples, there you will find
enough to stock a museum. You will begin to commit sins now with a fresh, new vivacity; therefore, it will
be well to go frequently to a place where you can get
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LI. 179
Page No 183
9. Temporary Cleansing from Sin. To wit, to the Well of the Earring. You must approach this with the
profoundest reverence, for it is unutterably sacred. It is, indeed, the most sacred place in Benares, the very
Holy of Holies, in the estimation of the people. It is a railed tank, with stone stairways leading down to the
water. The water is not clean. Of course it could not be, for people are always bathing in it. As long as you
choose to stand and look, you will see the files of sinners descending and ascendingdescending soiled with
sin, ascending purged from it. "The liar, the thief, the murderer, and the adulterer may here wash and be
clean," says the Rev. Mr. Parker, in his book. Very well. I know Mr. Parker, and I believe it; but if anybody
else had said it, I should consider him a person who had better go down in the tank and take another wash.
The god Vishnu dug this tank. He had nothing to dig with but his "discus." I do not know what a discus is,
but I know it is a poor thing to dig tanks with, because, by the time this one was finished, it was full of
sweatVishnu's sweat. He constructed the site that Benares stands on, and afterward built the globe around
it, and thought nothing of it, yet sweated like that over a little thing like this tank. One of these statements is
doubtful. I do not know which one it is, but I think it difficult not to believe that a god who could build a
world around Benares would not be intelligent enough to build it around the tank too, and not have to dig it.
Youth, long life, temporary purification from sin, salvation through propitiation of the Great Fate these are
all good. But you must do something more. You must
10. Make ,Salvation ,Sure. There are several ways. To get drowned in the Ganges is one, but that is not
pleasant. To die within the limits of Benares is another; but that is a risky one, because you might be out of
town when your time came. The best one of all is the Pilgrimage Around the City. You must walk; also, you
must go barefoot. The tramp is fortyfour miles, for the road winds out into the country a piece, and you will
be marching five or six days. But you will have plenty of company. You will move with throngs and hosts of
happy pilgrims whose radiant costumes will make the spectacle beautiful and whose glad songs and holy
pans of triumph will banish your fatigues and cheer your spirit; and at intervals there will be temples where
you may sleep and be refreshed with food. The pilgrimage completed, you have purchased salvation, and paid
for it. But you may not get it unless you
11. Get Your Redemption Recorded. You can get this done at the Sakhi Binayak Temple, and it is best to do
it, for otherwise you might not be able to prove that you had made the pilgrimage in case the matter should
some day come to be disputed. That temple is in a lane back of the Cow Temple. Over the door is a red image
of Ganesh of the elephant head, son and heir of Shiva, and Prince of Wales to the Theological Monarchy, so
to speak. Within is a god whose office it is to record your pilgrimage and be responsible for you. You will not
see him, but you will see a Brahmin who will attend to the matter and take the money. If he should forget to
collect the money, you can remind him. He knows that your salvation is now secure, but of course you would
like to know it yourself. You have nothing to do but go and pray, and pay at the
12. Well of the Knowledge of Salvation. It is close to the Golden Temple. There you will see, sculptured out
of a single piece of black marble, a bull which is much larger than any living bull you have ever seen, and yet
is not a good likeness after all. And there also you will see a very uncommon thingan image of Shiva. You
have seen his lingam fifty thousand times already, but this is Shiva himself, and said to be a good likeness. It
has three eyes. He is the only god in the firm that has three. "The well is covered by a fine canopy of stone
supported by forty pillars," and around it you will find what you have already seen at almost every shrine you
have visited in Benares, a mob of devout and eager pilgrims. The sacred water is being ladled out to them;
with it comes to them the knowledge, clear, thrilling, absolute, that they are saved; and you can see by their
faces that there is one happiness in this world which is supreme, and to which no other joy is comparable.
You receive your water, you make your deposit, and now what more would you have? Gold, diamonds,
power, fame? All in a single moment these things have withered to dirt, dust, ashes. The world has nothing to
give you now. For you it is bankrupt.
I do not claim that the pilgrims do their acts of worship in the order and sequence above charted out in this
Itinerary of mine, but I think logic suggests that they ought to do so. Instead of a helterskelter worship, we
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LI. 180
Page No 184
then have a definite startingplace, and a march which carries the pilgrim steadily forward by reasoned and
logical progression to a definite goal. Thus, his Ganges bath in the early morning gives him an appetite; he
kisses the cowtails, and that removes it. It is now business hours, and longings for material prosperity rise in
his mind, and be goes and pours water over Shiva's symbol; this insures the prosperity, but also brings on a
rain, which gives him a fever. Then he drinks the sewage at the Kedar Ghat to cure the fever; it cures the
fever but gives him the smallpox. He wishes to know how it is going to turn out; he goes to the Dandpan
Temple and looks down the well. A clouded sun shows him that death is near. Logically his best course for
the present, since he cannot tell at what moment he may die, is to secure a happy hereafter; this he does,
through the agency of the Great Fate. He is safe, now, for heaven; his next move will naturally be to keep out
of it as long as he can. Therefore he goes to the Briddhkal Temple and secures Youth and long life by bathing
in a puddle of leperpus which would kill a microbe. Logically, Youth has reequipped him for sin and with
the disposition to commit it; he will naturally go to the fane which is consecrated to the Fulfillment of
Desires, and make arrangements. Logically, he will now go to the Well of the Earring from time to time to
unload and freshen up for further banned enjoyments. But first and last and all the time he is human, and
therefore in his reflective intervals he will always be speculating in "futures." He will make the Great
Pilgrimage around the city and so make his salvation absolutely sure; he will also have record made of it, so
that it may remain absolutely sure and not be forgotten or repudiated in the confusion of the Final Settlement.
Logically, also, he will wish to have satisfying and tranquilizing personal knowledge that that salvation is
secure; therefore he goes to the Well of the Knowledge of Salvation, adds that completing detail, and then
goes about his affairs serene and content; serene and content, for he is now royally endowed with an
advantage which no religion in this world could give him but his own; for henceforth he may commit as
many million sins as he wants to and nothing can come of it.
Thus the system, properly and logically ordered, is neat, compact, clearly defined, and covers the whole
ground. I desire to recommend it to such as find the other systems too difficult, exacting, and irksome for the
uses of this fretful brief life of ours.
However, let me not deceive any one. My Itinerary lacks a detail. I must put it in. The truth is, that after the
pilgrim has faithfully followed the requirements of the Itinerary through to the end and has secured his
salvation and also the personal knowledge of that fact, there is still an accident possible to him which can
annul the whole thing. If he should ever cross to the other side of the Ganges and get caught out and die there
he would at once come to life again in the form of an ass. Think of that, after all this trouble and expense.
You see how capricious and uncertain salvation is there. The Hindoo has a childish and unreasoning aversion
to being turned into an ass. It is hard to tell why. One could properly expect an ass to have an aversion to
being turned into a Hindoo. One could understand that he could lose dignity by it; also selfrespect, and
ninetenths of his intelligence. But the Hindoo changed into an ass wouldn't lose anything, unless you count
his religion. And he would gain muchrelease from his slavery to two million gods and twenty million
priests, fakeers, holy mendicants, and other sacred bacilli; he would escape the Hindoo hell; he would also
escape the Hindoo heaven. These are advantages which the Hindoo ought to consider; then he would go over
and die on the other side.
Benares is a religious Vesuvius. In its bowels the theological forces have been heaving and tossing, rumbling,
thundering and quaking, boiling, and weltering and flaming and smoking for ages. But a little group of
missionaries have taken post at its base, and they have hopes. There are the Baptist Missionary Society, the
Church Missionary Society, the London Missionary Society, the Wesleyan Missionary Society, and the
Zenana Bible and Medical Mission. They have schools, and the principal work seems to be among the
children. And no doubt that part of the work prospers best, for grown people everywhere are always likely to
cling to the religion they were brought up in.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LI. 181
Page No 185
CHAPTER LII.
Wrinkles should merely indicate where smiles have been.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
In one of those Benares temples we saw a devotee working for salvation in a curious way. He had a huge wad
of clay beside him and was making it up into little wee gods no bigger than carpet tacks. He stuck a grain of
rice into eachto represent the lingam, I think. He turned them out nimbly, for he had had long practice and
had acquired great facility. Every day he made 2,000 gods, then threw them into the holy Ganges. This act of
homage brought him the profound homage of the piousalso their coppers. He had a sure living here, and
was earning a high place in the hereafter.
The Ganges front is the supreme showplace of Benares. Its tall bluffs are solidly caked from water to
summit, along a stretch of three miles, with a splendid jumble of massive and picturesque masonry, a
bewildering and beautiful confusion of stone platforms, temples, stairflights, rich and stately
palacesnowhere a break, nowhere a glimpse of the bluff itself; all the long face of it is compactly walled
from sight by this crammed perspective of platforms, soaring stairways, sculptured temples, majestic palaces,
softening away into the distances; and there is movement, motion, human life everywhere, and brilliantly
costumed streaming in rainbows up and down the lofty stairways, and massed in metaphorical
flowergardens on the miles of great platforms at the river's edge.
All this masonry, all this architecture represents piety. The palaces were built by native princes whose homes,
as a rule, are far from Benares, but who go there from time to time to refresh their souls with the sight and
touch of the Ganges, the river of their idolatry. The stairways are records of acts of piety; the crowd of costly
little temples are tokens of money spent by rich men for present credit and hope of future reward. Apparently,
the rich Christian who spends large sums upon his religion is conspicuous with us, by his rarity, but the rich
Hindoo who doesn't spend large sums upon his religion is seemingly non existent. With us the poor spend
money on their religion, but they keep back some to live on. Apparently, in India, the poor bankrupt
themselves daily for their religion. The rich Hindoo can afford his pious outlays; he gets much glory for his
spendings, yet keeps back a sufficiency of his income for temporal purposes; but the poor Hindoo is entitled
to compassion, for his spendings keep him poor, yet get him no glory.
We made the usual trip up and down the river, seated in chairs under an awning on the deck of the usual
commodious handpropelled ark; made it two or three times, and could have made it with increasing interest
and enjoyment many times more; for, of course, the palaces and temples would grow more and more
beautiful every time one saw them, for that happens with all such things; also, I think one would not get tired
of the bathers, nor their costumes, nor of their ingenuities in getting out of them and into them again without
exposing too much bronze, nor of their devotional gesticulations and absorbed beadtellings.
But I should get tired of seeing them wash their mouths with that dreadful water and drink it. In fact, I did get
tired of it, and very early, too. At one place where we halted for a while, the foul gush from a sewer was
making the water turbid and murky all around, and there was a random corpse slopping around in it that had
floated down from up country. Ten steps below that place stood a crowd of men, women, and comely young
maidens waist deep in the waterand they were scooping it up in their hands and drinking it. Faith can
certainly do wonders, and this is an instance of it. Those people were not drinking that fearful stuff to assuage
thirst, but in order to purify their souls and the interior of their bodies. According to their creed, the Ganges
water makes everything pure that it touchesinstantly and utterly pure. The sewer water was not an offence
to them, the corpse did not revolt them; the sacred water had touched both, and both were now snowpure,
and could defile no one. The memory of that sight will always stay by me; but not by request.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LII. 182
Page No 186
A word further concerning the nasty but allpurifying Ganges water. When we went to Agra, by and by, we
happened there just in time to be in at the birth of a marvela memorable scientific discoverythe
discovery that in certain ways the foul and derided Ganges water is the most puissant purifier in the world!
This curious fact, as I have said, had just been added to the treasury of modern science. It had long been
noted as a strange thing that while Benares is often afflicted with the cholera she does not spread it beyond
her borders. This could not be accounted for. Mr. Henkin, the scientist in the employ of the government of
Agra, concluded to examine the water. He went to Benares and made his tests. He got water at the mouths of
the sewers where they empty into the river at the bathing ghats; a cubic centimetre of it contained millions of
germs; at the end of six hours they were all dead. He caught a floating corpse, towed it to the shore, and from
beside it he dipped up water that was swarming with cholera germs; at the end of six hours they were all
dead. He added swarm after swarm of cholera germs to this water; within the six hours they always died, to
the last sample. Repeatedly, he took pure well water which was bare of animal life, and put into it a few
cholera germs; they always began to propagate at once, and always within six hours they swarmedand
were numberable by millions upon millions.
For ages and ages the Hindoos have had absolute faith that the water of the Ganges was absolutely pure,
could not be defiled by any contact whatsoever, and infallibly made pure and clean whatsoever thing touched
it. They still believe it, and that is why they bathe in it and drink it, caring nothing for its seeming filthiness
and the floating corpses. The Hindoos have been laughed at, these many generations, but the laughter will
need to modify itself a little from now on. How did they find out the water's secret in those ancient ages? Had
they germ scientists then? We do not know. We only know that they had a civilization long before we
emerged from savagery. But to return to where I was before; I was about to speak of the burningghat.
They do not burn fakeersthose revered mendicants. They are so holy that they can get to their place
without that sacrament, provided they be consigned to the consecrating river. We saw one carried to
midstream and thrown overboard. He was sandwiched between two great slabs of stone.
We lay off the cremationghat half an hour and saw nine corpses burned. I should not wish to see any more
of it, unless I might select the parties. The mourners follow the bier through the town and down to the ghat;
then the bierbearers deliver the body to some lowcaste natives Domsand the mourners turn about and
go back home. I heard no crying and saw no tears, there was no ceremony of parting. Apparently, these
expressions of grief and affection are reserved for the privacy of the home. The dead women came draped in
red, the men in white. They are laid in the water at the river's edge while the pyre is being prepared.
The first subject was a man. When the Doms unswathed him to wash him, he proved to be a sturdily built,
wellnourished and handsome old gentleman, with not a sign about him to suggest that he had ever been ill.
Dry wood was brought and built up into a loose pile; the corpse was laid upon it and covered over with fuel.
Then a naked holy man who was sitting on high ground a little distance away began to talk and shout with
great energy, and he kept up this noise right along. It may have been the funeral sermon, and probably was. I
forgot to say that one of the mourners remained behind when the others went away. This was the dead man's
son, a boy of ten or twelve, brown and handsome, grave and self possessed, and clothed in flowing white.
He was there to burn his father. He was given a torch, and while he slowly walked seven times around the
pyre the naked black man on the high ground poured out his sermon more clamorously than ever. The
seventh circuit completed, the boy applied the torch at his father's head, then at his feet; the flames sprang
briskly up with a sharp crackling noise, and the lad went away. Hindoos do not want daughters, because their
weddings make such a ruinous expense; but they want sons, so that at death they may have honorable exit
from the world; and there is no honor equal to the honor of having one's pyre lighted by one's son. The father
who dies sonless is in a grievous situation indeed, and is pitied. Life being uncertain, the Hindoo marries
while he is still a boy, in the hope that he will have a son ready when the day of his need shall come. But if he
have no son, he will adopt one. This answers every purpose.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LII. 183
Page No 187
Meantime the corpse is burning, also several others. It is a dismal business. The stokers did not sit down in
idleness, but moved briskly about, punching up the fires with long poles, and now and then adding fuel.
Sometimes they hoisted the half of a skeleton into the air, then slammed it down and beat it with the pole,
breaking it up so that it would burn better. They hoisted skulls up in the same way and banged and battered
them. The sight was hard to bear; it would have been harder if the mourners had stayed to witness it. I had but
a moderate desire to see a cremation, so it was soon satisfied. For sanitary reasons it would be well if
cremation were universal; but this form is revolting, and not to be recommended.
The fire used is sacred, of coursefor there is money in it. Ordinary fire is forbidden; there is no money in it.
I was told that this sacred fire is all furnished by one person, and that he has a monopoly of it and charges a
good price for it. Sometimes a rich mourner pays a thousand rupees for it. To get to paradise from India is an
expensive thing. Every detail connected with the matter costs something, and helps to fatten a priest. I
suppose it is quite safe to conclude that that fire bug is in holy orders.
Close to the cremationground stand a few timeworn stones which are remembrances of the suttee. Each
has a rough carving upon it, representing a man and a woman standing or walking hand in hand, and marks
the spot where a widow went to her death by fire in the days when the suttee flourished. Mr. Parker said that
widows would burn themselves now if the government would allow it. The family that can point to one of
these little memorials and say: "She who burned herself there was an ancestress of ours," is envied.
It is a curious people. With them, all life seems to be sacred except human life. Even the life of vermin is
sacred, and must not be taken. The good Jain wipes off a seat before using it, lest he cause the death ofsome
valueless insect by sitting down on it. It grieves him to have to drink water, because the provisions in his
stomach may not agree with the microbes. Yet India invented Thuggery and the Suttee. India is a hard
country to understand. We went to the temple of the Thug goddess, Bhowanee, or Kali, or Durga. She has
these names and others. She is the only god to whom living sacrifices are made. Goats are sacrificed to her.
Monkeys would be cheaper. There are plenty of them about the place. Being sacred, they make themselves
very free, and scramble around wherever they please. The temple and its porch are beautifully carved, but this
is not the case with the idol. Bhowanee is not pleasant to look at. She has a silver face, and a projecting
swollen tongue painted a deep red. She wears a necklace of skulls.
In fact, none of the idols in Benares are handsome or attractive. And what a swarm of them there is! The town
is a vast museum of idolsand all of them crude, misshapen, and ugly. They flock through one's dreams at
night, a wild mob of nightmares. When you get tired of them in the temples and take a trip on the river, you
find idol giants, flashily painted, stretched out side by side on the shore. And apparently wherever there is
room for one more lingam, a lingam is there. If Vishnu had foreseen what his town was going to be, he would
have called it Idolville or Lingamburg.
The most conspicuous feature of Benares is the pair of slender white minarets which tower like masts from
the great Mosque of Aurangzeb. They seem to be always in sight, from everywhere, those airy, graceful,
inspiring things. But masts is not the right word, for masts have a perceptible taper, while these minarets have
not. They are 142 feet high, and only 8 1/2 feet in diameter at the base, and 7 1/2 at the summitscarcely
any taper at all. These are the proportions of a candle; and fair and fairylike candles these are. Will be,
anyway, some day, when the Christians inherit them and top them with the electric light. There is a great
view from up therea wonderful view. A large gray monkey was part of it, and damaged it. A monkey has
no judgment. This one was skipping about the upper great heights of the mosque skipping across empty
yawning intervals which were almost too wide for him, and which he only just barely cleared, each time, by
the skin of his teeth. He got me so nervous that I couldn't look at the view. I couldn't look at anything but
him. Every time he went sailing over one of those abysses my breath stood still, and when he grabbed for the
perch he was going for, I grabbed too, in sympathy. And he was perfectly indifferent, perfectly unconcerned,
and I did all the panting myself. He came within an ace of losing his life a dozen times, and I was so troubled
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LII. 184
Page No 188
about him that I would have shot him if I had had anything to do it with. But I strongly recommend the view.
There is more monkey than view, and there is always going to be more monkey while that idiot survives, but
what view you get is superb. All Benares, the river, and the region round about are spread before you. Take a
gun, and look at the view.
The next thing I saw was more reposeful. It was a new kind of art. It was a picture painted on water. It was
done by a native. He sprinkled fine dust of various colors on the still surface of a basin of water, and out of
these sprinklings a dainty and pretty picture gradually grew, a picture which a breath could destroy.
Somehow it was impressive, after so much browsing among massive and battered and decaying fanes that
rest upon ruins, and those ruins upon still other ruins, and those upon still others again. It was a sermon, an
allegory, a symbol of Instability. Those creations in stone were only a kind of water pictures, after all.
A prominent episode in the Indian career of Warren Hastings had Benares for its theater. Wherever that
extraordinary man set his foot, he left his mark. He came to Benares in 1781 to collect a fine of L500,000
which he had levied upon its Rajah, Cheit Singly on behalf of the East India Company. Hastings was a long
way from home and help. There were, probably, not a dozen Englishmen within reach; the Rajah was in his
fort with his myriads around him. But no matter. From his little camp in a neighboring garden, Hastings sent
a party to arrest the sovereign. He sent on this daring mission a couple of hundred native soldiers sepoys
under command of three young English lieutenants. The Rajah submitted without a word. The incident lights
up the Indian situation electrically, and gives one a vivid sense of the strides which the English had made and
the mastership they had acquired in the land since the date of Clive's great victory. In a quarter of a century,
from being nobodies, and feared by none, they were become confessed lords and masters, feared by all,
sovereigns included, and served by all, sovereigns included. It makes the fairy tales sound true. The English
had not been afraid to enlist native soldiers to fight against their own people and keep them obedient. And
now Hastings was not afraid to come away out to this remote place with a handful of such soldiers and send
them to arrest a native sovereign.
The lieutenants imprisoned the Rajah in his own fort. It was beautiful, the pluckiness of it, the impudence of
it. The arrest enraged the Rajah's people, and all Benares came storming about the place and threatening
vengeance. And yet, but for an accident, nothing important would have resulted, perhaps. The mob found out
a most strange thing, an almost incredible thingthat this handful of soldiers had come on this hardy errand
with empty guns and no ammunition. This has been attributed to thoughtlessness, but it could hardly have
been that, for in such large emergencies as this, intelligent people do think. It must have been indifference, an
overconfidence born of the proved submissiveness of the native character, when confronted by even one or
two stern Britons in their war paint. But, however that may be, it was a fatal discovery that the mob had
made. They were full of courage, now, and they broke into the fort and massacred the helpless soldiers and
their officers. Hastings escaped from Benares by night and got safely away, leaving the principality in a state
of wild insurrection; but he was back again within the month, and quieted it down in his prompt and virile
way, and took the Rajah's throne away from him and gave it to another man. He was a capable kind of person
was Warren Hastings. This was the only time he was ever out of ammunition. Some of his acts have left
stains upon his name which can never be washed away, but he saved to England the Indian Empire, and that
was the best service that was ever done to the Indians themselves, those wretched heirs of a hundred centuries
of pitiless oppression and abuse.
CHAPTER LIII.
True irreverence is disrespect for another man's god.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
It was in Benares that I saw another living god. That makes two. I believe I have seen most of the greater and
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LIII. 185
Page No 189
lesser wonders of the world, but I do not remember that any of them interested me so overwhelmingly as did
that pair of gods.
When I try to account for this effect I find no difficulty about it. I find that, as a rule, when a thing is a
wonder to us it is not because of what we see in it, but because of what others have seen in it. We get almost
all our wonders at second hand. We are eager to see any celebrated thingand we never fail of our reward;
just the deep privilege of gazing upon an object which has stirred the enthusiasm or evoked the reverence or
affection or admiration of multitudes of our race is a thing which we value; we are profoundly glad that we
have seen it, we are permanently enriched from having seen it, we would not part with the memory of that
experience for a great price. And yet that very spectacle may be the Taj. You cannot keep your enthusiasms
down, you cannot keep your emotions within bounds when that soaring bubble of marble breaks upon your
view. But these are not your enthusiasms and emotionsthey are the accumulated emotions and enthusiasms
of a thousand fervid writers, who have been slowly and steadily storing them up in your heart day by day and
year by year all your life; and now they burst out in a flood and overwhelm you; and you could not be a whit
happier if they were your very own. By and by you sober down, and then you perceive that you have been
drunk on the smell of somebody else's cork. For ever and ever the memory of my distant first glimpse of the
Taj will compensate me for creeping around the globe to have that great privilege.
But the Tajwith all your inflation of delusive emotions, acquired at secondhand from people to whom in
the majority of cases they were also delusions acquired at secondhanda thing which you fortunately did
not think of or it might have made you doubtful of what you imagined were your own what is the Taj as a
marvel, a spectacle and an uplifting and overpowering wonder, compared with a living, breathing, speaking
personage whom several millions of human beings devoutly and sincerely and unquestioningly believe to be
a God, and humbly and gratefully worship as a God?
He was sixty years old when I saw him. He is called Sri 108 Swami Bhaskarananda Saraswati. That is one
form of it. I think that that is what you would call him in speaking to himbecause it is short. But you would
use more of his name in addressing a letter to him; courtesy would require this. Even then you would not
have to use all of it, but only this much:
Sri 108 Matparamahansrzpairivrajakach,aryaswamibhaskaranandasaraswati.
You do not put "Esq." after it, for that is not necessary. The word which opens the volley is itself a title of
honor "Sri." The "108" stands for the rest of his names, I believe. Vishnu has 108 names which he does not
use in business, and no doubt it is a custom of gods and a privilege sacred to their order to keep 108 extra
ones in stock. Just the restricted name set down above is a handsome property, without the 108. By my count
it has 58 letters in it. This removes the long German words from competition; they are permanently out of the
race.
Sri 108 S. B. Saraswati has attained to what among the Hindoos is called the "state of perfection." It is a state
which other Hindoos reach by being born again and again, and over and over again into this world, through
one reincarnation after anothera tiresome long job covering centuries and decades of centuries, and one
that is full of risks, too, like the accident of dying on the wrong side of the Ganges some time or other and
waking up in the form of an ass, with a fresh start necessary and the numerous trips to be made all over again.
But in reaching perfection, Sri 108 S. B. S. has escaped all that. He is no longer a part or a feature of this
world; his substance has changed, all earthiness has departed out of it; he is utterly holy, utterly pure; nothing
can desecrate this holiness or stain this purity; he is no longer of the earth, its concerns are matters foreign to
him, its pains and griefs and troubles cannot reach him. When he dies, Nirvana is his; he will be absorbed into
the substance of the Supreme Deity and be at peace forever.
The Hindoo Scriptures point out how this state is to be reached, but it is only once in a thousand years,
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LIII. 186
Page No 190
perhaps, that candidate accomplishes it. This one has traversed the course required, stage by stage, from the
beginning to the end, and now has nothing left to do but wait for the call which shall release him from a
world in which he has now no part nor lot. First, he passed through the student stage, and became learned in
the holy books. Next he became citizen, householder, husband, and father. That was the required second
stage. Thenlike John Bunyan's Christian he bade perpetual goodbye to his family, as required, and went
wandering away. He went far into the desert and served a term as hermit. Next, he became a beggar, "in
accordance with the rites laid down in the Scriptures," and wandered about India eating the bread of
mendicancy. A quarter of a century ago he reached the stage of purity. This needs no garment; its symbol is
nudity; he discarded the waistcloth which he had previously worn. He could resume it now if he chose, for
neither that nor any other contact can defile him; but he does not choose.
There are several other stages, I believe, but I do not remember what they are. But he has been through them.
Throughout the long course he was perfecting himself in holy learning, and writing commentaries upon the
sacred books. He was also meditating upon Brahma, and he does that now.
White marble reliefportraits of him are sold all about India. He lives in a good house in a noble great garden
in Benares, all meet and proper to his stupendous rank. Necessarily he does not go abroad in the streets.
Deities would never be able to move about handily in any country. If one whom we recognized and adored as
a god should go abroad in our streets, and the day it was to happen were known, all traffic would be blocked
and business would come to a standstill.
This god is comfortably housed, and yet modestly, all things considered, for if he wanted to live in a palace
he would only need to speak and his worshipers would gladly build it. Sometimes he sees devotees for a
moment, and comforts them and blesses them, and they kiss his feet and go away happy. Rank is nothing to
him, he being a god. To him all men are alike. He sees whom he pleases and denies himself to whom he
pleases. Sometimes he sees a prince and denies himself to a pauper; at other times he receives the pauper and
turns the prince away. However, he does not receive many of either class. He has to husband his time for his
meditations. I think he would receive Rev. Mr. Parker at any time. I think he is sorry for Mr. Parker, and I
think Mr. Parker is sorry for him; and no doubt this compassion is good for both of them.
When we arrived we had to stand around in the garden a little while and wait, and the outlook was not good,
for he had been turning away Maharajas that day and receiving only the riffraff, and we belonged in
between, somewhere. But presently, a servant came out saying it was all right, he was coming.
And sure enough, he came, and I saw himthat object of the worship of millions. It was a strange sensation,
and thrilling. I wish I could feel it stream through my veins again. And yet, to me he was not a god, he was
only a Taj. The thrill was not my thrill, but had come to me secondhand from those invisible millions of
believers. By a handshake with their god I had groundcircuited their wire and got their monster battery's
whole charge.
He was tall and slender, indeed emaciated. He had a clean cut and conspicuously intellectual face, and a deep
and kindly eye. He looked many years older than he really was, but much study and meditation and fasting
and prayer, with the arid life he had led as hermit and beggar, could account for that. He is wholly nude when
he receives natives, of whatever rank they may be, but he had white cloth around his loins now, a concession
to Mr. Parker's Europe prejudices, no doubt.
As soon as I had sobered down a little we got along very well together, and I found him a most pleasant and
friendly deity. He had heard a deal about Chicago, and showed a quite remarkable interest in it, for a god. It
all came of the World's Fair and the Congress of Religions. If India knows about nothing else American, she
knows about those, and will keep them in mind one while.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LIII. 187
Page No 191
He proposed an exchange of autographs, a delicate attention which made me believe in him, but I had been
having my doubts before. He wrote his in his book, and I have a reverent regard for that book, though the
words run from right to left, and so I can't read it. It was a mistake to print in that way. It contains his
voluminous comments on the Hindoo holy writings, and if I could make them out I would try for perfection
myself. I gave him a copy of Huckleberry Finn. I thought it might rest him up a little to mix it in along with
his meditations on Brahma, for he looked tired, and I knew that if it didn't do him any good it wouldn't do
him any harm.
He has a scholar meditating under himMina Bahadur Ranabut we did not see him. He wears clothes and
is very imperfect. He has written a little pamphlet about his master, and I have that. It contains a wood cut
of the master and himself seated on a rug in the garden. The portrait of the master is very good indeed. The
posture is exactly that which Brahma himself affects, and it requires long arms and limber legs, and can be
accumulated only by gods and the indiarubber man. There is a lifesize marble relief of Shri 108, S.B.S. in
the garden. It represents him in this same posture.
Dear me! It is a strange world. Particularly the Indian division of it. This pupil, Mina Bahadur Rana, is not a
commonplace person, but a man of distinguished capacities and attainments, and, apparently, he had a fine
worldly career in front of him. He was serving the Nepal Government in a high capacity at the Court of the
Viceroy of India, twenty years ago. He was an able man, educated, a thinker, a man of property. But the
longing to devote himself to a religious life came upon him, and he resigned his place, turned his back upon
the vanities and comforts of the world, and went away into the solitudes to live in a hut and study the sacred
writings and meditate upon virtue and holiness and seek to attain them. This sort of religion resembles ours.
Christ recommended the rich to give away all their property and follow Him in poverty, not in worldly
comfort. American and English millionaires do it every day, and thus verify and confirm to the world the
tremendous forces that lie in religion. Yet many people scoff at them for this loyalty to duty, and many will
scoff at Mina Bahadur Rana and call him a crank. Like many Christians of great character and intellect, he
has made the study of his Scriptures and the writing of books of commentaries upon them the loving labor of
his life. Like them, he has believed that his was not an idle and foolish waste of his life, but a most worthy
and honorable employment of it. Yet, there are many people who will see in those others, men worthy of
homage and deep reverence, but in him merely a crank. But I shall not. He has my reverence. And I don't
offer it as a common thing and poor, but as an unusual thing and of value. The ordinary reverence, the
reverence defined and explained by the dictionary costs nothing. Reverence for one's own sacred
thingsparents, religion, flag, laws, and respect for one's own beliefsthese are feelings which we cannot
even help. They come natural to us; they are involuntary, like breathing. There is no personal merit in
breathing. But the reverence which is difficult, and which has personal merit in it, is the respect which you
pay, without compulsion, to the political or religious attitude of a man whose beliefs are not yours. You can't
revere his gods or his politics, and no one expects you to do that, but you could respect his belief in them if
you tried hard enough; and you could respect him, too, if you tried hard enough. But it is very, very difficult;
it is next to impossible, and so we hardly ever try. If the man doesn't believe as we do, we say he is a crank,
and that settles it. I mean it does nowadays, because now we can't burn him.
We are always canting about people's "irreverence," always charging this offense upon somebody or other,
and thereby intimating that we are better than that person and do not commit that offense ourselves.
Whenever we do this we are in a lying attitude, and our speech is cant; for none of us are reverentin a
meritorious way; deep down in our hearts we are all irreverent. There is probably not a single exception to
this rule in the earth. There is probably not one person whose reverence rises higher than respect for his own
sacred things; and therefore, it is not a thing to boast about and be proud of, since the most degraded savage
has that and, like the best of us, has nothing higher. To speak plainly, we despise all reverences and all
objects of reverence which are outside the pale of our own list of sacred things. And yet, with strange
inconsistency, we are shocked when other people despise and defile the things which are holy to us. Suppose
we should meet with a paragraph like the following, in the newspapers:
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LIII. 188
Page No 192
"Yesterday a visiting party of the British nobility had a picnic at Mount Vernon, and in the tomb of
Washington they ate their luncheon, sang popular songs, played games, and danced waltzes and polkas."
Should we be shocked? Should we feel outraged? Should we be amazed? Should we call the performance a
desecration? Yes, that would all happen. We should denounce those people in round terms, and call them
hard names.
And suppose we found this paragraph in the newspapers:
"Yesterday a visiting party of American porkmillionaires had a picnic in Westminster Abbey, and in that
sacred place they ate their luncheon, sang popular songs, played games, and danced waltzes and polkas."
Would the English be shocked? Would they feel outraged? Would they be amazed? Would they call the
performance a desecration? That would all happen. The porkmillionaires would be denounced in round
terms; they would be called hard names.
In the tomb at Mount Vernon lie the ashes of America's most honored son; in the Abbey, the ashes of
England's greatest dead; the tomb of tombs, the costliest in the earth, the wonder of the world, the Taj, was
built by a great Emperor to honor the memory of a perfect wife and perfect mother, one in whom there was
no spot or blemish, whose love was his stay and support, whose life was the light of the world to him; in it
her ashes lie, and to the Mohammedan millions of India it is a holy place; to them it is what Mount Vernon is
to Americans, it is what the Abbey is to the English.
Major Sleeman wrote forty or fifty years ago (the italics are mine):
"I would here enter my humble protest against the quadrille and lunch parties which are sometimes given to
European ladies and gentlemen of the station at this imperial tomb; drinking and dancing are no doubt very
good things in their season, but they are sadly out of place in a sepulchre."
Were there any Americans among those lunch parties? If they were invited, there were.
If my imagined lunchparties in Westminster and the tomb of Washington should take place, the incident
would cause a vast outbreak of bitter eloquence about Barbarism and Irreverence; and it would come from
two sets of people who would go next day and dance in the Taj if they had a chance.
As we took our leave of the Benares god and started away we noticed a group of natives waiting respectfully
just within the gatea Rajah from somewhere in India, and some people of lesser consequence. The god
beckoned them to come, and as we passed out the Rajah was kneeling and reverently kissing his sacred feet.
If Barnumbut Barnum's ambitions are at rest. This god will remain in the holy peace and seclusion of his
garden, undisturbed. Barnum could not have gotten him, anyway. Still, he would have found a substitute that
would answer.
CHAPTER LIV.
Do not undervalue the headache. While it is at its sharpest it seems a
bad investment; but when relief begins, the unexpired remainder is worth
$4 a minute.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
A comfortable railway journey of seventeen and a half hours brought us to the capital of India, which is
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LIV. 189
Page No 193
likewise the capital of BengalCalcutta. Like Bombay, it has a population of nearly a million natives and a
small gathering of white people. It is a huge city and fine, and is called the City of Palaces. It is rich in
historical memories; rich in British achievementmilitary, political, commercial; rich in the results of the
miracles done by that brace of mighty magicians, Clive and Hastings. And has a cloud kissing monument to
one Ochterlony.
It is a fluted candlestick 250 feet high. This lingam is the only large monument in Calcutta, I believe. It is a
fine ornament, and will keep Ochterlony in mind.
Wherever you are, in Calcutta, and for miles around, you can see it; and always when you see it you think of
Ochterlony. And so there is not an hour in the day that you do not think of Ochterlony and wonder who he
was. It is good that Clive cannot come back, for he would think it was for Plassey; and then that great spirit
would be wounded when the revelation came that it was not. Clive would find out that it was for Ochterlony;
and he would think Ochterlony was a battle. And he would think it was a great one, too, and he would say,
"With three thousand I whipped sixty thousand and founded the Empireand there is no monument; this
other soldier must have whipped a billion with a dozen and saved the world."
But he would be mistaken. Ochterlony was a man, not a battle. And he did good and honorable service, too;
as good and honorable service as has been done in India by seventyfive or a hundred other Englishmen of
courage, rectitude, and distinguished capacity. For India has been a fertile breedingground of such men, and
remains so; great men, both in war and in the civil service, and as modest as great. But they have no
monuments, and were not expecting any. Ochterlony could not have been expecting one, and it is not at all
likely that he desired onecertainly not until Clive and Hastings should be supplied. Every day Clive and
Hastings lean on the battlements of heaven and look down and wonder which of the two the monument is for;
and they fret and worry because they cannot find out, and so the peace of heaven is spoiled for them and lost.
But not for Ochterlony. Ochterlony is not troubled. He doesn't suspect that it is his monument. Heaven is
sweet and peaceful to him. There is a sort of unfairness about it all.
Indeed, if monuments were always given in India for high achievements, duty straitly performed, and
smirchless records, the landscape would be monotonous with them. The handful of English in India govern
the Indian myriads with apparent ease, and without noticeable friction, through tact, training, and
distinguished administrative ability, reinforced by just and liberal lawsand by keeping their word to the
native whenever they give it.
England is far from India and knows little about the eminent services performed by her servants there, for it is
the newspaper correspondent who makes fame, and he is not sent to India but to the continent, to report the
doings of the princelets and the dukelets, and where they are visiting and whom they are marrying. Often a
British official spends thirty or forty years in India, climbing from grade to grade by services which would
make him celebrated anywhere else, and finishes as a vice sovereign, governing a great realm and millions
of subjects; then he goes home to England substantially unknown and unheard of, and settles down in some
modest corner, and is as one extinguished. Ten years later there is a twentyline obituary in the London
papers, and the reader is paralyzed by the splendors of a career which he is not sure that he had ever heard of
before. But meanwhile he has learned all about the continental princelets and dukelets.
The average man is profoundly ignorant of countries that lie remote from his own. When they are mentioned
in his presence one or two facts and maybe a couple of names rise like torches in his mind, lighting up an
inch or two of it and leaving the rest all dark. The mention of Egypt suggests some Biblical facts and the
Pyramidsnothing more. The mention of South Africa suggests Kimberly and the diamonds and there an end.
Formerly the mention, to a Hindoo, of America suggested a nameGeorge Washingtonwith that his
familiarity with our country was exhausted. Latterly his familiarity with it has doubled in bulk; so that when
America is mentioned now, two torches flare up in the dark caverns of his mind and he says, " Ah, the
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LIV. 190
Page No 194
country of the great man Washington; and of the Holy CityChicago." For he knows about the Congress of
Religion, and this has enabled him to get an erroneous impression of Chicago.
When India is mentioned to the citizen of a far country it suggests Clive, Hastings, the Mutiny, Kipling, and a
number of other great events; and the mention of Calcutta infallibly brings up the Black Hole. And so, when
that citizen finds himself in the capital of India he goes first of all to see the Black Hole of Calcuttaand is
disappointed.
The Black Hole was not preserved; it is gone, long, long ago. It is strange. Just as it stood, it was itself a
monument; a readymade one. It was finished, it was complete, its materials were strong and lasting, it
needed no furbishing up, no repairs; it merely needed to be let alone. It was the first brick, the Foundation
Stone, upon which was reared a mighty Empirethe Indian Empire of Great Britain. It was the ghastly
episode of the Black Hole that maddened the British and brought Clive, that young military marvel, raging up
from Madras; it was the seed from which sprung Plassey; and it was that extraordinary battle, whose like had
not been seen in the earth since Agincourt, that laid deep and strong the foundations of England's colossal
Indian sovereignty.
And yet within the time of men who still live, the Black Hole was torn down and thrown away as carelessly
as if its bricks were common clay, not ingots of historic gold. There is no accounting for human beings.
The supposed site of the Black Hole is marked by an engraved plate. I saw that; and better that than nothing.
The Black Hole was a prisona cell is nearer the right wordeighteen feet square, the dimensions of an
ordinary bedchamber; and into this place the victorious Nabob of Bengal packed 146 of his English prisoners.
There was hardly standing room for them; scarcely a breath of air was to be got; the time was night, the
weather sweltering hot. Before the dawn came, the captives were all dead but twentythree. Mr. Holwell's
long account of the awful episode was familiar to the world a hundred years ago, but one seldom sees in print
even an extract from it in our day. Among the striking things in it is this. Mr. Holwell, perishing with thirst,
kept himself alive by sucking the perspiration from his sleeves. It gives one a vivid idea of the situation. He
presently found that while he was busy drawing life from one of his sleeves a young English gentleman was
stealing supplies from the other one. Holwell was an unselfish man, a man of the most generous impulses; he
lived and died famous for these fine and rare qualities; yet when he found out what was happening to that
unwatched sleeve, he took the precaution to suck that one dry first. The miseries of the Black Hole were able
to change even a nature like his. But that young gentleman was one of the twentythree survivors, and he
said it was the stolen perspiration that saved his life. From the middle of Mr. Holwell's narrative I will make a
brief excerpt:
"Then a general prayer to Heaven, to hasten the approach of the flames to the right and left of us, and put a
period to our misery. But these failing, they whose strength and spirits were quite exhausted laid themselves
down and expired quietly upon their fellows: others who had yet some strength and vigor left made a last
effort at the windows, and several succeeded by leaping and scrambling over the backs and heads of those in
the first rank, and got hold of the bars, from which there was no removing them. Many to the right and left
sunk with the violent pressure, and were soon suffocated; for now a steam arose from the living and the dead,
which affected us in all its circumstances as if we were forcibly held with our heads over a bowl full of strong
volatile spirit of hartshorn, until suffocated; nor could the effluvia of the one be distinguished from the other,
and frequently, when I was forced by the load upon my head and shoulders to hold my face down, I was
obliged, near as I was to the window, instantly to raise it again to avoid suffocation. I need not, my dear
friend, ask your commiseration, when I tell you, that in this plight, from half an hour past eleven till near two
in the morning, I sustained the weight of a heavy man, with his knees in my back, and the pressure of his
whole body on my head. A Dutch surgeon who had taken his seat upon my left shoulder, and a Topaz (a
black Christian soldier) bearing on my right; all which nothing could have enabled me to support but the
props and pressure equally sustaining me all around. The two latter I frequently dislodged by shifting my
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LIV. 191
Page No 195
hold on the bars and driving my knuckles into their ribs; but my friend above stuck fast, held immovable by
two bars.
"I exerted anew my strength and fortitude; but the repeated trials and efforts I made to dislodge the
insufferable incumbrances upon me at last quite exhausted me; and towards two o'clock, finding I must quit
the window or sink where I was, I resolved on the former, having bore, truly for the sake of others, infinitely
more for life than the best of it is worth. In the rank close behind me was an officer of one of the ships, whose
name was Cary, and who had behaved with much bravery during the siege (his wife, a fine woman, though
country born, would not quit him, but accompanied him into the prison, and was one who survived). This
poor wretch had been long raving for water and air; I told him I was determined to give up life, and
recommended his gaining my station. On my quitting it he made a fruitless attempt to get my place; but the
Dutch surgeon, who sat on my shoulder, supplanted him. Poor Cary expressed his thankfulness, and said he
would give up life too; but it was with the utmost labor we forced our way from the window (several in the
inner ranks appearing to me dead standing, unable to fall by the throng and equal pressure around). He laid
himself down to die; and his death, I believe, was very sudden; for he was a short, full, sanguine man. His
strength was great; and, I imagine, had he not retired with me, I should never have been able to force my way.
I was at this time sensible of no pain, and little uneasiness; I can give you no better idea of my situation than
by repeating my simile of the bowl of spirit of hartshorn. I found a stupor coming on apace, and laid myself
down by that gallant old man, the Rev. Mr. Jervas Bellamy, who laid dead with his son, the lieutenant, hand
in hand, near the southernmost wall of the prison. When I had lain there some little time, I still had reflection
enough to suffer some uneasiness in the thought that I should be trampled upon, when dead, as I myself had
done to others. With some difficulty I raised myself, and gained the platform a second time, where I presently
lost all sensation; the last trace of sensibility that I have been able to recollect after my laying down, was my
sash being uneasy about my waist, which I untied, and threw from me. Of what passed in this interval, to the
time of my resurrection from this hole of horrors, I can give you no account."
There was plenty to see in Calcutta, but there was not plenty of time for it. I saw the fort that Clive built; and
the place where Warren Hastings and the author of the Junius Letters fought their duel; and the great
botanical gardens; and the fashionable afternoon turnout in the Maidan; and a grand review of the garrison in
a great plain at sunrise; and a military tournament in which great bodies of native soldiery exhibited the
perfection of their drill at all arms, a spectacular and beautiful show occupying several nights and closing
with the mimic storming of a native fort which was as good as the reality for thrilling and accurate detail, and
better than the reality for security and comfort; we had a pleasure excursion on the 'Hoogly' by courtesy of
friends, and devoted the rest of the time to social life and the Indian museum. One should spend a month in
the museum, an enchanted palace of Indian antiquities. Indeed, a person might spend half a year among the
beautiful and wonderful things without exhausting their interest.
It was winter. We were of Kipling's "hosts of tourists who travel up and down India in the cold weather
showing how things ought to be managed." It is a common expression there, "the cold weather," and the
people think there is such a thing. It is because they have lived there half a lifetime, and their perceptions
have become blunted. When a person is accustomed to 138 in the shade, his ideas about cold weather are not
valuable. I had read, in the histories, that the June marches made between Lucknow and Cawnpore by the
British forces in the time of the Mutiny were made weather138 in the shade and had taken it for historical
embroidery. I had read it again in SerjeantMajor Forbes Mitchell's account of his military experiences in
the Mutinyat least I thought I hadand in Calcutta I asked him if it was true, and he said it was. An
officer of high rank who had been in the thick of the Mutiny said the same. As long as those men were talking
about what they knew, they were trustworthy, and I believed them; but when they said it was now "cold
weather," I saw that they had traveled outside of their sphere of knowledge and were floundering. I believe
that in India "cold weather" is merely a conventional phrase and has come into use through the necessity of
having some way to distinguish between weather which will melt a brass doorknob and weather which will
only make it mushy. It was observable that brass ones were in use while I was in Calcutta, showing that it
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LIV. 192
Page No 196
was not yet time to change to porcelain; I was told the change to porcelain was not usually made until May.
But this cold weather was too warm for us; so we started to Darjeeling, in the Himalayasa twentyfour
hour journey.
CHAPTER LV.
There are 869 different forms of lying, but only one of them has been
squarely forbidden. Thou shalt not bear false witness against thy
neighbor.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
FROM DIARY:
February 14. We left at 4:30 P.M. Until dark we moved through rich vegetation, then changed to a boat and
crossed the Ganges.
February 15. Up with the sun. A brilliant morning, and frosty. A double suit of flannels is found necessary.
The plain is perfectly level, and seems to stretch away and away and away, dimming and softening, to the
uttermost bounds of nowhere. What a soaring, strenuous, gushing fountain spray of delicate greenery a bunch
of bamboo is! As far as the eye can reach, these grand vegetable geysers grace the view, their spoutings
refined to steam by distance. And there are fields of bananas, with the sunshine glancing from the varnished
surface of their drooping vast leaves. And there are frequent groves of palm; and an effective accent is given
to the landscape by isolated individuals of this picturesque family, towering, cleanstemmed, their plumes
broken and hanging ragged, Nature's imitation of an umbrella that has been out to see what a cyclone is like
and is trying not to look disappointed. And everywhere through the soft morning vistas we glimpse the
villages, the countless villages, the myriad villages, thatched, built of clean new matting, snuggling among
grouped palms and sheaves of bamboo; villages, villages, no end of villages, not three hundred yards apart,
and dozens and dozens of them in sight all the time; a mighty City, hundreds of miles long, hundreds of miles
broad, made all of villages, the biggest city in the earth, and as populous as a European kingdom. I have seen
no such city as this before. And there is a continuously repeated and replenished multitude of naked men in
view on both sides and ahead. We fly through it mile after mile, but still it is always there, on both sides and
aheadbrownbodied, naked men and boys, plowing in the fields. But not woman. In these two hours I have
not seen a woman or a girl working in the fields.
From Greenland's icy mountains, From India's coral strand, Where Afric's sunny fountains Roll down their
golden sand. From many an ancient river, From many a palmy plain, They call us to deliver Their land from
error's chain."
Those are beautiful verses, and they have remained in my memory all my life. But if the closing lines are
true, let us hope that when we come to answer the call and deliver the land from its errors, we shall secrete
from it some of our highcivilization ways, and at the same time borrow some of its pagan ways to enrich our
high system with. We have a right to do this. If we lift those people up, we have a right to lift ourselves up
nine or ten grades or so, at their expense. A few years ago I spent several weeks at Tolz, in Bavaria. It is a
Roman Catholic region, and not even Benares is more deeply or pervasively or intelligently devout. In my
diary of those days I find this:
"We took a long drive yesterday around about the lovely country roads. But it was a drive whose pleasure
was damaged in a couple of ways: by the dreadful shrines and by the shameful spectacle of gray and
venerable old grandmothers toiling in the fields. The shrines were frequent along the roadsfigures of the
Saviour nailed to the cross and streaming with blood from the wounds of the nails and the thorns.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LV. 193
Page No 197
"When missionaries go from here do they find fault with the pagan idols? I saw many women seventy and
even eighty years old mowing and binding in the fields, and pitchforking the loads into the wagons."
I was in Austria later, and in Munich. In Munich I saw gray old women pushing trucks up hill and down, long
distances, trucks laden with barrels of beer, incredible loads. In my Austrian diary I find this:
"In the fields I often see a woman and a cow harnessed to the plow, and a man driving.
"In the public street of Marienbad today, I saw an old, bent, gray headed woman, in harness with a dog,
drawing a laden sled over bare dirt roads and bare pavements; and at his ease walked the driver, smoking his
pipe, a hale fellow not thirty years old."
Five or six years ago I bought an open boat, made a kind of a canvas wagonroof over the stern of it to
shelter me from sun and rain; hired a courier and a boatman, and made a twelveday floating voyage down
the Rhone from Lake Bourget to Marseilles. In my diary of that trip I find this entry. I was far down the
Rhone then:
"Passing St. Etienne, 2:15 P.M. On a distant ridge inland, a tall openwork structure commandingly situated,
with a statue of the Virgin standing on it. A devout country. All down this river, wherever there is a crag
there is a statue of the Virgin on it. I believe I have seen a hundred of them. And yet, in many respects, the
peasantry seem to be mere pagans, and destitute of any considerable degree of civilization.
" . . . . We reached a not very promising looking village about 4 o'clock, and I concluded to tie up for the day;
munching fruit and fogging the hood with pipesmoke had grown monotonous; I could not have the hood
furled, because the floods of rain fell unceasingly. The tavern was on the river bank, as is the custom. It was
dull there, and melancholynothing to do but look out of the window into the drenching rain, and shiver;
one could do that, for it was bleak and cold and windy, and country France furnishes no fire. Winter
overcoats did not help me much; they had to be supplemented with rugs. The raindrops were so large and
struck the river with such force that they knocked up the water like pebblesplashes.
"With the exception of a very occasional woodenshod peasant, nobody was abroad in this bitter weatherI
mean nobody of our sex. But all weathers are alike to the women in these continental countries. To them and
the other animals, life is serious; nothing interrupts their slavery. Three of them were washing clothes in the
river under the window when I arrived, and they continued at it as long as there was light to work by. One
was apparently thirty; anotherthe mother!above fifty; the thirdgrandmother!so old and worn and
gray she could have passed for eighty; I took her to be that old. They had no waterproofs nor rubbers, of
course; over their shoulders they wore gunnysackssimply conductors for rivers of water; some of the
volume reached the ground; the rest soaked in on the way.
"At last a vigorous fellow of thirtyfive arrived, dry and comfortable, smoking his pipe under his big
umbrella in an open donkeycarthusband, son, and grandson of those women! He stood up in the cart,
sheltering himself, and began to superintend, issuing his orders in a masterly tone of command, and showing
temper when they were not obeyed swiftly enough.
Without complaint or murmur the drowned women patiently carried out the orders, lifting the immense
baskets of soggy, wrungout clothing into the cart and stowing them to the man's satisfaction. There were six
of the great baskets, and a man of mere ordinary strength could not have lifted any one of them. The cart
being full now, the Frenchman descended, still sheltered by his umbrella, entered the tavern, and the women
went drooping homeward, trudging in the wake of the cart, and soon were blended with the deluge and lost to
sight.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LV. 194
Page No 198
"When I went down into the public room, the Frenchman had his bottle of wine and plate of food on a bare
table black with grease, and was "chomping" like a horse. He had the little religious paper which is in
everybody's hands on the Rhone borders, and was enlightening himself with the histories of French saints
who used to flee to the desert in the Middle Ages to escape the contamination of woman. For two hundred
years France has been sending missionaries to other savage lands. To spare to the needy from poverty like
hers is fine and true generosity."
But to get back to Indiawhere, as my favorite poem says
Every prospect pleases, And only man is vile."
It is because Bavaria and Austria and France have not introduced their civilization to him yet. But Bavaria
and Austria and France are on their way. They are coming. They will rescue him; they will refine the vileness
out of him.
Some time during the forenoon, approaching the mountains, we changed from the regular train to one
composed of little canvassheltered cars that skimmed along within a foot of the ground and seemed to be
going fifty miles an hour when they were really making about twenty. Each car had seating capacity for
halfadozen persons; and when the curtains were up one was substantially out of doors, and could see
everywhere, and get all the breeze, and be luxuriously comfortable. It was not a pleasure excursion in name
only, but in fact.
After a while the stopped at a little wooden coop of a station just within the curtain of the sombre jungle, a
place with a deep and dense forest of great trees and scrub and vines all about it. The royal Bengal tiger is in
great force there, and is very bold and unconventional. From this lonely little station a message once went to
the railway manager in Calcutta: "Tiger eating stationmaster on front porch; telegraph instructions."
It was there that I had my first tiger hunt. I killed thirteen. We were presently away again, and the train began
to climb the mountains. In one place seven wild elephants crossed the track, but two of them got away before
I could overtake them. The railway journey up the mountain is forty miles, and it takes eight hours to make it.
It is so wild and interesting and exciting and enchanting that it ought to take a week. As for the vegetation, it
is a museum. The jungle seemed to contain samples of every rare and curious tree and bush that we had ever
seen or heard of. It is from that museum, I think, that the globe must have been supplied with the trees and
vines and shrubs that it holds precious.
The road is infinitely and charmingly crooked. It goes winding in and out under lofty cliffs that are smothered
in vines and foliage, and around the edges of bottomless chasms; and all the way one glides by files of
picturesque natives, some carrying burdens up, others going down from their work in the teagardens; and
once there was a gaudy wedding procession, all bright tinsel and color, and a bride, comely and girlish, who
peeped out from the curtains of her palanquin, exposing her face with that pure delight which the young and
happy take in sin for sin's own sake.
By and by we were well up in the region of the clouds, and from that breezy height we looked down and afar
over a wonderful picturethe Plains of India, stretching to the horizon, soft and fair, level as a floor,
shimmering with heat, mottled with cloudshadows, and cloven with shining rivers. Immediately below us,
and receding down, down, down, toward the valley, was a shaven confusion of hilltops, with ribbony roads
and paths squirming and snaking creamyellow all over them and about them, every curve and twist sharply
distinct.
At an elevation of 6,000 feet we entered a thick cloud, and it shut out the world and kept it shut out. We
climbed 1,000 feet higher, then began to descend, and presently got down to Darjeeling, which is 6,000 feet
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LV. 195
Page No 199
above the level of the Plains.
We had passed many a mountain village on the way up, and seen some new kinds of natives, among them
many samples of the fighting Ghurkas. They are not large men, but they are strong and resolute. There are no
better soldiers among Britain's native troops. And we had passed shoals of their women climbing the forty
miles of steep road from the valley to their mountain homes, with tall baskets on their backs hitched to their
foreheads by a band, and containing a freightage weighingI will not say how many hundreds of pounds,
for the sum is unbelievable. These were young women, and they strode smartly along under these astonishing
burdens with the air of people out for a holiday. I was told that a woman will carry a piano on her back all the
way up the mountain; and that more than once a woman had done it. If these were old women I should regard
the Ghurkas as no more civilized than the Europeans. At the railway station at Darjeeling you find plenty of
cabsubstitutes open coffins, in which you sit, and are then borne on men's shoulders up the steep roads
into the town.
Up there we found a fairly comfortable hotel, the property of an indiscriminate and incoherent landlord, who
looks after nothing, but leaves everything to his army of Indian servants. No, he does look after the billto
be just to himand the tourist cannot do better than follow his example. I was told by a resident that the
summit of Kinchinjunga is often hidden in the clouds, and that sometimes a tourist has waited twentytwo
days and then been obliged to go away without a sight of it. And yet went not disappointed; for when he got
his hotel bill he recognized that he was now seeing the highest thing in the Himalayas. But this is probably a
lie.
After lecturing I went to the Club that night, and that was a comfortable place. It is loftily situated, and looks
out over a vast spread of scenery; from it you can see where the boundaries of three countries come together,
some thirty miles away; Thibet is one of them, Nepaul another, and I think Herzegovina was the other.
Apparently, in every town and city in India the gentlemen of the British civil and military service have a club;
sometimes it is a palatial one, always it is pleasant and homelike. The hotels are not always as good as they
might be, and the stranger who has access to the Club is grateful for his privilege and knows how to value it.
Next day was Sunday. Friends came in the gray dawn with horses, and my party rode away to a distant point
where Kinchinjunga and Mount Everest show up best, but I stayed at home for a private view; for it was very
old, and I was not acquainted with the horses, any way. I got a pipe and a few blankets and sat for two hours
at the window, and saw the sun drive away the veiling gray and touch up the snowpeaks one after another
with pale pink splashes and delicate washes of gold, and finally flood the whole mighty convulsion of
snowmountains with a deluge of rich splendors.
Kinchinjunga's peak was but fitfully visible, but in the between times it was vividly clear against the
skyaway up there in the blue dome more than 28,000 feet above sea levelthe loftiest land I had ever
seen, by 12,000 feet or more. It was 45 miles away. Mount Everest is a thousand feet higher, but it was not a
part of that sea of mountains piled up there before me, so I did not see it; but I did not care, because I think
that mountains that are as high as that are disagreeable.
I changed from the back to the front of the house and spent the rest of the morning there, watching the
swarthy strange tribes flock by from their far homes in the Himalayas. All ages and both sexes were
represented, and the breeds were quite new to me, though the costumes of the Thibetans made them look a
good deal like Chinamen. The prayerwheel was a frequent feature. It brought me near to these people, and
made them seem kinfolk of mine. Through our preacher we do much of our praying by proxy. We do not
whirl him around a stick, as they do, but that is merely a detail. The swarm swung briskly by, hour after hour,
a strange and striking pageant. It was wasted there, and it seemed a pity. It should have been sent streaming
through the cities of Europe or America, to refresh eyes weary of the pale monotonies of the circus pageant.
These people were bound for the bazar, with things to sell. We went down there, later, and saw that novel
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LV. 196
Page No 200
congress of the wild peoples, and plowed here and there through it, and concluded that it would be worth
coming from Calcutta to see, even if there were no Kinchinjunga and Everest.
CHAPTER LVI.
There are two times in a man's life when he should not speculate: when he
can't afford it, and when he can.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
On Monday and Tuesday at sunrise we again had fairtomiddling views of the stupendous mountains; then,
being well cooled off and refreshed, we were ready to chance the weather of the lower world once more.
We traveled up hill by the regular train five miles to the summit, then changed to a little canvascanopied
handcar for the 35mile descent. It was the size of a sleigh, it had six seats and was so low that it seemed to
rest on the ground. It had no engine or other propelling power, and needed none to help it fly down those
steep inclines. It only needed a strong brake, to modify its flight, and it had that. There was a story of a
disastrous trip made down the mountain once in this little car by the LieutenantGovernor of Bengal, when
the car jumped the track and threw its passengers over a precipice. It was not true, but the story had value for
me, for it made me nervous, and nervousness wakes a person up and makes him alive and alert, and heightens
the thrill of a new and doubtful experience. The car could really jump the track, of course; a pebble on the
track, placed there by either accident or malice, at a sharp curve where one might strike it before the eye
could discover it, could derail the car and fling it down into India; and the fact that the lieutenantgovernor
had escaped was no proof that I would have the same luck. And standing there, looking down upon the Indian
Empire from the airy altitude of 7,000 feet, it seemed unpleasantly far, dangerously far, to be flung from a
handcar.
But after all, there was but small dangerfor me. What there was, was for Mr. Pugh, inspector of a division of
the Indian police, in whose company and protection we had come from Calcutta. He had seen long service as
an artillery officer, was less nervous than I was, and so he was to go ahead of us in a pilot handcar, with a
Ghurka and another native; and the plan was that when we should see his car jump over a precipice we must
put on our (break) and send for another pilot. It was a good arrangement. Also Mr. Barnard, chief engineer of
the mountain division of the road, was to take personal charge of our car, and he had been down the
mountain in it many a time.
Everything looked safe. Indeed, there was but one questionable detail left: the regular train was to follow us
as soon as we should start, and it might run over us. Privately, I thought it would.
The road fell sharply down in front of us and went corkscrewing in and out around the crags and precipices,
down, down, forever down, suggesting nothing so exactly or so uncomfortably as a croaked toboggan slide
with no end to it. Mr. Pugh waved his flag and started, like an arrow from a bow, and before I could get out
of the car we were gone too. I had previously had but one sensation like the shock of that departure, and that
was the gaspy shock that took my breath away the first time that I was discharged from the summit of a
toboggan slide. But in both instances the sensation was pleasurableintensely so; it was a sudden and
immense exaltation, a mixed ecstasy of deadly fright and unimaginable joy. I believe that this combination
makes the perfection of human delight.
The pilot car's flight down the mountain suggested the swoop of a swallow that is skimming the ground, so
swiftly and smoothly and gracefully it swept down the long straight reaches and soared in and out of the
bends and around the corners. We raced after it, and seemed to flash by the capes and crags with the speed of
light; and now and then we almost overtook itand had hopes; but it was only playing with us; when we got
near, it released its brake, make a spring around a corner, and the next time it spun into view, a few seconds
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LVI. 197
Page No 201
later, it looked as small as a wheelbarrow, it was so far away. We played with the train in the same way. We
often got out to gather flowers or sit on a precipice and look at the scenery, then presently we would hear a
dull and growing roar, and the long coils of the train would come into sight behind and above us; but we did
not need to start till the locomotive was close down upon us then we soon left it far behind. It had to stop
at every station, therefore it was not an embarrassment to us. Our brake was a good piece of machinery; it
could bring the car to a standstill on a slope as steep as a houseroof.
The scenery was grand and varied and beautiful, and there was no hurry; we could always stop and examine
it. There was abundance of time. We did not need to hamper the train; if it wanted the road, we could switch
off and let it go by, then overtake it and pass it later. We stopped at one place to see the Gladstone Cliff, a
great crag which the ages and the weather have sculptured into a recognizable portrait of the venerable
statesman. Mr. Gladstone is a stockholder in the road, and Nature began this portrait ten thousand years ago,
with the idea of having the compliment ready in time for the event.
We saw a banyan tree which sent down supporting stems from branches which were sixty feet above the
ground. That is, I suppose it was a banyan; its bark resembled that of the great banyan in the botanical
gardens at Calcutta, that spiderlegged thing with its wilderness of vegetable columns. And there were
frequent glimpses of a totally leafless tree upon whose innumerable twigs and branches a cloud of crimson
butterflies had lightedapparently. In fact these brilliant red butterflies were flowers, but the illusion was
good. Afterward in South Africa, I saw another splendid effect made by red flowers. This flower was
probably called the torchplantshould have been so named, anyway. It had a slender stem several feet
high, and from its top stood up a single tongue of flame, an intensely red flower of the size and shape of a
small corn cob. The stems stood three or four feet apart all over a great hill slope that was a mile long, and
make one think of what the Place de la Concorde would be if its myriad lights were red instead of white and
yellow.
A few miles down the mountain we stopped half an hour to see a Thibetan dramatic performance. It was in
the open air on the hillside. The audience was composed of Thibetans, Ghurkas, and other unusual people.
The costumes of the actors were in the last degree outlandish, and the performance was in keeping with the
clothes. To an accompaniment of barbarous noises the actors stepped out one after another and began to spin
around with immense swiftness and vigor and violence, chanting the while, and soon the whole troupe would
be spinning and chanting and raising the dust. They were performing an ancient and celebrated historical
play, and a Chinaman explained it to me in pidjin English as it went along. The play was obscure enough
without the explanation; with the explanation added, it was (opake). As a drama this ancient historical work
of art was defective, I thought, but as a wild and barbarous spectacle the representation was beyond criticism.
Far down the mountain we got out to look at a piece of remarkable loop engineeringa spiral where the
road curves upon itself with such abruptness that when the regular train came down and entered the loop, we
stood over it and saw the locomotive disappear under our bridge, then in a few moments appear again,
chasing its own tail; and we saw it gain on it, overtake it, draw ahead past the rear cars, and run a race with
that end of the train. It was like a snake swallowing itself.
Halfway down the mountain we stopped about an hour at Mr. Barnard's house for refreshments, and while
we were sitting on the veranda looking at the distant panorama of hills through a gap in the forest, we came
very near seeing a leopard kill a calf. [It killed it the day before.] It is a wild place and lovely. From the
woods all about came the songs of birds,among them the contributions of a couple of birds which I was not
then acquainted with: the brainfever bird and the coppersmith. The song of the brainfever demon starts on
a low but steadily rising key, and is a spiral twist which augments in intensity and severity with each added
spiral, growing sharper and sharper, and more and more painful, more and more agonizing, more and more
maddening, intolerable, unendurable, as it bores deeper and deeper and deeper into the listener's brain, until at
last the brain fever comes as a relief and the man dies. I am bringing some of these birds home to America.
They will be a great curiosity there, and it is believed that in our climate they will multiply like rabbits.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LVI. 198
Page No 202
The coppersmith bird's note at a certain distance away has the ring of a sledge on granite; at a certain other
distance the hammering has a more metallic ring, and you might think that the bird was mending a copper
kettle; at another distance it has a more woodeny thump, but it is a thump that is full of energy, and sounds
just like starting a bung. So he is a hard bird to name with a single name; he is a stonebreaker, coppersmith,
and bungstarter, and even then he is not completely named, for when he is close by you find that there is a
soft, deep, melodious quality in his thump, and for that no satisfying name occurs to you. You will not mind
his other notes, but when he camps near enough for you to hear that one, you presently find that his measured
and monotonous repetition of it is beginning to disturb you; next it will weary you, soon it will distress you,
and before long each thump will hurt your head; if this goes on, you will lose your mind with the pain and
misery of it, and go crazy. I am bringing some of these birds home to America. There is nothing like them
there. They will be a great surprise, and it is said that in a climate like ours they will surpass expectation for
fecundity.
I am bringing some nightingales, too, and some cueowls. I got them in Italy. The song of the nightingale is
the deadliest known to ornithology. That demoniacal shriek can kill at thirty yards. The note of the cueowl
is infinitely soft and sweetsoft and sweet as the whisper of a flute. But penetratingoh, beyond belief; it
can bore through boileriron. It is a lingering note, and comes in triplets, on the one unchanging key:
hoooo, hoooo, hoooo; then a silence of fifteen seconds, then the triplet again; and so on, all night. At
first it is divine; then less so; then trying; then distressing; then excruciating; then agonizing, and at the end of
two hours the listener is a maniac.
And so, presently we took to the handcar and went flying down the mountain again; flying and stopping,
flying and stopping, till at last we were in the plain once more and stowed for Calcutta in the regular train.
That was the most enjoyable day I have spent in the earth. For rousing, tingling, rapturous pleasure there is no
holiday trip that approaches the birdflight down the Himalayas in a handcar. It has no fault, no blemish, no
lack, except that there are only thirtyfive miles of it instead of five hundred.
CHAPTER LVII.
She was not quite what you would call refined. She was not quite what
you would call unrefined. She was the kind of person that keeps a
parrot.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
So far as I am able to judge, nothing has been left undone, either by man or Nature, to make India the most
extraordinary country that the sun visits on his round. Nothing seems to have been forgotten, nothing over
looked. Always, when you think you have come to the end of her tremendous specialties and have finished
banging tags upon her as the Land of the Thug, the Land of the Plague, the Land of Famine, the Land of
Giant Illusions, the Land of Stupendous Mountains, and so forth, another specialty crops up and another tag
is required. I have been overlooking the fact that India is by an unapproachable supremacythe Land of
Murderous Wild Creatures. Perhaps it will be simplest to throw away the tags and generalize her with one
allcomprehensive name, as the Land of Wonders.
For many years the British Indian Government has been trying to destroy the murderous wild creatures, and
has spent a great deal of money in the effort. The annual official returns show that the undertaking is a
difficult one.
These returns exhibit a curious annual uniformity in results; the sort of uniformity which you find in the
annual output of suicides in the world's capitals, and the proportions of deaths by this, that, and the other
disease. You can always come close to foretelling how many suicides will occur in Paris, London, and New
York, next year, and also how many deaths will result from cancer, consumption, dogbite, falling out of the
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LVII. 199
Page No 203
window, getting run over by cabs, etc., if you know the statistics of those matters for the present year. In the
same way, with one year's Indian statistics before you, you can guess closely at how many people were killed
in that Empire by tigers during the previous year, and the year before that, and the year before that, and at
how many were killed in each of those years by bears, how many by wolves, and how many by snakes; and
you can also guess closely at how many people are going to be killed each year for the coming five years by
each of those agencies. You can also guess closely at how many of each agency the government is going to
kill each year for the next five years.
I have before me statistics covering a period of six consecutive years. By these, I know that in India the tiger
kills something over 800 persons every year, and that the government responds by killing about double as
many tigers every year. In four of the six years referred to, the tiger got 800 odd; in one of the remaining two
years he got only 700, but in the other remaining year he made his average good by scoring 917. He is always
sure of his average. Anyone who bets that the tiger will kill 2,400 people in India in any three consecutive
years has invested his money in a certainty; anyone who bets that he will kill 2,600 in any three consecutive
years, is absolutely sure to lose.
As strikingly uniform as are the statistics of suicide, they are not any more so than are those of the tiger's
annual output of slaughtered human beings in India. The government's work is quite uniform, too; it about
doubles the tiger's average. In six years the tiger killed 5,000 persons, minus 50; in the same six years 10,000
tigers were killed, minus 400.
The wolf kills nearly as many people as the tiger700 a year to the tiger's 800 oddbut while he is doing it,
more than 5,000 of his tribe fall.
The leopard kills an average of 230 people per year, but loses 3,300 of his own mess while he is doing it.
The bear kills 100 people per year at a cost of 1,250 of his own tribe.
The tiger, as the figures show, makes a very handsome fight against man. But it is nothing to the elephant's
fight. The king of beasts, the lord of the jungle, loses four of his mess per year, but he kills fortyfive
persons to make up for it.
But when it comes to killing cattle, the lord of the jungle is not interested. He kills but 100 in six
yearshorses of hunters, no doubt but in the same six the tiger kills more than 84,000, the leopard
100,000, the bear 4,000, the wolf 70,000, the hyena more than 13,000, other wild beasts 27,000, and the
snakes 19,000, a grand total of more than 300,000; an average of 50,000 head per year.
In response, the government kills, in the six years, a total of 3,201,232 wild beasts and snakes. Ten for one.
It will be perceived that the snakes are not much interested in cattle; they kill only 3,000 odd per year. The
snakes are much more interested in man. India swarms with deadly snakes. At the head of the list is the cobra,
the deadliest known to the world, a snake whose bite kills where the rattlesnake's bite merely entertains.
In India, the annual mankillings by snakes are as uniform, as regular, and as forecastable as are the
tigeraverage and the suicideaverage. Anyone who bets that in India, in any three consecutive years the
snakes will kill 49,500 persons, will win his bet; and anyone who bets that in India in any three consecutive
years, the snakes will kill 53,500 persons, will lose his bet. In India the snakes kill 17,000 people a year; they
hardly ever fall short of it; they as seldom exceed it. An insurance actuary could take the Indian census tables
and the government's snake tables and tell you within sixpence how much it would be worth to insure a man
against death by snakebite there. If I had a dollar for every person killed per year in India, I would rather
have it than any other property, as it is the only property in the world not subject to shrinkage.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LVII. 200
Page No 204
I should like to have a royalty on the governmentend of the snake business, too, and am in London now
trying to get it; but when I get it it is not going to be as regular an income as the other will be if I get that; I
have applied for it. The snakes transact their end of the business in a more orderly and systematic way than
the government transacts its end of it, because the snakes have had a long experience and know all about the
traffic. You can make sure that the government will never kill fewer than 110,000 snakes in a year, and that it
will newer quite reach 300,000 too much room for oscillation; good speculative stock, to bear or bull, and
buy and sell long and short, and all that kind of thing, but not eligible for investment like the other. The man
that speculates in the government's snake crop wants to go carefully. I would not advise a man to buy a single
crop at allI mean a crop of futures for the possible wobble is something quite extraordinary. If he can buy
six future crops in a bunch, seller to deliver 1,500,000 altogether, that is another matter. I do not know what
snakes are worth now, but I know what they would be worth then, for the statistics show that the seller could
not come within 427,000 of carrying out his contract. However, I think that a person who speculates in snakes
is a fool, anyway. He always regrets it afterwards.
To finish the statistics. In six years the wild beasts kill 20,000 persons, and the snakes kill 103,000. In the
same six the government kills 1,073,546 snakes. Plenty left.
There are narrow escapes in India. In the very jungle where I killed sixteen tigers and all those elephants, a
cobra bit me but it got well; everyone was surprised. This could not happen twice in ten years, perhaps.
Usually death would result in fifteen minutes.
We struck out westward or northwestward from Calcutta on an itinerary of a zigzag sort, which would in the
course of time carry us across India to its northwestern corner and the border of Afghanistan. The first part of
the trip carried us through a great region which was an endless gardenmiles and miles of the beautiful
flower from whose juices comes the opium, and at Muzaffurpore we were in the midst of the indigo culture;
thence by a branch road to the Ganges at a point near Dinapore, and by a train which would have missed the
connection by a week but for the thoughtfulness of some British officers who were along, and who knew the
ways of trains that are run by natives without white supervision. This train stopped at every village; for no
purpose connected with business, apparently. We put out nothing, we took nothing aboard. The train bands
stepped ashore and gossiped with friends a quarter of an hour, then pulled out and repeated this at the
succeeding villages. We had thirtyfive miles to go and six hours to do it in, but it was plain that we were not
going to make it. It was then that the English officers said it was now necessary to turn this gravel train into
an express. So they gave the enginedriver a rupee and told him to fly. It was a simple remedy. After that we
made ninety miles an hour. We crossed the Ganges just at dawn, made our connection, and went to Benares,
where we stayed twentyfour hours and inspected that strange and fascinating pietyhive again; then left for
Lucknow, a city which is perhaps the most conspicuous of the many monuments of British fortitude and valor
that are scattered about the earth.
The heat was pitiless, the flat plains were destitute of grass, and baked dry by the sun they were the color of
pale dust, which was flying in clouds. But it was much hotter than this when the relieving forces marched to
Lucknow in the time of the Mutiny. Those were the days of 138 deg. in the shade.
CHAPTER LVIII.
Make it a point to do something every day that you don't want to do.
This is the golden rule for acquiring the habit of doing your duty
without pain.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
It seems to be settled, now, that among the many causes from which the Great Mutiny sprang, the main one
was the annexation of the kingdom of Oudh by the East India Companycharacterized by Sir Henry
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LVIII. 201
Page No 205
Lawrence as "the most unrighteous act that was ever committed." In the spring of 1857, a mutinous spirit was
observable in many of the native garrisons, and it grew day by day and spread wider and wider. The younger
military men saw something very serious in it, and would have liked to take hold of it vigorously and stamp it
out promptly; but they were not in authority. Oldmen were in the high places of the armymen who should
have been retired long before, because of their great ageand they regarded the matter as a thing of no
consequence. They loved their native soldiers, and would not believe that anything could move them to
revolt. Everywhere these obstinate veterans listened serenely to the rumbling of the volcanoes under them,
and said it was nothing.
And so the propagators of mutiny had everything their own way. They moved from camp to camp
undisturbed, and painted to the native soldier the wrongs his people were suffering at the hands of the
English, and made his heart burn for revenge. They were able to point to two facts of formidable value as
backers of their persuasions: In Clive's day, native armies were incoherent mobs, and without effective arms;
therefore, they were weak against Clive's organized handful of wellarmed men, but the thing was the other
way, now. The British forces were native; they had been trained by the British, organized by the British,
armed by the British, all the power was in their handsthey were a club made by British hands to beat out
British brains with. There was nothing to oppose their mass, nothing but a few weak battalions of British
soldiers scattered about India, a force not worth speaking of. This argument, taken alone, might not have
succeeded, for the bravest and best Indian troops had a wholesome dread of the white soldier, whether he was
weak or strong; but the agitators backed it with their second and best point prophecya prophecy a hundred
years old. The Indian is open to prophecy at all times; argument may fail to convince him, but not prophecy.
There was a prophecy that a hundred years from the year of that battle of Clive's which founded the British
Indian Empire, the British power would be overthrown and swept away by the natives.
The Mutiny broke out at Meerut on the 10th of May, 1857, and fired a train of tremendous historical
explosions. Nana Sahib's massacre of the surrendered garrison of Cawnpore occurred in June, and the long
siege of Lucknow began. The military history of England is old and great, but I think it must be granted that
the crushing of the Mutiny is the greatest chapter in it. The British were caught asleep and unprepared. They
were a few thousands, swallowed up in an ocean of hostile populations. It would take months to inform
England and get help, but they did not falter or stop to count the odds, but with English resolution and
English devotion they took up their task, and went stubbornly on with it, through good fortune and bad, and
fought the most unpromising fight that one may read of in fiction or out of it, and won it thoroughly.
The Mutiny broke out so suddenly, and spread with such rapidity that there was but little time for occupants
of weak outlying stations to escape to places of safety. Attempts were made, of course, but they were
attended by hardships as bitter as death in the few cases which were successful; for the heat ranged between
120 and 138 in the shade; the way led through hostile peoples, and food and water were hardly to be had. For
ladies and children accustomed to ease and comfort and plenty, such a journey must have been a cruel
experience. Sir G. O. Trevelyan quotes an example:
"This is what befell Mrs. M, the wife of the surgeon at a certain station on the southern confines of the
insurrection. 'I heard,' she says, 'a number of shots fired, and, looking out, I saw my husband driving furiously
from the messhouse, waving his whip. I ran to him, and, seeing a bearer with my child in his arms, I caught
her up, and got into the buggy. At the messhouse we found all the officers assembled, together with sixty
sepoys, who had remained faithful. We went off in one large party, amidst a general conflagration of our late
homes. We reached the caravanserai at Chattapore the next morning, and thence started for Callinger. At this
point our sepoy escort deserted us. We were fired upon by matchlockmen, and one officer was shot dead.
We heard, likewise, that the people had risen at Callinger, so we returned and walked back ten miles that day.
M and I carried the child alternately. Presently Mrs. Smalley died of sunstroke. We had no food
amongst us. An officer kindly lent us a horse. We were very faint. The Major died, and was buried; also the
Sergeantmajor and some women. The bandsmen left us on the nineteenth of June. We were fired at again by
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LVIII. 202
Page No 206
matchlockmen, and changed direction for Allahabad. Our party consisted of nine gentlemen, two children,
the sergeant and his wife. On the morning of the twentieth, Captain Scott took Lottie on to his horse. I was
riding behind my husband, and she was so crushed between us. She was two years old on the first of the
month. We were both weak through want of food and the effect of the sun. Lottie and I had no head covering.
M had a sepoy's cap I found on the ground. Soon after sunrise we were followed by villagers armed
with clubs and spears. One of them struck Captain Scott's horse on the leg. He galloped off with Lottie, and
my poor husband never saw his child again. We rode on several miles, keeping away from villages, and then
crossed the river. Our thirst was extreme. M had dreadful cramps, so that I had to hold him on the horse.
I was very uneasy about him. The day before I saw the drummer's wife eating chupatties, and asked her to
give a piece to the child, which she did. I now saw water in a ravine. The descent was steep, and our only
drinkingvessel was M's cap. Our horse got water, and I bathed my neck. I had no stockings, and my feet
were torn and blistered. Two peasants came in sight, and we were frightened and rode off. The sergeant held
our horse, and M put me up and mounted. I think he must have got suddenly faint, for I fell and he over
me, on the road, when the horse started off. Some time before he said, and Barber, too, that he could not live
many hours. I felt he was dying before we came to the ravine. He told me his wishes about his children and
myself, and took leave. My brain seemed burnt up. No tears came. As soon as we fell, the sergeant let go the
horse, and it went off; so that escape was cut off. We sat down on the ground waiting for death. Poor fellow!
he was very weak; his thirst was frightful, and I went to get him water. Some villagers came, and took my
rupees and watch. I took off my weddingring, and twisted it in my hair, and replaced the guard. I tore off the
skirt of my dress to bring water in, but was no use, for when I returned my beloved's eyes were fixed, and,
though I called and tried to restore him, and poured water into his mouth, it only rattled in his throat. He
never spoke to me again. I held him in my arms till he sank gradually down. I felt frantic, but could not cry. I
was alone. I bound his head and face in my dress, for there was no earth to buy him. The pain in my hands
and feet was dreadful. I went down to the ravine, and sat in the water on a stone, hoping to get off at night
and look for Lottie. When I came back from the water, I saw that they had not taken her little watch, chain,
and seals, so I tied them under my petticoat. In an hour, about thirty villagers came, they dragged me out of
the ravine, and took off my jacket, and found the little chain. They then dragged me to a village, mocking me
all the way, and disputing as to whom I was to belong to. The whole population came to look at me. I asked
for a bedstead, and lay down outside the door of a hut. They had a dozen of cows, and yet refused me milk.
When night came, and the village was quiet, some old woman brought me a leafful of rice. I was too parched
to eat, and they gave me water. The morning after a neighboring Rajah sent a palanquin and a horseman to
fetch me, who told me that a little child and three Sahibs had come to his master's house. And so the poor
mother found her lost one, 'greatly blistered,' poor little creature. It is not for Europeans in India to pray that
their flight be not in the winter."
In the first days of June the aged general, Sir Hugh Wheeler commanding the forces at Cawnpore, was
deserted by his native troops; then he moved out of the fort and into an exposed patch of open flat ground and
built a fourfoot mud wall around it. He had with him a few hundred white soldiers and officers, and
apparently more women and children than soldiers. He was short of provisions, short of arms, short of
ammunition, short of military wisdom, short of everything but courage and devotion to duty. The defense of
that open lot through twentyone days and nights of hunger, thirst, Indian heat, and a neverceasing storm of
bullets, bombs, and cannonballsa defense conducted, not by the aged and infirm general, but by a young
officer named Mooreis one of the most heroic episodes in history. When at last the Nana found it
impossible to conquer these starving men and women with powder and ball, he resorted to treachery, and that
succeeded. He agreed to supply them with food and send them to Allahabad in boats. Their mud wall and
their barracks were in ruins, their provisions were at the point of exhaustion, they had done all that the brave
could do, they had conquered an honorable compromise,their forces had been fearfully reduced by
casualties and by disease, they were not able to continue the contest longer. They came forth helpless but
suspecting no treachery, the Nana's host closed around them, and at a signal from a trumpet the massacre
began. About two hundred women and children were sparedfor the presentbut all the men except three
or four were killed. Among the incidents of the massacre quoted by Sir G. O. Trevelyan, is this:
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LVIII. 203
Page No 207
"When, after the lapse of some twenty minutes, the dead began to outnumber the living;when the fire
slackened, as the marks grew few and far between; then the troopers who had been drawn up to the right of
the temple plunged into the river, sabre between teeth, and pistol in hand. Thereupon two halfcaste Christian
women, the wives of musicians in the band of the Fiftysixth, witnessed a scene which should not be related
at secondhand. 'In the boat where I was to have gone,' says Mrs. Bradshaw, confirmed throughout by Mrs.
Betts, 'was the schoolmistress and twentytwo misses. General Wheeler came last in a palkee. They carried
him into the water near the boat. I stood close by. He said, 'Carry me a little further towards the boat.' But a
trooper said, 'No, get out here.' As the General got out of the palkee, headforemost, the trooper gave him a
cut with his sword into the neck, and he fell into the water. My son was killed near him. I saw it; alas! alas!
Some were stabbed with bayonets; others cut down. Little infants were torn in pieces. We saw it; we did; and
tell you only what we saw. Other children were stabbed and thrown into the river. The schoolgirls were burnt
to death. I saw their clothes and hair catch fire. In the water, a few paces off, by the next boat, we saw the
youngest daughter of Colonel Williams. A sepoy was going to kill her with his bayonet. She said, 'My father
was always kind to sepoys.' He turned away, and just then a villager struck her on the head with a club, and
she fell into the water. These people likewise saw good Mr. Moncrieff, the clergyman, take a book from his
pocket that he never had leisure to open, and heard him commence a prayer for mercy which he was not
permitted to conclude. Another deponent observed an European making for a drain like a scared waterrat,
when some boatmen, armed with cudgels, cut off his retreat, and beat him down dead into the mud."
The women and children who had been reserved from the massacre were imprisoned during a fortnight in a
small building, one story higha cramped place, a slightly modified Black Hole of Calcutta. They were
waiting in suspense; there was none who could foretaste their fate. Meantime the news of the massacre had
traveled far and an army of rescuers with Havelock at its head was on its wayat least an army which hoped
to be rescuers. It was crossing the country by forced marches, and strewing its way with its own dead men
struck down by cholera, and by a heat which reached 135 deg. It was in a vengeful fury, and it stopped for
nothing neither heat, nor fatigue, nor disease, nor human opposition. It tore its impetuous way through hostile
forces, winning victory after victory, but still striding on and on, not halting to count results. And at last, after
this extraordinary march, it arrived before the walls of Cawnpore, met the Nana's massed strength, delivered
a crushing defeat, and entered.
But too lateonly a few hours too late. For at the last moment the Nana had decided upon the massacre of
the captive women and children, and had commissioned three Mohammedans and two Hindoos to do the
work. Sir G. O. Trevelyan says:
"Thereupon the five men entered. It was the short gloaming of Hindostanthe hour when ladies take their
evening drive. She who had accosted the officer was standing in the doorway. With her were the native
doctor and two Hindoo menials. That much of the business might be seen from the veranda, but all else was
concealed amidst the interior gloom. Shrieks and scuffing acquainted those without that the journeymen were
earning their hire. Survur Khan soon emerged with his sword broken off at the hilt. He procured another from
the Nana's house, and a few minutes after appeared again on the same errand. The third blade was of better
temper; or perhaps the thick of the work was already over. By the time darkness had closed in, the men came
forth and locked up the house for the night. Then the screams ceased, but the groans lasted till morning.
"The sun rose as usual. When he had been up nearly three hours the five repaired to the scene of their labors
over night. They were attended by a few sweepers, who proceeded to transfer the contents of the house to a
dry well situated behind some trees which grew hard by. ' The bodies,' says one who was present throughout,
' were dragged out, most of them by the hair of the head. Those who had clothing worth taking were stripped.
Some of the women were alive. I cannot say how many; but three could speak. They prayed for the sake of
God that an end might be put to their sufferings. I remarked one very stout woman, a halfcaste, who was
severely wounded in both arms, who entreated to be killed. She and two or three others were placed against
the bank of the cut by which bullocks go down in drawing water. The dead were first thrown in. Yes: there
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LVIII. 204
Page No 208
was a great crowd looking on; they were standing along the walls of the compound. They were principally
city people and villagers. Yes: there were also sepoys. Three boys were alive. They were fair children. The
eldest, I think, must have been six or seven, and the youngest five years. They were running around the well
(where else could they go to?), and there was none to save them. No one said a word or tried to save them.'
"At length the smallest of them made an infantile attempt to get away. The little thing had been frightened
past bearing by the murder of one of the surviving ladies. He thus attracted the observation of a native who
flung him and his companions down the well."
The soldiers had made a march of eighteen days, almost without rest, to save the women and the children,
and now they were too lateall were dead and the assassin had flown. What happened then, Trevelyan
hesitated to put into words. Of what took place, the less said is the better."
Then he continues:
"But there was a spectacle to witness which might excuse much. Those who, straight from the contested field,
wandered sobbing through the rooms of the ladies' house, saw what it were well could the outraged earth
have straightway hidden. The inner apartment was ankledeep in blood. The plaster was scored with
swordcuts; not high up as where men have fought, but low down, and about the corners, as if a creature had
crouched to avoid the blow. Strips of dresses, vainly tied around the handles of the doors, signified the
contrivance to which feminine despair had resorted as a means of keeping out the murderers. Broken combs
were there, and the frills of children's trousers, and torn cuffs and pinafores, and little round hats, and one or
two shoes with burst latchets, and one or two daguerreotype cases with cracked glasses. An officer picked up
a few curls, preserved in a bit of cardboard, and marked 'Ned's hair, with love'; but around were strewn locks,
some near a yard in length, dissevered, not as a keepsake, by quite other scissors."
The battle of Waterloo was fought on the 18th of June, 1815. I do not state this fact as a reminder to the
reader, but as news to him. For a forgotten fact is news when it comes again. Writers of books have the
fashion of whizzing by vast and renowned historical events with the remark, "The details of this tremendous
episode are too familiar to the reader to need repeating here." They know that that is not true. It is a low kind
of flattery. They know that the reader has forgotten every detail of it, and that nothing of the tremendous
event is left in his mind but a vague and formless luminous smudge. Aside from the desire to flatter the
reader, they have another reason for making the remarktwo reasons, indeed. They do not remember the
details themselves, and do not want the trouble of hunting them up and copying them out; also, they are
afraid that if they search them out and print them they will be scoffed at by the bookreviewers for retelling
those worn old things which are familiar to everybody. They should not mind the reviewer's jeer; he doesn't
remember any of the worn old things until the book which he is reviewing has retold them to him.
I have made the quoted remark myself, at one time and another, but I was not doing it to flatter the reader; I
was merely doing it to save work. If I had known the details without brushing up, I would have put them in;
but I didn't, and I did not want the labor of posting myself; so I said, "The details of this tremendous episode
are too familiar to the reader to need repeating here." I do not like that kind of a lie; still, it does save work.
I am not trying to get out of repeating the details of the Siege of Lucknow in fear of the reviewer; I am not
leaving them out in fear that they would not interest the reader; I am leaving them out partly to save work;
mainly for lack of room. It is a pity, too; for there is not a dull place anywhere in the great story.
Ten days before the outbreak (May 10th) of the Mutiny, all was serene at Lucknow, the huge capital of Oudh,
the kingdom which had recently been seized by the India Company. There was a great garrison, composed of
about 7,000 native troops and between 700 and 800 whites. These white soldiers and their families were
probably the only people of their race there; at their elbow was that swarming population of warlike natives, a
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LVIII. 205
Page No 209
race of born soldiers, brave, daring, and fond of fighting. On high ground just outside the city stood the
palace of that great personage, the Resident, the representative of British power and authority. It stood in the
midst of spacious grounds, with its due complement of outbuildings, and the grounds were enclosed by a
walla wall not for defense, but for privacy. The mutinous spirit was in the air, but the whites were not
afraid, and did not feel much troubled.
Then came the outbreak at Meerut, then the capture of Delhi by the mutineers; in June came the threeweeks
leaguer of Sir Hugh Wheeler in his open lot at Cawnpore40 miles distant from Lucknowthen the
treacherous massacre of that gallant little garrison; and now the great revolt was in full flower, and the
comfortable condition of things at Lucknow was instantly changed.
There was an outbreak there, and Sir Henry Lawrence marched out of the Residency on the 30th of June to
put it down, but was defeated with heavy loss, and had difficulty in getting back again. That night the
memorable siege of the Residencycalled the siege of Lucknowbegan. Sir Henry was killed three days
later, and Brigadier Inglis succeeded him in command.
Outside of the Residency fence was an immense host of hostile and confident native besiegers; inside it were
480 loyal native soldiers, 730 white ones, and 500 women and children.
In those days the English garrisons always managed to hamper themselves sufficiently with women and
children.
The natives established themselves in houses close at hand and began to rain bullets and cannonballs into
the Residency; and this they kept up, night and day, during four months and a half, the little garrison
industriously replying all the time. The women and children soon became so used to the roar of the guns that
it ceased to disturb their sleep. The children imitated siege and defense in their play. The womenwith any
pretext, or with nonewould sally out into the stormswept grounds. The defense was kept up week after
week, with stubborn fortitude, in the midst of death, which came in many formsby bullet, smallpox,
cholera, and by various diseases induced by unpalatable and insufficient food, by the long hours of wearying
and exhausting overwork in the daily and nightly battle in the oppressive Indian heat, and by the broken rest
caused by the intolerable pest of mosquitoes, flies, mice, rats, and fleas.
Six weeks after the beginning of the siege more than onehalf of the original force of white soldiers was
dead, and close upon threefifths of the original native force.
But the fighting went on just the same. The enemy mined, the English countermined, and, turn about, they
blew up each other's posts. The Residency grounds were honeycombed with the enemy's tunnels. Deadly
courtesies were constantly exchangedsorties by the English in the night; rushes by the enemy in the
nightrushes whose purpose was to breach the walls or scale them; rushes which cost heavily, and always
failed.
The ladies got used to all the horrors of warthe shrieks of mutilated men, the sight of blood and death.
Lady Inglis makes this mention in her diary:
"Mrs. Bruere's nurse was carried past our door today, wounded in the eye. To extract the bullet it was found
necessary to take out the eyea fearful operation. Her mistress held her while it was performed."
The first relieving force failed to relieve. It was under Havelock and Outram; and arrived when the siege had
been going on for three months. It fought its desperate way to Lucknow, then fought its way through the city
against odds of a hundred to one, and entered the Residency; but there was not enough left of it, then, to do
any good. It lost more men in its last fight than it found in the Residency when it got in. It became captive
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LVIII. 206
Page No 210
itself.
The fighting and starving and dying by bullets and disease went steadily on. Both sides fought with energy
and industry. Captain Birch puts this striking incident in evidence. He is speaking of the third month of the
siege:
"As an instance of the heavy firing brought to bear on our position this month may be mentioned the cutting
down of the upper story of a brick building simply by musketry firring. This building was in a most exposed
position. All the shots which just missed the top of the rampart cut into the dead wall pretty much in a straight
line, and at length cut right through and brought the upper story tumbling down. The upper structure on the
top of the brigademess also fell in. The Residency house was a wreck. Captain Anderson's post had long ago
been knocked down, and Innes' post also fell in. These two were riddled with round shot. As many as 200
were picked up by Colonel Masters."
The exhausted garrison fought doggedly on all through the next month October. Then, November 2d, news
came Sir Colin Campbell's relieving force would soon be on its way from Cawnpore.
On the 12th the boom of his guns was heard.
On the 13th the sounds came nearerhe was slowly, but steadily, cutting his way through, storming one
stronghold after another.
On the 14th he captured the Martiniere College, and ran up the British flag there. It was seen from the
Residency.
Next he took the Dilkoosha.
On the 17th he took the former messhouse of the 32d regimenta fortified building, and very strong. "A
most exciting, anxious day," writes Lady Inglis in her diary. "About 4 P.M., two strange officers walked
through our yard, leading their horses"and by that sign she knew that communication was established
between the forces, that the relief was real, this time, and that the long siege of Lucknow was ended.
The last eight or ten miles of Sir Colin Campbell's march was through seas of, blood. The weapon mainly
used was the bayonet, the fighting was desperate. The way was milestoned with detached strong buildings
of stone, fortified, and heavily garrisoned, and these had to be taken by assault. Neither side asked for quarter,
and neither gave it. At the Secundrabagh, where nearly two thousand of the enemy occupied a great stone
house in a garden, the work of slaughter was continued until every man was killed. That is a sample of the
character of that devastating march.
There were but few trees in the plain at that time, and from the Residency the progress of the march, step by
step, victory by victory, could be noted; the ascending clouds of battlesmoke marked the way to the eye, and
the thunder of the guns marked it to the ear.
Sir Colin Campbell had not come to Lucknow to hold it, but to save the occupants of the Residency, and
bring them away. Four or five days after his arrival the secret evacuation by the troops took place, in the
middle of a dark night, by the principal gate, (the Bailie Guard). The two hundred women and two hundred
and fifty children had been previously removed. Captain Birch says:
"And now commenced a movement of the most perfect arrangement and successful generalshipthe
withdrawal of the whole of the various forces, a combined movement requiring the greatest care and skill.
First, the garrison in immediate contact with the enemy at the furthest extremity of the Residency position
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LVIII. 207
Page No 211
was marched out. Every other garrison in turn fell in behind it, and so passed out through the Bailie Guard
gate, till the whole of our position was evacuated. Then Havelock's force was similarly withdrawn, post by
post, marching in rear of our garrison. After them in turn came the forces of the CommanderinChief,
which joined on in the rear of Havelock's force. Regiment by regiment was withdrawn withthe utmost
order and regularity. The whole operation resembled the movement of a telescope. Stern silence was kept,
and the enemy took no alarm."
Lady Inglis, referring to her husband and to General Sir James Outram, sets down the closing detail of this
impressive midnight retreat, in darkness and by stealth, of this shadowy host through the gate which it had
defended so long and so well:
"At twelve precisely they marched out, John and Sir James Outram remaining till all had passed, and then
they took off their hats to the Bailie Guard, the scene of as noble a defense as I think history will ever have to
relate."
CHAPTER LIX.
Don't part with your illusions. When they are gone you may still exist
but you have ceased to live.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
Often, the surest way to convey misinformation is to tell the strict
truth.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
We were driven over Sir Colin Campbell's route by a British officer, and when I arrived at the Residency I
was so familiar with the road that I could have led a retreat over it myself; but the compass in my head has
been out of order from my birth, and so, as soon as I was within the battered Bailie Guard and turned about to
review the march and imagine the relieving forces storming their way along it, everything was upside down
and wrong end first in a moment, and I was never able to get straightened out again. And now, when I look at
the battleplan, the confusion remains. In me the east was born west, the battleplans which have the east on
the righthand side are of no use to me.
The Residency ruins are draped with flowering vines, and are impressive and beautiful. They and the grounds
are sacred now, and will suffer no neglect nor be profaned by any sordid or commercial use while the British
remain masters of India. Within the grounds are buried the dead who gave up their lives there in the long
siege.
After a fashion, I was able to imagine the fiery storm that raged night and day over the place during so many
months, and after a fashion I could imagine the men moving through it, but I could not satisfactorily place the
200 women, and I could do nothing at all with the 250 children. I knew by Lady Inglis' diary that the children
carried on their small affairs very much as if blood and carnage and the crash and thunder of a siege were
natural and proper features of nursery life, and I tried to realize it; but when her little Johnny came rushing,
all excitement, through the din and smoke, shouting, "Oh, mamma, the white hen has laid an egg!" I saw that
I could not do it. Johnny's place was under the bed. I could imagine him there, because I could imagine
myself there; and I think I should not have been interested in a hen that was laying an egg; my interest would
have been with the parties that were laying the bombshells. I sat at dinner with one of those children in the
Club's Indian palace, and I knew that all through the siege he was perfecting his teething and learning to talk;
and while to me he was the most impressive object in Lucknow after the Residency ruins, I was not able to
imagine what his life had been during that tempestuous infancy of his, nor what sort of a curious surprise it
must have been to him to be marched suddenly out into a strange dumb world where there wasn't any noise,
and nothing going on. He was only fortyone when I saw him, a strangely youthful link to connect the
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LIX. 208
Page No 212
present with so ancient an episode as the Great Mutiny.
By and by we saw Cawnpore, and the open lot which was the scene of Moore's memorable defense, and the
spot on the shore of the Ganges where the massacre of the betrayed garrison occurred, and the small Indian
temple whence the buglesignal notified the assassins to fall on. This latter was a lonely spot, and silent. The
sluggish river drifted by, almost currentless. It was dead low water, narrow channels with vast sandbars
between, all the way across the wide bed; and the only living thing in sight was that grotesque and solemn
baldheaded bird, the Adjutant, standing on his sixfoot stilts, solitary on a distant bar, with his head sunk
between his shoulders, thinking; thinking of his prize, I supposethe dead Hindoo that lay awash at his feet,
and whether to eat him alone or invite friends. He and his prey were a proper accent to that mournful place.
They were in keeping with it, they emphasized its loneliness and its solemnity.
And we saw the scene of the slaughter of the helpless women and children, and also the costly memorial that
is built over the well which contains their remains. The Black Hole of Calcutta is gone, but a more reverent
age is come, and whatever remembrancer still exists of the moving and heroic sufferings and achievements of
the garrisons of Lucknow and Cawnpore will be guarded and preserved.
In Agra and its neighborhood, and afterwards at Delhi, we saw forts, mosques, and tombs, which were built
in the great days of the Mohammedan emperors, and which are marvels of cost, magnitude, and richness of
materials and ornamentation, creations of surpassing grandeur, wonders which do indeed make the like things
in the rest of the world seem tame and inconsequential by comparison. I am not purposing to describe them.
By good fortune I had not read too much about them, and therefore was able to get a natural and rational
focus upon them, with the result that they thrilled, blessed, and exalted me. But if I had previously overheated
my imagination by drinking too much pestilential literary hot Scotch, I should have suffered disappointment
and sorrow.
I mean to speak of only one of these many worldrenowned buildings, the Taj Mahal, the most celebrated
construction in the earth. I had read a great deal too much about it. I saw it in the daytime, I saw it in the
moonlight, I saw it near at hand, I saw it from a distance; and I knew all the time, that of its kind it was the
wonder of the world, with no competitor now and no possible future competitor; and yet, it was not my Taj.
My Taj had been built by excitable literary people; it was solidly lodged in my head, and I could not blast it
out.
I wish to place before the reader some of the usual descriptions of the Taj, and ask him to take note of the
impressions left in his mind. These descriptions do really state the truthas nearly as the limitations of
language will allow. But language is a treacherous thing, a most unsure vehicle, and it can seldom arrange
descriptive words in such a way that they will not inflate the factsby help of the reader's imagination,
which is always ready to take a hand, and work for nothing, and do the bulk of it at that.
I will begin with a few sentences from the excellent little local guide book of Mr. Satya Chandra Mukerji. I
take them from here and there in his description:
"The inlaid work of the Taj and the flowers and petals that are to be found on all sides on the surface of the
marble evince a most delicate touch."
That is true.
"The inlaid work, the marble, the flowers, the buds, the leaves, the petals, and the lotus stems are almost
without a rival in the whole of the civilized world."
"The work of inlaying with stones and gems is found in the highest perfection in the Taj."
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LIX. 209
Page No 213
Gems, inlaid flowers, buds, and leaves to be found on all sides. What do you see before you? Is the fairy
structure growing ? Is it becoming a jewel casket?
"The whole of the Taj produces a wonderful effect that is equally sublime and beautiful."
Then Sir William Wilson Hunter:
"The Taj Mahal with its beautiful domes, 'a dream of marble,' rises on the river bank."
"The materials are white marble and red sandstone."
"The complexity of its design and the delicate intricacy of the workmanship baffle description."
Sir William continues. I will italicize some of his words:
"The mausoleum stands on a raised marble platform at each of whose corners rises a tall and slender minaret
of graceful proportions and of exquisite beauty. Beyond the platform stretch the two wings, one of which is
itself a mosque of great architectural merit. In the center of the whole design the mausoleum occupies a
square of 186 feet, with the angles deeply truncated so also form an unequal octagon. The main feature in this
central pile is the great dome, which swells upward to nearly twothirds of a sphere and tapers at its
extremity into a pointed spire crowned by a crescent. Beneath it an enclosure of marble trelliswork
surrounds the tomb of the princess and of her husband, the Emperor. Each corner of the mausoleum is
covered by a similar though much smaller dome erected on a pediment pierced with graceful Saracenic
arches. Light is admitted into the interior through a double screen of pierced marble, which tempers the glare
of an Indian sky while its whiteness prevents the mellow effect from degenerating into gloom. The internal
decorations consist of inlaid work in precious stones, such as agate, jasper, etc., with which every squandril
or salient point in the architecture is richly fretted. Brown and violet marble is also freely employed in
wreaths, scrolls, and lintels to relieve the monotony of white wall. In regard to color and design, the interior
of the Taj may rank first in the world for purely decorative workmanship; while the perfect symmetry of its
exterior, once seen can never be forgotten, nor the aerial grace of its domes, rising like marble bubbles into
the clear sky. The Taj represents the most highly elaborated stage of ornamentation reached by the Indo
Mohammedan builders, the stage in which the architect ends and the jeweler begins. In its magnificent
gateway the diagonal ornamentation at the corners, which satisfied the designers of the gateways of
Itimaduddoulah and Sikandra mausoleums is superseded by fine marble cables, in bold twists, strong and
handsome. The triangular insertions of white marble and large flowers have in like manner given place to fine
inlaid work. Firm perpendicular lines in black marble with well proportioned panels of the same material are
effectively used in the interior of the gateway. On its top the Hindu brackets and monolithic architraves of
Sikandra are replaced by Moorish carped arches, usually single blocks of red sandstone, in the Kiosks and
pavilions which adorn the roof. From the pillared pavilions a magnificent view is obtained of the Taj gardens
below, with the noble Jumna river at their farther end, and the city and fort of Agra in the distance. From this
beautiful and splendid gateway one passes up a straight alley shaded by evergreen trees cooled by a broad
shallow piece of water running along the middle of the path to the Taj itself. The Taj is entirely of marble and
gems. The red sandstone of the other Mohammedan buildings has entirely disappeared, or rather the red
sandstone which used to form the thickness of the walls, is in the Taj itself overlaid completely with white
marble, and the white marble is itself inlaid with precious stones arranged in lovely patterns of flowers. A
feeling of purity impresses itself on the eye and the mind from the absence of the coarser material which
forms so invariable a material in Agra architecture. The lower wall and panels are covered with tulips,
oleanders, and fullblown lilies, in flat carving on the white marble; and although the inlaid work of flowers
done in gems is very brilliant when looked at closely, there is on the whole but little color, and the
allprevailing sentiment is one of whiteness, silence, and calm. The whiteness is broken only by the fine
color of the inlaid gems, by lines in black marble, and by delicately written inscriptions, also in black, from
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LIX. 210
Page No 214
the Koran. Under the dome of the vast mausoleum a high and beautiful screen of open tracery in white
marble rises around the two tombs, or rather cenotaphs of the emperor and his princess; and in this marvel of
marble the carving has advanced from the old geometrical patterns to a trelliswork of flowers and foliage,
handled with great freedom and spirit. The two cenotaphs in the center of the exquisite enclosure have no
carving except the plain Kalamdan or oblong penbox on the tomb of Emperor Shah Jehan. But both
cenotaphs are inlaid with flowers made of costly gems, and with the ever graceful oleander scroll."
Bayard Taylor, after describing the details of the Taj, goes on to say:
"On both sides the palm, the banyan, and the feathery bamboo mingle their foliage; the song of birds meets
your ears, and the odor of roses and lemon flowers sweetens the air. Down such a vista and over such a
foreground rises the Taj. There is no mystery, no sense of partial failure about the Taj. A thing of perfect
beauty and of absolute finish in every detail, it might pass for the work of genii who knew naught of the
weaknesses and ills with which mankind are beset."
All of these details are true. But, taken together, they state a falsehoodto you. You cannot add them up
correctly. Those writers know the values of their words and phrases, but to you the words and phrases convey
other and uncertain values. To those writers their phrases have values which I think I am now acquainted
with; and for the help of the reader I will here repeat certain of those words and phrases, and follow them
with numerals which shall represent those valuesthen we shall see the difference between a writer's
ciphering and a mistaken reader's
Precious stones, such as agate, jasper, etc. 5.
With which every salient point is richly fretted5.
First in the world for purely decorative workmanship9.
The Taj represents the stage where the architect ends and the jeweler begins5.
The Taj is entirely of marble and gems7.
Inlaid with precious stones in lovely patterns of flowers5.
The inlaid work of flowers done in gems is very brilliant (followed by a most important modification which
the reader is sure to read too carelessly)2.
The vast mausoleum5.
This marvel of marble5.
The exquisite enclosure5.
Inlaid with flowers made of costly gems5.
A thing of perfect beauty and absolute finish5.
Those details are correct; the figures which I have placed after them , represent quite fairly their individual,
values. Then why, as a whole, do they convey a false impression to the reader? It is because the
readerbeguiled by, his heated imaginationmasses them in the wrong way. The writer would mass the
first three figures in the following way, and they would speak the truth
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LIX. 211
Page No 215
Total19
But the reader masses them thusand then they tell a lie559.
The writer would add all of his twelve numerals together, and then the sum would express the whole truth
about the Taj, and the truth only63.
But the readeralways helped by his imaginationwould put the figures in a row one after the other, and
get this sum, which would tell him a noble big lie:
559575255555.
You must put in the commas yourself; I have to go on with my work.
The reader will always be sure to put the figures together in that wrong way, and then as surely before him
will stand, sparkling in the sun, a gemcrusted Taj tall as the Matterhorn.
I had to visit Niagara fifteen times before I succeeded in getting my imaginary Falls gauged to the actuality
and could begin to sanely and wholesomely wonder at them for what they were, not what I had expected
them to be. When I first approached them it was with my face lifted toward the sky, for I thought I was going
to see an Atlantic ocean pouring down thence over cloudvexed Himalayan heights, a seagreen wall of
water sixty miles front and six miles high, and so, when the toy reality came suddenly into viewthat
beruiled little wet apron hanging out to drythe shock was too much for me, and I fell with a dull thud.
Yet slowly, surely, steadily, in the course of my fifteen visits, the proportions adjusted themselves to the
facts, and I came at last to realize that a waterfall a hundred and sixtyfive feet high and a quarter of a mile
wide was an impressive thing. It was not a dipperful to my vanished great vision, but it would answer.
I know that I ought to do with the Taj as I was obliged to do with Niagarasee it fifteen times, and let my
mind gradually get rid of the Taj built in it by its describers, by help of my imagination, and substitute for it
the Taj of fact. It would be noble and fine, then, and a marvel; not the marvel which it replaced, but still a
marvel, and fine enough. I am a careless reader, I supposean impressionist reader; an impressionist reader
of what is not an impressionist picture; a reader who overlooks the informing details or masses their sum
improperly, and gets only a large splashy, general effectan effect which is not correct, and which is not
warranted by the particulars placed before me particulars which I did not examine, and whose meanings I did
not cautiously and carefully estimate. It is an effect which is some thirty five or forty times finer than the
reality, and is therefore a great deal better and more valuable than the reality; and so, I ought never to hunt up
the reality, but stay miles away from it, and thus preserve undamaged my own private mighty Niagara
tumbling out of the vault of heaven, and my own ineffable Taj, built of tinted mists upon jeweled arches of
rainbows supported by colonnades of moonlight. It is a mistake for a person with an unregulated imagination
to go and look at an illustrious world's wonder.
I suppose that many, many years ago I gathered the idea that the Taj's place in the achievements of man was
exactly the place of the icestorm in the achievements of Nature; that the Taj represented man's supremest
possibility in the creation of grace and beauty and exquisiteness and splendor, just as the icestorm represents
Nature's supremest possibility in the combination of those same qualities. I do not know how long ago that
idea was bred in me, but I know that I cannot remember back to a time when the thought of either of these
symbols of gracious and unapproachable perfection did not at once suggest the other. If I thought of the
icestorm, the Taj rose before me divinely beautiful; if I thought of the Taj, with its encrustings and inlayings
of jewels, the vision of the icestorm rose. And so, to me, all these years, the Taj has had no rival among the
temples and palaces of men, none that even remotely approached it it was man's architectural icestorm.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LIX. 212
Page No 216
Here in London the other night I was talking with some Scotch and English friends, and I mentioned the
icestorm, using it as a figurea figure which failed, for none of them had heard of the icestorm. One
gentleman, who was very familiar with American literature, said he had never seen it mentioned in any book.
That is strange. And I, myself, was not able to say that I had seen it mentioned in a book; and yet the autumn
foliage, with all other American scenery, has received full and competent attention.
The oversight is strange, for in America the icestorm is an event. And it is not an event which one is
careless about. When it comes, the news flies from room to room in the house, there are bangings on the
doors, and shoutings, "The icestorm! the icestorm!" and even the laziest sleepers throw off the covers and
join the rush for the windows. The icestorm occurs in midwinter, and usually its enchantments are wrought
in the silence and the darkness of the night. A fine drizzling rain falls hour after hour upon the naked twigs
and branches of the trees, and as it falls it freezes. In time the trunk and every branch and twig are incased in
hard pure ice; so that the tree looks like a skeleton tree made all of glassglass that is crystalclear. All
along the underside of every branch and twig is a comb of little iciclesthe frozen drip. Sometimes these
pendants do not quite amount to icicles, but are round beadsfrozen tears.
The weather clears, toward dawn, and leaves a brisk pure atmosphere and a sky without a shred of cloud in
itand everything is still, there is not a breath of wind. The dawn breaks and spreads, the news of the storm
goes about the house, and the little and the big, in wraps and blankets, flock to the window and press together
there, and gaze intently out upon the great white ghost in the grounds, and nobody says a word, nobody stirs.
All are waiting; they know what is coming, and they are waiting waiting for the miracle. The minutes drift on
and on and on, with not a sound but the ticking of the clock; at last the sun fires a sudden sheaf of rays into
the ghostly tree and turns it into a white splendor of glittering diamonds. Everybody catches his breath, and
feels a swelling in his throat and a moisture in his eyesbut waits again; for he knows what is coming; there
is more yet. The sun climbs higher, and still higher, flooding the tree from its loftiest spread of branches to its
lowest, turning it to a glory of white fire; then in a moment, without warning, comes the great miracle, the
supreme miracle, the miracle without its fellow in the earth; a gust of wind sets every branch and twig to
swaying, and in an instant turns the whole white tree into a spouting and spraying explosion of flashing gems
of every conceivable color; and there it stands and sways this way and that, flash! flash! flash! a dancing and
glancing world of rubies, emeralds, diamonds, sapphires, the most radiant spectacle, the most blinding
spectacle, the divinest, the most exquisite, the most intoxicating vision of fire and color and intolerable and
unimaginable splendor that ever any eye has rested upon in this world, or will ever rest upon outside of the
gates of heaven.
By, all my senses, all my faculties, I know that the icestorm is Nature's supremest achievement in the domain
of the superb and the beautiful; and by my reason, at least, I know that the Taj is man's icestorm.
In the icestorm every one of the myriad icebeads pendant from twig and branch is an individual gem, and
changes color with every motion caused by the wind; each tree carries a million, and a forestfront exhibits
the splendors of the single tree multiplied by a thousand.
It occurs to me now that I have never seen the icestorm put upon canvas, and have not heard that any painter
has tried to do it. I wonder why that is. Is it that paint cannot counterfeit the intense blaze of a sun flooded
jewel? There should be, and must be, a reason, and a good one, why the most enchanting sight that Nature
has created has been neglected by the brush.
Often, the surest way to convey misinformation is to tell the strict truth. The describers of the Taj have used
the word gem in its strictest senseits scientific sense. In that sense it is a mild word, and promises but little
to the eyenothing bright, nothing brilliant, nothing sparkling, nothing splendid in the way of color. It
accurately describes the sober and unobtrusive gemwork of the Taj; that is, to the very highlyeducated one
person in a thousand; but it most falsely describes it to the 999. But the 999 are the people who ought to be
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LIX. 213
Page No 217
especially taken care of, and to them it does not mean quietcolored designs wrought in carnelians, or agates,
or such things; they know the word in its wide and ordinary sense only, and so to them it means diamonds
and rubies and opals and their kindred, and the moment their eyes fall upon it in print they see a vision of
glorious colors clothed in fire.
These describers are writing for the "general," and so, in order to make sure of being understood, they ought
to use words in their ordinary sense, or else explain. The word fountain means one thing in Syria, where there
is but a handful of people; it means quite another thing in North America, where there are 75,000,000. If I
were describing some Syrian scenery, and should exclaim, "Within the narrow space of a quarter of a mile
square I saw, in the glory of the flooding moonlight, two hundred noble fountainsimagine the spectacle!"
the North American would have a vision of clustering columns of water soaring aloft, bending over in
graceful arches, bursting in beaded spray and raining white fire in the moonlightand he would be deceived.
But the Syrian would not be deceived; he would merely see two hundred freshwater springstwo hundred
drowsing puddles, as level and unpretentious and unexcited as so many doormats, and even with the help of
the moonlight he would not lose his grip in the presence of the exhibition. My word "fountain" would be
correct; it would speak the strict truth; and it would convey the strict truth to the handful of Syrians, and the
strictest misinformation to the North American millions. With their gemsand gemsand more gemsand
gems againand still other gemsthe describers of the Taj are within their legal but not their moral rights;
they are dealing in the strictest scientific truth; and in doing it they succeed to admiration in telling "what ain't
so."
CHAPTER LX.
SATAN (impatiently) to NEWCOMER. The trouble with you Chicago people
is, that you think you are the best people down here; whereas you are
merely the most numerous.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
We wandered contentedly around here and there in India; to Lahore, among other places, where the
LieutenantGovernor lent me an elephant. This hospitality stands out in my experiences in a stately isolation.
It was a fine elephant, affable, gentlemanly, educated, and I was not afraid of it. I even rode it with
confidence through the crowded lanes of the native city, where it scared all the horses out of their senses, and
where children were always just escaping its feet. It took the middle of the road in a fine independent way,
and left it to the world to get out of the way or take the consequences. I am used to being afraid of collisions
when I ride or drive, but when one is on top of an elephant that feeling is absent. I could have ridden in
comfort through a regiment of runaway teams. I could easily learn to prefer an elephant to any other vehicle,
partly because of that immunity from collisions, and partly because of the fine view one has from up there,
and partly because of the dignity one feels in that high place, and partly because one can look in at the
windows and see what is going on privately among the family. The Lahore horses were used to elephants, but
they were rapturously afraid of them just the same. It seemed curious. Perhaps the better they know the
elephant the more they respect him in that peculiar way. In our own casewe are not afraid of dynamite till
we get acquainted with it.
We drifted as far as Rawal Pindi, away up on the Afghan frontierI think it was the Afghan frontier, but it
may have been Hertzegovinait was around there somewhereand down again to Delhi, to see the ancient
architectural wonders there and in Old Delhi and not describe them, and also to see the scene of the illustrious
assault, in the Mutiny days, when the British carried Delhi by storm, one of the marvels of history for
impudent daring and immortal valor.
We had a refreshing rest, there in Delhi, in a great old mansion which possessed historical interest. It was
built by a rich Englishman who had become orientalizedso much so that he had a zenana. But he was a
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LX. 214
Page No 218
broadminded man, and remained so. To please his harem he built a mosque; to please himself he built an
English church. That kind of a man will arrive, somewhere. In the Mutiny days the mansion was the British
general's headquarters. It stands in a great gardenoriental fashion and about it are many noble trees. The
trees harbor monkeys; and they are monkeys of a watchful and enterprising sort, and not much troubled with
fear. They invade the house whenever they get a chance, and carry off everything they don't want. One
morning the master of the house was in his bath, and the window was open. Near it stood a pot of yellow
paint and a brush. Some monkeys appeared in the window; to scare them away, the gentleman threw his
sponge at them. They did not scare at all; they jumped into the room and threw yellow paint all over him
from the brush, and drove him out; then they painted the walls and the floor and the tank and the windows
and the furniture yellow, and were in the dressingroom painting that when help arrived and routed them.
Two of these creatures came into my room in the early morning, through a window whose shutters I had left
open, and when I woke one of them was before the glass brushing his hair, and the other one had my
notebook, and was reading a page of humorous notes and crying. I did not mind the one with the hairbrush,
but the conduct of the other one hurt me; it hurts me yet. I threw something at him, and that was wrong, for
my host had told me that the monkeys were best left alone. They threw everything at me that they could lift,
and then went into the bathroom to get some more things, and I shut the door on them.
At Jeypore, in Rajputana, we made a considerable stay. We were not in the native city, but several miles from
it, in the small European official suburb. There were but few Europeansonly fourteen but they were all
kind and hospitable, and it amounted to being at home. In Jeypore we found again what we had found all
about Indiathat while the Indian servant is in his way a very real treasure, he will sometimes bear
watching, and the Englishman watches him. If he sends him on an errand, he wants more than the man's word
for it that he did the errand. When fruit and vegetables were sent to us, a "chit" came with thema receipt
for us to sign; otherwise the things might not arrive. If a gentleman sent up his carriage, the chit stated "from"
suchandsuch an hour "to" suchandsuch an hourwhich made it unhandy for the coachman and his two
or three subordinates to put us off with a part of the allotted time and devote the rest of it to a lark of their
own.
We were pleasantly situated in a small twostoried inn, in an empty large compound which was surrounded
by a mud wall as high as a man's head. The inn was kept by nine Hindoo brothers, its owners. They lived,
with their families, in a onestoried building within the compound, but off to one side, and there was always
a long pile of their little comely brown children loosely stacked in its veranda, and a detachment of the
parents wedged among them, smoking the hookah or the howdah, or whatever they call it. By the veranda
stood a palm, and a monkey lived in it, and led a lonesome life, and always looked sad and weary, and the
crows bothered him a good deal.
The inn cow poked about the compound and emphasized the secluded and country air of the place, and there
was a dog of no particular breed, who was always present in the compound, and always asleep, always
stretched out baking in the sun and adding to the deep tranquility and reposefulness of the place, when the
crows were away on business. White draperied servants were coming and going all the time, but they
seemed only spirits, for their feet were bare and made no sound. Down the lane a piece lived an elephant in
the shade of a noble tree, and rocked and rocked, and reached about with his trunk, begging of his brown
mistress or fumbling the children playing at his feet. And there were camels about, but they go on velvet feet,
and were proper to the silence and serenity of the surroundings.
The Satan mentioned at the head of this chapter was not our Satan, but the other one. Our Satan was lost to
us. In these later days he had passed out of our lifelamented by me, and sincerely. I was missing him; I am
missing him yet, after all these months. He was an astonishing creature to fly around and do things. He didn't
always do them quite right, but he did them, and did them suddenly. There was no time wasted. You would
say:
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LX. 215
Page No 219
"Pack the trunks and bags, Satan."
"Wair good" (very good).
Then there would be a brief sound of thrashing and slashing and humming and buzzing, and a spectacle as of
a whirlwind spinning gowns and jackets and coats and boots and things through the air, and then with bow
and touch
"Awready, master."
It was wonderful. It made one dizzy. He crumpled dresses a good deal, and he had no particular plan about
the workat firstexcept to put each article into the trunk it didn't belong in. But he soon reformed, in this
matter. Not entirely; for, to the last, he would cram into the satchel sacred to literature any odds and ends of
rubbish that he couldn't find a handy place for elsewhere. When threatened with death for this, it did not
trouble him; he only looked pleasant, saluted with soldierly grace, said "Wair good," and did it again next
day.
He was always busy; kept the rooms tidied up, the boots polished, the clothes brushed, the washbasin full of
clean water, my dress clothes laid out and ready for the lecturehall an hour ahead of time; and he dressed me
from head to heel in spite of my determination to do it myself, according to my lifelong custom.
He was a born boss, and loved to command, and to jaw and dispute with inferiors and harry them and
bullyrag them. He was fine at the railway stationyes, he was at his finest there. He would shoulder and
plunge and paw his violent way through the packed multitude of natives with nineteen coolies at his tail, each
bearing a trifle of luggageone a trunk, another a parasol, another a shawl, another a fan, and so on; one
article to each, and the longer the procession, the better he was suited and he was sure to make for some
engaged sleeper and begin to hurl the owner's things out of it, swearing that it was ours and that there had
been a mistake. Arrived at our own sleeper, he would undo the bedding bundles and make the beds and put
everything to rights and shipshape in two minutes; then put his head out at, a window and have a restful good
time abusing his gang of coolies and disputing their bill until we arrived and made him pay them and stop his
noise.
Speaking of noise, he certainly was the noisest little devil in India and that is saying much, very much,
indeed. I loved him for his noise, but the family detested him for it. They could not abide it; they could not
get reconciled to it. It humiliated them. As a rule, when we got within six hundred yards of one of those big
railway stations, a mighty racket of screaming and shrieking and shouting and storming would break upon us,
and I would be happy to myself, and the family would say, with shame:
"Therethat's Satan. Why do you keep him?"
And, sure enough, there in the whirling midst of fifteen hundred wondering people we would find that little
scrap of a creature gesticulating like a spider with the colic, his black eyes snapping, his feztassel dancing,
his jaws pouring out floods of billingsgate upon his gang of beseeching and astonished coolies.
I loved him; I couldn't help it; but the familywhy, they could hardly speak of him with patience. To this
day I regret his loss, and wish I had him back; but theyit is different with them. He was a native, and came
from Surat. Twenty degrees of latitude lay between his birthplace and Manuel's, and fifteen hundred between
their ways and characters and dispositions. I only liked Manuel, but I loved Satan. This latter's real name was
intensely Indian. I could not quite get the hang of it, but it sounded like Bunder Rao Ram Chunder Clam
Chowder. It was too long for handy use, anyway; so I reduced it.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LX. 216
Page No 220
When he had been with us two or three weeks, he began to make mistakes which I had difficulty in patching
up for him. Approaching Benares one day, he got out of the train to see if he could get up a misunderstanding
with somebody, for it had been a weary, long journey and he wanted to freshen up. He found what he was
after, but kept up his powwow a shade too long and got left. So there we were in a strange city and no
chambermaid. It was awkward for us, and we told him he must not do so any more. He saluted and said in his
dear, pleasant way, "Wair good." Then at Lucknow he got drunk. I said it was a fever, and got the family's
compassion, and solicitude aroused; so they gave him a teaspoonful of liquid quinine and it set his vitals on
fire. He made several grimaces which gave me a better idea of the Lisbon earthquake than any I have ever got
of it from paintings and descriptions. His drunk was still portentously solid next morning, but I could have
pulled him through with the family if he would only have taken another spoonful of that remedy; but no,
although he was stupefied, his memory still had flickerings of life; so he smiled a divinely dull smile and
said, fumblingly saluting:
"Scoose me, mem Saheb, scoose me, Missy Saheb; Satan not prefer it, please."
Then some instinct revealed to them that he was drunk. They gave him prompt notice that next time this
happened he must go. He got out a maudlin and most gentle "Wair good," and saluted indefinitely.
Only one short week later he fell again. And oh, sorrow! not in a hotel this time, but in an English
gentleman's private house. And in Agra, of all places. So he had to go. When I told him, he said patiently,
"Wair good," and made his parting salute, and went out from us to return no more forever. Dear me! I would
rather have lost a hundred angels than that one poor lovely devil. What style he used to put on, in a swell
hotel or in a private housesnowwhite muslin from his chin to his bare feet, a crimson sash embroidered
with gold thread around his waist, and on his head a great seagreen turban like to the turban of the Grand
Turk.
He was not a liar; but he will become one if he keeps on. He told me once that he used to crack cocoanuts
with his teeth when he was a boy; and when I asked how he got them into his mouth, he said he was upward
of six feet high at that time, and had an unusual mouth. And when I followed him up and asked him what had
become of that other foot, he said a house fell on him and he was never able to get his stature back again.
Swervings like these from the strict line of fact often beguile a truthful man on and on until he eventually
becomes a liar.
His successor was a Mohammedan, Sahadat Mohammed Khan; very dark, very tall, very grave. He went
always in flowing masses of white, from the top of his big turban down to his bare feet. His voice was low.
He glided about in a noiseless way, and looked like a ghost. He was competent and satisfactory. But where he
was, it seemed always Sunday. It was not so in Satan's time.
Jeypore is intensely Indian, but it has two or three features which indicate the presence of European science
and European interest in the weal of the common public, such as the liberal watersupply furnished by great
works built at the State's expense; good sanitation, resulting in a degree of healthfulness unusually high for
India; a noble pleasure garden, with privileged days for women; schools for the instruction of native youth in
advanced art, both ornamental and utilitarian; and a new and beautiful palace stocked with a museum of
extraordinary interest and value. Without the Maharaja's sympathy and purse these beneficences could not
have been created; but he is a man of wide views and large generosities, and all such matters find hospitality
with him.
We drove often to the city from the hotel KaiseriHind, a journey which was always full of interest, both
night and day, for that country road was never quiet, never empty, but was always India in motion, always a
streaming flood of brown people clothed in smouchings from the rainbow, a tossing and moiling flood,
happy, noisy, a charming and satisfying confusion of strange human and strange animal life and equally
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LX. 217
Page No 221
strange and outlandish vehicles.
And the city itself is a curiosity. Any Indian city is that, but this one is not like any other that we saw. It is
shut up in a lofty turreted wall; the main body of it is divided into six parts by perfectly straight streets that
are more than a hundred feet wide; the blocks of houses exhibit a long frontage of the most taking
architectural quaintnesses, the straight lines being broken everywhere by pretty little balconies, pillared and
highly ornamented, and other cunning and cozy and inviting perches and projections, and many of the fronts
are curiously pictured by the brush, and the whole of them have the soft rich tint of strawberry icecream.
One cannot look down the far stretch of the chief street and persuade himself that these are real houses, and
that it is all out of doorsthe impression that it is an unreality, a picture, a scene in a theater, is the only one
that will take hold.
Then there came a great day when this illusion was more pronounced than ever. A rich Hindoo had been
spending a fortune upon the manufacture of a crowd of idols and accompanying paraphernalia whose purpose
was to illustrate scenes in the life of his especial god or saint, and this fine show 'vas to be brought through
the town in processional state at ten in the morning. As we passed through the great public pleasure garden on
our way to the city we found it crowded with natives. That was one sight. Then there was another. In the
midst of the spacious lawns stands the palace which contains the museuma beautiful construction of stone
which shows arched colonnades, one above another, and receding, terracefashion, toward the sky. Every
one of these terraces, all the way to the top one, was packed and jammed with natives. One must try to
imagine those solid masses of splendid color, one above another, up and up, against the blue sky, and the
Indian sun turning them all to beds of fire and flame.
Later, when we reached the city, and glanced down the chief avenue, smouldering in its crushedstrawberry
tint, those splendid effects were repeated; for every balcony, and every fanciful birdcage of a snuggery
countersunk in the housefronts, and all the long lines of roofs were crowded with people, and each crowd
was an explosion of brilliant color.
Then the wide street itself, away down and down and down into the distance, was alive with
gorgeouslyclothed people not still, but moving, swaying, drifting, eddying, a delirious display of all colors
and all shades of color, delicate, lovely, pale, soft, strong, stunning, vivid, brilliant, a sort of storm of
sweetpea blossoms passing on the wings of a hurricane; and presently, through this storm of color, came
swaying and swinging the majestic elephants, clothed in their Sunday best of gaudinesses, and the long
procession of fanciful trucks freighted with their groups of curious and costly images, and then the long
rearguard of stately camels, with their picturesque riders.
For color, and picturesqueness, and novelty, and outlandishness, and sustained interest and fascination, it was
the most satisfying show I had ever seen, and I suppose I shall not have the privilege of looking upon its like
again.
CHAPTER LXI.
In the first place God made idiots. This was for practice. Then He made
School Boards.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
Suppose we applied no more ingenuity to the instruction of deaf and dumb and blind children than we
sometimes apply in our American public schools to the instruction of children who are in possession of all
their faculties? The result would be that the deaf and dumb and blind would acquire nothing. They would live
and die as ignorant as bricks and stones. The methods used in the asylums are rational. The teacher exactly
measures the child's capacity, to begin with; and from thence onwards the tasks imposed are nicely gauged to
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXI. 218
Page No 222
the gradual development of that capacity, the tasks keep pace with the steps of the child's progress, they don't
jump miles and leagues ahead of it by irrational caprice and land in vacancyaccording to the average
publicschool plan. In the public school, apparently, they teach the child to spell cat, then ask it to calculate
an eclipse; when it can read words of two syllables, they require it to explain the circulation of the blood;
when it reaches the head of the infant class they bully it with conundrums that cover the domain of universal
knowledge. This sounds extravagantand is; yet it goes no great way beyond the facts.
I received a curious letter one day, from the Punjab (you must pronounce it Punjawb). The handwriting was
excellent, and the wording was English English, and yet not exactly English. The style was easy and
smooth and flowing, yet there was something subtly foreign about itA something tropically ornate and
sentimental and rhetorical. It turned out to be the work of a Hindoo youth, the holder of a humble clerical
billet in a railway office. He had been educated in one of the numerous colleges of India. Upon inquiry I was
told that the country was full of young fellows of his like. They had been educated away up to the
snowsummits of learningand the market for all this elaborate cultivation was minutely out of proportion
to the vastness of the product. This market consisted of some thousands of small clerical posts under the
government the supply of material for it was multitudinous. If this youth with the flowing style and the
blossoming English was occupying a small railway clerkship, it meant that there were hundreds and hundreds
as capable as he, or he would be in a high place; and it certainly meant that there were thousands whose
education and capacity had fallen a little short, and that they would have to go without places. Apparently,
then, the colleges of India were doing what our high schools have long been doing richly oversupplying
the market for highlyeducated service; and thereby doing a damage to the scholar, and through him to the
country.
At home I once made a speech deploring the injuries inflicted by the high school in making handicrafts
distasteful to boys who would have been willing to make a living at trades and agriculture if they had but had
the good luck to stop with the common school. But I made no converts. Not one, in a community overrun
with educated idlers who were above following their fathers' mechanical trades, yet could find no market for
their bookknowledge. The same rail that brought me the letter from the Punjab, brought also a little book
published by Messrs. Thacker, Spink Co., of Calcutta, which interested me, for both its preface and its
contents treated of this matter of overeducation. In the preface occurs this paragraph from the Calcutta
Review. For "Government office" read "drygoods clerkship" and it will fit more than one region of America:
"The education that we give makes the boys a little less clownish in their manners, and more intelligent when
spoken to by strangers. On the other hand, it has made them less contented with their lot in life, and less
willing to work with their hands. The form which discontent takes in this country is not of a healthy kind; for,
the Natives of India consider that the only occupation worthy of an educated man is that of a writership in
some office, and especially in a Government office. The village schoolboy goes back to the plow with the
greatest reluctance; and the town schoolboy carries the same discontent and inefficiency into his father's
workshop. Sometimes these exstudents positively refuse at first to work; and more than once parents have
openly expressed their regret that they ever allowed their sons to be inveigled to school."
The little book which I am quoting from is called "IndoAnglian Literature," and is well stocked with
"baboo" Englishclerkly English, hooky English, acquired in the schools. Some of it is very funny,
almost as funny, perhaps, as what you and I produce when we try to write in a language not our own; but
much of it is surprisingly correct and free. If I were going to quote good Englishbut I am not. India is well
stocked with natives who speak it and write it as well as the best of us. I merely wish to show some of the
quaint imperfect attempts at the use of our tongue. There are many letters in the book; poverty imploring
helpbread, money, kindness, office generally an office, a clerkship, some way to get food and a rag out of
the applicant's unmarketable education; and food not for himself alone, but sometimes for a dozen helpless
relations in addition to his own family; for those people are astonishingly unselfish, and admirably faithful to
their ties of kinship. Among us I think there is nothing approaching it. Strange as some of these wailing and
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXI. 219
Page No 223
supplicating letters are, humble and even groveling as some of them are, and quaintly funny and confused as
a goodly number of them are, there is still a pathos about them, as a rule, that checks the rising laugh and
reproaches it. In the following letter "father" is not to be read literally. In Ceylon a little native beggar girl
embarrassed me by calling me father, although I knew she was mistaken. I was so new that I did not know
that she was merely following the custom of the dependent and the supplicant.
"SIR,
"I pray please to give me some action (work) for I am very poor boy I have no one to help me even so father
for it so it seemed in thy good sight, you give the Telegraph Office, and another work what is your wish I am
very poor boy, this understand what is your wish you my father I am your son this understand what is your
wish.
"Your Sirvent, P. C. B."
Through ages of debasing oppression suffered by these people at the hands of their native rulers, they come
legitimately by the attitude and language of fawning and flattery, and one must remember this in mitigation
when passing judgment upon the native character. It is common in these letters to find the petitioner furtively
trying to get at the white man's soft religious side; even this poor boy baits his hook with a macerated
Bibletext in the hope that it may catch something if all else fail.
Here is an application for the post of instructor in English to some children:
"My Dear Sir or Gentleman, that your Petitioner has much qualification in the Language of English to
instruct the young boys; I was given to understand that your of suitable children has to acquire the knowledge
of English language."
As a sample of the flowery Eastern style, I will take a sentence or two from along letter written by a young
native to the LieutenantGovernor of Bengalan application for employment:
"HONORED AND MUCH RESPECTED SIR,
"I hope your honor will condescend to hear the tale of this poor creature. I shall overflow with gratitude at
this mark of your royal condescension. The birdlike happiness has flown away from my nestlike heart and
has not hitherto returned from the period whence the rose of my father's life suffered the autumnal breath of
death, in plain English he passed through the gates of Grave, and from that hour the phantom of delight has
never danced before me."
It is all schoolEnglish, bookEnglish, you see; and good enough, too, all things considered. If the native boy
had but that one study he would shine, he would dazzle, no doubt. But that is not the case. He is situated as
are our publicschool childrenloaded down with an over freightage of other studies; and frequently they
are as far beyond the actual point of progress reached by him and suited to the stage of development attained,
as could be imagined by the insanest fancy. Apparentlylike our publicschool boyhe must work, work,
work, in school and out, and play but little. Apparentlylike our publicschool boyhis "education"
consists in learning things, not the meaning of them; he is fed upon the husks, not the corn. From several
essays written by native schoolboys in answer to the question of how they spend their day, I select onethe
one which goes most into detail:
"66. At the break of day I rises from my own bed and finish my daily duty, then I employ myself till 8
o'clock, after which I employ myself to bathe, then take for my body some sweet meat, and just at 9 1/2 I
came to school to attend my class duty, then at 2 1/2 P. M. I return from school and engage myself to do my
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXI. 220
Page No 224
natural duty, then, I engage for a quarter to take my tithn, then I study till 5 P. M., after which I began to play
anything which comes in my head. After 8 1/2, half pass to eight we are began to sleep, before sleeping I told
a constable just 11 o' he came and rose us from half pass eleven we began to read still morning."
It is not perfectly clear, now that I come to cipher upon it. He gets up at about 5 in the morning, or along there
somewhere, and goes to bed about fifteen or sixteen hours afterwardthat much of it seems straight; but
why he should rise again three hours later and resume his studies till morning is puzzling.
I think it is because he is studying history. History requires a world of time and bitter hard work when your
"education" is no further advanced than the cat's; when you are merely stuffing yourself with a mixedup
mess of empty names and random incidents and elusive dates, which no one teaches you how to interpret, and
which, uninterpreted, pay you not a farthing's value for your waste of time. Yes, I think he had to get up at
halfpast 11 P.M. in order to be sure to be perfect with his history lesson by noon. With results as
followsfrom a Calcutta school examination:
"Q. Who was Cardinal Wolsey? "Cardinal Wolsey was an Editor of a paper named North Briton. No. 45 of
his publication he charged the King of uttering a lie from the throne. He was arrested and cast into prison; and
after releasing went to France.
"3. As Bishop of York but died in disentry in a church on his way to be blockheaded.
"8. Cardinal Wolsey was the son of Edward IV, after his father's death he himself ascended the throne at the
age of (10) ten only, but when he surpassed or when he was fallen in his twenty years of age at that time he
wished to make a journey in his countries under him, but he was opposed by his mother to do journey, and
according to his mother's example he remained in the home, and then became King. After many times
obstacles and many confusion he become King and afterwards his brother."
There is probably not a word of truth in that.
"Q. What is the meaning of 'Ich Dien'?
"10. An honor conferred on the first or eldest sons of English Sovereigns. It is nothing more than some
feathers.
"11. Ich Dien was the word which was written on the feathers of the blind King who came to fight, being
interlaced with the bridles of the horse.
"13. Ich Dien is a title given to Henry VII by the Pope of Rome, when he forwarded the Reformation of
Cardinal Wolsy to Rome, and for this reason he was called Commander of the faith."
A dozen or so of this kind of insane answers are quoted in the book from that examination. Each answer is
sweeping proof, all by itself, that the person uttering it was pushed ahead of where he belonged when he was
put into history; proof that he had been put to the task of acquiring history before he had had a single lesson
in the art of acquiring it, which is the equivalent of dumping a pupil into geometry before he has learned the
progressive steps which lead up to it and make its acquirement possible. Those Calcutta novices had no
business with history. There was no excuse for examining them in it, no excuse for exposing them and their
teachers. They were totally empty; there was nothing to "examine."
Helen Keller has been dumb, stone deaf, and stone blind, ever since she was a little baby a yearandahalf
old; and now at sixteen years of age this miraculous creature, this wonder of all the ages, passes the Harvard
University examination in Latin, German, French history, belles lettres, and such things, and does it
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXI. 221
Page No 225
brilliantly, too, not in a commonplace fashion. She doesn't know merely things, she is splendidly familiar
with the meanings of them. When she writes an essay on a Shakespearean character, her English is fine and
strong, her grasp of the subject is the grasp of one who knows, and her page is electric with light. Has Miss
Sullivan taught her by the methods of India and the American public school? No, oh, no; for then she would
be deafer and dumber and blinder than she was before. It is a pity that we can't educate all the children in the
asylums.
To continue the Calcutta exposure:
"What is the meaning of a Sheriff?"
"25. Sheriff is a post opened in the time of John. The duty of Sheriff here in Calcutta, to look out and catch
those carriages which is rashly driven out by the coachman; but it is a high post in England.
"26. Sheriff was the English bill of common prayer.
"27. The man with whom the accusative persons are placed is called Sheriff.
"28. SheriffLatin term for 'shrub,' we called broom, worn by the first earl of Enjue, as an emblem of
humility when they went to the pilgrimage, and from this their hairs took their crest and surname.
"29. Sheriff is a kind of titlous sect of people, as Barons, Nobles, etc.
"30. Sheriff; a tittle given on those persons who were respective and pious in England."
The students were examined in the following bulky matters: Geometry, the Solar Spectrum, the Habeas
Corpus Act, the British Parliament, and in Metaphysics they were asked to trace the progress of skepticism
from Descartes to Hume. It is within bounds to say that some of the results were astonishing. Without doubt,
there were students present who justified their teacher's wisdom in introducing them to these studies; but the
fact is also evident that others had been pushed into these studies to waste their time over them when they
could have been profitably employed in hunting smaller game. Under the head of Geometry, one of the
answers is this:
"49. The whole BD=the whole CA, and sososososososo.
To me this is cloudy, but I was never well up in geometry. That was the only effort made among the five
students who appeared for examination in geometry; the other four wailed and surrendered without a fight.
They are piteous wails, too, wails of despair; and one of them is an eloquent reproach; it comes from a poor
fellow who has been laden beyond his strength by a stupid teacher, and is eloquent in spite of the poverty of
its English. The poor chap finds himself required to explain riddles which even Sir Isaac Newton was not able
to understand:
"50. Oh my dear father examiner you my father and you kindly give a number of pass you my great father.
"51. I am a poor boy and have no means to support my mother and two brothers who are suffering much for
want of food. I get four rupees monthly from charity fund of this place, from which I send two rupees for
their support, and keep two for my own support. Father, if I relate the unlucky circumstance under which we
are placed, then, I think, you will not be able to suppress the tender tear.
"52. Sir which Sir Isaac Newton and other experienced mathematicians cannot understand I being third of
Entrance Class can understand these which is too impossible to imagine. And my examiner also has put very
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXI. 222
Page No 226
tiresome and very heavy propositions to prove."
We must remember that these pupils had to do their thinking in one language, and express themselves in
another and alien one. It was a heavy handicap. I have by me "English as She is Taught"a collection of
American examinations made in the public schools of Brooklyn by one of the teachers, Miss Caroline B. Le
Row. An extract or two from its pages will show that when the American pupil is using but one language, and
that one his own, his performance is no whit better than his Indian brother's:
"ON HISTORY.
"Christopher Columbus was called the father of his Country. Queen Isabella of Spain sold her watch and
chain and other millinery so that Columbus could discover America.
"The Indian wars were very desecrating to the country.
"The Indians pursued their warfare by hiding in the bushes and then scalping them.
"Captain John Smith has been styled the father of his country. His life was saved by his daughter
Pochahantas.
"The Puritans found an insane asylum in the wilds of America.
"The Stamp Act was to make everybody stamp all materials so they should be null and void.
"Washington died in Spain almost brokenhearted. His remains were taken to the cathedral in Havana.
"Gorilla warfare was where men rode on gorillas."
In Brooklyn, as in India, they examine a pupil, and when they find out he doesn't know anything, they put
him into literature, or geometry, or astronomy, or government, or something like that, so that he can properly
display the assification of the whole system
"ON LITERATURE.
"'Bracebridge Hall' was written by Henry Irving.
"Edgar A. Poe was a very curdling writer.
"Beowulf wrote the Scriptures.
"Ben Johnson survived Shakespeare in some respects.
"In the 'Canterbury Tale' it gives account of King Alfred on his way to the shrine of Thomas Bucket.
"Chaucer was the father of English pottery.
"Chaucer was succeeded by H. Wads. Longfellow."
We will finish with a couple of samples of "literature," one from America, the other from India. The first is a
Brooklyn publicschool boy's attempt to turn a few verses of the "Lady of the Lake" into prose. You will
have to concede that he did it:
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXI. 223
Page No 227
"The man who rode on the horse performed the whip and an instrument made of steel alone with strong ardor
not diminishing, for, being tired from the time passed with hard labor overworked with anger and ignorant
with weariness, while every breath for labor lie drew with cries full of sorrow, the young deer made imperfect
who worked hard filtered in sight."
The following paragraph is from a little book which is famous in India the biography of a distinguished
Hindoo judge, Onoocool Chunder Mookerjee; it was written by his nephew, and is unintentionally funnyin
fact, exceedingly so. I offer here the closing scene. If you would like to sample the rest of the book, it can be
had by applying to the publishers, Messrs. Thacker, Spink Co., Calcutta
"And having said these words he hermetically sealed his lips not to open them again. All the wellknown
doctors of Calcutta that could be procured for a man of his position and wealth were brought, Doctors
Payne, Fayrer, and Nilmadhub Mookerjee and others; they did what they could do, with their puissance and
knack of medical knowledge, but it proved after all as if to milk the ram! His wife and children had not the
mournful consolation to hear his last words; he remained sotto voce for a few hours, and then was taken from
us at 6.12 P.m. according to the caprice of God which passeth understanding."
CHAPTER LXII.
There are no people who are quite so vulgar as the overrefined ones.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
We sailed from Calcutta toward the end of March; stopped a day at Madras; two or three days in Ceylon; then
sailed westward on a long flight for Mauritius. From my diary:
April 7. We are far abroad upon the smooth waters of the Indian Ocean, now; it is shady and pleasant and
peaceful under the vast spread of the awnings, and life is perfect againideal.
The difference between a river and the sea is, that the river looks fluid, the sea solidusually looks as if you
could step out and walk on it.
The captain has this peculiarityhe cannot tell the truth in a plausible way. In this he is the very opposite of
the austere Scot who sits midway of the table; he cannot tell a lie in an unplausible way. When the captain
finishes a statement the passengers glance at each other privately, as who should say, "Do you believe that?"
When the Scot finishes one, the look says, "How strange and interesting." The whole secret is in the manner
and method of the two men. The captain is a little shy and diffident, and he states the simplest fact as if he
were a little afraid of it, while the Scot delivers himself of the most abandoned lie with such an air of stern
veracity that one is forced to believe it although one knows it isn't so. For instance, the Scot told about a pet
flyingfish he once owned, that lived in a little fountain in his conservatory, and supported itself by catching
birds and frogs and rats in the neighboring fields. It was plain that no one at the table doubted this statement.
By and by, in the course of some talk about customhouse annoyances, the captain brought out the following
simple everyday incident, but through his infirmity of style managed to tell it in such a way that it got no
credence. He said:
"I went ashore at Naples one voyage when I was in that trade, and stood around helping my passengers, for I
could speak a little Italian. Two or three times, at intervals, the officer asked me if I had anything dutiable
about me, and seemed more and more put out and disappointed every time I told him no. Finally a passenger
whom I had helped through asked me to come out and take something. I thanked him, but excused myself,
saying I had taken a whisky just before I came ashore.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXII. 224
Page No 228
"It was a fatal admission. The officer at once made me pay sixpence importduty on the whiskyjust from
ship to shore, you see; and he fined me L5 for not declaring the goods, another L5 for falsely denying that I
had anything dutiable about me, also L5 for concealing the goods, and L50 for smuggling, which is the
maximum penalty for unlawfully bringing in goods under the value of sevenpence ha'penny. Altogether,
sixtyfive pounds sixpence for a little thing like that."
The Scot is always believed, yet he never tells anything but lies; whereas the captain is never believed,
although he never tells a lie, so far as I can judge. If he should say his uncle was a male person, he would
probably say it in such a way that nobody would believe it; at the same time the Scot could claim that he had
a female uncle and not stir a doubt in anybody's mind. My own luck has been curious all my literary life; I
never could tell a lie that anybody would doubt, nor a truth that anybody would believe.
Lots of pets on boardbirds and things. In these far countries the white people do seem to run remarkably to
pets. Our host in Cawnpore had a fine collection of birdsthe finest we saw in a private house in India. And
in Colombo, Dr. Murray's great compound and commodious bungalow were well populated with
domesticated company from the woods: frisky little squirrels; a Ceylon mina walking sociably about the
house; a small green parrot that whistled a single urgent note of call without motion of its beak; also
chuckled; a monkey in a cage on the back veranda, and some more out in the trees; also a number of beautiful
macaws in the trees; and various and sundry birds and animals of breeds not known to me. But no cat. Yet a
cat would have liked that place.
April 9. Teaplanting is the great business in Ceylon, now. A passenger says it often pays 40 per cent. on the
investment. Says there is a boom.
April 10. The sea is a Mediterranean blue; and I believe that that is about the divinest color known to nature.
It is strange and fineNature's lavish generosities to her creatures. At least to all of them except man. For
those that fly she has provided a home that is nobly spaciousa home which is forty miles deep and
envelops the whole globe, and has not an obstruction in it. For those that swim she has provided a more than
imperial domaina domain which is miles deep and covers fourfifths of the globe. But as for man, she has
cut him off with the mere odds and ends of the creation. She has given him the thin skin, the meagre skin
which is stretched over the remaining onefifththe naked bones stick up through it in most places. On the
onehalf of this domain he can raise snow, ice, sand, rocks, and nothing else. So the valuable part of his
inheritance really consists of but a single fifth of the family estate; and out of it he has to grub hard to get
enough to keep him alive and provide kings and soldiers and powder to extend the blessings of civilization
with. Yet man, in his simplicity and complacency and inability to cipher, thinks Nature regards him as the
important member of the familyin fact, her favorite. Surely, it must occur to even his dull head, sometimes,
that she has a curious way of showing it.
Afternoon. The captain has been telling how, in one of his Arctic voyages, it was so cold that the mate's
shadow froze fast to the deck and had to be ripped loose by main strength. And even then he got only about
twothirds of it back. Nobody said anything, and the captain went away. I think he is becoming disheartened
. . . . Also, to be fair, there is another word of praise due to this ship's library: it contains no copy of the Vicar
of Wakefield, that strange menagerie of complacent hypocrites and idiots, of theatrical cheapjohn heroes
and heroines, who are always showing off, of bad people who are not interesting, and good people who are
fatiguing. A singular book. Not a sincere line in it, and not a character that invites respect; a book which is
one long waste pipe discharge of goodygoody puerilities and dreary moralities; a book which is full of
pathos which revolts, and humor which grieves the heart. There are few things in literature that are more
piteous, more pathetic, than the celebrated "humorous" incident of Moses and the spectacles. Jane Austen's
books, too, are absent from this library. Just that one omission alone would make a fairly good library out of
a library that hadn't a book in it.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXII. 225
Page No 229
Customs in tropic seas. At 5 in the morning they pipe to wash down the decks, and at once the ladies who are
sleeping there turn out and they and their beds go below. Then one after another the men come up from the
bath in their pyjamas, and walk the decks an hour or two with bare legs and bare feet. Coffee and fruit served.
The ship cat and her kitten now appear and get about their toilets; next the barber comes and flays us on the
breezy deck. Breakfast at 9.30, and the day begins. I do not know how a day could be more reposeful: no
motion; a level blue sea; nothing in sight from horizon to horizon; the speed of the ship furnishes a cooling
breeze; there is no mail to read and answer; no newspapers to excite you; no telegrams to fret you or fright
youthe world is far, far away; it has ceased to exist for youseemed a fading dream, along in the first
days; has dissolved to an unreality now; it is gone from your mind with all its businesses and ambitions, its
prosperities and disasters, its exultations and despairs, its joys and griefs and cares and worries. They are no
concern of yours any more; they have gone out of your life; they are a storm which has passed and left a deep
calm behind. The people group themselves about the decks in their snowy white linen, and read, smoke, sew,
play cards, talk, nap, and so on. In other ships the passengers are always ciphering about when they are going
to arrive; out in these seas it is rare, very rare, to hear that subject broached. In other ships there is always an
eager rush to the bulletin board at noon to find out what the "run" has been; in these seas the bulletin seems to
attract no interest; I have seen no one visit it; in thirteen days I have visited it only once. Then I happened to
notice the figures of the day's run. On that day there happened to be talk, at dinner, about the speed of modern
ships. I was the only passenger present who knew this ship's gait. Necessarily, the Atlantic custom of betting
on the ship's run is not a custom herenobody ever mentions it.
I myself am wholly indifferent as to when we are going to "get in"; if any one else feels interested in the
matter he has not indicated it in my hearing. If I had my way we should never get in at all. This sort of sea life
is charged with an indestructible charm. There is no weariness, no fatigue, no worry, no responsibility, no
work, no depression of spirits. There is nothing like this serenity, this comfort, this peace, this deep
contentment, to be found anywhere on land. If I had my way I would sail on for ever and never go to live on
the solid ground again.
One of Kipling's ballads has delivered the aspect and sentiment of this bewitching sea correctly:
"The Injian Ocean sets an' smiles So sof', so bright, so bloomin' blue; There aren't a wave for miles an' miles
Excep' the jiggle from the screw."
April 14. It turns out that the astronomical apprentice worked off a section of the Milky Way on me for the
Magellan Clouds. A man of more experience in the business showed one of them to me last night. It was
small and faint and delicate, and looked like the ghost of a bunch of white smoke left floating in the sky by an
exploded bombshell.
Wednesday, April 15. Mauritius. Arrived and anchored off Port Louis 2 A. M. Rugged clusters of crags and
peaks, green to their summits; from their bases to the sea a green plain with just tilt enough to it to make the
water drain off. I believe it is in 56 E. and 22 S.a hot tropical country. The green plain has an inviting look;
has scattering dwellings nestling among the greenery. Scene of the sentimental adventure of Paul and
Virginia.
Island under French controlwhich means a community which depends upon quarantines, not sanitation, for
its health.
Thursday, April 16. Went ashore in the forenoon at Port Louis, a little town, but with the largest variety of
nationalities and complexions we have encountered yet. French, English, Chinese, Arabs, Africans with wool,
blacks with straight hair, East Indians, halfwhites, quadroons and great varieties in costumes and colors.
Took the train for Curepipe at 1.30two hours' run, gradually uphill. What a contrast, this frantic luxuriance
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXII. 226
Page No 230
of vegetation, with the arid plains of India; these architecturally picturesque crags and knobs and miniature
mountains, with the monotony of the Indian deadlevels.
A native pointed out a handsome swarthy man of grave and dignified bearing, and said in an awed tone,
"That is soandso; has held office of one sort or another under this government for 37 yearshe is known
all over this whole island and in the other countries of the world perhaps who knows? One thing is certain;
you can speak his name anywhere in this whole island, and you will find not one grown person that has not
heard it. It is a wonderful thing to be so celebrated; yet look at him; it makes no change in him; he does not
even seem to know it."
Curepipe (means Pincushion or Pegtown, probably). Sixteen miles (two hours) by rail from Port Louis. At
each end of every roof and on the apex of every dormer window a wooden peg two feet high stands up; in
some cases its top is blunt, in others the peg is sharp and looks like a toothpick. The passion for this humble
ornament is universal.
Apparently, there has been only one prominent event in the history of Mauritius, and that one didn't happen. I
refer to the romantic sojourn of Paul and Virginia here. It was that story that made Mauritius known to the
world, made the name familiar to everybody, the geographical position of it to nobody.
A clergyman was asked to guess what was in a box on a table. It was a vellum fan painted with the
shipwreck, and was "one of Virginia's wedding gifts."
April 18. This is the only country in the world where the stranger is not asked "How do you like this place?"
This is indeed a large distinction. Here the citizen does the talking about the country himself; the stranger is
not asked to help. You get all sorts of information. From one citizen you gather the idea that Mauritius was
made first, and then heaven; and that heaven was copied after Mauritius. Another one tells you that this is an
exaggeration; that the two chief villages, Port Louis and Curepipe, fall short of heavenly perfection; that
nobody lives in Port Louis except upon compulsion, and that Curepipe is the wettest and rainiest place in the
world. An English citizen said:
"In the early part of this century Mauritius was used by the French as a basis from which to operate against
England's Indian merchantmen; so England captured the island and also the neighbor, Bourbon, to stop that
annoyance. England gave Bourbon back; the government in London did not want any more possessions in the
West Indies. If the government had had a better quality of geography in stock it would not have wasted
Bourbon in that foolish way. A big war will temporarily shut up the Suez Canal some day and the English
ships will have to go to India around the Cape of Good Hope again; then England will have to have Bourbon
and will take it.
"Mauritius was a crown colony until 20 years ago, with a governor appointed by the Crown and assisted by a
Council appointed by himself; but Pope Hennessey came out as Governor then, and he worked hard to get a
part of the council made elective, and succeeded. So now the whole council is French, and in all ordinary
matters of legislation they vote together and in the French interest, not the English. The English population is
very slender; it has not votes enough to elect a legislator. Half a dozen rich French families elect the
legislature. Pope Hennessey was an Irishman, a Catholic, a Home Ruler, M.P., a hater of England and the
English, a very troublesome person and a serious incumbrance at Westminster; so it was decided to send him
out to govern unhealthy countries, in hope that something would happen to him. But nothing did. The first
experiment was not merely a failure, it was more than a failure. He proved to be more of a disease himself
than any he was sent to encounter. The next experiment was here. The dark scheme failed again. It was an
offseason and there was nothing but measles here at the time. Pope Hennessey's health was not affected. He
worked with the French and for the French and against the English, and he made the English very tired and
the French very happy, and lived to have the joy of seeing the flag he served publicly hissed. His memory is
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXII. 227
Page No 231
held in worshipful reverence and affection by the French.
"It is a land of extraordinary quarantines. They quarantine a ship for anything or for nothing; quarantine her
for 20 and even 30 days. They once quarantined a ship because her captain had had the smallpox when he
was a boy. That and because he was English.
"The population is very small; small to insignificance. The majority is East Indian; then mongrels; then
negroes (descendants of the slaves of the French times); then French; then English. There was an American,
but he is dead or mislaid. The mongrels are the result of all kinds of mixtures; black and white, mulatto and
white, quadroon and white, octoroon and white. And so there is every shade of complexion; ebony, old
mahogany, horsechestnut, sorrel, molasses candy, clouded amber, clear amber, oldivory white, newivory
white, fishbelly whitethis latter the leprous complexion frequent with the AngloSaxon long resident in
tropical climates.
"You wouldn't expect a person to be proud of being a Mauritian, now would you? But it is so. The most of
them have never been out of the island, and haven't read much or studied much, and they think the world
consists of three principal countriesJudaea, France, and Mauritius; so they are very proud of belonging to
one of the three grand divisions of the globe. They think that Russia and Germany are in England, and that
England does not amount to much. They have heard vaguely about the United States and the equator, but they
think both of them are monarchies. They think Mount Peter Botte is the highest mountain in the world, and if
you show one of them a picture of Milan Cathedral he will swell up with satisfaction and say that the idea of
that jungle of spires was stolen from the forest of pegtops and toothpicks that makes the roofs of Curepipe
look so fine and prickly.
"There is not much trade in books. The newspapers educate and entertain the people. Mainly the latter. They
have two pages of largeprint readingmatterone of them English, the other French. The English page is a
translation of the French one. The typography is superextra primitivein this quality it has not its equal
anywhere. There is no proofreader now; he is dead.
"Where do they get matter to fill up a page in this little island lost in the wastes of the Indian Ocean? Oh,
Madagascar. They discuss Madagascar and France. That is the bulk. Then they chock up the rest with advice
to the Government. Also, slurs upon the English administration. The papers are all owned and edited by
creolesFrench.
"The language of the country is French. Everybody speaks it has to. You have to know French particularly
mongrel French, the patois spoken by Tom, Dick, and Harry of the multiform complexionsor you can't get
along.
"This was a flourishing country in former days, for it made then and still makes the best sugar in the world;
but first the Suez Canal severed it from the world and left it out in the cold and next the beetroot sugar helped
by bounties, captured the European markets. Sugar is the life of Mauritius, and it is losing its grip. Its
downward course was checked by the depreciation of the rupeefor the planter pays wages in rupees but
sells his crop for goldand the insurrection in Cuba and paralyzation of the sugar industry there have given
our prices here a lifesaving lift; but the outlook has nothing permanently favorable about it. It takes a year to
mature the caneson the high ground three and six months longer and there is always a chance that the
annual cyclone will rip the profit out of the crop. In recent times a cyclone took the whole crop, as you may
say; and the island never saw a finer one. Some of the noblest sugar estates in the island are in deep
difficulties. A dozen of them are investments of English capital; and the companies that own them are at work
now, trying to settle up and get out with a saving of half the money they put in. You know, in these days,
when a country begins to introduce the tea culture, it means that its own specialty has gone back on it. Look
at Bengal; look at Ceylon. Well, they've begun to introduce the tea culture, here.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXII. 228
Page No 232
"Many copies of Paul and Virginia are sold every year in Mauritius. No other book is so popular here except
the Bible. By many it is supposed to be a part of the Bible. All the missionaries work up their French on it
when they come here to pervert the Catholic mongrel. It is the greatest story that was ever written about
Mauritius, and the only one."
CHAPTER LXIII.
The principal difference between a cat and a lie is that the cat has only
nine lives.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
April 20. The cyclone of 1892 killed and crippled hundreds of people; it was accompanied by a deluge of
rain, which drowned Port Louis and produced a water famine. Quite true; for it burst the reservoir and the
waterpipes; and for a time after the flood had disappeared there was much distress from want of water.
This is the only place in the world where no breed of matches can stand the damp. Only one match in 16 will
light.
The roads are hard and smooth; some of the compounds are spacious, some of the bungalows commodious,
and the roadways are walled by tall bamboo hedges, trim and green and beautiful; and there are azalea
hedges, too, both the white and the red; I never saw that before.
As to healthiness: I translate from today's (April 20) Merchants' and Planters' Gazette, from the article of a
regular contributor, "Carminge," concerning the death of the nephew of a prominent citizen:
"Sad and lugubrious existence, this which we lead in Mauritius; I believe there is no other country in the
world where one dies more easily than among us. The least indisposition becomes a mortal malady; a simple
headache develops into meningitis; a cold into pneumonia, and presently, when we are least expecting it,
death is a guest in our home."
This daily paper has a meteorological report which tells you what the weather was day before yesterday.
One is clever pestered by a beggar or a peddler in this town, so far as I can see. This is pleasantly different
from India.
April 22. To such as believe that the quaint product called French civilization would be an improvement upon
the civilization of New Guinea and the like, the snatching of Madagascar and the laying on of French
civilization there will be fully justified. But why did the English allow the French to have Madagascar? Did
she respect a theft of a couple of centuries ago? Dear me, robbery by European nations of each other's
territories has never been a sin, is not a sin today. To the several cabinets the several political establishments
of the world are clotheslines; and a large part of the official duty of these cabinets is to keep an eye on each
other's wash and grab what they can of it as opportunity offers. All the territorial possessions of all the
political establishments in the earthincluding America, of courseconsist of pilferings from other people's
wash. No tribe, howsoever insignificant, and no nation, howsoever mighty, occupies a foot of land that was
not stolen. When the English, the French, and the Spaniards reached America, the Indian tribes had been
raiding each other's territorial clotheslines for ages, and every acre of ground in the continent had been
stolen and restolen 500 times. The English, the French, and the Spaniards went to work and stole it all over
again; and when that was satisfactorily accomplished they went diligently to work and stole it from each
other. In Europe and Asia and Africa every acre of ground has been stolen several millions of times. A crime
persevered in a thousand centuries ceases to be a crime, and becomes a virtue. This is the law of custom, and
custom supersedes all other forms of law. Christian governments are as frank today, as open and
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXIII. 229
Page No 233
aboveboard, in discussing projects for raiding each other's clotheslines as ever they were before the Golden
Rule came smiling into this inhospitable world and couldn't get a night's lodging anywhere. In 150 years
England has beneficently retired garment after garment from the Indian lines, until there is hardly a rag of the
original wash left dangling anywhere. In 800 years an obscure tribe of Muscovite savages has risen to the
dazzling position of LandRobberin Chief; she found a quarter of the world hanging out to dry on a
hundred parallels of latitude, and she scooped in the whole wash. She keeps a sharp eye on a multitude of
little lines that stretch along the northern boundaries of India, and every now and then she snatches a hiprag
or a pair of pyjamas. It is England's prospective property, and Russia knows it; but Russia cares nothing for
that. In fact, in our day landrobbery, claimjumping, is become a European governmental frenzy. Some
have been hard at it in the borders of China, in Burma, in Siam, and the islands of the sea; and all have been
at it in Africa. Africa has been as coolly divided up and portioned out among the gang as if they had bought it
and paid for it. And now straightway they are beginning the old game again to steal each other's grabbings.
Germany found a vast slice of Central Africa with the English flag and the English missionary and the
English trader scattered all over it, but with certain formalities neglectedno signs up, " Keep off the grass,"
"Trespassersforbidden," etc.and she stepped in with a cold calm smile and put up the signs herself, and
swept those English pioneers promptly out of the country.
There is a tremendous point there. It can be put into the form of a maxim: Get your formalities rightnever
mind about the moralities.
It was an impudent thing; but England had to put up with it. Now, in the case of Madagascar, the formalities
had originally been observed, but by neglect they had fallen into desuetude ages ago. England should have
snatched Madagascar from the French clothesline. Without an effort she could have saved those harmless
natives from the calamity of French civilization, and she did not do it. Now it is too late.
The signs of the times show plainly enough what is going to happen. All the savage lands in the world are
going to be brought under subjection to the Christian governments of Europe. I am not sorry, but glad. This
coming fate might have been a calamity to those savage peoples two hundred years ago; but now it will in
some cases be a benefaction. The sooner the seizure is consummated, the better for the savages.
The dreary and dragging ages of bloodshed and disorder and oppression will give place to peace and order
and the reign of law. When one considers what India was under her Hindoo and Mohammedan rulers, and
what she is now; when he remembers the miseries of her millions then and the protections and humanities
which they enjoy now, he must concede that the most fortunate thing that has ever befallen that empire was
the establishment of British supremacy there. The savage lands of the world are to pass to alien possession,
their peoples to the mercies of alien rulers. Let us hope and believe that they will all benefit by the change.
April 23. "The first year they gather shells; the second year they gather shells and drink; the third year they
do not gather shells." (Said of immigrants to Mauritius.)
Population 375,000. 120 sugar factories.
Population 1851, 185,000. The increase is due mainly to the introduction of Indian coolies. They now
apparently form the great majority of the population. They are admirable breeders; their homes are always
hazy with children. Great savers of money. A British officer told me that in India he paid his servant 10
rupees a month, and he had 11 cousins, uncles, parents, etc., dependent upon him, and he supported them on
his wages. These thrifty coolies are said to be acquiring land a trifle at a time, and cultivating it; and may own
the island by and by.
The Indian women do very hard labor [for wages of (1/2 rupee)for twelve hours' work.] They carry mats of
sugar on their heads (70 pounds) all day lading ships, for half a rupee, and work at gardening all day for less.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXIII. 230
Page No 234
The camaron is a fresh water creature like a crayfish. It is regarded here as the world's chiefest
delicacyand certainly it is good. Guards patrol the streams to prevent poaching it. A fine of Rs. 200 or 300
(they say) for poaching. Bait is thrown in the water; the camaron goes for it; the fisher drops his loop in and
works it around and about the camaron he has selected, till he gets it over its tail; then there's a jerk or
something to certify the camaron that it is his turn now; he suddenly backs away, which moves the loop still
further up his person and draws it taut, and his days are ended.
Another dish, called palmiste, is like raw turnipshavings and tastes like green almonds; is very delicate and
good. Costs the life of a palm tree 12 to 20 years oldfor it is the pith.
Another dishlooks like greens or a tangle of fine seaweedis a preparation of the deadly nightshade.
Good enough.
The monkeys live in the dense forests on the flanks of the toy mountains, and they flock down nights and raid
the sugarfields. Also on other estates they come down and destroy a sort of beancropjust for fun,
apparentlytear off the pods and throw them down.
The cyclone of 1892 tore down two great blocks of stone buildings in the center of Port Louisthe chief
architectural featureand left the uncomely and apparently frail blocks standing. Everywhere in its track it
annihilated houses, tore off roofs, destroyed trees and crops. The men were in the towns, the women and
children at home in the country getting crippled, killed, frightened to insanity; and the rain deluging them, the
wind howling, the thunder crashing, the lightning glaring. This for an hour or so. Then a lull and sunshine;
many ventured out of safe shelter; then suddenly here it came again from the opposite point and renewed and
completed the devastation. It is said the Chinese fed the sufferers for days on free rice.
Whole streets in Port Louis were laid flatwrecked. During a minute and a half the wind blew 123 miles an
hour; no official record made after that, when it may have reached 150. It cut down an obelisk. It carried an
American ship into the woods after breaking the chains of two anchors. They now use fourtwo forward, two
astern. Common report says it killed 1,200 in Port Louis alone, in half an hour. Then came the lull of the
central calmpeople did not know the barometer was still going down then suddenly all perdition broke
loose again while people were rushing around seeking friends and rescuing the wounded. The noise was
comparable to nothing; there is nothing resembling it but thunder and cannon, and these are feeble in
comparison.
What there is of Mauritius is beautiful. You have undulating wide expanses of sugarcanea fine, fresh
green and very pleasant to the eye; and everywhere else you have a ragged luxuriance of tropic vegetation of
vivid greens of varying shades, a wild tangle of underbrush, with graceful tall palms lifting their crippled
plumes high above it; and you have stretches of shady dense forest with limpid streams frolicking through
them, continually glimpsed and lost and glimpsed again in the pleasantest hideandseek fashion; and you
have some tiny mountains, some quaint and picturesque groups of toy peaks, and a dainty little vest pocket
Matterhorn; and here and there and now and then a strip of sea with a white ruffle of surf breaks into the
view.
That is Mauritius; and pretty enough. The details are few, the massed result is charming, but not imposing;
not riotous, not exciting; it is a Sunday landscape. Perspective, and the enchantments wrought by distance,
are wanting. There are no distances; there is no perspective, so to speak. Fifteen miles as the crow flies is the
usual limit of vision. Mauritius is a garden and a park combined. It affects one's emotions as parks and
gardens affect them. The surfaces of one's spiritual deeps are pleasantly played upon, the deeps themselves
are not reached, not stirred. Spaciousness, remote altitudes, the sense of mystery which haunts apparently
inaccessible mountain domes and summits reposing in the skythese are the things which exalt the spirit
and move it to see visions and dream dreams.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXIII. 231
Page No 235
The Sandwich Islands remain my ideal of the perfect thing in the matter of tropical islands. I would add
another story to Mauna Loa's 16,000 feet if I could, and make it particularly bold and steep and craggy and
forbidding and snowy; and I would make the volcano spout its lavafloods out of its summit instead of its
sides; but aside from these non essentials I have no corrections to suggest. I hope these will be attended to; I
do not wish to have to speak of it again.
CHAPTER LXIV.
When your watch gets out of order you have choice of two things to do:
throw it in the fire or take it to the watchtinker. The former is the
quickest.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
The Arundel Castle is the finest boat I have seen in these seas. She is thoroughly modern, and that statement
covers a great deal of ground. She has the usual defect, the common defect, the universal defect, the defect
that has never been missing from any ship that ever sailedshe has imperfect beds. Many ships have good
beds, but no ship has very good ones. In the matter of beds all ships have been badly edited, ignorantly
edited, from the beginning. The selection of the beds is given to some hearty, strongbacked, selfmade man,
when it ought to be given to a frail woman accustomed from girlhood to backaches and insomnia. Nothing is
so rare, on either side of the ocean, as a perfect bed; nothing is so difficult to make. Some of the hotels on
both sides provide it, but no ship ever does or ever did. In Noah's Ark the beds were simply scandalous. Noah
set the fashion, and it will endure in one degree of modification or another till the next flood.
8 A.M. Passing Isle de Bourbon. Brokenup skyline of volcanic mountains in the middle. Surely it would
not cost much to repair them, and it seems inexcusable neglect to leave them as they are.
It seems stupid to send tired men to Europe to rest. It is no proper rest for the mind to clatter from town to
town in the dust and cinders, and examine galleries and architecture, and be always meeting people and
lunching and teaing and dining, and receiving worrying cables and letters. And a sea voyage on the Atlantic
is of no usevoyage too short, sea too rough. The peaceful Indian and Pacific Oceans and the long stretches
of time are the healing thing.
May 2, AM. A fair, great ship in sight, almost the first we have seen in these weeks of lonely voyaging. We
are now in the Mozambique Channel, between Madagascar and South Africa, sailing straight west for
Delagoa Bay.
Last night, the burly chief engineer, middleaged, was standing telling a spirited seafaring tale, and had
reached the most exciting place, where a man overboard was washing swiftly astern on the great seas, and
uplifting despairing cries, everybody racing aft in a frenzy of excitement and fading hope, when the band,
which had been silent a moment, began impressively its closing piece, the English national anthem. As
simply as if he was unconscious of what he was doing, he stopped his story, uncovered, laid his laced cap
against his breast, and slightly bent his grizzled head. The few bars finished, he put on his cap and took up his
tale again, as naturally as if that interjection of music had been a part of it. There was something touching and
fine about it, and it was moving to reflect that he was one of a myriad, scattered over every part of the globe,
who by turn was doing as he was doing every hour of the twenty fourthose awake doing it while the
others sleptthose impressive bars forever floating up out of the various climes, never silent and never
lacking reverent listeners.
All that I remember about Madagascar is that Thackeray's little Billie went up to the top of the mast and there
knelt him upon his knee, saying, "I see
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXIV. 232
Page No 236
"Jerusalem and Madagascar, And North and South Amerikee."
May 3. Sunday. Fifteen or twenty Africanders who will end their voyage today and strike for their several
homes from Delagoa Bay tomorrow, sat up singing on the afterdeck in the moonlight till 3 A.M. Good fun
and wholesome. And the songs were clean songs, and some of them were hallowed by tender associations.
Finally, in a pause, a man asked, "Have you heard about the fellow that kept a diary crossing the Atlantic?" It
was a discord, a wet blanket. The men were not in the mood for humorous dirt. The songs had carried them to
their homes, and in spirit they sat by those far hearthstones, and saw faces and heard voices other than those
that were about them. And so this disposition to drag in an old indecent anecdote got no welcome; nobody
answered. The poor man hadn't wit enough to see that he had blundered, but asked his question again. Again
there was no response. It was embarrassing for him. In his confusion he chose the wrong course, did the
wrong thingbegan the anecdote. Began it in a deep and hostile stillness, where had been such life and stir
and warm comradeship before. He delivered himself of the brief details of the diary's first day, and did it with
some confidence and a fair degree of eagerness. It fell flat. There was an awkward pause. The two rows of
men sat like statues. There was no movement, no sound. He had to go on; there was no other way, at least
none that an animal of his calibre could think of. At the close of each day's diary, the same dismal silence
followed. When at last he finished his tale and sprung the indelicate surprise which is wont to fetch a crash of
laughter, not a ripple of sound resulted. It was as if the tale had been told to dead men. After what seemed a
long, long time, somebody sighed, somebody else stirred in his seat; presently, the men dropped into a low
murmur of confidential talk, each with his neighbor, and the incident was closed. There were indications that
that man was fond of his anecdote; that it was his pet, his standby, his shot that never missed, his
reputationmaker. But he will never tell it again. No doubt he will think of it sometimes, for that cannot well
be helped; and then he will see a picture, and always the same picturethe double rank of dead men; the
vacant deck stretching away in dimming perspective beyond them, the wide desert of smooth sea all abroad;
the rim of the moon spying from behind a rag of black cloud; the remote top of the mizzenmast shearing a
zigzag path through the fields of stars in the deeps of space; and this soft picture will remind him of the time
that he sat in the midst of it and told his poor little tale and felt so lonesome when he got through.
Fifty Indians and Chinamen asleep in a big tent in the waist of the ship forward; they lie side by side with no
space between; the former wrapped up, head and all, as in the Indian streets, the Chinamen uncovered; the
lamp and things for opium smoking in the center.
A passenger said it was ten 2ton truck loads of dynamite that lately exploded at Johannesburg. Hundreds
killed; he doesn't know how many; limbs picked up for miles around. Glass shattered, and roofs swept away
or collapsed 200 yards off; fragment of iron flung three and a half miles.
It occurred at 3 p.m.; at 6, L65,000 had been subscribed. When this passenger left, L35,000 had been voted
by city and state governments and L100,000 by citizens and business corporations. When news of the disaster
was telephoned to the Exchange L35,000 were subscribed in the first five minutes. Subscribing was still
going on when he left; the papers had ceased the names, only the amountstoo many names; not enough
room. L100,000 subscribed by companies and citizens; if this is true, it must be what they call in Australia "a
record"the biggest instance of a spontaneous outpour for charity in history, considering the size of the
population it was drawn from, $8 or $10 for each white resident, babies at the breast included.
Monday, May 4. Steaming slowly in the stupendous Delagoa Bay, its dim arms stretching far away and
disappearing on both sides. It could furnish plenty of room for all the ships in the world, but it is shoal. The
lead has given us 3 1/2 fathoms several times and we are drawing that, lacking 6 inches.
A bold headlandprecipitous wall, 150 feet high, very strong, red color, stretching a mile or so. A man said
it was Portuguese bloodbattle fought here with the natives last year. I think this doubtful. Pretty cluster of
houses on the tableland above the redand rolling stretches of grass and groups of trees, like England.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXIV. 233
Page No 237
The Portuguese have the railroad (one passenger train a day) to the border70 milesthen the Netherlands
Company have it. Thousands of tons of freight on the shoreno cover. This is Portuguese allover
indolence, piousness, poverty, impotence.
Crews of small boats and tugs, all jet black woolly heads and very muscular.
Winter. The South African winter is just beginning now, but nobody but an expert can tell it from summer.
However, I am tired of summer; we have had it unbroken for eleven months. We spent the afternoon on
shore, Delagoa Bay. A small townno sights. No carriages. Three 'rickshas, but we couldn't get
themapparently private. These Portuguese are a rich brown, like some of the Indians. Some of the blacks
have the long horse beads and very long chins of the negroes of the picture books; but most of them are
exactly like the negroes of our Southern States round faces, flat noses, goodnatured, and easy laughers.
Flocks of black women passed along, carrying outrageously heavy bags of freight on their heads. The quiver
of their leg as the foot was planted and the strain exhibited by their bodies showed what a tax upon their
strength the load was. They were stevedores and doing full stevedores work. They were very erect when
unladdenfrom carrying heavy loads on their headsjust like the Indian women. It gives them a proud fine
carriage.
Sometimes one saw a woman carrying on her head a laden and topheavy basket the shape of an inverted
pyramidits top the size of a soupplate, its base the diameter of a teacup. It required nice balancingand
got it.
No bright colors; yet there were a good many Hindoos.
The Second Class Passenger came over as usual at "lights out" (11) and we lounged along the spacious vague
solitudes of the deck and smoked the peaceful pipe and talked. He told me an incident in Mr. Barnum's life
which was evidently characteristic of that great showman in several ways:
This was Barnum's purchase of Shakespeare's birthplace, a quarter of a century ago. The Second Class
Passenger was in Jamrach's employ at the time and knew Barnum well. He said the thing began in this way.
One morning Barnum and Jamrach were in Jamrach's little private snuggery back of the wilderness of caged
monkeys and snakes and other commonplaces of Jamrach's stock in trade, refreshing themselves after an
arduous stroke of business, Jamrach with something orthodox, Barnum with something heterodoxfor
Barnum was a teetotaler. The stroke of business was in the elephant line. Jamrach had contracted to deliver to
Barnum in New York 18 elephants for $360,000 in time for the next season's opening. Then it occurred to
Mr. Barnum that he needed a "card" He suggested Jumbo. Jamrach said he would have to think of something
elseJumbo couldn't be had; the Zoo wouldn't part with that elephant. Barnum said he was willing to pay a
fortune for Jumbo if he could get him. Jamrach said it was no use to think about it; that Jumbo was as popular
as the Prince of Wales and the Zoo wouldn't dare to sell him; all England would be outraged at the idea;
Jumbo was an English institution; he was part of the national glory; one might as well think of buying the
Nelson monument. Barnum spoke up with vivacity and said:
"It's a firstrate idea. I'll buy the Monument."
Jamrach was speechless for a second. Then he said, like one ashamed "You caught me. I was napping. For a
moment I thought you were in earnest."
Barnum said pleasantly
"I was in earnest. I know they won't sell it, but no matter, I will not throw away a good idea for all that. All I
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXIV. 234
Page No 238
want is a big advertisement. I will keep the thing in mind, and if nothing better turns up I will offer to buy it.
That will answer every purpose. It will furnish me a couple of columns of gratis advertising in every English
and American paper for a couple of months, and give my show the biggest boom a show ever had in this
world."
Jamrach started to deliver a burst of admiration, but was interrupted by Barnum, who said:
"Here is a state of things! England ought to blush."
His eye had fallen upon something in the newspaper. He read it through to himself, then read it aloud. It said
that the house that Shakespeare was born in at StratfordonAvon was falling gradually to ruin through
neglect; that the room where the poet first saw the light was now serving as a butcher's shop; that all appeals
to England to contribute money (the requisite sum stated) to buy and repair the house and place it in the care
of salaried and trustworthy keepers had fallen resultless. Then Barnum said:
"There's my chance. Let Jumbo and the Monument alone for the present they'll keep. I'll buy Shakespeare's
house. I'll set it up in my Museum in New York and put a glass case around it and make a sacred thing of it;
and you'll see all America flock there to worship; yes, and pilgrims from the whole earth; and I'll make them
take their hats off, too. In America we know how to value anything that Shakespeare's touch has made holy.
You'll see."
In conclusion the S. C. P. said:
"That is the way the thing came about. Barnum did buy Shakespeare's house. He paid the price asked, and
received the properly attested documents of sale. Then there was an explosion, I can tell you. England rose!
That, the birthplace of the mastergenius of all the ages and all the climesthat priceless possession of
Britainto be carted out of the country like so much old lumber and set up for sixpenny desecration in a
Yankee showshopthe idea was not to be tolerated for a moment. England rose in her indignation; and
Barnum was glad to relinquish his prize and offer apologies. However, he stood out for a compromise; he
claimed a concessionEngland must let him have Jumbo. And England consented, but not cheerfully."
It shows how, by help of time, a story can groweven after Barnum has had the first innings in the telling of
it. Mr. Barnum told me the story himself, years ago. He said that the permission to buy Jumbo was not a
concession; the purchase was made and the animal delivered before the public knew anything about it. Also,
that the securing of Jumbo was all the advertisement he needed. It produced many columns of newspaper
talk, free of cost, and he was satisfied. He said that if he had failed to get Jumbo he would have caused his
notion of buying the Nelson Monument to be treacherously smuggled into print by some trusty friend, and
after he had gotten a few hundred pages of gratuitous advertising out of it, he would have come out with a
blundering, obtuse, but warmhearted letter of apology, and in a postscript to it would have naively proposed
to let the Monument go, and take Stonehenge in place of it at the same price.
It was his opinion that such a letter, written with wellsimulated asinine innocence and gush would have
gotten his ignorance and stupidity an amount of newspaper abuse worth six fortunes to him, and not
purchasable for twice the money.
I knew Mr. Barnum well, and I placed every confidence in the account which he gave me of the Shakespeare
birthplace episode. He said he found the house neglected and goingto decay, and he inquired into the matter
and was told that many times earnest efforts had been made to raise money for its proper repair and
preservation, but without success. He then proposed to buy it. The proposition was entertained, and a price
named $50,000, I think; but whatever it was, Barnum paid the money down, without remark, and the
papers were drawn up and executed. He said that it had been his purpose to set up the house in his Museum,
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXIV. 235
Page No 239
keep it in repair, protect it from namescribblers and other desecrators, and leave it by bequest to the safe and
perpetual guardianship of the Smithsonian Institute at Washington.
But as soon as it was found that Shakespeare's house had passed into foreign hands and was going to be
carried across the ocean, England was stirred as no appeal from the custodians of the relic had ever stirred
England before, and protests came flowing inand money, too, to stop the outrage. Offers of repurchase
were madeoffers of double the money that Mr. Barnum had paid for the house. He handed the house back,
but took only the sum which it had cost himbut on the condition that an endowment sufficient for the
future safeguarding and maintenance of the sacred relic should be raised. This condition was fulfilled.
That was Barnum's account of the episode; and to the end of his days he claimed with pride and satisfaction
that not England, but America represented by himsaved the birthplace of Shakespeare from destruction.
At 3 P.M., May 6th, the ship slowed down, off the land, and thoughtfully and cautiously picked her way into
the snug harbor of Durban, South Africa.
CHAPTER LXV.
In statesmanship get the formalities right, never mind about the
moralities.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
FROM DIARY:
Royal Hotel. Comfortable, good table, good service of natives and Madrasis. Curious jumble of modern and
ancient city and village, primitiveness and the other thing. Electric bells, but they don't ring. Asked why they
didn't, the watchman in the office said he thought they must be out of order; he thought so because some of
them rang, but most of them didn't. Wouldn't it be a good idea to put them in order? He hesitatedlike one
who isn't quite surethen conceded the point.
May 7. A bang on the door at 6. Did I want my boots cleaned? Fifteen minutes later another bang. Did we
want coffee? Fifteen later, bang again, my wife's bath ready; 15 later, my bath ready. Two other bangs; I
forget what they were about. Then lots of shouting back and forth, among the servants just as in an Indian
hotel.
Evening. At 4 P.M. it was unpleasantly warm. Halfhour after sunset one needed a spring overcoat; by 8 a
winter one.
Durban is a neat and clean town. One notices that without having his attention called to it.
Rickshaws drawn by splendidly built black Zulus, so overflowing with strength, seemingly, that it is a
pleasure, not a pain, to see them snatch a rickshaw along. They smile and laugh and show their teetha
goodnatured lot. Not allowed to drink; 2s per hour for one person; 3s for two; 3d for a courseone person.
The chameleon in the hotel court. He is fat and indolent and contemplative; but is businesslike and capable
when a fly comes about reaches out a tongue like a teaspoon and takes him in. He gums his tongue first. He
is always pious, in his looks. And pious and thankful both, when Providence or one of us sends him a fly. He
has a froggy head, and a back like a new gravefor shape; and hands like a bird's toes that have been
frostbitten. But his eyes are his exhibition feature. A couple of skinny cones project from the sides of his
head, with a wee shiny bead of an eye set in the apex of each; and these cones turn bodily like pivotguns
and point everywhichway, and they are independent of each other; each has its own exclusive machinery.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXV. 236
Page No 240
When I am behind him and C. in front of him, he whirls one eye rearwards and the other forwardswhich
gives him a most Congressional expression (one eye on the constituency and one on the swag); and then if
something happens above and below him he shoots out one eye upward like a telescope and the other
downwardand this changes his expression, but does not improve it.
Natives must not be out after the curfew bell without a pass. In Natal there are ten blacks to one white.
Sturdy plump creatures are the women. They comb their wool up to a peak and keep it in position by
stiffening it with brownred clayhalf of this tower colored, denotes engagement; the whole of it colored
denotes marriage.
None but heathen Zulus on the police; Christian ones not allowed.
May 9. A drive yesterday with friends over the Berea. Very fine roads and lofty, overlooking the whole town,
the harbor, and the seabeautiful views. Residences all along, set in the midst of green lawns with shrubs and
generally one or two intensely red outbursts of poinsettiathe flaming splotch of blinding red a stunning
contrast with the world of surrounding green. The cactus treecandelabrumlike; and one twisted like gray
writhing serpents. The "flatcrown" (should be flatroof) half a dozen naked branches full of elbows, slant
upward like artificial supports, and fling a roof of delicate foliage out in a horizontal platform as flat as a
floor; and you look up through this thin floor as through a green cobweb or veil. The branches are japanesich.
All about you is a bewildering variety of unfamiliar and beautiful trees; one sort wonderfully dense foliage
and very dark greenso dark that you notice it at once, notwithstanding there are so many orange trees. The
"flamboyant"not in flower, now, but when in flower lives up to its name, we are told. Another tree with a
lovely upright tassel scattered among its rich greenery, red and glowing as a firecoal. Here and there a
gumtree; half a dozen lofty Norfolk Island pines lifting their fronded arms skyward. Groups of tall bamboo.
Saw one bird. Not many birds here, and they have no musicand the flowers not much smell, they grow so
fast.
Everything neat and trim and clean like the town. The loveliest trees and the greatest variety I have ever seen
anywhere, except approaching Darjeeling. Have not heard anyone call Natal the garden of South Africa, but
that is what it probably is.
It was when Bishop of Natal that Colenso raised such a storm in the religious world. The concerns of religion
are a vital matter here yet. A vigilant eye is kept upon Sunday. Museums and other dangerous resorts are not
allowed to be open. You may sail on the Bay, but it is wicked to play cricket. For a while a Sunday concert
was tolerated, upon condition that it must be admission free and the money taken by collection. But the
collection was alarmingly large and that stopped the matter. They are particular about babies. A clergyman
would not bury a child according to the sacred rites because it had not been baptized. The Hindoo is more
liberal. He burns no child under three, holding that it does not need purifying.
The King of the Zulus, a fine fellow of 30, was banished six years ago for a term of seven years. He is
occupying Napoleon's old standSt. Helena. The people are a little nervous about having him come back,
and they may well be, for Zulu kings have been terrible people sometimes like Tchaka, Dingaan, and
Cetewayo.
There is a large Trappist monastery two hours from Durban, over the country roads, and in company with Mr.
Milligan and Mr. Hunter, general manager of the Natal government railways, who knew the heads of it, we
went out to see it.
There it all was, just as one reads about it in books and cannot believe that it is soI mean the rough, hard
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXV. 237
Page No 241
work, the impossible hours, the scanty food, the coarse raiment, the Maryborough beds, the tabu of human
speech, of social intercourse, of relaxation, of amusement, of entertainment, of the presence of woman in the
men's establishment. There it all was. It was not a dream, it was not a lie. And yet with the fact before one's
face it was still incredible. It is such a sweeping suppression of human instincts, such an extinction of the
man as an individual.
La Trappe must have known the human race well. The scheme which he invented hunts out everything that a
man wants and valuesand withholds it from him. Apparently there is no detail that can help make life
worth living that has not been carefully ascertained and placed out of the Trappist's reach. La Trappe must
have known that there were men who would enjoy this kind of misery, but how did he find it out?
If he had consulted you or me he would have been told that his scheme lacked too many attractions; that it
was impossible; that it could never be floated. But there in the monastery was proof that he knew the human
race better than it knew itself. He set his foot upon every desire that a man hasyet he floated his project,
and it has prospered for two hundred years, and will go on prospering forever, no doubt.
Man likes personal distinctionthere in the monastery it is obliterated. He likes delicious foodthere he
gets beans and bread and tea, and not enough of it. He likes to lie softlythere he lies on a sand mattress,
and has a pillow and a blanket, but no sheet. When he is dining, in a great company of friends, he likes to
laugh and chatthere a monk reads a holy book aloud during meals, and nobody speaks or laughs. When a
man has a hundred friends about him, evenings, be likes to have a good time and run latethere he and the
rest go silently to bed at 8; and in the dark, too; there is but a loose brown robe to discard, there are no
nightclothes to put on, a light is not needed. Man likes to lie abed late there he gets up once or twice in the
night to perform some religious office, and gets up finally for the day at two in the morning. Man likes light
work or none at allthere he labors all day in the field, or in the blacksmith shop or the other shops devoted
to the mechanical trades, such as shoemaking, saddlery, carpentry, and so on. Man likes the society of girls
and womenthere he never has it. He likes to have his children about him, and pet them and play with
them there he has none. He likes billiardsthere is no table there. He likes outdoor sports and indoor
dramatic and musical and social entertainmentsthere are none there. He likes to bet on thingsI was told
that betting is forbidden there. When a man's temper is up he likes to pour it out upon somebody there this is
not allowed. A man likes animalspets; there are none there. He likes to smokethere he cannot do it. He
likes to read the newsno papers or magazines come there. A man likes to know how his parents and
brothers and sisters are getting along when he is away, and if they miss himthere he cannot know. A man
likes a pretty house, and pretty furniture, and pretty things, and pretty colorsthere he has nothing but naked
aridity and sombre colors. A man likesname it yourself: whatever it is, it is absent from that place.
From what I could learn, all that a man gets for this is merely the saving of his soul.
It all seems strange, incredible, impossible. But La Trappe knew the race. He knew the powerful attraction of
unattractiveness; he knew that no life could be imagined, howsoever comfortless and forbidding, but
somebody would want to try it.
This parent establishment of Germans began its work fifteen years ago, strangers, poor, and unencouraged; it
owns 15,000 acres of land now, and raises grain and fruit, and makes wines, and manufactures all manner of
things, and has native apprentices in its shops, and sends them forth able to read and write, and also well
equipped to earn their living by their trades. And this young establishment has set up eleven branches in
South Africa, and in them they are christianizing and educating and teaching wageyielding mechanical
trades to 1,200 boys and girls. Protestant Missionary work is coldly regarded by the commercial white
colonist all over the heathen world, as a rule, and its product is nicknamed "riceChristians" (occupationless
incapables who join the church for revenue only), but I think it would be difficult to pick a flaw in the work
of these Catholic monks, and I believe that the disposition to attempt it has not shown itself.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXV. 238
Page No 242
Tuesday, May 12. Transvaal politics in a confused condition. First the sentencing of the Johannesburg
Reformers startled England by its severity; on the top of this came Kruger's exposure of the cipher
correspondence, which showed that the invasion of the Transvaal, with the design of seizing that country and
adding it to the British Empire, was planned by Cecil Rhodes and Beitwhich made a revulsion in English
feeling, and brought out a storm against Rhodes and the Chartered Company for degrading British honor. For
a good while I couldn't seem to get at a clear comprehension of it, it was so tangled. But at last by patient
study I have managed it, I believe. As I understand it, the Uitlanders and other Dutchmen were dissatisfied
because the English would not allow them to take any part in the government except to pay taxes. Next, as I
understand it, Dr. Kruger and Dr. Jameson, not having been able to make the medical business pay, made a
raid into Matabeleland with the intention of capturing the capital, Johannesburg, and holding the women and
children to ransom until the Uitlanders and the other Boers should grant to them and the Chartered Company
the political rights which had been withheld from them. They would have succeeded in this great scheme, as I
understand it, but for the interference of Cecil Rhodes and Mr. Beit, and other Chiefs of the Matabele, who
persuaded their countrymen to revolt and throw off their allegiance to Germany. This, in turn, as I understand
it, provoked the King of Abyssinia to destroy the Italian army and fall back upon Johannesburg; this at the
instigation of Rhodes, to bull the stock market.
CHAPTER LXVI.
Every one is a moon, and has a dark side which he never shows to anybody.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
When I scribbled in my notebook a year ago the paragraph which ends the preceding chapter, it was meant
to indicate, in an extravagant form, two things: the conflicting nature of the information conveyed by the
citizen to the stranger concerning South African politics, and the resulting confusion created in the stranger's
mind thereby.
But it does not seem so very extravagant now. Nothing could in that disturbed and excited time make South
African politics clear or quite rational to the citizen of the country because his personal interest and his
political prejudices were in his way; and nothing could make those politics clear or rational to the stranger,
the sources of his information being such as they were.
I was in South Africa some little time. When I arrived there the political pot was boiling fiercely. Four
months previously, Jameson had plunged over the Transvaal border with about 600 armed horsemen at his
back, to go to the "relief of the women and children" of Johannesburg; on the fourth day of his march the
Boers had defeated him in battle, and carried him and his men to Pretoria, the capital, as prisoners; the Boer
government had turned Jameson and his officers over to the British government for trial, and shipped them to
England; next, it had arrested 64 important citizens of Johannesburg as raidconspirators, condemned their
four leaders to death, then commuted the sentences, and now the 64 were waiting, in jail, for further results.
Before midsummer they were all out excepting two, who refused to sign the petitions for release; 58 had been
fined $10,000 each and enlarged, and the four leaders had gotten off with fines of $125,000 each with
permanent exile added, in one case.
Those were wonderfully interesting days for a stranger, and I was glad. to be in the thick of the excitement.
Everybody was talking, and I expected to understand the whole of one side of it in a very little while.
I was disappointed. There were singularities, perplexities, unaccountabilities about it which I was not able to
master. I had no personal access to Boerstheir side was a secret to me, aside from what I was able to gather
of it from published statements. My sympathies were soon with the Reformers in the Pretoria jail, with their
friends, and with their cause. By diligent inquiry in Johannesburg I found out apparentlyall the details
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXVI. 239
Page No 243
of their side of the quarrel except onewhat they expected to accomplish by an armed rising.
Nobody seemed to know.
The reason why the Reformers were discontented and wanted some changes made, seemed quite clear. In
Johannesburg it was claimed that the Uitlanders (strangers, foreigners) paid thirteenfifteenths of the
Transvaal taxes, yet got little or nothing for it. Their city had no charter; it had no municipal government; it
could levy no taxes for drainage, watersupply, paving, cleaning, sanitation, policing. There was a police
force, but it was composed of Boers, it was furnished by the State Government, and the city had no control
over it. Mining was very costly; the government enormously increased the cost by putting burdensome taxes
upon the mines, the output, the machinery, the buildings; by burdensome imposts upon incoming materials;
by burdensome railwayfreightcharges. Hardest of all to bear, the government reserved to itself a monopoly
in that essential thing, dynamite, and burdened it with an extravagant price. The detested Hollander from over
the water held all the public offices. The government was rank with corruption. The Uitlander had no vote,
and must live in the State ten or twelve years before he could get one. He was not represented in the Raad
(legislature) that oppressed him and fleeced him. Religion was not free. There were no schools where the
teaching was in English, yet the great majority of the white population of the State knew no tongue but that.
The State would not pass a liquor law; but allowed a great trade in cheap vile brandy among the blacks, with
the result that 25 per cent. of the 50,000 blacks employed in the mines were usually drunk and incapable of
working.
Thereit was plain enough that the reasons for wanting some changes made were abundant and reasonable,
if this statement of the existing grievances was correct.
What the Uitlanders wanted was reformunder the existing Republic.
What they proposed to do was to secure these reforms by, prayer, petition, and persuasion.
They did petition. Also, they issued a Manifesto, whose very first note is a bugleblast of loyalty: "We want
the establishment of this Republic as a true Republic."
Could anything be clearer than the Uitlander's statement of the grievances and oppressions under which they
were suffering? Could anything be more legal and citizenlike and lawrespecting than their attitude as
expressed by their Manifesto? No. Those things were perfectly clear, perfectly comprehensible.
But at this point the puzzles and riddles and confusions begin to flock in. You have arrived at a place which
you cannot quite understand.
For you find that as a preparation for this loyal, lawful, and in every way unexceptionable attempt to persuade
the government to right their grievances, the Uitlanders had smuggled a Maxim gun or two and 1,500
muskets into the town, concealed in oil tanks and coal cars, and had begun to form and drill military
companies composed of clerks, merchants, and citizens generally.
What was their idea? Did they suppose that the Boers would attack them for petitioning, for redress? That
could not be.
Did they suppose that the Boers would attack them even for issuing a Manifesto demanding relief under the
existing government?
Yes, they apparently believed so, because the air was full of talk of forcing the government to grant redress if
it were not granted peacefully.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXVI. 240
Page No 244
The Reformers were men of high intelligence. If they were in earnest, they were taking extraordinary risks.
They had enormously valuable properties to defend; their town was full of women and children; their mines
and compounds were packed with thousands upon thousands of sturdy blacks. If the Boers attacked, the
mines would close, the blacks would swarm out and get drunk; riot and conflagration and the Boers together
might lose the Reformers more in a day, in money, blood, and suffering, than the desired political relief could
compensate in ten years if they won the fight and secured the reforms.
It is May, 1897, now; a year has gone by, and the confusions of that day have been to a considerable degree
cleared away. Mr. Cecil Rhodes, Dr. Jameson, and others responsible for the Raid, have testified before the
Parliamentary Committee of Inquiry in London, and so have Mr. Lionel Phillips and other Johannesburg
Reformers, monthlynurses of the Revolution which was born dead. These testimonies have thrown light.
Three books have added much to this light:
"South Africa As It Is," by Mr. Statham, an able writer partial to the Boers; "The Story of an African Crisis,"
by Mr. Garrett, a brilliant writer partial to Rhodes; and "A Woman's Part in a Revolution," by Mrs. John Hays
Hammond, a vigorous and vivid diarist, partial to the Reformers. By liquifying the evidence of the prejudiced
books and of the prejudiced parliamentary witnesses and stirring the whole together and pouring it into my
own (prejudiced) moulds, I have got at the truth of that puzzling South African situation, which is this:
1. The capitalists and other chief men of Johannesburg were fretting under various political and financial
burdens imposed by the State (the South African Republic, sometimes called "the Transvaal") and desired to
procure by peaceful means a modification of the laws.
2. Mr. Cecil Rhodes, Premier of the British Cape Colony, millionaire, creator and managing director of the
territoriallyimmense and financially unproductive South Africa Company; projector of vast schemes for the
unification and consolidation of all the South African States, one imposing commonwealth or empire under
the shadow and general protection of the British flag, thought he saw an opportunity to make profitable use of
the Uitlander discontent above mentionedmake the Johannesburg cat help pull out one of his consolidation
chestnuts for him. With this view he set himself the task of warming the lawful and legitimate petitions and
supplications of the Uitlanders into seditious talk, and their frettings into threateningsthe final outcome to
be revolt and armed rebellion. If he could bring about a bloody collision between those people and the Boer
government, Great Britain would have to interfere; her interference would be resisted by the Boers; she
would chastise them and add the Transvaal to her South African possessions. It was not a foolish idea, but a
rational and practical one.
After a couple of years of judicious plotting, Mr. Rhodes had his reward; the revolutionary kettle was briskly
boiling in Johannesburg, and the Uitlander leaders were backing their appeals to the governmentnow
hardened into demandsby threats of force and bloodshed. By the middle of December, 1895, the explosion
seemed imminent. Mr. Rhodes was diligently helping, from his distant post in Cape Town. He was helping to
procure arms for Johannesburg; he was also arranging to have Jameson break over the border and come to
Johannesburg with 600 mounted men at his back. Jamesonas per instructions from Rhodes,
perhapswanted a letter from the Reformers requesting him to come to their aid. It was a good idea. It
would throw a considerable share of the responsibility of his invasion upon the Reformers. He got the
letterthat famous one urging him to fly to the rescue of the women and children. He got it two months
before he flew. The Reformers seem to have thought it over and concluded that they had not done wisely; for
the next day after giving Jameson the implicating document they wanted to withdraw it and leave the women
and children in danger; but they were told that it was too late. The original had gone to Mr. Rhodes at the
Cape. Jameson had kept a copy, though.
From that time until the 29th of December, a good deal of the Reformers' time was taken up with energetic
efforts to keep Jameson from coming to their assistance. Jameson's invasion had been set for the 26th. The
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXVI. 241
Page No 245
Reformers were not ready. The town was not united. Some wanted a fight, some wanted peace; some wanted
a new government, some wanted the existing one reformed; apparently very few wanted the revolution to
take place in the interest and under the ultimate shelter of the Imperial flag British; yet a report began to
spread that Mr. Rhodes's embarrassing assistance had for its end this latter object.
Jameson was away up on the frontier tugging at his leash, fretting to burst over the border. By hard work the
Reformers got his startingdate postponed a little, and wanted to get it postponed eleven days. Apparently,
Rhodes's agents were seconding their effortsin fact wearing out the telegraph wires trying to hold him
back. Rhodes was himself the only man who could have effectively postponed Jameson, but that would have
been a disadvantage to his scheme; indeed, it could spoil his whole two years' work.
Jameson endured postponement three days, then resolved to wait no longer. Without any ordersexcepting
Mr. Rhodes's significant silencehe cut the telegraph wires on the 29th, and made his plunge that night, to
go to the rescue of the women and children, by urgent request of a letter now nine days oldas per date,a
couple of months old, in fact. He read the letter to his men, and it affected them. It did not affect all of them
alike. Some saw in it a piece of piracy of doubtful wisdom, and were sorry to find that they had been
assembled to violate friendly territory instead of to raid native kraals, as they had supposed.
Jameson would have to ride 150 miles. He knew that there were suspicions abroad in the Transvaal
concerning him, but he expected to get through to Johannesburg before they should become general and
obstructive. But a telegraph wire had been overlooked and not cut. It spread the news of his invasion far and
wide, and a few hours after his start the Boer farmers were riding hard from every direction to intercept him.
As soon as it was known in Johannesburg that he was on his way to rescue the women and children, the
grateful people put the women and children in a train and rushed them for Australia. In fact, the approach of
Johannesburg's saviour created panic and consternation; there, and a multitude of males of peaceable
disposition swept to the trains like a sandstorm. The early ones fared best; they secured seatsby sitting in
themeight hours before the first train was timed to leave.
Mr. Rhodes lost no time. He cabled the renowned Johannesburg letter of invitation to the London pressthe
grayheadedest piece of ancient history that ever went over a cable.
The new poet laureate lost no time. He came out with a rousing poem lauding Jameson's prompt and splendid
heroism in flying to the rescue of the women and children; for the poet could not know that he did not fly
until two months after the invitation. He was deceived by the false date of the letter, which was December
20th.
Jameson was intercepted by the Boers on New Year's Day, and on the next day he surrendered. He had
carried his copy of the letter along, and if his instructions required himin case of emergencyto see that it
fell into the hands of the Boers, he loyally carried them out. Mrs. Hammond gives him a sharp rap for his
supposed carelessness, and emphasizes her feeling about it with burning italics: "It was picked up on the
battle field in a leathern pouch, supposed to be Dr. Jameson's saddlebag. Why, in the name of all that is
discreet and honorable, didn't he eat it!"
She requires too much. He was not in the service of the Reformers excepting ostensibly; he was in the
service of Mr. Rhodes. It was the only plain English document, undarkened by ciphers and mysteries, and
responsibly signed and authenticated, which squarely implicated the Reformers in the raid, and it was not to
Mr. Rhodes's interest that it should be eaten. Besides, that letter was not the original, it was only a copy. Mr.
Rhodes had the originaland didn't eat it. He cabled it to the London press. It had already been read in
England and America and all over Europe before, Jameson dropped it on the battlefield. If the subordinate's
knuckles deserved a rap, the principal's deserved as many as a couple of them.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXVI. 242
Page No 246
That letter is a juicily dramatic incident and is entitled to all its celebrity, because of the odd and variegated
effects which it produced. All within the space of a single week it had made Jameson an illustrious hero in
England, a pirate in Pretoria, and an ass without discretion or honor in Johannesburg; also it had produced a
poetlaureatic explosion of colored fireworks which filled the world's sky with giddy splendors, and, the
knowledge that Jameson was coming with it to rescue the women and children emptied Johannesburg of that
detail of the population. For an old letter, this was much. For a letter two months old, it did marvels; if it had
been a year old it would have done miracles.
CHAPTER LXVII.
First catch your Boer, then kick him.
Pudd'nhead Wilson"s New Calendar.
Those latter days were days of bitter worry and trouble for the harassed Reformers.
From Mrs. Hammond we learn that on the 31st (the day after Johannesburg heard of the invasion), "The
Reform Committee repudiates Dr. Jameson's inroad."
It also publishes its intention to adhere to the Manifesto.
It also earnestly desires that the inhabitants shall refrain from overt acts against the Boer government.
It also "distributes arms" at the Court House, and furnishes horses "to the newlyenrolled volunteers."
It also brings a Transvaal flag into the committeeroom, and the entire body swear allegiance to it "with
uncovered heads and upraised arms."
Also "one thousand LeeMetford rifles have been given out"to rebels.
Also, in a speech, Reformer Lionel Phillips informs the public that the Reform Committee Delegation has
"been received with courtesy by the Government Commission," and "been assured that their proposals shall
be earnestly considered." That "while the Reform Committee regretted Jameson's precipitate action, they
would stand by him."
Also the populace are in a state of "wild enthusiasm," and 46 can scarcely be restrained; they want to go out
to meet Jameson and bring him in with triumphal outcry."
Also the British High Commissioner has issued a damnifying proclamation against Jameson and all British
abettors of his game. It arrives January 1st.
It is a difficult position for the Reformers, and full of hindrances and perplexities. Their duty is hard, but
plain:
1. They have to repudiate the inroad, and stand by the inroader.
2. They have to swear allegiance to the Boer government, and distribute cavalry horses to the rebels.
3. They have to forbid overt acts against the Boer government, and distribute arms to its enemies.
4. They have to avoid collision with the British government, but still stand by Jameson and their new oath of
allegiance to the Boer government, taken, uncovered, in presence of its flag.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXVII. 243
Page No 247
They did such of these things as they could; they tried to do them all; in fact, did do them all, but only in turn,
not simultaneously. In the nature of things they could not be made to simultane.
In preparing for armed revolution and in talking revolution, were the Reformers "bluffing," or were they in
earnest? If they were in earnest, they were taking great risksas has been already pointed out. A gentleman
of high position told me in Johannesburg that he had in his possession a printed document proclaiming a new
government and naming its presidentone of the Reform leaders. He said that this proclamation had been
ready for issue, but was suppressed when the raid collapsed. Perhaps I misunderstood him. Indeed, I must
have misunderstood him, for I have not seen mention of this large incident in print anywhere.
Besides, I hope I am mistaken; for, if I am, then there is argument that the Reformers were privately not
serious, but were only trying to scare the Boer government into granting the desired reforms.
The Boer government was scared, and it had a right to be. For if Mr. Rhodes's plan was to provoke a collision
that would compel the interference of England, that was a serious matter. If it could be shown that that was
also the Reformers' plan and purpose, it would prove that they had marked out a feasible project, at any rate,
although it was one which could hardly fail to cost them ruinously before England should arrive. But it seems
clear that they had no such plan nor desire. If, when the worst should come to the worst, they meant to
overthrow the government, they also meant to inherit the assets themselves, no doubt.
This scheme could hardly have succeeded. With an army of Boers at their gates and 50,000 riotous blacks in
their midst, the odds against success would have been too heavyeven if the whole town had been armed.
With only 2,500 rifles in the place, they stood really no chance.
To me, the military problems of the situation are of more interest than the political ones, because by
disposition I have always been especially fond of war. No, I mean fond of discussing war; and fond of giving
military advice. If I had been with Jameson the morning after he started, I should have advised him to turn
back. That was Monday; it was then that he received his first warning from a Boer source not to violate the
friendly soil of the Transvaal. It showed that his invasion was known. If I had been with him on Tuesday
morning and afternoon, when he received further warnings, I should have repeated my advice. If I had been
with him the next morningNew Year'swhen he received notice that "a few hundred" Boers were waiting
for him a few miles ahead, I should not have advised, but commanded him to go back. And if I had been with
him two or three hours latera thing not conceivable to meI should have retired him by force; for at that
time he learned that the few hundred had now grown to 800; and that meant that the growing would go on
growing.
For,by authority of Mr. Garrett, one knows that Jameson's 600 were only 530 at most, when you count out
his native drivers, etc.; and that the 530 consisted largely of "green" youths, "raw young fellows," not trained
and warworn British soldiers; and I would have told. Jameson that those lads would not be able to shoot
effectively from horseback in the scamper and racket of battle, and that there would not be anything for them
to shoot at, anyway, but rocks; for the Boers would be behind the rocks, not out in the open. I would have
told him that 300 Boer sharpshooters behind rocks would be an overmatch for his 500 raw young fellows on
horseback.
If pluck were the only thing essential to battlewinning, the English would lose no battles. But discretion, as
well as pluck, is required when one fights Boers and Red Indians. In South Africa the Briton has always
insisted upon standing bravely up, unsheltered, before the hidden Boer, and taking the results: Jameson's men
would follow the custom. Jameson would not have listened to mehe would have been intent upon
repeating history, according to precedent. Americans are not acquainted with the BritishBoer war of 1881;
but its history is interesting, and could have been instructive to Jameson if he had been receptive. I will cull
some details of it from trustworthy sources mainly from "Russell's Natal." Mr. Russell is not a Boer, but a
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXVII. 244
Page No 248
Briton. He is inspector of schools, and his history is a textbook whose purpose is the instruction of the Natal
English youth.
After the seizure of the Transvaal and the suppression of the Boer government by England in 1877, the Boers
fretted for three years, and made several appeals to England for a restoration of their liberties, but without
result. Then they gathered themselves together in a great mass meeting at Krugersdorp, talked their troubles
over, and resolved to fight for their deliverance from the British yoke. (Krugersdorpthe place where the
Boers interrupted the Jameson raid.) The little handful of farmers rose against the strongest empire in the
world. They proclaimed martial law and the reestablishment of their Republic. They organized their forces
and sent them forward to intercept the British battalions. This, although Sir Garnet Wolseley had but lately
made proclamation that "so long as the sun shone in the heavens," the Transvaal would be and remain
English territory. And also in spite of the fact that the commander of the 94th regimentalready on the
march to suppress this rebellionhad been heard to say that "the Boers would turn tail at the first beat of the
big drum." ["South Africa As It Is," by F. Reginald Statham, page 82. London: T. Fisher Unwin, 1897.]
Four days after the flagraising, the Boer force which had been sent forward to forbid the invasion of the
English troops met them at Bronkhorst Spruit246 men of the 94th regiment, in command of a colonel, the
big drum beating, the band playingand the first battle was fought. It lasted ten minutes. Result:
British loss, more than 150 officers and men, out of the 246. Surrender of the remnant.
Boer lossif anynot stated.
They are fine marksmen, the Boers. From the cradle up, they live on horseback and hunt wild animals with
the rifle. They have a passion for liberty and the Bible, and care for nothing else.
"General Sir George Colley, LieutenantGovernor and CommanderinChief in Natal, felt it his duty to
proceed at once to the relief of the loyalists and soldiers beleaguered in the different towns of the Transvaal."
He moved out with 1,000 men and some artillery. He found the Boers encamped in a strong and sheltered
position on high ground at Laing's Nekevery Boer behind a rock. Early in the morning of the 28th January,
1881, he moved to the attack "with the 58th regiment, commanded by Colonel Deane, a mounted squadron of
70 men, the 60th Rifles, the Naval Brigade with three rocket tubes, and the Artillery with six guns." He
shelled the Boers for twenty minutes, then the assault was delivered, the 58th marching up the slope in solid
column. The battle was soon finished, with this result, according to Russell
British loss in killed and wounded, 174.
Boer loss, "trifling."
Colonel Deane was killed, and apparently every officer above the grade of lieutenant was killed or wounded,
for the 58th retreated to its camp in command of a lieutenant. ("Africa as It Is.")
That ended the second battle.
On the 7th of February General Colley discovered that the Boers were flanking his position. The next
morning he left his camp at Mount Pleasant and marched out and crossed the Ingogo river with 270 men,
started up the Ingogo heights, and there fought a battle which lasted from noon till nightfall. He then
retreated, leaving his wounded with his military chaplain, and in recrossing the now swollen river lost some
of his men by drowning. That was the third Boer victory. Result, according to Mr. Russell
British loss 150 out of 270 engaged.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXVII. 245
Page No 249
Boer loss, 8 killed, 9 wounded17.
There was a season of quiet, now, but at the end of about three weeks Sir George Colley conceived the idea
of climbing, with an infantry and artillery force, the steep and rugged mountain of Amajuba in the nighta
bitter hard task, but he accomplished it. On the way he left about 200 men to guard a strategic point, and took
about 400 up the mountain with him. When the sun rose in the morning, there was an unpleasant surprise for
the Boers; yonder were the English troops visible on top of the mountain two or three miles away, and now
their own position was at the mercy of the English artillery. The Boer chief resolved to retreatup that
mountain. He asked for volunteers, and got them.
The storming party crossed the swale and began to creep up the steeps, "and from behind rocks and bushes
they shot at the soldiers on the skyline as if they were stalking deer," says Mr. Russell. There was
"continuous musketry fire, steady and fatal on the one side, wild and ineffectual on the other." The Boers
reached the top, and began to put in their ruinous work. Presently the British "broke and fled for their lives
down the rugged steep." The Boers had won the battle. Result in killed and wounded, including among the
killed the British General:
British loss, 226, out of 400 engaged.
Boer loss, 1 killed, 5 wounded.
That ended the war. England listened to reason, and recognized the Boer Republica government which has
never been in any really awful danger since, until Jameson started after it with his 500 "raw young fellows."
To recapitulate:
The Boer farmers and British soldiers fought 4 battles, and the Boers won them all. Result of the 4, in killed
and wounded:
British loss, 700 men.
Boer loss, so far as known, 23 men.
It is interesting, now, to note how loyally Jameson and his several trained British military officers tried to
make their battles conform to precedent. Mr. Garrett's account of the Raid is much the best one I have met
with, and my impressions of the Raid are drawn from that.
When Jameson learned that near Krugersdorp he would find 800 Boers waiting to dispute his passage, he was
not in the least disturbed. He was feeling as he had felt two or three days before, when he had opened his
campaign with a historic remark to the same purport as the one with which the commander of the 94th had
opened the BoerBritish war of fourteen years before. That Commander's remark was, that the Boers "would
turn tail at the first beat of the big drum." Jameson's was, that with his "raw young fellows" he could kick the
(persons) of the Boers "all round the Transvaal." He was keeping close to historic precedent.
Jameson arrived in the presence of the Boers. Theyaccording to precedentwere not visible. It was a
country of ridges, depressions, rocks, ditches, moraines of miningtailingsnot even as favorable for
cavalry work as Laing's Nek had been in the former disastrous days. Jameson shot at the ridges and rocks
with his artillery, just as General Colley had done at the Nek; and did them no damage and persuaded no Boer
to show himself. Then about a hundred of his men formed up to charge the ridgeaccording to the 58th's
precedent at the Nek; but as they dashed forward they opened out in a long line, which was a considerable
improvement on the 58th's tactics; when they had gotten to within 200 yards of the ridge the concealed Boers
opened out on them and emptied 20 saddles. The unwounded dismounted and fired at the rocks over the
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXVII. 246
Page No 250
backs of their horses; but the returnfire was too hot, and they mounted again, "and galloped back or crawled
away into a clump of reeds for cover, where they were shortly afterward taken prisoners as they lay among
the reeds. Some thirty prisoners were so taken, and during the night which followed the Boers carried away
another thirty killed and woundedthe wounded to Krugersdorp hospital. "Sixty per cent. of the assaulted
force disposed ofaccording to Mr. Garrett's estimate.
It was according to Amajuba precedent, where the British loss was 226 out of about 400 engaged.
Also, in Jameson's camp, that night, "there lay about 30 wounded or otherwise disabled" men. Also during
the night "some 30 or 40 young fellows got separated from the command and straggled through into
Johannesburg." Altogether a possible 150 men gone, out of his 530. His lads had fought valorously, but had
not been able to get near enough to a Boer to kick him around the Transvaal.
At dawn the next morning the column of something short of 400 whites resumed its march. Jameson's grit
was stubbornly good; indeed, it was always that. He still had hopes. There was a long and tedious zigzagging
march through broken ground, with constant harassment from the Boers; and at last the column "walked into
a sort of trap," and the Boers "closed in upon it." "Men and horses dropped on all sides. In the column the
feeling grew that unless it could burst through the Boer lines at this point it was done for. The Maxims were
fired until they grew too hot, and, water failing for the cool jacket, five of them jammed and went out of
action. The 7pounder was fired until only half an hour's ammunition was left to fire with. One last rush was
made, and failed, and then the Staats Artillery came up on the left flank, and the game was up."
Jameson hoisted a white flag and surrendered.
There is a story, which may not be true, about an ignorant Boer farmer there who thought that this white flag
was the national flag of England. He had been at Bronkhorst, and Laing's Nek, and Ingogo and Amajuba, and
supposed that the English did not run up their flag excepting at the end of a fight.
The following is (as I understand it) Mr. Garrett's estimate of Jameson's total loss in killed and wounded for
the two days:
"When they gave in they were minus some 20 per cent. of combatants. There were 76 casualties. There were
30 men hurt or sick in the wagons. There were 27 killed on the spot or mortally wounded."
Total, 133, out of the original 530. It is just 25 per cent. [However, I judge that the total was really 150; for
the number of wounded carried to Krugersdorp hospital was 53; not 30, as Mr. Garrett reports it. The lady
whose guest I was in Krugerdorp gave me the figures. She was head nurse from the beginning of hostilities
(Jan. 1) until the professional nurses arrived, Jan. 8th. Of the 53, "Three or four were Boers"; I quote her
words.] This is a large improvement upon the precedents established at Bronkhorst, Laing's Nek, Ingogo,
and Amajuba, and seems to indicate that Boer marksmanship is not so good now as it was in those days. But
there is one detail in which the Raidepisode exactly repeats history. By surrender at Bronkhorst, the whole
British force disappeared from the theater of war; this was the case with Jameson's force.
In the Boer loss, also, historical precedent is followed with sufficient fidelity. In the 4 battles named above,
the Boer loss, so far as known, was an average of 6 men per battle, to the British average loss of 175. In
Jameson's battles, as per Boer official report, the Boer loss in killed was 4. Two of these were killed by the
Boers themselves, by accident, the other by Jameson's armyone of them intentionally, the other by a
pathetic mischance. "A young Boer named Jacobz was moving forward to give a drink to one of the wounded
troopers (Jameson's) after the first charge, when another wounded man, mistaking his intention; shot him."
There were three or four wounded Boers in the Krugersdorp hospital, and apparently no others have been
reported. Mr. Garrett, "on a balance of probabilities, fully accepts the official version, and thanks Heaven the
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXVII. 247
Page No 251
killed was not larger."
As a military man, I wish to point out what seems to me to be military errors in the conduct of the campaign
which we have just been considering. I have seen active service in the field, and it was in the actualities of
war that I acquired my training and my right to speak. I served two weeks in the beginning of our Civil War,
and during all that tune commanded a battery of infantry composed of twelve men. General Grant knew the
history of my campaign, for I told it him. I also told him the principle upon which I had conducted it; which
was, to tire the enemy. I tired out and disqualified many battalions, yet never had a casualty myself nor lost a
man. General Grant was not given to paying compliments, yet he said frankly that if I had conducted the
whole war much bloodshed would have been spared, and that what the army might have lost through the
inspiriting results of collision in the field would have been amply made up by the liberalizing influences of
travel. Further endorsement does not seem to me to be necessary.
Let us now examine history, and see what it teaches. In the 4 battles fought in 1881 and the two fought by
Jameson, the British loss in killed, wounded, and prisoners, was substantially 1,300 men; the Boer loss, as far
as is ascertainable, eras about 30 men. These figures show that there was a defect somewhere. It was not in
the absence of courage. I think it lay in the absence of discretion. The Briton should have done one thing or
the other: discarded British methods and fought the Boer with Boer methods, or augmented his own force
untilusing British methodsit should be large enough to equalize results with the Boer.
To retain the British method requires certain things, determinable by arithmetic. If, for argument's sake, we
allow that the aggregate of 1,716 British soldiers engaged in the 4 early battles was opposed by the same
aggregate of Boers, we have this result: the British loss of 700 and the Boer loss of 23 argues that in order to
equalize results in future battles you must make the British force thirty times as strong as the Boer force. Mr.
Garrett shows that the Boer force immediately opposed to Jameson was 2,000, and that there were 6,000
more on hand by the evening of the second day. Arithmetic shows that in order to make himself the equal of
the 8,000 Boers, Jameson should have had 240,000 men, whereas he merely had 530 boys. From a military
point of view, backed by the facts of history, I conceive that Jameson's military judgment was at fault.
Another thing. Jameson was encumbered by artillery, ammunition, and rifles. The facts of the battle show
that he should have had none of those things along. They were heavy, they were in his way, they impeded his
march. There was nothing to shoot at but rockshe knew quite well that there would be nothing to shoot at
but rocksand he knew that artillery and rifles have no effect upon rocks. He was badly overloaded with
unessentials. He had 8 Maximsa Maxim is a kind of Gatling, I believe, and shoots about 500 bullets per
minute; he had one 12 1/2 pounder cannon and two 7pounders; also, 145,000 rounds of ammunition. He
worked the Maxims so hard upon the rocks that five of them became disabledfive of the Maxims, not the
rocks. It is believed that upwards of 100,000 rounds of ammunition of the various kinds were fired during the
21 hours that the battles lasted. One man killed. He must have been much mutilated. It was a pity to bring
those futile Maxims along. Jameson should have furnished himself with a battery of Pudd'nhead Wilson
maxims instead, They are much more deadly than those others, and they are easily carried, because they have
no weight.
Mr. Garrettnot very carefully concealing a smileexcuses the presence of the Maxims by saying that they
were of very substantial use because their sputtering disordered the aim of the Boers, and in that way saved
lives.
Three cannon, eight Maxims, and five hundred rifles yielded a result which emphasized a fact which had
already been establishedthat the British system of standing out in the open to fight Boers who are behind
rocks is not wise, not excusable, and ought to be abandoned for something more efficacious. For the purpose
of war is to kill, not merely to waste ammunition.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXVII. 248
Page No 252
If I could get the management of one of those campaigns, I would know what to do, for I have studied the
Boer. He values the Bible above every other thing. The most delicious edible in South Africa is "biltong."
You will have seen it mentioned in Olive Schreiner's books. It is what our plainsmen call "jerked beef." It is
the Boer's main standby. He has a passion for it, and he is right.
If I had the command of the campaign I would go with rifles only, no cumbersome Maxims and cannon to
spoil good rocks with. I would move surreptitiously by night to a point about a quarter of a mile from the
Boer camp, and there I would build up a pyramid of biltong and Bibles fifty feet high, and then conceal my
men all about. In the morning the Boers would send out spies, and then the rest would come with a rush. I
would surround them, and they would have to fight my men on equal terms, in the open. There wouldn't be
any Amajuba results.
[Just as I am finishing this book an unfortunate dispute has sprung up between Dr. Jameson and his
officers, on the one hand, and Colonel Rhodes on the other, concerning the wording of a note which Colonel
Rhodes sent from Johannesburg by a cyclist to Jameson just before hostilities began on the memorable New
Year's Day. Some of the fragments of this note were found on the battlefield after the fight, and these have
been pieced together; the dispute is as to what words the lacking fragments contained. Jameson says the note
promised him a reinforcement of 300 men from Johannesburg. Colonel Rhodes denies this, and says he
merely promised to send out "some" men "to meet you."
It seems a pity that these friends should fall out over so little a thing. If the 300 had been sent, what good
would it have done? In 21 hours of industrious fighting, Jameson's 530 men, with 8 Maxims, 3 cannon, and
145,000 rounds of ammunition, killed an aggregate of 1. Boer. These statistics show that a reinforcement of
300 Johannesburgers, armed merely with muskets, would have killed, at the outside, only a little over a half
of another Boer. This would not have saved the day. It would not even have seriously affected the general
result. The figures show clearly, and with mathematical violence, that the only way to save Jameson, or even
give him a fair and equal chance with the enemy, was for Johannesburg to send him 240 Maxims, 90 cannon,
600 carloads of ammunition, and 240,000 men. Johannesburg was not in a position to do this. Johannesburg
has been called very hard names for not reinforcing Jameson. But in every instance this has been done by two
classes of personspeople who do not read history, and people, like Jameson, who do not understand what it
means, after they have read it.]
CHAPTER LXVIII.
None of us can have as many virtues as the fountainpen, or half its
cussedness; but we can try.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
The Duke of Fife has borne testimony that Mr. Rhodes deceived him. That is also what Mr. Rhodes did with
the Reformers. He got them into trouble, and then stayed out himself. A judicious man. He has always been
that. As to this there was a moment of doubt, once. It was when he was out on his last pirating expedition in
the Matabele country. The cable shouted out that he had gone unarmed, to visit a party of hostile chiefs. It
was true, too; and this daredevil thing came near fetching another indiscretion out of the poet laureate. It
would have been too bad, for when the facts were all in, it turned out that there was a lady along, too, and she
also was unarmed.
In the opinion of many people Mr. Rhodes is South Africa; others think he is only a large part of it. These
latter consider that South Africa consists of Table Mountain, the diamond mines, the Johannesburg gold
fields, and Cecil Rhodes. The gold fields are wonderful in every way. In seven or eight years they built up, in
a desert, a city of a hundred thousand inhabitants, counting white and black together; and not the ordinary
mining city of wooden shanties, but a city made out of lasting material. Nowhere in the world is there such a
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXVIII. 249
Page No 253
concentration of rich mines as at Johannesburg. Mr. Bonamici, my manager there, gave me a small gold brick
with some statistics engraved upon it which record the output of gold from the early days to July, 1895, and
exhibit the strides which have been made in the development of the industry; in 1888 the output was
$4,162,440; the output of the next five and a half years was (total' $17,585,894; for the single year ending
with June, 1895, it was $45,553,700.
The capital which has developed the mines came from England, the mining engineers from America. This is
the case with the diamond mines also. South Africa seems to be the heaven of the American scientific mining
engineer. He gets the choicest places, and keeps them. His salary is not based upon what he would get in
America, but apparently upon what a whole family of him would get there.
The successful mines pay great dividends, yet the rock is not rich, from a Californian point of view. Rock
which yields ten or twelve dollars a ton is considered plenty rich enough. It is troubled with base metals to
such a degree that twenty years ago it would have been only about half as valuable as it is now; for at that
time there was no paying way of getting anything out of such rock but the coarsergrained "free"gold; but the
new cyanide process has changed all that, and the gold fields of the world now deliver up fifty million dollars'
worth of gold per year which would have gone into the tailingpile under the former conditions.
The cyanide process was new to me, and full of interest; and among the costly and elaborate mining
machinery there were fine things which were new to me, but I was already familiar with the rest of the details
of the goldmining industry. I had been a gold miner myself, in my day, and knew substantially everything
that those people knew about it, except how to make money at it. But I learned a good deal about the Boers
there, and that was a fresh subject. What I heard there was afterwards repeated to me in other parts of South
Africa. Summed upaccording to the information thus gainedthis is the Boer:
He is deeply religious, profoundly ignorant, dull, obstinate, bigoted, uncleanly in his habits, hospitable,
honest in his dealings with the whites, a hard master to his black servant, lazy, a good shot, good horseman,
addicted to the chase, a lover of political independence, a good husband and father, not fond of herding
together in towns, but liking the seclusion and remoteness and solitude and empty vastness and silence of the
veldt; a man of a mighty appetite, and not delicate about what he appeases it withwellsatisfied with pork
and Indian corn and biltong, requiring only that the quantity shall not be stinted; willing to ride a long journey
to take a hand in a rude allnight dance interspersed with vigorous feeding and boisterous jollity, but ready to
ride twice as far for a prayermeeting; proud of his Dutch and Huguenot origin and its religious and military
history; proud of his race's achievements in South Africa, its bold plunges into hostile and uncharted deserts
in search of free solitudes unvexed by the pestering and detested English, also its victories over the natives
and the British; proudest of all, of the direct and effusive personal interest which the Deity has always taken
in its affairs. He cannot read, he cannot write; he has one or two newspapers, but he is, apparently, not aware
of it; until latterly he had no schools, and taught his children nothing, news is a term which has no meaning to
him, and the thing itself he cares nothing about. He hates to be taxed and resents it. He has stood stock still in
South Africa for two centuries and a half, and would like to stand still till the end of time, for he has no
sympathy with Uitlander notions of progress. He is hungry to be rich, for he is human; but his preference has
been for riches in cattle, not in fine clothes and fine houses and gold and diamonds. The gold and the
diamonds have brought the godless stranger within his gates, also contamination and broken repose, and he
wishes that they had never been discovered.
I think that the bulk of those details can be found in Olive Schreiner's books, and she would not be accused of
sketching the Boer's portrait with an unfair hand.
Now what would you expect from that unpromising material? What ought you to expect from it? Laws
inimical to religious liberty? Yes. Laws denying, representation and suffrage to the intruder? Yes. Laws
unfriendly to educational institutions? Yes. Laws obstructive of gold production? Yes. Discouragement of
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXVIII. 250
Page No 254
railway expansion? Yes. Laws heavily taxing the intruder and overlooking the Boer? Yes.
The Uitlander seems to have expected something very different from all that. I do not know why. Nothing
different from it was rationally to be expected. A round man cannot be expected to fit a square hole right
away. He must have time to modify his shape. The modification had begun in a detail or two, before the Raid,
and was making some progress. It has made further progress since. There are wise men in the Boer
government, and that accounts for the modification; the modification of the Boer mass has probably not
begun yet. If the heads of the Boer government had not been wise men they would have hanged Jameson, and
thus turned a very commonplace pirate into a holy martyr. But even their wisdom has its limits, and they will
hang Mr. Rhodes if they ever catch him. That will round him and complete him and make him a saint. He has
already been called by all other titles that symbolize human grandeur, and he ought to rise to this one, the
grandest of all. It will be a dizzy jump from where he is now, but that is nothing, it will land him in good
company and be a pleasant change for him.
Some of the things demanded by the Johannesburgers' Manifesto have been conceded since the days of the
Raid, and the others will follow in time, no doubt. It was most fortunate for the miners of Johannesburg that
the taxes which distressed them so much were levied by the Boer government, instead of by their friend
Rhodes and his Chartered Company of highwaymen, for these latter take half of whatever their mining
victims find, they do not stop at a mere percentage. If the Johannesburg miners were under their jurisdiction
they would be in the poorhouse in twelve months.
I have been under the impression all along that I had an unpleasant paragraph about the Boers somewhere in
my notebook, and also a pleasant one. I have found them now. The unpleasant one is dated at an interior
village, and says
"Mr. Z. called. He is an English Afrikander; is an old resident, and has a Boer wife. He speaks the language,
and his professional business is with the Boers exclusively. He told me that the ancient Boer families in the
great region of which this village is the commercial center are falling victims to their inherited indolence and
dullness in the materialistic latterday race and struggle, and are dropping one by one into the grip of the
usurergetting hopelessly in debtand are losing their high place and retiring to second and lower. The
Boer's farm does not go to another Boer when he loses it, but to a foreigner. Some have fallen so low that
they sell their daughters to the blacks."
Under date of another South African town I find the note which is creditable to the Boers:
"Dr. X. told me that in the Kafir war 1,500 Kafirs took refuge in a great cave in the mountains about 90 miles
north of Johannesburg, and the Boers blocked up the entrance and smoked them to death. Dr. X. has been in
there and seen the great array of bleached skeletonsone a woman with the skeleton of a child hugged to her
breast."
The great bulk of the savages must go. The white man wants their lands, and all must go excepting such
percentage of them as he will need to do his work for him upon terms to be determined by himself. Since
history has removed the element of guesswork from this matter and made it certainty, the humanest way of
diminishing the black population should be adopted, not the old cruel ways of the past. Mr. Rhodes and his
gang have been following the old ways. They are chartered to rob and slay, and they lawfully do it, but not
in a compassionate and Christian spirit. They rob the Mashonas and the Matabeles of a portion of their
territories in the hallowed old style of "purchase!" for a song, and then they force a quarrel and take the rest
by the strong hand. They rob the natives of their cattle under the pretext that all the cattle in the country
belonged to the king whom they have tricked and assassinated. They issue "regulations" requiring the
incensed and harassed natives to work for the white settlers, and neglect their own affairs to do it. This is
slavery, and is several times worse than was the American slavery which used to pain England so much; for
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXVIII. 251
Page No 255
when this Rhodesian slave is sick, super annuated, or otherwise disabled, he must support himself or
starvehis master is under no obligation to support him.
The reduction of the population by Rhodesian methods to the desired limit is a return to the oldtime
slowmisery and lingeringdeath system of a discredited time and a crude "civilization." We humanely
reduce an overplus of dogs by swift chloroform; the Boer humanely reduced an overplus of blacks by swift
suffocation; the nameless but righthearted Australian pioneer humanely reduced his overplus of aboriginal
neighbors by a sweetened swift death concealed in a poisoned pudding. All these are admirable, and worthy
of praise; you and I would rather suffer either of these deaths thirty times over in thirty successive days than
linger out one of the Rhodesian twentyyear deaths, with its daily burden of insult, humiliation, and forced
labor for a man whose entire race the victim hates. Rhodesia is a happy name for that land of piracy and
pillage, and puts the right stain upon it.
Several long journeysgave us experience of the Cape Colony railways; easyriding, fine cars; all the
conveniences; thorough cleanliness; comfortable beds furnished for the night trains. It was in the first days of
June, and winter; the daytime was pleasant, the nighttime nice and cold. Spinning along all day in the cars it
was ecstasy to breathe the bracing air and gaze out over the vast brown solitudes of the velvet plains, soft and
lovely near by, still softer and lovelier further away, softest and loveliest of all in the remote distances, where
dim island hills seemed afloat, as in a seaa sea made of dreamstuff and flushed with colors faint and
rich; and dear me, the depth of the sky, and the beauty of the strange new cloudforms, and the glory of the
sunshine, the lavishness, the wastefulness of it! The vigor and freshness and inspiration of the air and the
sunwell, it was all just as Olive Schreiner had made it in her books.
To me the veldt, in its sober winter garb, was surpassingly beautiful. There were unlevel stretches where it
was rolling and swelling, and rising and subsiding, and sweeping superbly on and on, and still on and on like
an ocean, toward the faraway horizon, its pale brown deepening by delicately graduated shades to rich
orange, and finally to purple and crimson where it washed against the wooded hills and naked red crags at the
base of the sky.
Everywhere, from Cape Town to Kimberley and from Kimberley to Port Elizabeth and East London, the
towns were well populated with tamed blacks; tamed and Christianized too, I suppose, for they wore the
dowdy clothes of our Christian civilization. But for that, many of them would have been remarkably
handsome. These fiendish clothes, together with the proper lounging gait, goodnatured face, happy air, and
easy laugh, made them precise counterparts of our American blacks; often where all the other aspects were
strikingly and harmoniously and thrillingly African, a flock of these natives would intrude, looking wholly
out of place, and spoil it all, making the thing a grating discord, half African and half American.
One Sunday in King William's Town a score of colored women came mincing across the great barren square
dressedoh, in the last perfection of fashion, and newness, and expensiveness, and showy mixture of
unrelated colors,all just as I had seen it so often at home; and in their faces and their gait was that
languishing, aristocratic, divine delight in their finery which was so familiar to me, and had always been such
a satisfaction to my eye and my heart. I seemed among old, old friends; friends of fifty years, and I stopped
and cordially greeted them. They broke into a goodfellowship laugh, flashing their white teeth upon me, and
all answered at once. I did not understand a word they said. I was astonished; I was not dreaming that they
would answer in anything but American.
The voices, too, of the African women, were familiar to me sweet and musical, just like those of the slave
women of my early days. I followed a couple of them all over the Orange Free Stateno, over its capital
Bloemfontein, to hear their liquid voices and the happy ripple of their laughter. Their language was a large
improvement upon American. Also upon the Zulu. It had no Zulu clicks in it; and it seemed to have no angles
or corners, no roughness, no vile s's or other hissing sounds, but was very, very mellow and rounded and
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXVIII. 252
Page No 256
flowing.
In moving about the country in the trains, I had opportunity to see a good many Boers of the veldt. One day at
a village station a hundred of them got out of the thirdclass cars to feed.
Their clothes were very interesting. For ugliness of shapes, and for miracles of ugly colors inharmoniously
associated, they were a record. The effect was nearly as exciting and interesting as that produced by the
brilliant and beautiful clothes and perfect taste always on view at the Indian railway stations. One man had
corduroy trousers of a faded chewing gum tint. And they were newshowing that this tint did not come by
calamity, but was intentional; the very ugliest color I have ever seen. A gaunt, shackly country lout six feet
high, in battered gray slouched hat with wide brim, and old resincolored breeches, had on a hideous
brandnew woolen coat which was imitation tiger skin wavy broad stripes of dazzling yellow and deep
brown. I thought he ought to be hanged, and asked the stationmaster if it could be arranged. He said no; and
not only that, but said it rudely; said it with a quite unnecessary show of feeling. Then he muttered something
about my being a jackass, and walked away and pointed me out to people, and did everything he could to turn
public sentiment against me. It is what one gets for trying to do good.
In the train that day a passenger told me some more about Boer life out in the lonely veldt. He said the Boer
gets up early and sets his "niggers" at their tasks (pasturing the cattle, and watching them); eats, smokes,
drowses, sleeps; toward evening superintends the milking, etc.; eats, smokes, drowses; goes to bed at early
candlelight in the fragrant clothes he (and she) have worn all day and every weekday for years. I remember
that last detail, in Olive Schreiner's "Story of an African Farm." And the passenger told me that the Boers
were justly noted for their hospitality. He told me a story about it. He said that his grace the Bishop of a
certain See was once making a businessprogress through the tavernless veldt, and one night he stopped with
a Boer; after supper was shown to bed; he undressed, weary and worn out, and was soon sound asleep; in the
night he woke up feeling crowded and suffocated, and found the old Boer and his fat wife in bed with him,
one on each side, with all their clothes on, and snoring. He had to stay there and stand itawake and
sufferinguntil toward dawn, when sleep again fell upon him for an hour. Then he woke again. The Boer
was gone, but the wife was still at his side.
Those Reformers detested that Boer prison; they were not used to cramped quarters and tedious hours, and
weary idleness, and early to bed, and limited movement, and arbitrary and irritating rules, and the absence of
the luxuries which wealth comforts the day and the night with. The confinement told upon their bodies and
their spirits; still, they were superior men, and they made the best that was to be made of the circumstances.
Their wives smuggled delicacies to them, which helped to smooth the way down for the prison fare.
In the train Mr. B. told me that the Boer jailguards treated the black prisonerseven political
onesmercilessly. An African chief and his following had been kept there nine months without trial, and
during all that time they had been without shelter from rain and sun. He said that one day the guards put a big
black in the stocks for dashing his soup on the ground; they stretched his legs painfully wide apart, and set
him with his back down hill; he could not endure it, and put back his hands upon the slope for a support. The
guard ordered him to withdraw the support and kicked him in the back. "Then," said Mr. B., "'the powerful
black wrenched the stocks asunder and went for the guard; a Reform prisoner pulled him off, and thrashed the
guard himself."
CHAPTER LXIX.
The very ink with which all history is written is merely fluid prejudice.
Pudd'nhead Wilsons's New Calendar.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXIX. 253
Page No 257
There isn't a Parallel of Latitude but thinks it would have been the Equator if it had had its rights.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
Next to Mr. Rhodes, to me the most interesting convulsion of nature in South Africa was the diamondcrater.
The Rand gold fields are a stupendous marvel, and they make all other gold fields small, but I was not a
stranger to goldmining; the veldt was a noble thing to see, but it was only another and lovelier variety of our
Great Plains; the natives were very far from being uninteresting, but they were not new; and as for the towns,
I could find my way without a guide through the most of them because I had learned the streets, under other
names, in towns just like them in other lands; but the diamond mine was a wholly fresh thing, a splendid and
absorbing novelty. Very few people in the world have seen the diamond in its home. It has but three or four
homes in the world, whereas gold has a million. It is worth while to journey around the globe to see anything
which can truthfully be called a novelty, and the diamond mine is the greatest and most select and restricted
novelty which the globe has in stock.
The Kimberley diamond deposits were discovered about 1869, I think. When everything is taken into
consideration, the wonder is that they were not discovered five thousand years ago and made familiar to the
African world for the rest of time. For this reason the first diamonds were found on the surface of the ground.
They were smooth and limpid, and in the sunlight they vomited fire. They were the very things which an
African savage of any era would value above every other thing in the world excepting a glass bead. For two
or three centuries we have been buying his lands, his cattle, his neighbor, and any other thing he had for sale,
for glass beads and so it is strange that he was indifferent to the diamondsfor he must have pickets them up
many and many a time. It would not occur to him to try to sell them to whites, of course, since the whites
already had plenty of glass beads, and more fashionably shaped, too, than these; but one would think that the
poorer sort of black, who could not afford real glass, would have been humbly content to decorate himself
with the imitation, and that presently the white trader would notice the things, and dimly suspect, and carry
some of them home, and find out what they were, and at once empty a multitude of fortune hunters into
Africa. There are many strange things in human history; one of the strangest is that the sparkling diamonds
laid there so long without exciting any one's interest.
The revelation came at last by accident. In a Boer's hut out in the wide solitude of the plains, a traveling
stranger noticed a child playing with a bright object, and was told it was a piece of glass which had been
found in the veldt. The stranger bought it for a trifle and carried it away; and being without honor, made
another stranger believe it was a diamond, and so got $125 out of him for it, and was as pleased with himself
as if he had done a righteous thing. In Paris the wronged stranger sold it to a pawnshop for $10,000, who sold
it to a countess for $90,000, who sold it to a brewer for $800;000, who traded it to a king for a dukedom and a
pedigree, and the king "put it up the spout." [handwritten note: "From the Greek meaning 'pawned it.'
M.T.] I know these particulars to be correct.
The news flew around, and the South African diamondboom began. The original travelerthe dishonest
onenow remembered that he had once seen a Boer teamster chocking his wagonwheel on a steep grade
with a diamond as large as a football, and he laid aside his occupations and started out to hunt for it, but not
with the intention of cheating anybody out of $125 with it, for he had reformed.
We now come to matters more didactic. Diamonds are not imbedded in rock ledges fifty miles long, like the
Johannesburg gold, but are distributed through the rubbish of a filledup well, so to speak. The well is rich,
its walls are sharply defined; outside of the walls are no diamonds. The well is a crater, and a large one.
Before it had been meddled with, its surface was even with the level plain, and there was no sign to suggest
that it was there. The pasturage covering the surface of the Kimberley crater was sufficient for the support of
a cow, and the pasturage underneath was sufficient for the support of a kingdom; but the cow did not know it,
and lost her chance.
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXIX. 254
Page No 258
The Kimberley crater is roomy enough to admit the Roman Coliseum; the bottom of the crater has not been
reached, and no one can tell how far down in the bowels of the earth it goes. Originally, it was a
perpendicular hole packed solidly full of blue rock or cement, and scattered through that blue mass, like
raisins in a pudding, were the diamonds. As deep down in the earth as the blue stuff extends, so deep will the
diamonds be found.
There are three or four other celebrated craters near by a circle three miles in diameter would enclose them
all. They are owned by the De Beers Company, a consolidation of diamond properties arranged by Mr.
Rhodes twelve or fourteen years ago. The De Beers owns other craters; they are under the grass, but the De
Beers knows where they are, and will open them some day, if the market should require it.
Originally, the diamond deposits were the property of the Orange Free State; but a judicious "rectification" of
the boundary line shifted them over into the British territory of Cape Colony. A high official of the Free State
told me that the sum of $4,00,000 was handed to his commonwealth as a compromise, or indemnity, or
something of the sort, and that he thought his commonwealth did wisely to take the money and keep out of a
dispute, since the power was all on the one side and the weakness all on the other. The De Beers Company
dig out $400,000 worth of diamonds per week, now. The Cape got the territory, but no profit; for Mr. Rhodes
and the Rothschilds and the other De Beers people own the mines, and they pay no taxes.
In our day the mines are worked upon scientific principles, under the guidance of the ablest
miningengineering talent procurable in America. There are elaborate works for reducing the blue rock and
passing it through one process after another until every diamond it contains has been hunted down and
secured. I watched the "concentrators" at work big tanks containing mud and water and invisible
diamondsand was told that each could stir and churn and properly treat 300 carloads of mud per day
1,600 pounds to the carloadand reduce it to 3 carloads of slush. I saw the 3 carloads of slush taken to the
"pulsators" and there reduced to quarter of a load of nice clean darkcolored sand. Then I followed it to the
sorting tables and saw the men deftly and swiftly spread it out and brush it about and seize the diamonds as
they showed up. I assisted, and once I found a diamond half as large as an almond. It is an exciting kind of
fishing, and you feel a fine thrill of pleasure every time you detect the glow of one of those limpid pebbles
through the veil of dark sand. I would like to spend my Saturday holidays in that charming sport every now
and then. Of course there are disappointments. Sometimes you find a diamond which is not a diamond; it is
only a quartz crystal or some such worthless thing. The expert can generally distinguish it from the precious
stone which it is counterfeiting; but if he is in doubt he lays it on a flatiron and hits it with a sledgehammer. If
it is a diamond it holds its own; if it is anything else, it is reduced to powder. I liked that experiment very
much, and did not tire of repetitions of it. It was full of enjoyable apprehensions, unmarred by any personal
sense of risk. The De Beers concern treats 8;000 carloads about 6,000 tonsof blue rock per day, and the
result is three pounds of diamonds. Value, uncut, $50,000 to $70,000. After cutting, they will weigh
considerably less than a pound, but will be worth four or five times as much as they were before.
All the plain around that region is spread over, a foot deep, with blue rock, placed there by the Company, and
looks like a plowed field. Exposure for a length of time make the rock easier to work than it is when it comes
out of the mine. If mining should cease now, the supply of rock spread over those fields would furnish the
usual 8,000 carloads per day to the separating works during three years. The fields are fenced and watched;
and at night they are under the constant inspection of lofty electric searchlight. They contain fifty or sixty
million dollars' worth' of diamonds, and there is an abundance of enterprising thieves around.
In the dirt of the Kimberley streets there is much hidden wealth. Some time ago the people were granted the
privilege of a free washup. There was a general rush, the work was done with thoroughness, and a good
harvest of diamonds was gathered.
The deep mining is done by natives. There are many hundreds of them. They live in quarters built around the
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXIX. 255
Page No 259
inside of a great compound. They are a jolly and goodnatured lot, and accommodating. They performed a
wardance for us, which was the wildest exhibition I have ever seen. They are not allowed outside of the
compound during their term of service three months, I think it, is, as a rule. They go down the shaft, stand
their watch, come up again, are searched, and go to bed or to their amusements in the compound; and this
routine they repeat, day in and day out.
It is thought that they do not now steal many diamonds successfully. They used to swallow them, and find
other ways of concealing them, but the white man found ways of beating their various games. One man cut
his leg and shoved a diamond into the wound, but even that project did not succeed. When they find a fine
large diamond they are more likely to report it than to steal it, for in the former case they get a reward, and in
the latter they are quite apt to merely get into trouble. Some years ago, in a mine not owned by the De Beers,
a black found what has been claimed to be the largest diamond known to the world's history; and, as a reward
he was released from service and given a blanket, a horse, and five hundred dollars. It made him a Vanderbilt.
He could buy four wives, and have money left. Four wives are an ample support for a native. With four wives
he is wholly independent, and need never do a stroke of work again.
That great diamond weighs 97l carats. Some say it is as big as a piece of alum, others say it is as large as a
bite of rock candy, but the best authorities agree that it is almost exactly the size of a chunk of ice. But those
details are not important; and in my opinion not trustworthy. It has a flaw in it, otherwise it would be of
incredible value. As it is, it is held to be worth $2,000,000. After cutting it ought to be worth from $5,000,000
to $8,000,000, therefore persons desiring to save money should buy it now. It is owned by a syndicate, and
apparently there is no satisfactory market for it. It is earning nothing; it is eating its head off. Up to this time
it has made nobody rich but the native who found it.
He found it in a mine which was being worked by contract. That is to say, a company had bought the
privilege of taking from the mine 5,000,000 carloads of bluerock, for a sum down and a royalty. Their
speculation had not paid; but on the very day that their privilege ran out that native found the
$2,000,000diamond and handed it over to them. Even the diamond culture is not without its romantic
episodes.
The KohiNoor is a large diamond, and valuable; but it cannot compete in these matters with three
whichaccording to legendare among the crown trinkets of Portugal and Russia. One of these is held to
be worth $20,000,000; another, $25,000,000, and the third something over $28,000,000.
Those are truly wonderful diamonds, whether they exist or not; and yet they are of but little importance by
comparison with the one wherewith the Boer wagoner chocked his wheel on that steep grade as heretofore
referred to. In Kimberley I had some conversation with the man who saw the Boer do thatan incident
which had occurred twentyseven or twenty eight years before I had my talk with him. He assured me that
that diamond's value could have been over a billion dollars, but not under it. I believed him, because he had
devoted twentyseven years to hunting for it, and was, in a position to know.
A fitting and interesting finish to an examination of the tedious and laborious and costly processes whereby
the diamonds are gotten out of the deeps of the earth and freed from the base stuffs which imprison them is
the visit to the De Beers offices in the town of Kimberley, where the result of each day's mining is brought
every day, and, weighed, assorted, valued, and deposited in safes against shippingday. An unknown and
unaccredited person cannot, get into that place; and it seemed apparent from the generous supply of warning
and protective and prohibitory signs that were posted all about, that not even the known and accredited can
steal diamonds there without inconvenience.
We saw the day's outputshining little nests of diamonds, distributed a foot apart, along a counter, each nest
reposing upon a sheet of white paper. That day's catch was about $70,000 worth. In the course of a year half a
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXIX. 256
Page No 260
ton of diamonds pass under the scales there and sleep on that counter; the resulting money is $18,000,000 or
$20,000,000. Profit, about $12,000,000.
Young girls were doing the sortinga nice, clean, dainty, and probably distressing employment. Every day
ducal incomes sift and sparkle through the fingers of those young girls; yet they go to bed at night as poor as
they were when they got up in the morning. The same thing next day, and all the days.
They are beautiful things, those diamonds, in their native state. They are of various shapes; they have flat
surfaces, rounded borders, and never a sharp edge. They are of all colors and shades of color, from dewdrop
white to actual black; and their smooth and rounded surfaces and contours, variety of color, and transparent
limpidity make them look like piles of assorted candies. A very light straw color is their commonest tint. It
seemed to me that these uncut gems must be more beautiful than any cut ones could be; but when a collection
of cut ones was brought out, I saw my mistake. Nothing is so beautiful as a rose diamond with the light
playing through it, except that uncostly thing which is just like itwavy seawater with the sunlight playing
through it and striking a whitesand bottom.
Before the middle of July we reached Cape Town, and the end of our African journeyings. And well satisfied;
for, towering above us was Table Mountaina reminder that we had now seen each and all of the great
features of South Africa except Mr. Cecil Rhodes. I realize that that is a large exception. I know quite well
that whether Mr. Rhodes is the lofty and worshipful patriot and statesman that multitudes believe him to be,
or Satan come again, as the rest of the world account him, he is still the most imposing figure in the British
empire outside of England. When he stands on the Cape of Good Hope, his shadow falls to the Zambesi. He
is the only colonial in the British dominions whose goings and comings are chronicled and discussed under
all the globe's meridians, and whose speeches, unclipped, are cabled from the ends of the earth; and he is the
only unroyal outsider whose arrival in London can compete for attention with an eclipse.
That he is an extraordinary man, and not an accident of fortune, not even his dearest South African enemies
were willing to deny, so far as I heard them testify. The whole South African world seemed to stand in a kind
of shuddering awe of him, friend and enemy alike. It was as if he were deputyGod on the one side,
deputySatan on the other, proprietor of the people, able to make them or ruin them by his breath, worshiped
by many, hated by many, but blasphemed by none among the judicious, and even by the indiscreet in guarded
whispers only.
What is the secret of his formidable supremacy? One says it is his prodigious wealtha wealth whose
drippings in salaries and in other ways support multitudes and make them his interested and loyal vassals;
another says it is his personal magnetism and his persuasive tongue, and that these hypnotize and make happy
slaves of all that drift within the circle of their influence; another says it is his majestic ideas, his vast
schemes for the territorial aggrandizement of England, his patriotic and unselfish ambition to spread her
beneficent protection and her just rule over the pagan wastes of Africa and make luminous the African
darkness with the glory of her name; and another says he wants the earth and wants it for his own, and that
the belief that he will get it and let his friends in on the ground floor is the secret that rivets so many eyes
upon him and keeps him in the zenith where the view is unobstructed.
One may take his choice. They are all the same price. One fact is sure: he keeps his prominence and a vast
following, no matter what he does. He "deceives" the Duke of Fifeit is the Duke's wordbut that does not
destroy the Duke's loyalty to him. He tricks the Reformers into immense trouble with his Raid, but the most
of them believe he meant well. He weeps over the harshlytaxed Johannesburgers and makes them his
friends; at the same time he taxes his Chartersettlers 50 per cent., and so wins their affection and their
confidence that they are squelched with despair at every rumor that the Charter is to be annulled. He raids and
robs and slays and enslaves the Matabele and gets worlds of CharterChristian applause for it. He has
beguiled England into buying Charter waste paper for Bank of England notes, ton for ton, and the ravished
Following the Equator
CHAPTER LXIX. 257
Page No 261
still burn incense to him as the Eventual God of Plenty. He has done everything he could think of to pull
himself down to the ground; he has done more than enough to pull sixteen commonrun great men down; yet
there he stands, to this day, upon his dizzy summit under the dome of the sky, an apparent permanency, the
marvel of the time, the mystery of the age, an Archangel with wings to half the world, Satan with a tail to the
other half.
I admire him, I frankly confess it; and when his time comes I shall buy a piece of the rope for a keepsake.
CONCLUSION.
I have traveled more than anyone else, and I have noticed that even the
angels speak English with an accent.
Pudd'nhead Wilson's New Calendar.
I saw Table Rock, anywaya majestic pile. It is 3,000 feet high. It is also 17,000 feet high. These figures
may be relied upon. I got them in Cape Town from the two bestinformed citizens, men who had made Table
Rock the study of their lives. And I saw Table Bay, so named for its levelness. I saw the Castlebuilt by the
Dutch East India Company three hundred years agowhere the Commanding General lives; I saw St.
Simon's Bay, where the Admiral lives. I saw the Government, also the Parliament, where they quarreled in
two languages when I was there, and agreed in none. I saw the club. I saw and explored the beautiful seagirt
drives that wind about the mountains and through the paradise where the villas are: Also I saw some of the
fine old Dutch mansions, pleasant homes of the early times, pleasant homes today, and enjoyed the privilege
of their hospitalities.
And just before I sailed I saw in one of them a quaint old picture which was a link in a curious romancea
picture of a pale, intellectual young man in a pink coat with a high black collar. It was a portrait of Dr. James
Barry, a military surgeon who came out to the Cape fifty years ago with his regiment. He was a wild young
fellow, and was guilty of various kinds of misbehavior. He was several times reported to headquarters in
England, and it was in each case expected that orders would come out to deal with him promptly and
severely, but for some mysterious reason no orders of any kind ever came backnothing came but just an
impressive . silence. This made him an imposing and uncanny wonder to the town.
Next, he was promotedaway up. He was made Medical Superintendent General, and transferred to India.
Presently he was back at the Cape again and at his escapades once more. There were plenty of pretty girls,
but none of them caught him, none of them could get hold of his heart; evidently he was not a marrying man.
And that was another marvel, another puzzle, and made no end of perplexed talk. Once he was called in the
night, an obstetric service, to do what he could for a woman who was believed to be dying. He was prompt
and scientific, and saved both mother and child. There are other instances of record which testify to his
mastership of his profession; and many which testify to his love of it and his devotion to it. Among other
adventures of his was a duel of a desperate sort, fought with swords, at the Castle. He killed his man.
The child heretofore mentioned as having been saved by Dr. Barry so long ago, was named for him, and still
lives in Cape Town. He had Dr. Barry's portrait painted, and gave it to the gentleman in whose old Dutch
house I saw itthe quaint figure in pink coat and high black collar.
The story seems to be arriving nowhere. But that is because I have not finished. Dr. Barry died in Cape Town
30 years ago. It was then discovered that he was a woman.
The legend goes that enquiriessoon silenceddeveloped the fact that she was a daughter of a great
English house, and that that was why her Cape wildnesses brought no punishment and got no notice when
reported to the government at home. Her name was an alias. She had disgraced herself with her people; so she
Following the Equator
CONCLUSION. 258
Page No 262
chose to change her name and her sex and take a new start in the world.
We sailed on the 15th of July in the Norman, a beautiful ship, perfectly appointed. The voyage to England
occupied a short fortnight, without a stop except at Madeira. A good and restful voyage for tired people, and
there were several of us. I seemed to have been lecturing a thousand years, though it was only a twelvemonth,
and a considerable number of the others were Reformers who were fagged out with their five months of
seclusion in the Pretoria prison.
Our trip around the earth ended at the Southampton pier, where we embarked thirteen months before. It
seemed a fine and large thing to have accomplishedthe circumnavigation of this great globe in that little
time, and I was privately proud of it. For a moment. Then came one of those vanitysnubbing astronomical
reports from the Observatory people, whereby it appeared that another great body of light had lately flamed
up in the remotenesses of space which was traveling at a gait which would enable it to do all that I had done
in a minute and a half. Human pride is not worth while; there is always something lying in wait to take the
wind out of it.
Following the Equator
CONCLUSION. 259
Bookmarks
1. Table of Contents, page = 3
2. Following the Equator, page = 5
3. Mark Twain, page = 5
4. CHAPTER I., page = 7
5. CHAPTER II., page = 10
6. CHAPTER III., page = 17
7. CHAPTER IV., page = 23
8. CHAPTER V., page = 27
9. CHAPTER VI., page = 30
10. CHAPTER VII., page = 33
11. CHAPTER VIII., page = 36
12. CHAPTER IX., page = 40
13. CHAPTER X., page = 44
14. CHAPTER XI., page = 45
15. CHAPTER XII., page = 48
16. CHAPTER XIII., page = 50
17. CHAPTER XIV., page = 56
18. CHAPTER XV., page = 58
19. CHAPTER XVI., page = 60
20. CHAPTER XVII., page = 63
21. CHAPTER XVIII., page = 65
22. CHAPTER XIX., page = 68
23. CHAPTER XX., page = 71
24. CHAPTER XXI., page = 74
25. CHAPTER XXII., page = 78
26. CHAPTER XXIII., page = 81
27. CHAPTER XXIV., page = 84
28. CHAPTER XXV., page = 87
29. CHAPTER XXVI., page = 92
30. CHAPTER XXVII, page = 94
31. CHAPTER XXVIII., page = 99
32. CHAPTER XXIX., page = 103
33. CHAPTER XXX., page = 106
34. CHAPTER XXXI., page = 108
35. CHAPTER XXXII., page = 112
36. CHAPTER XXXIII., page = 115
37. CHAPTER XXXIV., page = 117
38. CHAPTER XXXV., page = 119
39. CHAPTER XXXVI., page = 121
40. CHAPTER XXXVII., page = 124
41. CHAPTER XXXVIII., page = 128
42. CHAPTER XXXIX., page = 131
43. CHAPTER XL., page = 137
44. CHAPTER XLI., page = 140
45. CHAPTER XLII., page = 143
46. CHAPTER XLIII., page = 146
47. CHAPTER XLIV., page = 150
48. CHAPTER XLV., page = 153
49. CHAPTER XLVI., page = 159
50. CHAPTER XLVII., page = 164
51. CHAPTER XLVIII., page = 169
52. CHAPTER XLIX., page = 173
53. CHAPTER L., page = 179
54. CHAPTER LI., page = 182
55. CHAPTER LII., page = 186
56. CHAPTER LIII., page = 189
57. CHAPTER LIV., page = 193
58. CHAPTER LV., page = 197
59. CHAPTER LVI., page = 201
60. CHAPTER LVII., page = 203
61. CHAPTER LVIII., page = 205
62. CHAPTER LIX., page = 212
63. CHAPTER LX., page = 218
64. CHAPTER LXI., page = 222
65. CHAPTER LXII., page = 228
66. CHAPTER LXIII., page = 233
67. CHAPTER LXIV., page = 236
68. CHAPTER LXV., page = 240
69. CHAPTER LXVI., page = 243
70. CHAPTER LXVII., page = 247
71. CHAPTER LXVIII., page = 253
72. CHAPTER LXIX., page = 257
73. CONCLUSION., page = 262